497
1
d33671d497.txt
497 FOR CHOICE POST
Genworth Life & Annuity VA Separate Account 1
Prospectus For
Flexible Premium Variable Deferred Annuity Contracts
Form P1154 4/00
Issued by:
Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company
Home Office:
6610 West Broad Street
Richmond, Virginia 23230
Telephone: (800) 352-9910
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This prospectus, dated April 30, 2021, describes a flexible premium variable
deferred annuity contract (the "contract" or "contracts") issued on or after
the later of May 1, 2003 or the date on which state insurance authorities
approve applicable contract modifications. The contract may be issued to
individuals and qualified and nonqualified retirement plans. Genworth Life and
Annuity Insurance Company (the "Company," "we," "us," or "our") issues the
contract. This contract may be referred to as "RetireReady/SM/ Choice" in our
marketing materials. This contract (RetireReady/SM/ Choice) is no longer
offered or sold.
This prospectus describes all material features and benefits of the contract
and provides details about Genworth Life & Annuity VA Separate Account 1 (the
"Separate Account") and the Guarantee Account that you should know before
investing. Please read this prospectus carefully before investing and keep it
for future reference.
The contract offers you the opportunity to accumulate Contract Value and
provides for the payment of periodic annuity benefits. We may pay these annuity
benefits on a variable or fixed basis.
You may allocate your purchase payments to the Separate Account, the Guarantee
Account, or both. Each Subaccount of the Separate Account invests in shares of
Portfolios of the Funds listed below:
AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc.:
AB Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio -- Class B
AB Global Thematic Growth Portfolio -- Class B
AB Growth and Income Portfolio -- Class B
AB International Value Portfolio -- Class B
AB Large Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B
AB Small Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds):
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund -- Series I shares
Invesco V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund -- Series II shares (formerly, Invesco
Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund -- Series II Shares)
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund -- Series II shares
Invesco V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II shares (formerly, Invesco
Oppenheimer V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II Shares)
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund -- Series I shares
Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund -- Series II shares
Invesco V.I. Global Fund -- Series II shares (formerly, Invesco Oppenheimer
V.I. Global Fund -- Series II Shares)
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund -- Series II shares
Invesco V.I. Main Street Fund(R) -- Series II shares (formerly, Invesco
Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Fund(R) -- Series II Shares)
Invesco V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund(R) -- Series II shares (formerly,
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund(R) -- Series II Shares)
American Century Variable Portfolios II, Inc.:
VP Inflation Protection Fund -- Class II
BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc.:
BlackRock Advantage SMID Class V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares (formerly,
BlackRock Advantage U.S. Total Market V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares)
BlackRock Basic Value V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares
BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares
Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II:
Columbia Variable Portfolio -- Overseas Core Fund -- Class 2
CTIVP/SM/ -- Loomis Sayles Growth Fund -- Class 1
Eaton Vance Variable Trust:
VT Floating-Rate Income Fund
Federated Hermes Insurance Series:
Federated Hermes High Income Bond Fund II -- Service Shares
Federated Hermes Kaufmann Fund II -- Service Shares
1
Fidelity(R) Variable Insurance Products Fund:
VIP Balanced Portfolio -- Service Class 2
VIP Contrafund(R) Portfolio -- Service Class 2
VIP Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio -- Service Class 2
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2
VIP Growth Portfolio -- Service Class 2
VIP Growth & Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2
VIP Growth Opportunities Portfolio -- Service Class 2
VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio -- Service Class 2
VIP Mid Cap Portfolio -- Service Class 2
VIP Value Strategies Portfolio -- Service Class 2
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust:
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares
Templeton Growth VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust:
Goldman Sachs Government Money Market Fund -- Service Shares
Janus Aspen Series:
Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio -- Service Shares
Janus Henderson Forty Portfolio -- Service Shares
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust:
MFS(R) Total Return Series -- Service Class Shares
MFS(R) Utilities Series -- Service Class Shares
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust II:
MFS(R) Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio -- Service Class Shares
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust:
All Asset Portfolio -- Advisor Class Shares
High Yield Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares
Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares
Low Duration Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares
Total Return Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares
The Prudential Series Fund:
Natural Resources Portfolio -- Class II Shares
PGIM Jennison Focused Blend Portfolio -- Class II Shares (formerly, Jennison
20/20 Focus Portfolio -- Class II Shares)
PGIM Jennison Growth Portfolio -- Class II Shares (formerly, Jennison Portfolio
-- Class II Shares)
State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc.:
Real Estate Securities V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares
Small-Cap Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares
Total Return V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares/1/
Total Return V.I.S. Fund -- Class 3 Shares/1/
U.S. Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares
Wells Fargo Variable Trust:
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund -- Class 2
The following Portfolio is not available for new purchase payments or transfers
or for new contracts issued on or after November 15, 2004:
Janus Aspen Series:
Janus Henderson Overseas Portfolio -- Service Shares
The following Portfolios are not available to contracts issued on or after
May 1, 2006:
Fidelity(R) Variable Insurance Products Fund:
VIP Asset Manager/SM/ Portfolio -- Service Class 2
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust:
Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value Fund -- Institutional Shares
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust:
MFS(R) New Discovery Series -- Service Class Shares
The following Portfolios are not available to contracts issued on or after May
1, 2007:
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds):
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund -- Series II shares
Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust:
ClearBridge Variable Dividend Strategy Portfolio -- Class II
The following Portfolios are not available to contracts issued on or after
September 8, 2008:
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds):
Invesco V.I. American Value Fund -- Series II shares (formerly, Invesco V.I.
Value Opportunities Fund -- Series II shares)
Invesco V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund -- Series II shares (formerly,
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund -- Series II Shares)
BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc.:
BlackRock Large Cap Focus Growth V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares
Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust:
ClearBridge Variable Aggressive Growth Portfolio -- Class II
ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Value Portfolio -- Class I
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust:
MFS(R) Investors Trust Series -- Service Class Shares
Rydex Variable Trust:
NASDAQ-100(R) Fund
State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc.:
Income V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares
Premier Growth Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares
S&P 500(R) Index V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares
/1/ The Subaccount invests in Class 1 shares of the Total Return V.I.S. Fund
for contracts issued before May 1, 2006. Class 1 shares of the Total Return
V.I.S. Fund are not available for contracts issued on or after May 1, 2006.
The Subaccount invests in Class 3 shares of the Total Return V.I.S. Fund
for contracts issued on or after May 1, 2006.
2
The following Portfolios are not available as investment options under
contracts issued on or after January 5, 2009:
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust:
Franklin Allocation VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares
Franklin Income VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares
Not all of these Portfolios may be available in all states or in all markets.
Beginning on January 1, 2021, we will no longer send you paper copies of
shareholder reports for the Portfolios of the Funds offered under the contract
("Reports") unless you specifically request paper copies from us. Instead, the
Reports will be made available on a website. We will notify you by mail each
time a Report is posted. The notice will provide website links to access the
Reports as well as instructions for requesting paper copies. If you wish to
continue to receive Reports in paper free of charge from us, please call (800)
352-9910. Your election to receive Reports in paper will apply to all
underlying Funds and Portfolios available under your contract.
If you have already elected to receive Reports electronically, you will not be
affected by this change and you need not take any action. If you wish to
receive the Reports and other disclosure documents from us electronically,
please contact us at (800) 352-9910 or visit genworth.com to register.
The Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") has not approved or disapproved
these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Your contract:
. Is NOT a bank deposit
. Is NOT FDIC insured
. Is NOT insured or endorsed by a bank or any federal government agency
. Is NOT available in every state
. MAY go down in value
Except for amounts in the Guarantee Account, both the value of a contract
before the Annuity Commencement Date and the amount of monthly income
afterwards will depend upon the investment performance of the Portfolio(s) you
select. You bear the investment risk of investing in the Portfolios.
This contract has optional benefits, for an additional charge, available to
contact owners. Not all benefits may be available in all states or in all
markets. Should you not be able to obtain a certain feature explained in this
prospectus through your current representative, please contact our Home Office
at the telephone number or address listed below to inquire as to whether a
particular optional benefit is available in your state and, if so, for a list
of firms that will permit such an optional benefit for sale. Please note that
some optional benefits may have requirements that differ from or are in
addition to the base contract. Before deciding to invest in an optional
benefit, you should weigh its costs and benefits against the possibility that,
had you not purchased the optional benefit, your Contract Value may have been
higher.
The contract is also offered to customers of various financial institutions and
brokerage firms. No financial institution or brokerage firm is responsible for
the guarantees under the contract. Guarantees under the contract are the sole
responsibility of the Company.
We may offer other contracts with features that are substantially similar to
those offered in this contract and in this prospectus. These other contracts
may be priced differently and may be offered exclusively to customers of one or
more particular financial institutions or brokerage firms.
In the future, additional portfolios managed by certain financial institutions
or brokerage firms may be added to the Separate Account. These portfolios may
be offered exclusively to purchasing customers of the particular financial
institution or brokerage firm.
This contract may be used with certain tax qualified retirement plans. The
contract includes attributes such as tax deferral on accumulated earnings.
Qualified retirement plans provide their own tax deferral benefit; the purchase
of this contract does not provide additional tax deferral benefits beyond those
provided in the qualified retirement plan. If you are purchasing this contract
as a Qualified Contract, you should consider purchasing this contract for its
death benefit, income benefits and other non-tax-related benefits. Please
consult a tax adviser for information specific to your circumstances in order
to determine whether this contract is an appropriate investment for you.
A Statement of Additional Information, dated April 30, 2021, which contains
additional information about the contract has been filed with the SEC and is
incorporated by reference into this prospectus. A table of contents for the
Statement of Additional Information appears on the last page of this
prospectus. If you would like a free copy, call us at:
(800) 352-9910;
or write us at:
6610 West Broad Street
Richmond, Virginia 23230
The Statement of Additional Information and other material incorporated by
reference can be found on the SEC's website at:
www.sec.gov
This prospectus does not constitute an offering in any jurisdiction in which
such offering may not lawfully be made.
3
Table of Contents
Definitions................................................ 7
Fee Tables................................................. 10
Examples................................................ 18
Synopsis................................................... 20
Condensed Financial Information............................ 23
The Company................................................ 24
Financial Condition of the Company......................... 24
The Separate Account....................................... 25
The Portfolios.......................................... 25
Subaccounts............................................. 27
Voting Rights........................................... 35
Asset Allocation Program................................ 35
The Guarantee Account...................................... 45
Charges and Other Deductions............................... 46
Transaction Expenses.................................... 46
Surrender Charge.................................... 46
Exceptions to the Surrender Charge.................. 47
Deductions from the Separate Account.................... 47
Charges for the Living Benefit Rider Options............ 47
Charges for the Death Benefit Rider Options............. 51
Other Charges........................................... 52
The Contract............................................... 53
Ownership............................................... 53
Assignment.............................................. 54
Purchase Payments....................................... 54
Valuation Day and Valuation Period...................... 55
Allocation of Purchase Payments......................... 55
Valuation of Accumulation Units......................... 55
Transfers.................................................. 56
Transfers Before the Annuity Commencement Date.......... 56
Transfers from the Guarantee Account to the Subaccounts. 56
Transfers from the Subaccounts to the Guarantee Account. 56
Transfers Among the Subaccounts......................... 57
Telephone/Internet Transactions......................... 58
Confirmation of Transactions............................ 58
Special Note on Reliability............................. 58
Transfers by Third Parties.............................. 58
Special Note on Frequent Transfers...................... 59
Dollar Cost Averaging Program........................... 60
Defined Dollar Cost Averaging Program................... 61
Portfolio Rebalancing Program........................... 62
Guarantee Account Interest Sweep Program................ 62
4
Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals................................................................... 63
Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals................................................................ 63
Restrictions on Distributions from Certain Contracts.............................................. 64
Systematic Withdrawal Program..................................................................... 64
Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options............................................... 65
Lifetime Income Plus Solution................................................................. 65
Lifetime Income Plus 2008..................................................................... 79
Lifetime Income Plus 2007..................................................................... 92
Lifetime Income Plus (for contracts issued on or after the later of May 1, 2006, or the
date of state insurance department approval)................................................ 100
Lifetime Income Plus (for contracts issued prior to May 1, 2006, or prior to the date of
state insurance department approval)........................................................ 108
Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage............................................................... 115
Investment Strategy for the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options............... 119
Annuity Cross Funding Program..................................................................... 120
Death of Owner and/or Annuitant...................................................................... 121
Distribution Provisions Upon Death of Owner or Joint Owner........................................ 121
Death Benefit at Death of Any Annuitant Before Annuity Commencement Date.......................... 122
Basic Death Benefit............................................................................... 122
Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider Option......................................................... 122
5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option.............................................................. 123
Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider Option..................................................... 124
The Earnings Protector and Greater of Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option..... 125
Termination of Death Benefit Rider Options When Contract Assigned or Sold......................... 125
How to Claim Proceeds and/or Death Benefit Payments............................................... 125
Distribution Rules................................................................................ 128
Income Payments...................................................................................... 129
Income Payments and the Annuity Commencement Date................................................. 129
Optional Payment Plans............................................................................ 130
Variable Income Payments.......................................................................... 131
Transfers After the Annuity Commencement Date..................................................... 132
Guaranteed Income Advantage....................................................................... 132
Payment Protection Rider Options.................................................................. 140
Payment Optimizer Plus........................................................................ 140
Principal Protection Advantage................................................................ 150
Tax Matters.......................................................................................... 156
Introduction...................................................................................... 156
Taxation of Non-Qualified Contracts............................................................... 156
Section 1035 Exchanges............................................................................ 159
Qualified Retirement Plans........................................................................ 160
Federal Income Tax Withholding.................................................................... 164
State Income Tax Withholding...................................................................... 164
Tax Status of the Company......................................................................... 164
Federal Estate, Gift and Generation-Skipping Transfer Taxes....................................... 165
Definition of Spouse Under Federal Law............................................................ 165
Annuity Purchases by Residents of Puerto Rico..................................................... 165
Annuity Purchases by Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Corporations.................................. 165
Foreign Tax Credits............................................................................... 165
Changes in the Law................................................................................ 165
5
Requesting Payments........................................... 165
Sale of the Contracts......................................... 166
Additional Information........................................ 167
Owner Questions............................................ 167
Return Privilege........................................... 168
State Regulation........................................... 168
Evidence of Death, Age, Gender, Marital Status or Survival. 168
Records and Reports........................................ 168
Other Information.......................................... 168
Exemption to File Periodic Report.......................... 168
Unclaimed Property......................................... 168
Cybersecurity.............................................. 168
Natural and Man-Made Disasters............................. 169
Legal Proceedings.......................................... 169
Appendix A -- Examples of the Available Death Benefits........ A-1
Appendix B -- Condensed Financial Information................. B-1
Table of Contents for Statement of Additional Information
6
DEFINITIONS
The following terms are used throughout the prospectus:
Accumulation Unit -- An accounting unit of measure we use to calculate the
value in the Separate Account before the income payments commence.
Annuitant/Joint Annuitant -- The person(s) named in the contract upon whose age
and, where appropriate, gender, we determine monthly income benefits.
Annuity Commencement Date -- The date on which your income payments will
commence, if any Annuitant is living on that date. The Annuity Commencement
Date is stated in your contract, unless changed by you in writing in a form
acceptable to us.
Annuity Unit -- An accounting unit of measure we use to calculate the amount of
the second and each subsequent variable income payment.
Asset Allocation Model -- A component of the Investment Strategy for the
Payment Protection Rider Options and the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit
Rider Options.
Benefit Date -- For the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options
(except for Lifetime Income Plus 2008 and Lifetime Income Plus Solution), the
date that will be the later of the Contract Date and the Valuation Day of the
most recent reset.
Benefit Year -- For the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options
(except for Lifetime Income Plus 2008 and Lifetime Income Plus Solution), each
one-year period following the Benefit Date and each anniversary of that date.
For Lifetime Income Plus 2008 and Lifetime Income Plus Solution, each one-year
period following the Contract Date and each anniversary of that date.
Code -- The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Contract Date -- The date we issue your contract and your contract becomes
effective. Your Contract Date is shown in your contract. We use the Contract
Date to determine contract years and anniversaries.
Contract Value -- The total value of all your Accumulation Units in the
Subaccounts and any amounts you hold in the Guarantee Account.
Designated Subaccounts -- The Subaccounts or Model Portfolios available under
the Investment Strategy for the Payment Protection Rider Options and the
Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options.
Fund -- Any open-end management investment company or any unit investment trust
in which the Separate Account invests.
Funding Annuity -- This variable deferred annuity issued by Genworth Life and
Annuity Insurance Company; this contract becomes a Funding Annuity when it is
purchased on the same date as a Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred
Annuity Contract issued by Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company. The
assets of this Funding Annuity are withdrawn and immediately allocated to the
Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity Contract.
General Account -- Assets of the Company other than those allocated to the
Separate Account or any other segregated asset account of the Company.
GIS Subaccount -- A division of the Separate Account that invests exclusively
in shares of the State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc. -- Total
Return V.I.S. Fund. This Subaccount is only available when Guaranteed Income
Advantage is elected at the time of application. Purchase payments may not be
made directly to the GIS Subaccount. Allocations must be made pursuant to
scheduled transfers from all other Subaccounts in which you have allocated
assets. Any remaining transfers will come from the Guarantee Account.
Gross Withdrawal -- For Lifetime Income Plus, Lifetime Income Plus 2007,
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 and Lifetime Income Plus Solution, an amount
withdrawn from Contract Value, including any surrender charge, any taxes
withheld and any premium taxes assessed.
Guarantee Account -- Part of our General Account that provides a guaranteed
interest rate for a specified interest rate guarantee period. The Guarantee
Account is not part of and does not depend on the investment performance of the
Separate Account. The Guarantee Account is not available to contract owners who
have elected Payment Optimizer Plus for as long as the rider is in effect.
Guaranteed Income Advantage -- The marketing name for the Guaranteed Income
Rider. This rider may be referred to by either name in this prospectus.
Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage -- The marketing name for the Guaranteed
Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider, which is one of the Guaranteed Minimum
Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options discussed in this prospectus. Guaranteed
Withdrawal Advantage is not available for contracts issued on or after May 1,
2007.
Home Office -- Our office located at 6610 West Broad Street, Richmond, Virginia
23230.
7
Income Start Date -- For Guaranteed Income Advantage, the date income payments
begin from one or more segments pursuant to the terms of Guaranteed Income
Advantage. For Principal Protection Advantage, the date income payments begin
from one or more Payment Protection Plans pursuant to the terms of Principal
Protection Advantage.
Income Start Value -- For Principal Protection Advantage, the portion of
Contract Value applied to a Payment Protection Plan that provides for monthly
income as of the Income Start Date.
Investment Strategy -- The Designated Subaccounts and/or Asset Allocation Model
required for the Payment Protection Rider Options and the Guaranteed Minimum
Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options. The Investment Strategy is required in order
to receive the full benefit under these rider options.
Lifetime Income Plus -- The marketing name for one of the Guaranteed Minimum
Withdrawal Benefit for Life Riders, which is one of the Guaranteed Minimum
Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options discussed in this prospectus. Lifetime Income
Plus is not available for contracts issued on or after May 1, 2008.
Lifetime Income Plus 2007 -- The marketing name for one of the Guaranteed
Minimum Withdrawal Benefit for Life Riders, which is one of the Guaranteed
Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options discussed in this prospectus. Lifetime
Income Plus 2007 is not available for contracts issued on or after September 8,
2008.
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 -- The marketing name for one of the Guaranteed
Minimum Withdrawal Benefit for Life Riders, which is one of the Guaranteed
Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options discussed in the prospectus. The rider
may be issued with or without the Principal Protection Death Benefit. For
purposes of this prospectus, references to Lifetime Income Plus 2008 include a
rider issued with or without the Principal Protection Death Benefit, as
applicable, unless stated otherwise.
Lifetime Income Plus Solution -- The marketing name for one of the Guaranteed
Minimum Withdrawal Benefit for Life Riders, which is one of the Guaranteed
Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options discussed in the prospectus. The rider
may be issued with or without the Principal Protection Death Benefit. For
purposes of this prospectus, references to Lifetime Income Plus Solution
include a rider issued with or without the Principal Protection Death Benefit,
as applicable, unless stated otherwise.
Maximum Anniversary Value -- For Lifetime Income Plus Solution, an amount used
to calculate the benefit base for benefits provided under the rider.
Payment Optimizer Plus -- The marketing name for the Payment Protection with
Commutation Immediate and Deferred Variable Annuity Rider, which is one of the
Payment Protection Rider Options discussed in this prospectus. Payment
Optimizer Plus is not available for contracts issued after October 17, 2008.
Payment Protection Plan -- A series of variable income payments that are
provided pursuant to the terms of Payment Protection Advantage.
Portfolio -- A division of a Fund, the assets of which are separate from other
Portfolios that may be available in the Fund. Each Portfolio has its own
investment objective. Not all Portfolios may be available in all states or
markets.
Principal Protection Advantage -- The marketing name for the Payment Protection
Rider, which is one of the Payment Protection Rider Options discussed in this
prospectus. Principal Protection Advantage is not available for contracts
issued on or after May 1, 2007.
Principal Protection Death Benefit -- The death benefit provided under Lifetime
Income Plus 2008 and Lifetime Income Plus Solution, if elected at the time of
application, for an additional charge.
Purchase Payment Benefit Amount -- For Lifetime Income Plus Solution, an amount
used to calculate the benefit base for benefits provided under the rider.
Rider Death Benefit -- The death benefit payable under Lifetime Income Plus or
Lifetime Income Plus 2007.
Roll-Up Value -- An amount used to calculate the Withdrawal Limit for benefits
provided under Lifetime Income Plus 2007 and Lifetime Income Plus 2008. For
Lifetime Income Plus Solution, the Roll-Up Value is an amount used to calculate
the benefit base for benefits provided under the rider.
Separate Account -- Genworth Life & Annuity VA Separate Account 1, a separate
investment account we established to receive Subaccount allocations. The
Separate Account is divided into Subaccounts, each of which invests in shares
of a separate Portfolio.
Subaccount -- A division of the Separate Account which invests exclusively in
shares of a designated Portfolio. Not all Subaccounts may be available in all
states or markets. A Subaccount may be referred to as an Investment Subdivision
in your contract and/or marketing materials.
Surrender Value -- The value of your contract as of the date we receive your
written request to surrender at our Home Office, less any applicable premium
tax, annual contract charge, optional benefit charge and surrender charge.
8
Valuation Day -- Each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for
regular trading, except for days that the Subaccount's corresponding Portfolio
does not value its shares.
Valuation Period -- The period that starts at the close of regular trading on
the New York Stock Exchange on any Valuation Day and ends at the close of
regular trading on the next succeeding Valuation Day.
Withdrawal Base -- An amount used to establish the Withdrawal Limit for
benefits provided under the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options
(except for Lifetime Income Plus Solution).
Withdrawal Factor -- The percentage used to establish the Withdrawal Limit for
benefits provided under the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options.
Withdrawal Limit -- The total amount that you may withdraw in a Benefit Year
without reducing the benefit provided under the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal
Benefit Rider Options.
9
FEE TABLES
The following tables describe fees and expenses that you will pay when buying,
owning or partially withdrawing assets or fully surrendering the contract. The
first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay when you buy the
contract, take a partial withdrawal, fully surrender your contract, or transfer
assets among the investment options. State premium taxes may also be deducted.
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Surrender Charge (as a percentage of purchase Number of Completed Surrender Charge
payments partially withdrawn or surrendered) Years Since We Received as a Percentage of the
the Purchase Payment Purchase Payment Partially
Withdrawn or
Surrendered/1,2/
--------------------------------------------------
0 6%
1 6%
2 6%
3 6%
4 5%
5 4%
6 or more 0%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transfer Charge $10.00/3/
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/1/A surrender charge is not assessed on any amounts representing gain. In
addition, you may withdraw the greater of 10% of your total purchase
payments or any amount withdrawn to meet minimum distribution requirements
under the Code each contract year without incurring a surrender charge. If
you are making a withdrawal from this contract to meet annual minimum
distribution requirements under the Code, and the minimum distribution
amount attributable to this contract for the calendar year ending at or
before the last day of the contract year exceeds the free withdrawal amount,
you may withdraw the difference free of surrender charges. The free
withdrawal amount is not cumulative from contract year to contract year. The
surrender charge will be taken from the amount withdrawn unless otherwise
requested.
If you purchased Payment Optimizer Plus, after the Annuity Commencement Date
you may request to terminate your contract and the rider and receive the
commuted value of your income payments in a lump sum (the "commutation
value"). In calculating the commutation value, we assess a commutation charge.
The amount of the commutation charge will be the surrender charge that would
otherwise apply under the contract, in accordance with the surrender charge
schedule.
/2/Any partial withdrawals that are immediately allocated to a Scheduled
Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity through an approved Annuity Cross
Funding Program are not subject to a surrender charge.
/3/We currently do not assess a transfer charge. However, we reserve the right
to assess a transfer charge for each transfer among the Subaccounts.
10
The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically
during the time you own the contract, not including Portfolio fees and expenses.
The following charges apply to contracts issued on or after the later of May 1,
2006, or the date on which state insurance authorities approve applicable
contract modifications.
Periodic Charges Other Than Portfolio
Expenses
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual Contract Charge $30.00/1/
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of your average
daily net assets in the Separate Account)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge 1.30%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrative Expense Charge 0.15%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum Total Separate Account Annual
Expenses 1.45%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Living Benefit Rider Options/2/ (as a percentage of your average
daily net assets in the Separate Account)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current Charge Maximum Charge/3/
---------------------------------------------------------
Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage/4/ 0.50% 1.00%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus/5/
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% 2.00%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus 2007/6/
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% 2.00%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guaranteed Income Advantage 0.50% 0.50%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal Protection Advantage/7/ 0.40% 1.00%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Payment Optimizer Plus/8/
Single Annuitant Contract 0.50% 1.25%
---------------------------------------------------------
Joint Annuitant Contract 0.65% 1.25%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Living Benefit Rider Options/2,9/
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current Charge/10/ Maximum Charge/3,10/
---------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 without the
Principal Protection Death Benefit
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base 2.00% of benefit base
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the
Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 45-70
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base plus 2.00% of benefit base plus
0.15% of value of Principal 0.50% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the
Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 71-85
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base plus 2.00% of benefit base plus
0.40% of value of Principal 0.50% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current Charge/11/ Maximum Charge/3,11/
---------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution without
the Principal Protection Death Benefit
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base 2.00% of benefit base
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the
Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 45-70
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base plus 2.00% of benefit base plus
0.20% of value of Principal 0.50% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11
Current Charge/11/ Maximum Charge/3,11/
---------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the
Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 71-85
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base plus 2.00% of benefit base plus
0.50% of value of Principal 0.50% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Death Benefit Rider Options/12/ (as a percentage of your Contract
Value at the time the charge is taken)/13/
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current Charge Maximum Charge/3/
---------------------------------------------------------
Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider
Option 0.20% 0.20%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option 0.30% 0.30%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider
Option 0.30% 0.30%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings Protector and Greater of
Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death
Benefit Rider Option 0.70% 0.70%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/1/This charge is taken on each contract anniversary and at the time the
contract is surrendered. We will not assess this charge if your Contract
Value is more than $40,000 at the time the charge is assessed.
/2/None of the living benefit rider options may be elected together or in any
combination. Only one may be elected and it must be elected at the time of
application. Not all riders may be available in all states or in all
markets. We reserve the right to discontinue offering these riders at any
time and for any reason.
/3/The maximum charge reflects the charge that the rider is guaranteed never to
exceed.
/4/Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage is not available for contracts issued on or
after May 1, 2007.
/5/Lifetime Income Plus is not available for contracts issued on or after May
1, 2008. The current and maximum charges reflected in the fee table for
Lifetime Income Plus are for those contracts that reset their Withdrawal
Base on or after July 15, 2019. The current and maximum charges for Lifetime
Income Plus for those contracts that have not reset their Withdrawal Base on
or after July 15, 2019 are as follows:
Current Charge Maximum Charge
-------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus (as a percentage
of your average daily net assets in
the Separate Account)
Single Annuitant Contract 0.60% 2.00%
-----------------------------
Joint Annuitant Contract 0.75% 2.00%
------------------------------------------------------------------------
/6/Lifetime Income Plus 2007 is not available for contracts issued on or after
September 8, 2008. The current and maximum charges reflected in the fee
table for Lifetime Income Plus 2007 are for those contracts that reset their
Withdrawal Base on or after July 15, 2019. The current and maximum charges
for Lifetime Income Plus 2007 for those contracts that have not reset their
Withdrawal Base on or after July 15, 2019 are as follows:
Current Charge Maximum Charge
-------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus 2007 (as a
percentage of your average daily net
assets in the Separate Account)
Single Annuitant Contract 0.75% 2.00%
-----------------------------
Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% 2.00%
------------------------------------------------------------------------
/7/Principal Protection Advantage is not available for contracts issued on or
after May 1, 2007.
/8/Payment Optimizer Plus is not available for contracts issued after October
17, 2008.
/9/You may purchase Lifetime Income Plus 2008 or Lifetime Income Plus Solution
with or without the Principal Protection Death Benefit. We assess a charge
for the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit provided by each rider. The
charge for the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit is calculated quarterly
as a percentage of the benefit base, as defined and determined under each
rider, and deducted quarterly from the Contract Value. On the Contract Date,
the benefit base equals the initial purchase payment. The benefit base will
change and may be higher than the Contract Value on any given day.
If you purchase Lifetime Income Plus 2008 or Lifetime Income Plus Solution
with the Principal Protection Death Benefit, another charge will be assessed
for the Principal Protection Death Benefit. The charge for the Principal
Protection Death Benefit is calculated quarterly as a percentage of the value
of the Principal Protection Death Benefit, as defined and determined under
each rider, and deducted quarterly from the Contract Value. On the Contract
Date, the value of the Principal Protection Death Benefit equals the initial
purchase payment. The charge for the Principal Protection Death Benefit is
higher if any Annuitant is age 71 or older at the time of application or when
an Annuitant is added to the contract.
12
/10/The current and maximum charges reflected in the fee table for Lifetime
Income Plus 2008 are for those contracts that reset their Withdrawal Base
on or after December 3, 2012. The current and maximum charges for Lifetime
Income Plus 2008 for those contracts that have not reset their Withdrawal
Base on or after December 3, 2012 are as follows:
Current Charge Maximum Charge/3/
---------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 without the
Principal Protection Death Benefit
Single Annuitant Contract 0.75% of benefit base 2.00% of benefit base
---------------------------------------------------------
Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% of benefit base 2.00% of benefit base
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the
Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 45-70
Single Annuitant Contract 0.75% of benefit base plus 2.00% of benefit base plus
0.15% of value of Principal 0.50% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit Protection Death Benefit
---------------------------------------------------------
Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% of benefit base plus 2.00% of benefit base plus
0.15% of value of Principal 0.50% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the
Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 71-85
Single Annuitant Contract 0.75% of benefit base plus 2.00% of benefit base plus
0.40% of value of Principal 0.50% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit Protection Death Benefit
---------------------------------------------------------
Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% of benefit base plus 2.00% of benefit base plus
0.40% of value of Principal 0.50% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/11/The current and maximum charges reflected in the fee table for Lifetime
Income Plus Solution are for contracts issued on or after January 5, 2009
and that have reset their Maximum Anniversary Value on or after December 3,
2012. The current and maximum charges for Lifetime Income Plus Solution for
contracts issued on or after January 5, 2009 and that have not reset their
Maximum Anniversary Value on or after December 3, 2012 are as follows:
Current Charge Maximum Charge/3/
---------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution without
the Principal Protection Death Benefit
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.95% of benefit base 2.00% of benefit base
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the
Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 45-70
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.95% of benefit base plus 2.00% of benefit base plus
0.20% of value of Principal 0.50% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the
Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 71-85
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.95% of benefit base plus 2.00% of benefit base plus
0.50% of value of Principal 0.50% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The current and maximum charges for Lifetime Income Plus Solution for
contracts issued before January 5, 2009 and that have reset their Maximum
Anniversary Value on or after December 3, 2012 are as follows:
Current Charge Maximum Charge/3/
---------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution without
the Principal Protection Death Benefit
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base 2.00% of benefit base
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the
Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 45-70
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base plus 2.00% of benefit base plus
0.15% of value of Principal 0.50% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the
Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 71-85
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base plus 2.00% of benefit base plus
0.40% of value of Principal 0.50% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13
The current and maximum charges for Lifetime Income Plus Solution for
contracts issued before January 5, 2009 and that have not reset their Maximum
Anniversary Value on or after December 3, 2012 are as follows:
Current Charge Maximum Charge/3/
---------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution without
the Principal Protection Death Benefit
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% of benefit base 2.00% of benefit base
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the
Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 45-70
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% of benefit base plus 2.00% of benefit base plus
0.15% of value of Principal 0.50% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the
Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 71-85
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% of benefit base plus 2.00% of benefit base plus
0.40% of value of Principal 0.50% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/12/The Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider may be elected with Lifetime Income
Plus, Lifetime Income Plus 2007, Lifetime Income Plus 2008 or Lifetime
Income Plus Solution at the time of application. None of the other death
benefit rider options are available with Lifetime Income Plus, Lifetime
Income Plus 2007, Lifetime Income Plus 2008 or Lifetime Income Plus
Solution.
You may purchase the Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider with either the
Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider or the 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider. You
may not, however, purchase the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider and the 5%
Rollup Death Benefit Rider together or in any combination. The Earnings
Protector and Greater of Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider may
not be purchased with any other death benefit rider option.
/13/All charges for the death benefit rider options are taken in arrears on
each contract anniversary and at the time the contract is surrendered.
14
The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically
during the time you own the contract, not including Portfolio fees and expenses.
The following charges apply to contracts issued on or after the later of April
29, 2005, or the date on which state insurance authorities approve applicable
contract modifications, but prior to May 1, 2006, or prior to the date on which
state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications.
Periodic Charges Other Than Portfolio
Expenses
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual Contract Charge $30.00/1/
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of your average daily
net assets in the Separate Account)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge 1.30%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrative Expense Charge 0.15%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Living Benefit Rider Option/2/ (as a percentage of your average daily
net assets in the Separate Account)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current Charge Maximum Charge/4/
----------------------------------
Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage 0.50% 1.00%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus/3/ 1.25% 2.00%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guaranteed Income Advantage 0.50% 0.50%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal Protection Advantage 0.40% 1.00%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Death Benefit Rider Options/5/ (as a percentage of your Contract Value at
the time the charge is taken)/6/
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current Charge Maximum Charge
----------------------------------
Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider
Option 0.20% 0.20%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option 0.30% 0.30%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider
Option 0.30% 0.30%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings Protector and Greater of
Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death
Benefit Rider Option 0.70% 0.70%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current Maximum
----------------------------------
Maximum Total Separate Account Annual
Expenses/7/ 2.65% 3.65%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
/1/This charge is taken on each contract anniversary and at the time the
contract is surrendered. We will not assess this charge if your Contract
Value is more than $40,000 at the time the charge is assessed.
/2/None of the living benefit rider options may be elected together or in any
combination. Only one may be elected and it must be elected at the time of
application. Not all riders may be available in all states or in all
markets. We reserve the right to discontinue offering these riders at any
time and for any reason.
/3/The current and maximum charges reflected in the fee table for Lifetime
Income Plus are for those contracts that reset their Withdrawal Base on or
after July 15, 2019. The current and maximum charges for Lifetime Income
Plus for those contracts that have not reset their Withdrawal Base on or
after July 15, 2019 are 0.60% (current charge) and 2.00% (maximum charge),
calculated as a percentage of average daily net assets in the Separate
Account.
/4/The maximum charge reflects the charge that the rider is guaranteed never to
exceed.
/5/The Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider may be elected with Lifetime Income
Plus at the time of application. None of the other death benefit rider
options are available with Lifetime Income Plus.
/6/All charges for the optional death benefit riders are taken in arrears on
each contract anniversary and at the time the contract is surrendered.
/7/The Maximum Total Separate Account Annual Expenses for the current charges
assume that the owner elects the Earnings Protector and Greater of Annual
Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider and either Guaranteed Withdrawal
Advantage or Guaranteed Income Advantage. The Maximum Total Separate Account
Annual Expenses for the maximum charges assume that the owner elects the
Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider and Lifetime Income Plus. If another
combination of optional benefits is elected, or if no optional benefit is
elected, the total Separate Account Annual Expenses would be lower.
15
The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically
during the time you own the contract, not including Portfolio fees and expenses.
The following charges apply to contracts issued on or after the later of May 1,
2003, or the date on which state insurance authorities approve applicable
contract modifications, but prior to April 29, 2005 or the date on which state
insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications.
Periodic Charges Other Than Portfolio
Expenses
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual Contract Charge $30.00/1/
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of your average daily
net assets in the Separate Account)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge 1.30%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrative Expense Charge 0.15%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Living Benefit Rider Options/2/ (as a percentage of your average daily
net assets in the Separate Account)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current Charge Maximum Charge/3/
----------------------------------
Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage 0.50% 1.00%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guaranteed Income Advantage 0.40% 0.50%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal Protection Advantage 0.40% 1.00%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Death Benefit Rider Options (as a percentage of your Contract Value at the
time the charge is taken)/4/
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current Charge Maximum Charge
----------------------------------
Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider
Option 0.20% 0.20%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option/5 / 0.30% 0.30%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider
Option 0.30% 0.30%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings Protector and Greater of
Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death
Benefit Rider Option/5/ 0.70% 0.70%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current Maximum
----------------------------------
Maximum Total Separate Account Annual
Expenses/6/ 2.65% 3.15%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
/1/This charge is taken on each contract anniversary and at the time the
contract is surrendered. We will not assess this charge if your Contract
Value is more than $40,000 at the time the charge is assessed.
/2/None of the living benefit rider options may be elected together or in any
combination. Only one may be elected and it must be elected at the time of
the application. Not all riders may be available in all states or in all
markets. We reserve the right to discontinue offering these riders at any
time and for any reason.
/3/The maximum charge reflects the charge that the rider is guaranteed never to
exceed.
/4/All charges for the death benefit rider options are taken in arrears on each
contract anniversary and at the time the contract is surrendered.
/5/The 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option and the Earnings Protector and
Greater of Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option are not
available for contracts issued on or after September 2, 2003 as a Funding
Annuity under the Annuity Cross Funding Program. The Annuity Cross Funding
Program is not available to contracts issued on or after August 17, 2004.
/6/The Maximum Total Separate Account Annual Expenses for the current charges
assume that the owner elects the Earnings Protector and Greater of Annual
Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider and Guaranteed Withdrawal
Advantage. The Maximum Total Separate Account Annual Expenses for the
maximum charges assume that the owner elects the Earnings Protector and
Greater of Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death Rider and either Guaranteed
Withdrawal Advantage or Principal Protection Advantage. If another
combination of optional benefits is elected, or if no optional benefit is
elected, the total Separate Account Annual Expenses would be lower.
For information concerning compensation paid for the sale of the contract, see
the "Sale of the Contracts" provision of the prospectus.
16
The next item shows the minimum and maximum total annual operating expenses
charged by the Portfolios for the year ended December 31, 2020. These are
expenses that are deducted from Portfolio assets, which may include management
fees, distribution and/or service (Rule 12b-1) fees, and other expenses.
Portfolio expenses are the responsibility of the Portfolio or Fund. They are
not fixed or specified under the terms of the contract and are not the
responsibility of the Company. More detail concerning each Portfolio's fees and
expenses appears in the prospectus for each Portfolio.
Annual Portfolio Expenses/1/ Minimum Maximum
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (before fee waivers or reimbursements) 0.31% 1.84%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/1/The Portfolio expenses used to prepare this table were provided to the
Company by the Funds. The Company has not independently verified such
information. The expenses shown are those incurred for the year ended
December 31, 2020, or restated to reflect Portfolio expenses estimated for
the current fiscal year, subject to possible adjustment for material
changes. Current or future expenses may be greater or less than those shown.
The range of expenses above does not show the effect of any fee waiver or
expense reimbursement arrangements. The advisers and/or other service
providers of certain Portfolios have agreed to waive their fees and/or
reimburse the Portfolios' expenses in order to keep the Portfolios' expenses
below specified limits. In some cases, these expense limitations are
contractual. In other cases, these expense limitations are voluntary and may
be terminated at any time. The minimum and maximum Total Annual Portfolio
Operating Expenses for all the Portfolios after all fee waivers and expense
reimbursements (whether voluntary or contractual) are 0.31% and 1.80%,
respectively. Please see the prospectus for each Portfolio for information
regarding the expenses for each Portfolio, including fee reduction and/or
expense reimbursement arrangements, if applicable.
17
Examples
For contracts issued on or after the later of May 1, 2006, or the date on which
state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications, the
following Examples apply:
These Examples are intended to help you compare the costs of investing in the
contract with the costs of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These
costs include contract owner transaction expenses, contract and optional rider
charges, and Portfolio fees and expenses.
The Examples show the dollar amount of expenses you would bear directly or
indirectly if you:
. invested $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated;
. earned a 5% annual return on your investment;
. elected Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit or Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection
Death Benefit;
. elected the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider; and
. surrendered your contract at the end of the stated period.
Each Example assumes that the maximum fees and expenses of any of the
Portfolios are charged. Your actual expenses may be higher or lower than those
shown below. The Example does not include any taxes or tax penalties that may
be assessed upon surrender of the contract.
Costs Based on Maximum Annual Portfolio Expenses
------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
------ ------- ------- --------
$1,176 $2,468 $3,705 $6,802
The next Example uses the same assumptions as the prior Example, except that it
assumes you decide to annuitize your contract at the end of the stated time
period.
Costs Based on Maximum Annual Portfolio Expenses
------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
------ ------- ------- --------
$528 $1,835 $3,171 $6,659
The next Example uses the same assumptions as the prior Example, except that it
assumes you do not surrender your contract:
Costs Based on Maximum Annual Portfolio Expenses
------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
------ ------- ------- --------
$645 $1,956 $3,298 $6,802
Please remember that you are looking at Examples and not a representation of
past or future expenses. Your rate of return may be higher or lower than 5%,
which is not guaranteed. The Examples do not assume that any Portfolio expense
waivers or fee reimbursement arrangements are in effect for the periods
presented. The above Examples assume:
. Separate Account charges of 1.45% (deducted daily at an effective annual
rate of the assets in the Separate Account);
. an annual contract charge of $30 (assumed to be equivalent to 0.30% of the
Contract Value); and
. for Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the Principal Protection Death Benefit
or Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit, a charge of 2.00% of benefit base plus a charge of 0.50% of the
value of the Principal Protection Death Benefit (deducted quarterly from
Contract Value); and
. a charge of 0.20% for the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider (deducted
annually as a percentage of the Contract Value).
If the optional riders are not elected, the expense figures shown above would
be lower.
For contracts issued on or after the later of April 29, 2005, or the date on
which state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications,
but prior to May 1, 2006, or prior to the date on which state insurance
authorities approve applicable contract modifications, the following Examples
apply:
These Examples are intended to help you compare the costs of investing in the
contract with the costs of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These
costs include contract owner transaction expenses, contract and optional rider
charges, and Portfolio fees and expenses.
The Examples show the dollar amount of expenses you would bear directly or
indirectly if you:
. invested $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated;
. earned a 5% annual return on your investment;
. elected Lifetime Income Plus;
. elected the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider Option; and
. surrendered your contract at the end of the stated period.
Each Example assumes that the maximum fees and expenses of any of the
Portfolios are charged. Your actual expenses may be
18
higher or lower than those shown below. The Example does not include any taxes
or tax penalties that may be assessed upon surrender of the contract.
Costs Based on Maximum Annual Portfolio Expenses
------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
------ ------- ------- --------
$1,113 $2,247 $3,276 $5,580
The next Example uses the same assumptions as the prior Example, except that it
assumes you decide to annuitize your contract at the end of the stated time
period.
Costs Based on Maximum Annual Portfolio Expenses
------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
------ ------- ------- --------
$528 $1,672 $2,797 $5,534
The next Example uses the same assumptions as the prior Example, except that it
assumes you do not surrender your contract:
Costs Based on Maximum Annual Portfolio Expenses
------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
------ ------- ------- --------
$578 $1,721 $2,845 $5,580
Please remember that you are looking at Examples and not a representation of
past or future expenses. Your rate of return may be higher or lower than 5%,
which is not guaranteed. The Examples do not assume that any Portfolio expense
waivers or fee reimbursement arrangements are in effect for the periods
presented. The above Examples assume:
. Separate Account charges of 1.45% (deducted daily at an effective annual
rate of the assets in the Separate Account);
. an annual contract charge of $30 (assumed to be equivalent to 0.30% of the
Contract Value);
. a maximum charge of 2.00% for Lifetime Income Plus (deducted daily at an
effective annual rate of the assets in the Separate Account); and
. a charge of 0.20% for the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider Option
(deducted annually as a percentage of Contract Value).
If the rider options are not elected, the expense figures shown above would be
lower.
For contracts issued on or after the later of May 1, 2003, or the date on which
state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications, but
prior to April 29, 2005, or prior to the date on which state insurance
authorities approve applicable contract modifications, the following Examples
apply:
These Examples are intended to help you compare the costs of investing in the
contract with the costs of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These
costs include contract owner transaction expenses, contract and optional rider
charges, and Portfolio fees and expenses.
The Examples show the dollar amount of expenses you would bear directly or
indirectly if you:
. invested $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated;
. earned a 5% annual return on your investment;
. elected Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage or Principal Protection Advantage;
. elected the Earnings Protector and Greater of Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup
Death Benefit Rider Option; and
. surrendered your contract at the end of the stated period.
Each Example assumes that the maximum fees and expenses of any of the
Portfolios are charged. Your actual expenses may be higher or lower than those
shown below. The Example does not include any taxes or tax penalties that may
be assessed upon surrender of the contract.
Costs Based on Maximum Annual Portfolio Expenses
------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
------ ------- ------- --------
$1,069 $2,124 $3,083 $5,242
The next Example uses the same assumptions as the prior Example, except that it
assumes you decide to annuitize your contract at the end of the stated time
period.
Costs Based on Maximum Annual Portfolio Expenses
------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
------ ------- ------- --------
$431 $1,489 $2,541 $5,144
The next Example uses the same assumptions as the prior Example, except that it
assumes you do not surrender your contract:
Costs Based on Maximum Annual Portfolio Expenses
------------------------------------------------
1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
------ ------- ------- --------
$531 $1,589 $2,640 $5,242
19
Please remember that you are looking at Examples and not a representation of
past or future expenses. Your rate of return may be higher or lower than 5%,
which is not guaranteed. The Examples do not assume that any Portfolio expense
waivers or fee reimbursement arrangements are in effect for the periods
presented. The above Examples assume:
. Separate Account Annual Expenses of 1.45% (deducted daily at an effective
annual rate of the assets in the Separate Account);
. an annual contract charge of $30 (assumed to be equivalent to 0.30% of the
Contract Value);
. a charge of 1.00% for Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage or Principal
Protection Advantage (deducted daily at an effective annual rate of the
assets in the Separate Account); and
. a charge of 0.70% for the Earnings Protector and Greater of Annual Step-Up
and 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option (deducted annually as a
percentage of the Contract Value).
If the rider options are not elected, the expense figures shown above would be
lower.
SYNOPSIS
What type of contract am I buying? The contract is an individual flexible
premium variable deferred annuity contract. We may issue it as a contract
qualified ("Qualified Contract") under the Code, or as a contract that is not
qualified under the Code ("Non-Qualified Contract"). Because this contract may
be used with certain tax qualified retirement plans that offer their own tax
deferral benefit, you should consider purchasing the contract for a reason
other than tax deferral if you are purchasing this contract as a Qualified
Contract. This prospectus only provides disclosure about the contract. Certain
features described in this prospectus may vary from your contract. See "The
Contract" provision of this prospectus.
How does the contract work? Once we approve your application, we will issue a
contract to you. During the accumulation period you can use your purchase
payments to buy Accumulation Units in the Separate Account or interests in the
Guarantee Account. Should you decide to receive income payments (annuitize the
contract or a portion thereof), we will convert all or a portion of the
contract being annuitized from Accumulation Units to Annuity Units. You can
choose fixed or variable income payments, unless you are taking income payments
from the GIS Subaccount(s) pursuant to the election of Guaranteed Income
Advantage or you are taking income payments pursuant to the election of one of
the Payment Protection Rider Options. All income payments made from the GIS
Subaccount(s) will be made in accordance with the terms of Guaranteed Income
Advantage. All income payments made from a Payment Protection Rider Option will
be made in accordance with the terms of the applicable Payment Protection Rider
Option. If you choose variable income payments, we will base each periodic
income payment upon the number of Annuity Units to which you became entitled at
the time you decided to annuitize and on the value of each unit on the date the
payment is determined. See "The Contract," the "Income Payments -- Guaranteed
Income Advantage," and the "Income Payments -- Payment Protection Rider
Options" provisions of this prospectus.
What is the Separate Account? The Separate Account is a segregated asset
account established under Virginia insurance law, and registered with the SEC
as a unit investment trust. We allocate the assets of the Separate Account to
one or more Subaccounts in accordance with your instructions. We do not charge
the assets in the Separate Account with liabilities arising out of any other
business we may conduct. Amounts you allocate to the Separate Account will
reflect the investment performance of the Portfolios you select. You bear the
risk of investment gain or loss with respect to amounts allocated to the
Separate Account. See "The Separate Account" provision of this prospectus.
What are my variable investment choices? Through its Subaccounts, the Separate
Account uses your purchase payments to purchase shares, at your direction, in
one or more of the Portfolios. In turn, each Portfolio holds securities
consistent with its own particular investment objective. See "The Separate
Account" provision of this prospectus.
What is the Guarantee Account? We offer fixed investment choices through our
Guarantee Account. The Guarantee Account is part of our General Account and
pays interest at declared rates we guarantee for selected periods of time. We
also guarantee the principal, after any deductions of applicable contract
charges. Since the Guarantee Account is part of the General Account, we assume
the risk of investment gain or loss on amounts allocated to it.
The Guarantee Account is not part of and does not depend on the investment
performance of the Separate Account. You may transfer assets between the
Guarantee Account and the Separate Account subject to certain restrictions. The
Guarantee Account may not be available in all states or all markets. In
addition, the Guarantee Account is not available to contract owners who have
elected Payment Optimizer Plus for as long as the rider is in effect. See the
"Transfers" and "The Guarantee Account" provisions of this prospectus.
20
What charges are associated with this contract? Should you take a partial
withdrawal or totally surrender your contract before your purchase payments
have been in your contract for six full years, we will assess a surrender
charge ranging from 6% to 2%, depending upon how many full years those payments
have been in the contract. If your purchase payments have been in your contract
for six full years, the surrender charge for those purchase payments reduces to
0%.
You may also partially withdraw up to the greater of 10% of purchase payments
or any amount withdrawn to meet minimum distribution requirements under the
Code each contract year without being assessed a surrender charge. If you are
making a withdrawal from this contract to meet annual minimum distribution
requirements under the Code, and the minimum distribution amount attributable
to this contract for the calendar year ending at or before the last day of the
contract year exceeds the free withdrawal amount, you may withdraw the
difference free of surrender charges. We will deduct amounts surrendered first
from any gain in the contract and then from purchase payments made. We do not
assess a surrender charge on any amounts withdrawn that represent gain. We may
also waive the surrender charge in certain circumstances. See the "Surrender
Charge" provision of this prospectus.
We assess annual charges in the aggregate at an effective annual rate of 1.45%
against the daily net asset value of the Separate Account. These charges
consist of an administrative expense charge of 0.15% and a mortality and
expense risk charge of 1.30%. There is also a $30 annual contract charge which
we waive if the Contract Value is more than $40,000 at the time the charge is
assessed. We also charge for the optional riders. For a complete discussion of
the charges associated with the contract, see the "Charges and Other
Deductions" provision of this prospectus.
If your state assesses a premium tax with respect to your contract, then at the
time we incur the tax (or at such other time as we may choose), we will deduct
those amounts from purchase payments or the Contract Value, as applicable. See
the "Charges and Other Deductions" and the "Deductions for Premium Taxes"
provisions of this prospectus.
There are also expenses associated with the Portfolios. These include
management fees and other expenses associated with the daily operation of each
Portfolio as well as Rule 12b-1 fees or service share fees, if applicable. See
the "Fee Tables" provision of this prospectus. A Portfolio may also impose a
redemption charge on Subaccount assets that are redeemed from the Portfolio in
connection with a transfer. Portfolio expenses, including any redemption
charges, are more fully described in the prospectus for each Portfolio.
We pay compensation to broker-dealers who sell the contracts. For a discussion
of this compensation, see the "Sale of the Contracts" provision of this
prospectus.
We offer other variable annuity contracts through the Separate Account (and our
other separate accounts) that also invest in the same Portfolios (or many of
the same) offered under the contract. These other contracts have different
charges and may offer different benefits more suitable to your needs. To obtain
more information about these contracts, including a prospectus, contact your
registered representative or call (800) 352-9910.
How much must I pay and how often? Subject to certain minimum and maximum
payments, the amount and frequency of purchase payments are flexible. See "The
Contract -- Purchase Payments" provision of this prospectus.
How will my income payments be calculated? We will pay you a monthly income
beginning on the Annuity Commencement Date (or the earlier of the Income Start
Date and the Annuity Commencement Date if Guaranteed Income Advantage or
Principal Protection Advantage is elected at the time of application) provided
any Annuitant is still living on that date. You may also decide to take income
payments under one of the Optional Payment Plans. We will base your initial
payment on the Contract Value and other factors. See the "Income Payments"
provision of this prospectus.
What happens if I die before the Annuity Commencement Date? Before the Annuity
Commencement Date, if an owner, joint owner or Annuitant dies while the
contract is in force, we will treat the designated beneficiary as the sole
owner of the contract, subject to certain distribution rules. We may pay a
death benefit to the designated beneficiary. See the "Death of Owner and/or
Annuitant" provision of this prospectus.
May I transfer assets among Subaccounts and to and from the Guarantee
Account? Yes, however there are limitations imposed by your contract on both
the number of transfers that may be made per calendar year, as well as
limitations on allocations. Riders elected by the contract owner may impose
additional limitations on transfer rights. The minimum transfer amount is
currently $100 or the entire balance in the Subaccount if the transfer will
leave a balance of less than $100. Transfers among the Subaccounts, as well as
to and from the Guarantee Account, may be subject to certain restrictions. See
the "Transfers," "Income Payments -- Transfers After the Annuity Commencement
Date," "Income Payments -- Guaranteed Income Advantage," and "The Guarantee
Account" provisions of this prospectus. In addition, if you elect one of the
Payment Protection Rider Options or one of the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal
Benefit Rider Options (except for
21
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 and Lifetime Income Plus Solution), the benefits you
receive under those riders may be reduced if, after a transfer, your assets are
not allocated in accordance with the Investment Strategy as outlined in your
rider. Contract owners that own Lifetime Income Plus 2008 or Lifetime Income
Plus Solution must always allocate assets in accordance with the Investment
Strategy. See the "Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals -- Guaranteed Minimum
Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options," and "Income Payments -- Payment Protection
Rider Options" provisions of this prospectus.
May I surrender the contract or take partial withdrawals? Yes, subject to
contract requirements and restrictions imposed under certain retirement plans.
If you surrender the contract or take a partial withdrawal, we may assess a
surrender charge as discussed above. In addition, you will ordinarily be
subject to income tax (except for a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA)
and, if you are younger than age 59 1/2 at the time of the surrender or partial
withdrawal, a 10% IRS penalty tax. A surrender or a partial withdrawal may also
be subject to tax withholding. See the "Tax Matters" provision of this
prospectus. Certain withdrawals, depending on the amount and timing, may
negatively impact the benefits and guarantees provided by your contract. For
example, a partial withdrawal may reduce the death benefit by the proportion
that the partial withdrawal (including any applicable surrender charge and
premium tax) reduces your Contract Value. See the "Death of Owner and/or
Annuitant" provision of this prospectus for more information. In addition, if
you elect Guaranteed Income Advantage and you take a withdrawal from the GIS
Subaccount(s), you will lose your right to make any additional scheduled
transfers to that segment and your guaranteed income floor will be adjusted to
reflect the withdrawal made. See the "Income Payments -- Guaranteed Income
Advantage" provision of this prospectus. If you elect one of the Guaranteed
Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options or one of the Payment Protection Rider
Options, partial withdrawals may affect the benefit you receive under that
rider. See the "Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals -- Guaranteed Minimum
Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options," and the "Income Payments -- Payment
Protection Rider Options" provisions of this prospectus.
You should carefully consider whether a withdrawal under a particular
circumstance will have any negative impact to your benefits or guarantees. The
impact of withdrawals generally on your benefits and guarantees is discussed in
the corresponding sections of the prospectus describing such benefits and
guarantees.
Do I get a free look at this contract? Yes, you have the right to return the
contract to us at our Home Office at the address listed on page 1 of this
prospectus, and have us cancel the contract within a certain number of days
(usually 10 days from the date you receive the contract, but some states
require different periods).
If you exercise this right, we will cancel the contract as of the Valuation Day
we receive your request and send you a refund equal to your Contract Value plus
any charges we have deducted from purchase payments prior to their allocation
to the Separate Account (and excluding any charges the Portfolios may have
deducted) on or before the Valuation Day we received the returned contract at
our Home Office. Or, if required by the law of your state, we will refund your
purchase payments (less any withdrawals previously taken). See the "Return
Privilege" provision of this prospectus for more information.
What optional benefits are available under this contract? We offer several
optional benefits by rider under this prospectus. The riders may not be
available in all states or markets.
The Living Benefit Rider Options. Five Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit
Rider Options are discussed in this prospectus: Guaranteed Withdrawal
Advantage, Lifetime Income Plus, Lifetime Income Plus 2007, Lifetime Income
Plus 2008 and Lifetime Income Plus Solution. Lifetime Income Plus, Lifetime
Income Plus 2007, Lifetime Income Plus 2008 and Lifetime Income Plus Solution
provide guaranteed withdrawals until the last death of an Annuitant, with
upside potential, provided you meet certain conditions. Guaranteed Withdrawal
Advantage provides guaranteed withdrawals, with upside potential, provided you
meet certain conditions. To receive the full benefit provided by each of the
Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options, you must allocate all
purchase payments and Contract Value in accordance with the Investment Strategy
prescribed by the particular rider. If you purchase Lifetime Income Plus 2008
or Lifetime Income Plus Solution, you must always allocate purchase payments
and Contract Value in accordance with the Investment Strategy prescribed by
that rider. Under certain circumstances, the benefit provided under the
Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options may be reduced or lost. In
addition, if you terminate the contract or rider, you will lose your benefit.
Please see the "Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals -- Guaranteed Minimum
Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options" provision of this prospectus for more
information about the riders and their features.
Guaranteed Income Advantage provides a guaranteed income benefit that is based
on the amount of assets you invest in the GIS Subaccount(s). You may not
allocate purchase payments or assets in your contract directly into the GIS
Subaccount(s).
22
Rather, allocations to the GIS Subaccount(s) must be made through a series of
scheduled transfers from other Subaccounts in which you have allocated assets.
If income payments have not begun and you terminate the contract, you will lose
your benefit. Please see the "Income Payments -- Guaranteed Income Advantage"
provision of this prospectus for more information about the riders and their
features.
Finally, we discuss two Payment Protection Rider Options in this prospectus:
Payment Optimizer Plus and Principal Protection Advantage. These riders provide
for a guaranteed income benefit that is based on the amount of purchase
payments you make to your contract. To receive the full benefit provided by
either of the Payment Protection Rider Options, you must allocate all purchase
payments and assets in your contract in accordance with the Investment Strategy
prescribed by the particular rider. If income payments have not begun and you
terminate the contract, you will lose your benefit. Please see the "Income
Payments -- Payment Protection Rider Options" provision of this prospectus for
more information about the rider and its features.
Each of the riders offered in this prospectus is available at an additional
charge if elected when you apply for the contract.
The Death Benefit Rider Options. We offer the following four optional death
benefits by rider in addition to the Basic Death Benefit provided under the
contract: (i) the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider; (ii) the 5% Rollup Death
Benefit Rider; (iii) the Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider; and (iv) the
Earnings Protector and Greater of Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death Benefit
Rider.
Each of these optional death benefit riders is available at an additional
charge if elected when you apply for the contract. The Basic Death Benefit is
provided to you automatically and at no additional charge.
Please see "The Death Benefit" provision of this prospectus for more
information about these optional death benefit riders and their features.
Are there any risks to purchasing one of the living benefit rider options or
death benefit rider options? Guaranteed benefits provided under the living
benefit rider options and death benefit rider options, as well as any other
contractual guarantee, are guaranteed by the claims paying ability of the
Company's General Account and our long-term ability to make payments. See the
"Financial Condition of the Company" provision of this prospectus for more
information.
When are my allocations effective when purchasing this contract? Within two
business days after we have received all of the information necessary to
process your purchase order, we will allocate your initial purchase payment
directly to the Guarantee Account and/or the Subaccounts that correspond to the
Portfolios you choose. For contract owners that have elected one of the Payment
Protection Rider Options or one of the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit
Rider Options (except for Lifetime Income Plus 2008 and Lifetime Income Plus
Solution), all purchase payments must be allocated in accordance with the
Investment Strategy as outlined in each rider in order to receive the full
benefit provided by the rider. Contract owners that own Lifetime Income Plus
2008 or Lifetime Income Plus Solution must always allocate assets in accordance
with the Investment Strategy. For contract owners that have elected Guaranteed
Income Advantage, purchase payments may not be allocated directly to the GIS
Subaccount(s), but must be made pursuant to scheduled transfers from all other
Subaccounts in which you have allocated assets. Any remaining transfers will
come from the Guarantee Account. See "The Contract -- Allocation of Purchase
Payments," the "Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals -- Guaranteed Minimum
Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options," the "Income Payments -- Guaranteed Income
Advantage," and the "Income Payments -- Payment Protection Rider Options"
provisions of this prospectus.
What are the federal tax implications of my investment in the
contract? Generally, all investment earnings under the contract are
tax-deferred until withdrawn or until income payments begin. A distribution
from the contract, which includes a full surrender or partial withdrawal or
payment of a death benefit, will generally result in taxable income (except for
a qualified distribution from a Roth IRA) if there has been an increase in the
Contract Value. In certain circumstances, a 10% IRS penalty tax may also apply.
All amounts includable in income with respect to the contract are taxed as
ordinary income; no amounts are taxed at the special lower rates applicable to
long term capital gains and corporate dividends. See the "Tax Matters"
provision of this prospectus.
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The value of an Accumulation Unit is determined on the basis of changes in the
per share value of the Portfolios and the assessment of Separate Account
charges which may vary from contract to contract. Please refer to the Statement
of Additional Information for more information on the calculation of
Accumulation Unit values.
Please see Appendix B of this prospectus for tables of Accumulation Unit values.
23
THE COMPANY
We are a stock life insurance company operating under a charter granted by the
Commonwealth of Virginia on March 21, 1871. We principally offer life insurance
policies and annuity contracts. We do business in 49 states, the District of
Columbia and Bermuda. Our principal offices are at 6610 West Broad Street,
Richmond, Virginia 23230. We are obligated to pay all amounts promised under
the contract.
Capital Brokerage Corporation serves as principal underwriter for the contracts
and is a broker/dealer registered with the SEC. Genworth North America
Corporation (formerly, GNA Corporation) directly owns the stock of Capital
Brokerage Corporation and the Company. Genworth North America Corporation is
indirectly owned by Genworth Financial, Inc., a public company.
FINANCIAL CONDITION OF THE COMPANY
Many financial services companies, including insurance companies, continue to
face challenges in the persistent low interest rate environment of the past
decade, and we are not immune to those challenges. We know it is important for
you to understand how this market environment may impact your Contract Value
and our ability to meet the guarantees under your contract.
Assets in the Separate Account. You assume all of the investment risk for
Contract Value allocated to the Subaccounts. Your Contract Value in the
Subaccounts is part of the assets of the Separate Account. These assets may not
be charged with liabilities arising from any other business that we may
conduct. The assets of the Separate Account will, however, be available to
cover the liabilities of our General Account to the extent that the Separate
Account assets exceed the Separate Account liabilities arising under the
contracts supported by it. This means that, with very limited exceptions, all
assets in the Separate Account attributable to your Contract Value and that of
all other contract owners would receive a priority of payment status over other
claims in the event of an insolvency or receivership. See "The Separate
Account" provision of this prospectus.
Assets in the General Account. You also may be permitted to make allocations
to the Guarantee Account, which is part of our General Account. In addition,
any guarantees under the contract that exceed your Contract Value, such as
those associated with the living benefit rider options or the death benefit
rider options, are paid from our General Account (not the Separate Account).
Therefore, any amounts that we may pay under the contract in excess of your
value in the Separate Account are subject to our financial strength and
claims-paying ability and our long-term ability to make such payments. We issue
(or have issued) other types of insurance policies and financial products as
well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from our assets in
the General Account. In the event of an insolvency or receivership, payments we
make from our General Account to satisfy claims under the contract would
generally receive the same priority as our other policy holder obligations.
This means that in the event of an insolvency or receivership, you may receive
only a portion, or none, of the payments you are due under the contract. See
"The Guarantee Account" provision of this prospectus.
Our Financial Condition. As an insurance company, we are required by state
insurance regulation to hold a specified amount of reserves in order to meet
all the contractual obligations of our General Account to our contract owners.
In order to meet our claims-paying obligations, we regularly monitor our
reserves to ensure we hold sufficient amounts to cover actual or expected
contract and claims payments. In addition, we actively hedge our investments in
our General Account, while also requiring contract owners to allocate purchase
payments to an Investment Strategy if a living benefit rider option has been
elected. However, it is important to note that there is no guarantee that we
will always be able to meet our claims paying obligations, and that there are
risks to purchasing any insurance product.
State insurance regulators also require insurance companies to maintain a
minimum amount of capital, which acts as a cushion in the event that the
insurer suffers a financial impairment, based on the inherent risks in the
insurer's operations. These risks include those associated with losses that we
may incur as the result of defaults on the payment of interest or principal on
our General Account assets, which include, but are not limited to, bonds,
mortgages, general real estate investments, and stocks, as well as the loss in
value of these investments resulting from a loss in their market value.
The market effects on our investment portfolio have caused us to re-evaluate
product offerings. We continue to evaluate our investment portfolio to mitigate
market risk and actively manage the investments in the portfolio.
The Company is exposed to potential risks associated with the recent outbreak
of the coronavirus pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted the global
economy and financial markets, business operations, and consumer behavior and
confidence. As a result, the Company could experience significant declines in
asset valuations and potential material asset impairments, as well as
unexpected changes in persistency rates, as policyholders and contract owners
who are affected by
24
the COVID-19 pandemic may not be able to meet their contractual obligations,
such as premium payments on their insurance policies. The COVID-19 pandemic has
decreased historic low interest rates even further and could also significantly
increase the Company's mortality and morbidity experience above the assumptions
it used in pricing its insurance and investment products, all of which could
result in higher reserve charges and an adverse impact to the Company's
financial results. The COVID-19 pandemic could also disrupt medical and
financial services and has resulted in Genworth Financial, Inc. practicing
social distancing with its employees through office closures, all of which
could disrupt the Company's normal business operations. While the ongoing
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is very difficult to predict, the related
outcomes and impact on the Company will depend on the length and severity of
the COVID-19 pandemic and shape of the economic recovery. The Company continues
to monitor the COVID-19 pandemic developments and the potential financial
impacts on its business. However, given the specific risks to its business, it
is possible the COVID-19 pandemic will have a material adverse impact on the
Company, including a material adverse effect on its financial condition and
results of operations.
How to Obtain More Information. We encourage both existing and prospective
contract owners to read and understand our financial statements. We prepare our
financial statements on a statutory basis. Our audited financial statements, as
well as the financial statements of the Separate Account, are located in the
Statement of Additional Information. If you would like a free copy of the
Statement of Additional Information, call (800) 352-9910 or write to our Home
Office at the address listed on page 1 of this prospectus. In addition, the
Statement of Additional Information is available on our website at
www.genworth.com or on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. You may obtain our
audited statutory financial statements and any unaudited statutory financial
statements that may be available by visiting our website at www.genworth.com.
You also will find on our website information on ratings assigned to us by one
or more independent rating organizations. These ratings are opinions of an
operating insurance company's financial capacity to meet the obligations of its
insurance and annuity contracts based on its financial strength and/or
claims-paying ability.
THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
We established the Separate Account as a separate investment account on
August 19, 1987. The Separate Account may invest in mutual funds, unit
investment trusts, managed separate accounts, and other portfolios. We use the
Separate Account to support the contract as well as for other purposes
permitted by law.
Currently, there are multiple Subaccounts of the Separate Account available
under the contract. Each Subaccount invests exclusively in shares representing
an interest in a separate corresponding Portfolio of the Funds.
The assets of the Separate Account belong to us. Nonetheless, we do not charge
the assets in the Separate Account attributable to the contracts with
liabilities arising out of any other business which we may conduct. The assets
of the Separate Account will, however, be available to cover the liabilities of
our General Account to the extent that the assets of the Separate Account
exceed its liabilities arising under the contracts supported by it. Income and
both realized and unrealized gains or losses from the assets of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against the Separate Account without regard
to the income, gains, or losses arising out of any other business we may
conduct. Guarantees made under the contract, including any rider options, are
based on the claims paying ability of the Company to the extent that the amount
of the guarantee exceeds the assets available in the Separate Account.
We registered the Separate Account with the SEC as a unit investment trust
under the Investment Company Act of 1940 ("1940 Act"). The Separate Account
meets the definition of a separate account under the federal securities laws.
Registration with the SEC does not involve supervision of the management or
investment practices or policies of the Separate Account by the SEC. You assume
the full investment risk for all amounts you allocate to the Separate Account.
If permitted by law, we may deregister the Separate Account under the 1940 Act
in the event registration is no longer required; manage the Separate Account
under the direction of a committee; or combine the Separate Account with one of
our other separate accounts. Further, to the extent permitted by applicable
law, we may transfer the assets of the Separate Account to another separate
account.
The Portfolios
There is a separate Subaccount which corresponds to each Portfolio of a Fund
offered in this contract. You select the Subaccounts to which you allocate
purchase payments and Contract Value. In addition, you currently may change
your future purchase payment allocation without penalty or charges. If you
elect one of the Payment Protection Rider Options or one of the Guaranteed
Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options (except for Lifetime Income Plus 2008
and Lifetime Income Plus Solution), however, the benefits you receive under
that rider may be reduced if your assets are not allocated in accordance with
the Investment Strategy outlined in each rider. Contract owners that own
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 or Lifetime Income Plus Solution must always allocate
assets in
25
accordance with the Investment Strategy. In addition, there are limitations on
the number of transfers that may be made each calendar year. See the
"Transfers" provision of this prospectus for additional information.
Each Fund is registered with the SEC as an open-end management investment
company under the 1940 Act. The assets of each Portfolio are separate from
other portfolios of a Fund and each Portfolio has separate investment
objectives and policies. As a result, each Portfolio operates as a separate
Portfolio and the investment performance of one Portfolio has no effect on the
investment performance of any other Portfolio.
Certain Portfolios may invest substantially all of their assets in portfolios
of other funds. As a result, you will pay fees and expenses at both portfolio
levels. This will reduce your investment return. These arrangements are
referred to as "funds of funds" or "master-feeder funds." Funds of funds or
master-feeder structures may have higher expenses than Portfolios that invest
directly in debt or equity securities.
Certain Portfolios may employ hedging strategies to provide for downside
protection during sharp downward movements in equity markets. The cost of these
hedging strategies could limit the upside participation of the Portfolio in
rising equity markets relative to other Portfolios. You should consult with
your registered representative to determine which combination of investment
choices is appropriate for you.
Before choosing a Subaccount to which you will allocate your purchase payments
and Contract Value, carefully read the prospectus for each Portfolio, along
with this prospectus. You may obtain the most recent prospectus for each
Portfolio by calling us at (800) 352-9910, or writing us at 6610 West Broad
Street, Richmond, Virginia 23230. You may also obtain copies of the prospectus
for each Portfolio on our website at www.genworth.com, hover over "Customer
Service" and then click on "Prospectuses." We summarize the investment
objectives of each Portfolio below. There is no assurance that any Portfolio
will meet its objective. We do not guarantee any minimum value for the amounts
allocated to the Separate Account. You bear the investment risk of investing in
the Subaccounts.
The investment objectives and policies of certain Portfolios are similar to the
investment objectives and policies of other portfolios that may be managed by
the same investment adviser or manager. The investment results of the
Portfolios, however, may be higher or lower than the results of such other
portfolios. There can be no assurance, and no representation is made, that the
investment results of any of the Portfolios will be comparable to the
investment results of any other portfolio, even if the other portfolio has the
same investment adviser or manager, or if the other portfolio has a similar
name.
26
Subaccounts
You may allocate purchase payments and Contract Value to Subaccounts that
invest in the Portfolios listed below in addition to the Guarantee Account at
any one time. For contract owners that have elected Guaranteed Income
Advantage, you may not allocate purchase payments directly to the GIS
Subaccount(s). Such allocations must be made pursuant to scheduled transfers
from all other Subaccounts in which you have allocated assets. Any remaining
transfers will come from the Guarantee Account. See the "Income Payments --
Guaranteed Income Advantage" provision of this prospectus. If you elect one of
the Payment Protection Rider Options or one of the Guaranteed Minimum
Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options (except for Lifetime Income Plus 2008 and
Lifetime Income Plus Solution), the benefits you receive under the rider may be
reduced if your purchase payments and Contract Value are not allocated in
accordance with the Investment Strategy outlined in each rider. Contract owners
that own Lifetime Income Plus 2008 or Lifetime Income Plus Solution must always
allocate purchase payments and Contract Value in accordance with the Investment
Strategy. See the "Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals -- Guaranteed Minimum
Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options" and "Income Payments -- Payment Protection
Rider Options" provisions of this prospectus.
Adviser (and Sub-Adviser(s),
Subaccount Investing In Investment Objective as applicable)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB VARIABLE PRODUCTS AB Balanced Wealth Strategy Seeks to achieve the highest AllianceBernstein, L.P.
SERIES FUND, INC. Portfolio -- Class B total return consistent with
the Adviser's determination
of reasonable risk.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Global Thematic Growth Long-term growth of capital. AllianceBernstein, L.P.
Portfolio -- Class B
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Growth and Income Long-term growth of capital. AllianceBernstein, L.P.
Portfolio -- Class B
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB International Value Long-term growth of capital. AllianceBernstein, L.P.
Portfolio -- Class B
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Large Cap Growth Long-term growth of capital. AllianceBernstein, L.P.
Portfolio -- Class B
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Small Cap Growth Long-term growth of capital. AllianceBernstein, L.P.
Portfolio -- Class B
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE Invesco V.I. American Franchise To seek capital growth. Invesco Advisers, Inc.
FUNDS (INVESCO VARIABLE Fund -- Series I shares
INSURANCE FUNDS)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Capital Appreciation The Fund seeks capital Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Fund -- Series II shares (formerly, appreciation.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital
Appreciation Fund -- Series II
Shares)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund -- Seeks capital growth and Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Series II shares income through investments in
equity securities, including
common stocks, preferred
stocks and securities
convertible into common and
preferred stocks.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Conservative The Fund seeks total return. Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Balanced Fund -- Series II shares
(formerly, Invesco Oppenheimer
V.I. Conservative Balanced
Fund -- Series II Shares)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund -- Long-term growth of capital. Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Series I shares
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Seeks both capital Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Fund -- Series II shares appreciation and current
income.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27
Adviser (and Sub-Adviser(s),
Subaccount Investing In Investment Objective as applicable)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Global Fund -- The Fund seeks capital Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Series II shares (formerly, Invesco appreciation.
Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund --
Series II Shares)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. International Growth Long-term growth of capital. Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Fund -- Series II shares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Main Street Fund(R) -- The Fund seeks capital Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Series II shares (formerly, Invesco appreciation.
Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street
Fund(R) -- Series II Shares)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Main Street Small The Fund seeks capital Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Cap Fund(R) -- Series II shares appreciation.
(formerly, Invesco Oppenheimer
V.I. Main Street Small Cap
Fund(R) -- Series II Shares)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMERICAN CENTURY VP Inflation Protection Fund -- Pursues long-term total American Century Investment
VARIABLE PORTFOLIOS II, Class II return using a strategy that Management, Inc.
INC. seeks to protect against U.S.
inflation.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BLACKROCK VARIABLE BlackRock Advantage SMID Cap Seeks long-term capital BlackRock Advisors, LLC
SERIES FUNDS, INC. V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares growth.
(formerly, BlackRock Advantage
U.S. Total Market V.I. Fund --
Class III Shares)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Basic Value V.I. Seeks capital appreciation BlackRock Advisors, LLC
Fund -- Class III Shares and, secondarily, income.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Seeks high total investment BlackRock Advisors, LLC
Fund -- Class III Shares return.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLUMBIA FUNDS VARIABLE Columbia Variable Portfolio -- The fund seeks long-term Columbia Management Investment
SERIES TRUST II Overseas Core Fund -- Class 2 growth of capital. Advisers, LLC (subadvised by
Threadneedle International Limited)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CTIVP/SM/ -- Loomis Sayles The fund seeks long-term Columbia Management Investment
Growth Fund -- Class 1 growth of capital. Advisers, LLC (subadvised by
Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EATON VANCE VARIABLE VT Floating-Rate Income Fund To provide a high level of Eaton Vance Management
TRUST current income.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERATED HERMES Federated Hermes High Income Seeks high current income. Federated Investment Management
INSURANCE SERIES Bond Fund II -- Service Shares Company
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes Kaufmann Seeks capital appreciation. Federated Equity Management
Fund II -- Service Shares Company of Pennsylvania
(subadvised by Federated Global
Investment Management Corp.)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIDELITY(R) VARIABLE VIP Balanced Portfolio -- Seeks income and capital Fidelity Management & Research
INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND Service Class 2 growth consistent with Company LLC (FMR) (subadvised
reasonable risk. by FMR Investment Management
(UK) Limited (FMR UK), Fidelity
Management & Research
(Hong Kong) Limited (FMR H.K.),
and Fidelity Management &
Research (Japan) Limited (FMR
Japan))
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Contrafund(R) Portfolio -- Seeks long-term capital FMR (subadvised by FMR UK,
Service Class 2 appreciation. FMR H.K., and FMR Japan)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
28
Adviser (and Sub-Adviser(s),
Subaccount Investing In Investment Objective as applicable)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Dynamic Capital Seeks capital appreciation. FMR (subadvised by FMR UK,
Appreciation Portfolio -- FMR H.K., and FMR Japan)
Service Class 2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio -- Seeks reasonable income. The FMR (subadvised by FMR UK,
Service Class 2 fund will also consider the FMR H.K., and FMR Japan)
potential for capital
appreciation. The fund's goal
is to achieve a yield which
exceeds the composite yield
on the securities comprising
the S&P 500(R) Index.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Growth Portfolio -- Seeks to achieve capital FMR (subadvised by FMR UK,
Service Class 2 appreciation. FMR H.K., and FMR Japan)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Growth & Income Seeks high total return FMR (subadvised by FMR UK,
Portfolio -- Service Class 2 through a combination of FMR H.K., and FMR Japan)
current income and capital
appreciation.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Growth Opportunities The fund seeks to provide FMR (subadvised by FMR UK,
Portfolio -- Service Class 2 capital growth. FMR H.K., and FMR Japan)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Investment Grade Bond Seeks as high a level of FMR (subadvised by FMR UK,
Portfolio -- Service Class 2 current income as is FMR H.K., and FMR Japan)
consistent with the
preservation of capital.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Mid Cap Portfolio -- Seeks long-term growth of FMR (subadvised by FMR UK,
Service Class 2 capital. FMR H.K., and FMR Japan)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Value Strategies Portfolio -- Seeks capital appreciation. FMR (subadvised by FMR UK,
Service Class 2 FMR H.K., and FMR Japan)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FRANKLIN TEMPLETON Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Seeks capital appreciation, Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
VARIABLE INSURANCE Fund -- Class 2 Shares with income as a secondary
PRODUCTS TRUST goal. The fund normally
invests primarily in U.S. and
foreign equity securities
that the manager believes are
undervalued.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Templeton Growth VIP Fund -- Seeks long-term capital Templeton Global Advisors Limited
Class 2 Shares growth. Under normal market
conditions, the fund invests
primarily in equity
securities of companies
located anywhere in the
world, including developing
markets.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GOLDMAN SACHS VARIABLE Goldman Sachs Government Maximum current income to the Goldman Sachs Asset Management,
INSURANCE TRUST Money Market Fund -- extent consistent with the L.P.
Service Shares/1/ preservation of capital and
the maintenance of liquidity
by investing exclusively in
high quality money market
instruments.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JANUS ASPEN SERIES Janus Henderson Balanced Seeks long-term capital Janus Capital Management LLC
Portfolio -- Service Shares growth, consistent with
preservation of capital and
balanced by current income.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Henderson Forty A non-diversified Janus Capital Management LLC
Portfolio -- Service Shares portfolio/2/ that seeks
long-term growth of capital.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/1/ There can be no assurance that the Goldman Sachs
Government Money Market Fund will be able to maintain a
stable net asset value per share. During extended
periods of low interest rates, the yield on the Goldman
Sachs Government Money Market Fund may become extremely
low and possibly negative.
/2/ A non-diversified portfolio is a portfolio that may
hold a larger position in a smaller number of
securities than a diversified portfolio. This means
that a single security's increase or decrease in value
may have a greater impact on the return and the net
asset value of a non-diversified portfolio than a
diversified portfolio.
29
Adviser (and Sub-Adviser(s),
Subaccount Investing In Investment Objective as applicable)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) VARIABLE MFS(R) Total Return Series -- The fund's investment Massachusetts Financial Services
INSURANCE TRUST Service Class Shares objective is to seek total Company
return.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Utilities Series -- The fund's investment Massachusetts Financial Services
Service Class Shares objective is to seek total Company
return.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) VARIABLE MFS(R) Massachusetts Investors The fund's investment Massachusetts Financial Services
INSURANCE TRUST II Growth Stock Portfolio -- objective is to seek capital Company
Service Class Shares appreciation.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VARIABLE All Asset Portfolio -- Seeks maximum real return, Pacific Investment Management
INSURANCE TRUST Advisor Class Shares consistent with preservation Company LLC/Research Affiliates,
of real capital and prudent LLC
investment management.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High Yield Portfolio -- Seeks maximum total return, Pacific Investment Management
Administrative Class Shares consistent with preservation Company LLC
of capital and prudent
investment management.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-Term U.S. Government Seeks maximum total return, Pacific Investment Management
Portfolio -- Administrative consistent with preservation Company LLC
Class Shares of capital and prudent
investment management.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low Duration Portfolio -- Seeks maximum total return, Pacific Investment Management
Administrative Class Shares consistent with preservation Company LLC
of capital and prudent
investment management.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Return Portfolio -- Seeks maximum total return, Pacific Investment Management
Administrative Class Shares consistent with preservation Company LLC
of capital and prudent
investment management.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES Natural Resources Portfolio -- Seeks long-term growth of PGIM Investments LLC (subadvised
FUND Class II Shares capital. by Allianz Global Investors U.S.
LLC)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PGIM Jennison Focused Blend Seeks long-term growth of PGIM Investments LLC (subadvised
Portfolio -- Class II Shares capital. by Jennison Associates LLC)
(formerly, Jennison 20/20 Focus
Portfolio -- Class II Shares)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PGIM Jennison Growth Seeks long-term growth of PGIM Investments LLC (subadvised
Portfolio -- Class II Shares capital. by Jennison Associates LLC)
(formerly, Jennison Portfolio --
Class II Shares)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATE STREET VARIABLE Real Estate Securities V.I.S. Seeks maximum total return SSGA Funds Management, Inc.
INSURANCE SERIES Fund -- Class 1 Shares through current income and (subadvised by CenterSquare
FUNDS, INC. capital appreciation. Investment Management LLC)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small-Cap Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Seeks long-term growth of SSGA Funds Management, Inc.
Class 1 Shares capital. (subadvised by Palisade Capital
Management, L.L.C., Champlain
Investment Partners, LLC,
GlobeFlex Capital, LP, Kennedy
Capital Management, Inc. and
SouthernSun Asset Management,
Inc.)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Return V.I.S. Fund/1/ Seeks the highest total SSGA Funds Management, Inc.
return, composed of current
income and capital
appreciation, as is
consistent with prudent
investment risk.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Seeks long-term growth of SSGA Funds Management, Inc.
Class 1 Shares capital.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/1/ For contracts issued on or after May 1, 2006, only
Class 3 Shares of the Total Return V.I.S. Fund will be
available. If your contract was issued prior to May 1,
2006, Class 1 Shares of the Total Return V.I.S. Fund
are available.
30
Adviser (and Sub-Adviser(s),
Subaccount Investing In Investment Objective as applicable)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth The fund seeks long-term Wells Fargo Funds Management,
TRUST Fund -- Class 2 capital appreciation. LLC (subadvised by Wells Capital
Management Incorporated)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following Portfolio is not available for new purchase payments or transfers
or for new contracts issued on or after November 15, 2004:
Adviser (and Sub-Adviser(s),
Subaccount Investing In Investment Objective as applicable)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JANUS ASPEN SERIES Janus Henderson Overseas Seeks long-term growth of Janus Capital Management LLC
Portfolio -- Service Shares capital.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following Portfolios are not available to contracts issued on or after May
1, 2006:
Adviser (and Sub-Adviser(s),
Subaccount Investing In Investment Objective as applicable)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIDELITY(R) VARIABLE VIP Asset Manager/SM/ Portfolio -- Seeks to obtain high total FMR (subadvised by FMR UK,
INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND Service Class 2 return with reduced risk over FMR H.K., and FMR Japan)
the long term by allocating
its assets among stocks,
bonds, and short-term
instruments.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GOLDMAN SACHS Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value Seeks long-term capital Goldman Sachs Asset Management,
VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST Fund -- Institutional Shares appreciation. L.P.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) VARIABLE MFS(R) New Discovery Series -- The fund's investment Massachusetts Financial Services
INSURANCE TRUST Service Class Shares objective is to seek capital Company
appreciation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following Portfolios are not available to contracts issued on or after May
1, 2007:
Adviser (and Sub-Adviser(s),
Subaccount Investing In Investment Objective as applicable)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE Invesco V.I. American Franchise To seek capital growth. Invesco Advisers, Inc.
FUNDS (INVESCO VARIABLE Fund -- Series II shares
INSURANCE FUNDS)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEGG MASON PARTNERS ClearBridge Variable Dividend The fund seeks dividend Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor,
VARIABLE EQUITY TRUST Strategy Portfolio -- Class II income, growth of dividend LLC (subadvised by ClearBridge
income and long-term capital Investments, LLC; Western Asset
appreciation. Management Company manages the
portion of the fund's cash and short
term investments allocated to it)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following Portfolios are not available to contracts issued on or after
September 8, 2008:
Adviser (and Sub-Adviser(s),
Subaccount Investing In Investment Objective as applicable)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE Invesco V.I. American Value Long-term capital Invesco Advisers, Inc.
FUNDS (INVESCO VARIABLE Fund -- Series II shares (formerly, appreciation.
INSURANCE FUNDS) Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities
Fund -- Series II shares)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Discovery Mid Cap The Fund seeks capital Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Growth Fund -- Series II shares appreciation.
(formerly, Invesco Oppenheimer
V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth
Fund -- Series II Shares)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BLACKROCK VARIABLE BlackRock Large Cap Focus Seeks long-term capital BlackRock Advisors, LLC
SERIES FUNDS, INC. Growth V.I. Fund -- Class III growth.
Shares
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31
Adviser (and Sub-Adviser(s),
Subaccount Investing In Investment Objective as applicable)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEGG MASON PARTNERS ClearBridge Variable Aggressive Seeks capital appreciation. Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor,
VARIABLE EQUITY TRUST Growth Portfolio -- Class II LLC (subadvised by ClearBridge
Investments, LLC; Western Asset
Management Company manages the
portion of the fund's cash and short
term investments allocated to it)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Seeks long-term growth of Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor,
Value Portfolio -- Class I capital. Current income is a LLC (subadvised by ClearBridge
secondary objective. Investments, LLC; Western Asset
Management Company manages the
portion of the fund's cash and short
term investments allocated to it)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) VARIABLE MFS(R) Investors Trust Series -- The fund's investment Massachusetts Financial Services
INSURANCE TRUST Service Class Shares objective is to seek capital Company
appreciation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RYDEX VARIABLE TRUST NASDAQ -- 100(R) Fund/1/ Seeks to provide investment Security Global Investors, LLC
results that correspond to a known as Guggenheim Investments
benchmark for
over-the-counter securities.
The portfolio's current
benchmark is the NASDAQ 100
Index(TM).
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATE STREET VARIABLE Income V.I.S. Fund -- Seeks maximum income SSGA Funds Management, Inc.
INSURANCE SERIES Class 1 Shares consistent with prudent
FUNDS, INC. investment management and the
preservation of capital.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Premier Growth Equity V.I.S. Seeks long-term growth of SSGA Funds Management, Inc.
Fund -- Class 1 Shares capital and future income
rather than current income.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P 500(R) Index V.I.S. Fund -- Seeks growth of capital and SSGA Funds Management, Inc.
Class 1 Shares/2/ accumulation of income that
corresponds to the investment
return of the S&P 500(R)
Index.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following Portfolios are not available to contracts issued on or after
January 5, 2009:
Adviser (and Sub-Adviser(s),
Subaccount Investing In Investment Objective as applicable)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FRANKLIN TEMPLETON Franklin Allocation VIP Fund -- Seeks capital appreciation, with Franklin Advisers, Inc.
VARIABLE INSURANCE Class 2 Shares income as a secondary goal.
PRODUCTS TRUST
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Income VIP Fund -- Seeks to maximize income while Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Class 2 Shares maintaining prospects for capital
appreciation. Under normal market
conditions, the fund invests in a
diversified portfolio of debt and equity
securities.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/1/ The NASDAQ 100 Index(TM) is an unmanaged index that is
a widely recognized indicator of OTC Market performance.
/2/ "Standard & Poor's," "S&P," and "S&P 500" are
trademarks of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and have
been licensed for use by State Street Global Advisors.
The S&P 500(R) Index V.I.S. Fund is not sponsored,
endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor's, and
Standard & Poor's makes no representation or warranty,
express or implied, regarding the advisability of
investing in this portfolio or the Policy.
32
Not all of these Portfolios may be available in all states or in all markets.
We will purchase shares of the Portfolios at net asset value and direct them to
the appropriate Subaccounts. We will redeem sufficient shares of the
appropriate Portfolios at net asset value to pay death benefits, surrender
proceeds and partial withdrawals; to make income payments; or for other
purposes described in the contract. We automatically reinvest all dividend and
capital gain distributions of the Portfolios in shares of the distributing
Portfolios at their net asset value on the date of distribution. In other
words, we do not pay Portfolio dividends or Portfolio distributions out to
owners as additional units, but instead reflect them in unit values.
Shares of the Portfolios are not sold directly to the general public. They are
sold to us, and they may also be sold to other insurance companies that issue
variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies. In addition,
they may be sold to retirement plans.
When a Fund sells shares in any of its Portfolios both to variable annuity and
to variable life insurance separate accounts, it engages in mixed funding. When
a Fund sells shares in any of its Portfolios to separate accounts of
unaffiliated life insurance companies, it engages in shared funding.
Each Fund may engage in mixed and shared funding. Therefore, due to differences
in redemption rates or tax treatment, or other considerations, the interests of
various shareholders participating in a Fund could conflict. A Fund's Board of
Directors will monitor for the existence of any material conflicts, and
determine what action, if any, should be taken. See the prospectuses for the
Portfolios for additional information.
We reserve the right, subject to applicable law, to make additions, deletions
and substitutions for the Portfolios of the Funds. We may substitute shares of
other portfolios for shares already purchased, or to be purchased in the
future, under the contract. This substitution might occur if shares of a
Portfolio should no longer be available, or if investment in any Portfolio's
shares should become inappropriate for the purposes of the contract, in the
judgment of our management. The new Portfolios may have higher fees and charges
than the ones they replaced. No substitution or deletion will be made without
prior notice to you in accordance with the 1940 Act.
We also reserve the right to establish additional Subaccounts, each of which
would invest in a separate Portfolio of a Fund, or in shares of another
investment company, with a specified investment objective. We may also
eliminate one or more Subaccounts if, in our sole discretion, marketing, tax,
or investment conditions warrant. We will not eliminate a Subaccount without
prior notice to you and, if required, before approval of the SEC. Not all
Subaccounts may be available to all classes of contracts.
There are a number of factors that are considered when deciding what Portfolios
are made available in your variable annuity contract. Such factors include:
(1) the investment objective of the Portfolio;
(2) the Portfolio's performance history;
(3) the Portfolio's holdings and strategies it uses to try and meet its
objectives; and
(4) the Portfolio's servicing agreement.
The investment objective is critical because we want to have Portfolios with
diverse objectives so that an investor may diversify his or her investment
holdings, from a conservative to an aggressive investment portfolio, depending
on the advice of his or her investment adviser and risk assessment. There is no
assurance, however, that a Portfolio will achieve its stated investment
objective. When selecting a Portfolio for our products, we also consider the
Portfolio's performance history compared to its peers and whether its holdings
and strategies are consistent with its objectives. Please keep in mind that
past performance does not guarantee future results. Finally, it is important
for us to be able to provide you with a wide array of the services that
facilitate your investment program relating to your allocation in Subaccounts
that invest in the Portfolios. The Company does not provide investment advice
and does not recommend or endorse any particular Subaccount or Portfolio. You
bear the entire risk of any decline in your Contract Value resulting from the
investment performance of the Subaccounts you have chosen.
Payments from Funds and Fund Affiliates. We have entered into agreements with
either the investment adviser or distributor of each of the Funds and/or, in
certain cases, a Portfolio, under which the Portfolio, the adviser or
distributor may make payments to us and/or to certain of our affiliates. We
consider these payments and fees among a number of factors when deciding to add
or keep a Portfolio on the menu of Portfolios that we offer through the
contract. These payments may be made in connection with certain administrative
and other services we provide relating to the Portfolios. Such administrative
services we provide or obtain include but are not limited to: accounting
transactions for variable owners and then providing one daily purchase and sale
order on behalf of each Portfolio; providing copies of Portfolio prospectuses,
Statements of Additional Information and any supplements thereto; forwarding
proxy voting information, gathering the information and providing vote totals
to the Portfolio on behalf
33
of our owners; and providing customer service on behalf of the Portfolios,
including the provision of teleservicing support in connection with the
Portfolios and the provision of office space, equipment, facilities and
personnel as may be reasonably required or beneficial in order to provide these
services to contract owners. The amount of the payments is based on a
percentage of the average annual aggregate net amount we have invested in the
Portfolio on behalf of the Separate Account and other separate accounts funding
certain variable insurance contracts that we and our affiliates issue. These
percentages differ, and some Portfolios, investment advisers or distributors
pay us a greater percentage than other Portfolios, advisers or distributors
based on the level of administrative and other services provided. The
availability of these types of arrangements may create an incentive for us to
seek and to add as an investment option under the contract funds or portfolios
(and classes of shares of such portfolios) that pay us higher amounts. Other
funds or portfolios (or available classes of shares of such portfolios) with
substantially similar investment objectives may have lower fees and better
overall investment performance than the Funds and Portfolios offered through
your contract.
We may realize a profit from payments received from a Portfolio or from the
adviser and/or the distributor. We may use the proceeds of such payment to pay
for the services described above or for any corporate purpose, including
payment of expenses (i) that we and/or our affiliates incur in promoting,
marketing and administering the contracts, and (ii) that we incur, in our role
as intermediary, in maintaining the Portfolios as investment options and
facilitating the Subaccounts' investment in the Portfolios.
The amount received from certain Portfolios for the assets allocated to the
Portfolios from the Separate Account during 2020 ranged from 0.10% to 0.25% of
annualized average daily net assets. The Portfolios that pay a service fee to
us are:
Eaton Vance Variable Trust:
VT Floating-Rate Income Fund
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust:
All Asset Portfolio -- Advisor Class Shares
High Yield Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares
Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares
Low Duration Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares
Total Return Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares
The Prudential Series Fund:
Natural Resources Portfolio -- Class II
PGIM Jennison Focused Blend Portfolio -- Class II Shares (formerly, Jennison
20/20 Portfolio -- Class II)
PGIM Jennison Growth Portfolio -- Class II Shares (formerly, Jennison
Portfolio -- Class II)
State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc.:
Total Return V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares
Total Return V.I.S. Fund -- Class 3 Shares
Wells Fargo Variable Trust:
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund -- Class 2
As noted above, an investment adviser or distributor of a Portfolio, or its
affiliates, may make payments to us and/or certain of our affiliates. These
payments may be derived, in whole or in part, from the profits the investment
adviser or sub-adviser receives on the advisory fee deducted from Portfolio
assets. Contract owners, through their indirect investment in the Portfolios,
bear the costs of these advisory fees (see the prospectuses for the Portfolios
for more information).
The amount received from the adviser and/or the distributor for the assets
allocated to the Portfolios from the Separate Account during 2020 ranged from
0.05% to 0.50%. Payment of these amounts is not an additional charge to you by
the Funds or by us, but comes from the Fund's investment adviser or
distributor. These payments may vary by Portfolio. Therefore, the amount of
such payments paid to us may be greater or smaller based on the Portfolios you
select.
In addition to the asset-based payments for administrative and other services
described above, the investment adviser or the distributor of the Fund may also
pay us, or our affiliate Capital Brokerage Corporation, to participate in
periodic sales meetings, for expenses relating to the production of promotional
sales literature and for other expenses or services. The amount paid to us, or
our affiliate Capital Brokerage Corporation, may be significant. Payments to
participate in sales meetings may provide a Fund's investment adviser or
distributor with greater access to our internal and external wholesalers to
provide training, marketing support and educational presentations.
In consideration of services provided and expenses incurred by Capital
Brokerage Corporation in distributing shares of the Funds, Capital Brokerage
Corporation also receives Rule 12b-1 fees from AB Variable Products Series
Fund, Inc., AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds),
American Century Variable Portfolios II, Inc., BlackRock Variable Series Funds,
Inc., Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II, Eaton Vance Variable Trust,
Federated Hermes Insurance Series, Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund,
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust,
34
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust, Janus Aspen Series, Legg Mason Partners
Variable Equity Trust, MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust, MFS(R) Variable
Insurance Trust II, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, The Prudential Series Fund,
State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc., and Wells Fargo Variable
Trust. See the "Fee Tables" section of this prospectus and the Fund
prospectuses. These payments range up to 0.25% of Separate Account assets
invested in the particular Portfolio. Certain Portfolios may accrue Rule 12b-1
fees at a higher rate (as disclosed in the prospectus for the Portfolio), but
payments to us and/or Capital Brokerage Corporation may be made in a lower
amount. Not all of the Portfolios may pay the same amount of Rule 12b-1 fees or
shareholder servicing fees. Therefore, the amount of such fees paid to us
and/or Capital Brokerage Corporation may be greater or smaller based on the
Portfolios you select.
Voting Rights
As required by law, we will vote the shares of the Portfolios held in the
Separate Account at special shareholder meetings based on instructions from
you. However, if the law changes and we are permitted to vote in our own right,
we may elect to do so.
Whenever a Fund calls a shareholder meeting, owners with voting interests in a
Portfolio will be notified of issues requiring the shareholders' vote as soon
as possible before the shareholder meeting. Persons having a voting interest in
the Portfolio will be provided with proxy voting materials, reports, other
materials, and a form with which to give voting instructions.
We will determine the number of votes which you have the right to cast by
applying your percentage interest in a Subaccount to the total number of votes
attributable to the Subaccount. In determining the number of votes, we will
recognize fractional shares.
We will vote Portfolio shares for which no instructions are received (or
instructions are not received timely) in the same proportion to those that are
received. Therefore, because of proportional voting, a small number of contract
owners may control the outcome of a vote. We will apply voting instructions to
abstain on any item to be voted on a pro-rata basis to reduce the number of
votes eligible to be cast.
Asset Allocation Program
The following is a general description of the Asset Allocation Program
available under the contract. A complete description is available in the
brochure for the program. The program may be referred to as "Efficient Edge" in
the brochure or other materials.
General
The Asset Allocation Program is an asset allocation service that we make
available at no additional charge for use within the contract. Asset allocation
is an investment strategy for distributing assets among asset classes to help
attain an investment goal. For your contract, the Asset Allocation Program can
help with decisions you need to make about how to allocate your Contract Value
among available Subaccounts (and their corresponding Portfolios). The theory
behind an asset allocation strategy is that diversification among asset classes
can help reduce volatility over the long term.
AssetMark, Inc. provides investment advice for the Asset Allocation Program.
AssetMark is an investment adviser that is registered under the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940. We may compensate AssetMark for services it provides
related to the Asset Allocation Program. As part of the Asset Allocation
Program, AssetMark has developed five asset allocation models ("Asset
Allocation Models" or "Models"), each based on different profiles of an
investor's investment time horizon and willingness to accept investment risk.
Another Asset Allocation Model is a "build your own" Asset Allocation Model. We
will refer to this Asset Allocation Model as the "Build Your Own Asset
Allocation Model" when necessary to distinguish it from the other Asset
Allocation Models. The distinguishing features of the Build Your Own Asset
Allocation Model are discussed in the "Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model"
provision below. The Asset Allocation Models are designed for use in two
different circumstances, as discussed below.
. Certain of the optional riders available for purchase under the contract
are designed to provide protection against market downturns. To ensure
that contract owners' assets protected under one of these riders are
invested in accordance with an investment strategy involving an
appropriate level of risk, we require the assets to be invested only in an
Investment Strategy. For contract owners that purchase Lifetime Income
Plus 2008 or Lifetime Income Plus Solution, the contract owner may elect
Asset Allocation Model A, B, C, or D or the Build Your Own Asset
Allocation Model (or invest in one or more of the Designated Subaccounts)
as the Investment Strategy. A contract owner, however, may not elect Asset
Allocation Model E. For contract owners that purchase one of the other
Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options or one of the Payment
Protection Rider Options, the contract owner may elect only Asset
Allocation Model C (or invest in one or more of the Designated
Subaccounts). Asset Allocation Model A, B, D, and E and the Build Your Own
Asset Allocation Model are not available as Investment Strategies for
these contract owners.
35
. Contract owners that do not purchase one of the Guaranteed Minimum
Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options or one of the Payment Protection Rider
Options may also elect to participate in the Asset Allocation Program.
These contract owners may choose Asset Allocation Model A, B, C, D or E.
The Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model, however, is not available to
these contract owners. The Asset Allocation Program is not available to
contract owners who have elected Guaranteed Income Advantage.
If you elect to participate in the Asset Allocation Program, your initial
purchase payment will be allocated to the Subaccounts corresponding to the
Portfolios in the Asset Allocation Model you select. Any subsequent purchase
payments you make will also be allocated accordingly, unless you instruct us
otherwise in writing. The Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model works a little
differently, as discussed in the "Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model"
provision below.
If you participate in the Asset Allocation Program, AssetMark will serve as
your investment adviser solely for the purposes of the development of the Asset
Allocation Models (except for the Build Your Own Asset Model) and periodic
updates of the Models. The Asset Allocation Models are updated on a periodic
basis (generally annually), as discussed below. If you elect to participate in
the Asset Allocation Program, we will reallocate your Contract Value or
purchase payments, as applicable, in accordance with the Model you select as it
is updated from time to time based on limited discretionary authority that you
grant to us, unless you instruct us otherwise. For more information on
AssetMark's role as investment adviser for the Asset Allocation Program, you
may review AssetMark's disclosure brochure, which will be delivered to you at
the time you apply for a contract. Please contact us if you would like to
receive a copy of this brochure. We may change the investment adviser that we
use to develop and periodically update the Asset Allocation Models, or to the
extent permissible under applicable law, use no investment adviser at all. We
may perform certain administrative functions on behalf of AssetMark. However,
we are not registered as an investment adviser and are not providing any
investment advice in making the Asset Allocation Program available to contract
owners.
The Asset Allocation Models
There are six Asset Allocation Models, each comprised of a carefully selected
combination of Portfolios offered under the contract. Development of the Asset
Allocation Models involves a multi-step process designed to optimize the
selection of Portfolios, for a given level of risk tolerance, in an effort to
maximize returns and limit the effects of market volatility. The discussion in
this section generally applies to all of the Asset Allocation Models, although
certain distinguishing features of the Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model
are discussed in the "Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model" provision below.
Asset allocation strategies reflect the theory that diversification among asset
classes can help reduce volatility and potentially enhance returns over the
long term. An asset class may be a category of investments having similar
characteristics, such as stocks and other equity investments and bonds and
other fixed income investments. There also may be further divisions within
asset classes, such as divisions according to the size of the issuer (e.g.,
large cap, mid cap, or small cap), the type of issuer (e.g., government,
municipal, or corporate), or the location of the issuer (e.g., domestic or
foreign). AssetMark has identified target allocations, between equities and
fixed income investments, for the level of risk, investment time horizon and
investment objective specified for Asset Allocation Model A, B, C, D and E.
To provide further diversification benefits beyond the broad asset class
allocations, AssetMark conducts an optimization analysis to determine the
appropriate allocations to sub-asset classes for each Asset Allocation Model.
While, generally, AssetMark exercises its own broad discretion in allocating to
sub-asset classes, we may require AssetMark to target certain levels of
sub-asset class allocations in order to achieve a level of risk consistent with
certain of our optional riders that require assets to be invested in an
Investment Strategy, which may include one or more of the Asset Allocation
Models.
After the asset class and sub-asset class exposures have been identified for
each Asset Allocation Model, a determination is made as to how available
Portfolios can be used to implement the asset class allocations. Part of the
allocation process used by AssetMark in determining the allocation to
Portfolios in the Asset Allocation Models is an evaluation of the asset and/or
sub-asset class(es) exposures presented by each Portfolio in order to combine
Portfolios to arrive at the desired asset and sub-asset class allocation
levels. The Portfolios considered by AssetMark are all those currently
available for contributions of new purchase payments by all contract owners.
AssetMark considers various factors in determining allocations to each
Portfolio for each Asset Allocation Model, which may include historical style
analysis and asset performance and multiple regression analyses, as well as
qualitative assessments of a Portfolio's portfolio manager and expected future
market and economic conditions. While Portfolios are not required to report
their current securities holdings directly to AssetMark, this analysis is
generally made based on the historic security holdings of the Portfolios as
described in public documents.
36
In addition, AssetMark may consider (but is not obligated to follow)
recommendations we may make regarding what Portfolios to use. These
recommendations may be based on various factors, including whether the
investment adviser or distributor of a Portfolio pays us a fee in connection
with certain administrative and other services we provide relating to the
Portfolio, and whether our affiliate Capital Brokerage Corporation receives
Rule 12b-1 fees from the Portfolio. Based on this analysis, Portfolios are
selected in a manner that is intended to optimize potential returns of each
Model, given a particular level of risk tolerance. This process could, in some
cases, result in the inclusion of a Portfolio in a Model based on its specific
asset class exposure or other specific optimization factors, even when another
Portfolio may have better investment performance. In addition, this may also
result in the inclusion of Portfolios with higher fees that may adversely
affect performance.
Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model. The Build Your Own Asset Allocation
Model allows for more flexibility than the other five Asset Allocation Models,
enabling you, in consultation with your registered representative, to construct
your own asset allocation that you believe best meets your individual
investment objectives. We have constructed the Build Your Own Asset Allocation
Model to require that you invest between 20% and 80% of your assets in the
"Core" asset class, between 20% and 60% of your assets in the "Fixed Income"
asset class, and no more than 20% of your assets in the "Specialty" asset
class, for a total of 100% of assets invested in accordance with the Model. In
constructing the parameters for the Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model, we
defined the asset classes among which assets should be allocated, and
determined an appropriate percentage range for each asset class. In making
these determinations, our goal is to permit any asset allocation that is
appropriate for contract owners with moderately conservative to moderately
aggressive risk tolerance levels.
AssetMark's role for the Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model is to make
determinations as to how available Portfolios fit within each asset class.
AssetMark considers various factors in assigning Portfolios to an asset class,
which may include historical style analysis and asset performance and multiple
regression analyses.
As with the other Asset Allocation Models, AssetMark may be subject to certain
conflicts of interests in categorizing the Portfolio for the Build Your Own
Asset Allocation Model, including recommendations from us on which Portfolios
to include in the Model or a specific asset class based on the fees we receive
in connection with a Portfolio (see the discussion in "The Asset Allocation
Models" provision above) and the need by certain Portfolios for additional
assets (see the discussion in the "Risks" provision below). It is possible that
such conflicts of interest could affect, among other matters, AssetMark's
decisions as to which asset class to categorize a Portfolio.
Periodic Updates of Asset Allocation Models and Notices of Updates
Each of the Asset Allocation Models is evaluated periodically (generally
annually) to assess whether the combination of Portfolios within each Model
should be changed to better seek to optimize the potential return for the level
of risk tolerance intended for the Model. As a result of such periodic
analysis, each Model may change, such as by revising the percentages allocated
to such Portfolio. In addition, Portfolios may be added to a Model (including
Portfolios not currently available in the contract), or Portfolios may be
deleted from a Model.
We evaluate the Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model periodically to assess
whether the asset allocation parameters should be changed to better ensure that
resulting asset allocations are in an appropriate risk tolerance range. If, as
a result of such periodic analysis, we determine that the Build Your Own Asset
Allocation Model must change (for example by adding, removing or modifying
asset classes or by changing the percentage range of investments allocable to
an asset class), then we will make a new Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model
available for new contract owners.
AssetMark will also evaluate the Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model to
assess whether the Portfolios are appropriately categorized within each asset
class. As a result of this evaluation, AssetMark may determine that certain
Portfolios should be placed in a different asset class or, perhaps, removed
from the Model, or that other Portfolios should be added to the Model
(including Portfolios not currently available in the contract).
When your Asset Allocation Model is updated (as described below), we will
reallocate your Contract Value (and subsequent purchase payments, if
applicable) in accordance with any changes to the Model you have selected. This
means the allocation of your Contract Value, and potentially the Portfolios in
which you are invested, will change and your Contract Value (and subsequent
purchase payments, if applicable) will be reallocated among the Portfolios in
your updated Model (independently of monthly rebalancing, as discussed below).
As discussed below, in the case of the Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model,
it is possible that a change may be made to the Build Your Own Asset Allocation
Model that will require a contract owner to provide us with new allocation
instructions.
37
When Asset Allocation Models are to be updated, we will send you written notice
of the updates to the Models at least 30 days in advance of the date the
updated version of the Model is intended to be effective. Contract owners
purchasing contracts who elect to participate in the Asset Allocation Program
within the two week period prior to a date that Asset Allocation Models are to
be updated, will be provided with information regarding the composition of both
the current Asset Allocation Model as well as the proposed changes to the
Model. You should carefully review these notices. If you wish to accept the
changes to your selected Model, you will not need to take any action, as your
Contract Value (and subsequent purchase payments, if applicable) will be
reallocated in accordance with the updated Model. If you do not wish to accept
the changes to your selected Model, you have the following alternatives. If you
elected one of the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options (except
for Lifetime Income Plus 2008 and Lifetime Income Plus Solution, as discussed
below) or one of the Payment Protection Rider Options, you can transfer your
Contract Value to one or more of the Designated Subaccounts (as described in
the sections of this prospectus discussing the riders), or you can notify us in
writing that you have elected to reject the change. If you reject the change
and, as a result, your total Contract Value is no longer invested in accordance
with the prescribed Investment Strategy, your benefits under the applicable
rider will be reduced by 50%. If you elected Lifetime Income Plus 2008 or
Lifetime Income Plus Solution, you must transfer your Contract Value to one or
more of the Designated Subaccounts (as described in the sections of this
prospectus discussing the riders), or one of the other available Asset
Allocation Models. Contract owners that own Lifetime Income Plus 2008 or
Lifetime Income Plus Solution must always allocate assets in accordance with
the Investment Strategy, and any attempt to allocate assets otherwise will be
considered not in good order and rejected.
Please note, also, that changes may be made to the Build Your Own Asset
Allocation Model that will require contract owners whose existing allocations
will not meet the parameters of the revised Model to provide us with new
allocation instructions. For example, a Portfolio may be moved from one asset
class to another or shares of a Portfolio may become unavailable under the
contract or in the Model. If we do not receive new allocation instructions from
the contract owner in these circumstances in a timely manner after we request
such new instructions, the contract owner's assets will be re-allocated to
Asset Allocation Model C until we receive new instructions.
When a Portfolio in which your assets are invested is closed to new investments
but remains in your contract, your investment in that Portfolio at the time of
the closing will remain, and you will not be re-allocated to Asset Allocation
Model C. However, any subsequent purchase payments or transfers requesting an
allocation to such a Portfolio will be considered not in good order, and you
will be asked to provide us with updated allocation instructions.
If you did not elect one of the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider
Options or one of the Payment Protection Rider Options, you may change to a
different Asset Allocation Model or reject the change.
If you choose to reject a change in an Asset Allocation Model in accordance
with the procedures described above, you create your own portfolio (a
"self-directed portfolio"), you have terminated your advisory relationship with
AssetMark and AssetMark provides no investment advice related to the creation
of a self-directed portfolio. Further, once you have rejected a change in a
Model, you are considered to have elected to reject all future changes in the
Model. Therefore, if you reject a Model change and thereby create a
self-directed portfolio, you will not receive a periodic review of or changes
to your portfolio, as would be provided by AssetMark with respect to the Asset
Allocation Models. You will, however, continue to receive a quarterly statement
with information about your Contract Value, as well as written materials from
AssetMark about any changes proposed to be made to the Models, and you can
notify us in writing to allocate your Contract Value in accordance with such
changes.
Selecting An Asset Allocation Model
For contract owners who have not elected one of the Guaranteed Minimum
Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options or one of the Payment Protection Rider Options.
If you purchase one of the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options
(except for Lifetime Income Plus 2008 and Lifetime Income Plus Solution, as
discussed below) or one of the Payment Protection Rider Options and elect to
participate in the Asset Allocation Program, you are required to allocate your
Contract Value (and subsequent purchase payments, if applicable) to Asset
Allocation Model C. If you purchased Lifetime Income Plus 2008 or Lifetime
Income Plus Solution and elect to participate in the Asset Allocation Program,
you must allocate your Contract Value (and subsequent purchase payments, if
applicable) to Asset Allocation Model A, B, C, or D or the Build Your Own Asset
Allocation Model. If you elect to participate in the Asset Allocation Program
and you have not elected one of the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider
Options or one of the Payment Protection Rider Options, you must choose Asset
Allocation Model A, B, C, D or E for your allocations. We will not make this
decision, nor will AssetMark. The following paragraphs provide some information
you may want to consider in making this decision.
38
You should consult with your registered representative and/or your financial
adviser on your decision regarding which Asset Allocation Model to select. Your
registered representative can assist you in determining which Model may be best
suited to your financial needs, investment time horizon, and willingness to
accept investment risk, and can help you complete the proper forms to
participate in the Asset Allocation Program. You should also periodically
review these factors with your registered representative to consider whether
you should change Models (or, if you have purchased one of the Guaranteed
Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options or one of the Payment Protection Rider
Options, whether you should transfer your Contract Value to one or more of the
Designated Subaccounts) to reflect any changes in your personal circumstances.
Your registered representative can help you complete the proper forms to change
to a different Model or transfer to Designated Subaccounts.
In light of our potential payment obligations under the riders, we will not
permit contract owners who have selected a rider to allocate their assets in
either a highly aggressive or highly conservative manner. In deciding whether
to purchase a rider, you and your registered representative should consider
whether an asset allocation not permitted under the rider would best meet your
investment objectives.
You may, in consultation with your registered representative, utilize an
investor profile questionnaire we make available, which asks questions intended
to help you or your registered representative assess your financial needs,
investment time horizon, and willingness to accept investment risk. However,
even if you utilize the investor profile questionnaire, it is your decision, in
consultation with your registered representative, which Model to choose
initially or whether to change to a different Model or transfer to Designated
Subaccounts, as the case may be, at a later time. Neither we nor AssetMark bear
any responsibility for this decision. You may change to a different Model or
transfer to Designated Subaccounts, as the case may be, at any time with a
proper written request or by telephone or electronic instructions, provided a
valid telephone/electronic authorization is on file with us.
Monthly Rebalancing
Each calendar month (on the "monthly anniversary" of your Contract Date), and
on any Valuation Day after any transaction involving a withdrawal, receipt of a
purchase payment or a transfer of Contract Value, we rebalance your Contract
Value to maintain the Subaccounts and their corresponding Portfolios, and the
relative percentages of the Subaccounts, for your selected Asset Allocation
Model. This monthly rebalancing takes account of:
. increases and decreases in Contract Value in each Subaccount due to
Subaccount performance; and
. increases and decreases in Contract Value in each Subaccount due to
Subaccount transfers, withdrawals (particularly if taken from specific
Subaccounts you have designated), and purchase payments (particularly if
allocated to specific Subaccounts you have designated).
The first monthly rebalancing will occur on the first "monthly anniversary" of
the Contract Date.
We will not rebalance self-directed portfolios (discussed above) unless the
contract owner elects the Portfolio Rebalancing program. For self-directed
portfolios, future purchase payments for which no specific allocation
instructions are received will be allocated in accordance with the last
allocation instructions we received, which may have been a prior version of
their Asset Allocation Model. Accordingly, if you have a self-directed
portfolio you should consider providing specific allocation instructions with
each purchase payment or contacting us to update your default allocation
instructions.
Quarterly Reports
If you elect to participate in the Asset Allocation Program, you will be sent
quarterly reports that provide information about the Subaccounts within your
Model, as part of your usual quarterly statement. Information concerning the
current Models is provided below.
Risks
Although the Asset Allocation Models are designed to optimize returns given the
various levels of risk, there is no assurance that a Model portfolio will not
lose money or not experience volatility. Investment performance of your
Contract Value could be better or worse by participating in an Asset Allocation
Model than if you had not participated. A Model may perform better or worse
than any single Portfolio, Subaccount or asset class or other combinations of
Portfolios, Subaccounts or asset classes. Model performance is dependent upon
the performance of the component Portfolios. Your Contract Value will
fluctuate, and when redeemed, may be worth more or less than the original cost.
An Asset Allocation Model may not perform as intended. Although the Models are
intended to optimize returns given various levels of risk tolerance, portfolio,
market and asset class performance may differ in the future from the historical
performance and assumptions upon which the Models are
39
based, which could cause the Models to be ineffective or less effective in
reducing volatility.
Periodic updating of the Asset Allocation Models can cause the underlying
Portfolios to incur transactional expenses to raise cash for money flowing out
of the Portfolios or to buy securities with money flowing into the Portfolios.
These expenses can adversely affect performance of the related Portfolios and
the Models.
AssetMark may be subject to competing interests that have the potential to
influence its decision making with regard to the Asset Allocation Program. For
example, the Company may believe that certain Portfolios could benefit from
additional assets or could be harmed by redemptions.
In addition, the Portfolios underlying the Subaccounts may invest, depending
upon their investment objective and decisions by their investment managers, in
securities issued by Genworth Financial, Inc., or its affiliates. AssetMark
will not have any role in determining whether a Portfolio should purchase or
sell Genworth securities. AssetMark may allocate portions of the Asset
Allocation Models to Portfolios which have held, hold or may hold Genworth
securities. AssetMark's decision to allocate a percentage of a Model to such a
Portfolio will be based on the merits of investing in such a Portfolio
and a determination that such an investment is appropriate for the Model.
40
The Models
Information concerning the Asset Allocation Models is provided on the following
pages. Effective close of business July 23, 2021, Asset Allocation Models A, B,
C, D and E will be updated. Tables disclosing the Model percentage allocations
and Portfolio selections for Asset Allocation Models A, B, C, D and E, before
and after the update, are provided on the next two pages. You should review
this information carefully before selecting or changing a Model.
Moderately Moderately
Conservative Conservative Moderate Aggressive Aggressive
Allocation Allocation Allocation Allocation Allocation
"Model A" "Model B" "Model C" "Model D" "Model E"
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investor Profile
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investor is willing Investor is willing Investor is willing Investor is willing Investor is willing
to accept a low to accept a low to to accept a to accept a to accept a high
level of risk, has moderate level of moderate level of moderate to high level of risk, has
a short term (less risk, has a risk, has a level of risk, has a long term (more
than five years) moderately short moderately long a long term (15 to than 15 years)
investment time term (less than ten term (10 to 20 20 years) investment time
horizon and is years) investment years) investment investment time horizon and has the
looking for an time horizon and is time horizon and is horizon and is temperament to ride
investment that is looking for an looking for an looking for a out market swings.
relatively stable investment to keep investment with the growth oriented
in value. pace with inflation. opportunity for investment.
long term moderate
growth.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investor Objective
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High level of Growth and current Growth of capital Growth of capital Growth of capital.
current income with income. Target with a low to but without the Target allocation
preservation of allocation mix is moderate level of price swings of an mix is 100%
capital. Target 40% equities and current income. all equity equities.
allocation mix is 60% fixed income. Target allocation portfolio. Target
20% equities and mix is 60% equities allocation mix is
80% fixed income. and 40% fixed 80% equities and
income. 20% fixed income.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Build Your Own
Asset Allocation Model
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model is constructed, generally, to allow for the creation of an
equity to fixed income allocation that ranges between 40% equities/60% fixed income to 80% equities/20%
fixed income. These ranges generally fall within the Investor Profile and Investor Objective for Asset
Allocation Model B (Moderately Conservative Allocation) on one end of the spectrum and for Asset
Allocation Model D (Moderately Aggressive Allocation) on the other. Of course, the Investor Profile and
Investor Objective that your allocation will most closely correspond to will depend on your actual
allocation.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
41
MODEL PERCENTAGE ALLOCATIONS AND PORTFOLIO SELECTIONS
Current through July 23, 2021
Portfolios Model A Model B Model C Model D
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equities
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Large Cap Growth Columbia CTIVP/SM/ -- Loomis Sayles Growth Fund -- Class 1 4% 9% 14% 18%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Growth Opportunities Portfolio -- Service
Class 2 3% 7% 10% 13%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mid Cap Growth Federated Hermes Kaufmann Fund II -- Service Shares 1% 2% 2% 3%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Cap Core Invesco V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund(R) -- Series II
shares 1% 1% 2% 3%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Cap Growth AB Small Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B 1% 1% 2% 3%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Global Equity Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2 4% 9% 14% 18%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Global Fund -- Series II shares 3% 7% 10% 13%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Foreign Large Cap Value AB International Value Portfolio -- Class B 1% 1% 2% 3%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Natural Resources Prudential Series Natural Resources Portfolio -- Class II
Shares 1% 2% 2% 3%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Real Estate (U.S. REITs) State Street Real Estate Securities V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1
Shares 1% 1% 2% 3%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total % Equities 20% 40% 60% 80%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed Income
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long Duration PIMCO VIT Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio --
Administrative Class Shares 12% 9% 6% 3%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Medium Duration Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio -- Service
Class 2 20% 15% 10% 5%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio -- Administrative
Class Shares 16% 12% 8% 4%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Short Duration PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio -- Administrative
Class Shares 20% 15% 10% 5%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Treasury Inflation-Protected
Securities American Century VP Inflation Protection Fund -- Class II 4% 3% 2% 1%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Domestic High Yield PIMCO VIT High Yield Portfolio -- Administrative
Class Shares 4% 3% 2% 1%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bank Loans Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund 4% 3% 2% 1%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total % Fixed Income 80% 60% 40% 20%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Portfolios Model E
--------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Columbia CTIVP/SM/ -- Loomis Sayles Growth Fund -- Class 1 23%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Growth Opportunities Portfolio -- Service
Class 2 17%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes Kaufmann Fund II -- Service Shares 4%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund(R) -- Series II
shares 3%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Small Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B 3%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2 23%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Global Fund -- Series II shares 17%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
AB International Value Portfolio -- Class B 3%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Prudential Series Natural Resources Portfolio -- Class II
Shares 4%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
State Street Real Estate Securities V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1
Shares 3%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
100%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VIT Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio --
Administrative Class Shares 0%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio -- Service
Class 2 0%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio -- Administrative
Class Shares 0%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio -- Administrative
Class Shares 0%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
American Century VP Inflation Protection Fund -- Class II 0%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VIT High Yield Portfolio -- Administrative
Class Shares 0%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund 0%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
0%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
42
MODEL PERCENTAGE ALLOCATIONS AND PORTFOLIO SELECTIONS
Effective after the close of business on July 23, 2021
Portfolios Model A Model B Model C Model D
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equities
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Large Cap Growth Columbia CTIVP/SM/ -- Loomis Sayles Growth Fund -- Class 1 1% 1% 1% 1%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Contrafund(R) Portfolio -- Service Class 2 0% 1% 1% 1%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mid Cap Growth Federated Hermes Kaufmann Fund II -- Service Shares 1% 1% 1% 1%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Large Cap Core Columbia Variable Portfolio -- Overseas Core Fund -- Class 2 1% 1% 2% 3%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund -- Series I shares 5% 10% 15% 20%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Main Street Fund(R) -- Series II shares 5% 10% 16% 22%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Large Cap Value AB International Value Portfolio -- Class B 1% 2% 3% 4%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Basic Value V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares 1% 3% 4% 5%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2 0% 1% 1% 1%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares 5% 10% 16% 22%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total % Equities 20% 40% 60% 80%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed Income
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long Duration PIMCO VIT Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio --
Administrative Class Shares 16% 12% 8% 3%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Medium Duration Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio -- Service
Class 2 20% 14% 10% 5%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio -- Administrative
Class Shares 20% 15% 10% 5%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Short Duration PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio -- Administrative
Class Shares 16% 12% 8% 4%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Treasury Inflation-Protected
Securities American Century VP Inflation Protection Fund -- Class II 3% 3% 2% 1%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Domestic High Yield PIMCO VIT High Yield Portfolio -- Administrative
Class Shares 2% 2% 1% 1%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bank Loans Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund 3% 2% 1% 1%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total % Fixed Income 80% 60% 40% 20%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Portfolios Model E
--------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Columbia CTIVP/SM/ -- Loomis Sayles Growth Fund -- Class 1 2%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Contrafund(R) Portfolio -- Service Class 2 2%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes Kaufmann Fund II -- Service Shares 2%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Columbia Variable Portfolio -- Overseas Core Fund -- Class 2 3%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund -- Series I shares 25%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Main Street Fund(R) -- Series II shares 27%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
AB International Value Portfolio -- Class B 5%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Basic Value V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares 6%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2 2%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares 26%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
100%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VIT Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio --
Administrative Class Shares 0%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio -- Service
Class 2 0%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio -- Administrative
Class Shares 0%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio -- Administrative
Class Shares 0%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
American Century VP Inflation Protection Fund -- Class II 0%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VIT High Yield Portfolio -- Administrative
Class Shares 0%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund 0%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
0%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
43
MODEL PERCENTAGE ALLOCATIONS AND PORTFOLIO SELECTIONS
BUILD YOUR OWN ASSET ALLOCATION MODEL
Core Asset Class (20% to 80%) Specialty Asset Class (0% to 20%) Fixed Income Asset Class (20% to 60%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio AB Global Thematic Growth Portfolio -- Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond
-- Class B Class B Portfolio -- Service Class 2
AB Growth and Income Portfolio -- AB International Value Portfolio -- PIMCO VIT Long-Term U.S. Government
Class B Class B Portfolio -- Administrative
BlackRock Basic Value V.I. Fund -- AB Small Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B Class Shares
Class III Shares American Century VP Inflation PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio --
BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund Protection Fund -- Class II Administrative Class Shares
-- Class III Shares BlackRock Advantage SMID Cap V.I. Fund PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio --
Columbia CTIVP/SM/ -- Loomis Sayles -- Class III Shares Administrative Class Shares
Growth Fund -- Class 1 Columbia Variable Portfolio -- Overseas
Fidelity VIP Balanced Portfolio -- Core Fund -- Class 2
Service Class 2 Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund
Fidelity VIP Contrafund(R) Portfolio -- Federated Hermes High Income Bond Fund
Service Class 2 II -- Service Shares
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio -- Federated Hermes Kaufmann Fund II --
Service Class 2 Service Shares
Fidelity VIP Growth & Income Portfolio Fidelity VIP Dynamic Capital
-- Service Class 2 Appreciation Portfolio -- Service
Franklin Templeton VIP Franklin Mutual Class 2
Shares VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares Fidelity VIP Growth Portfolio --
Franklin Templeton VIP Templeton Growth Service Class 2
VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares Fidelity VIP Growth Opportunities
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund -- Portfolio -- Service Class 2
Series I shares Fidelity VIP Mid Cap Portfolio --
Invesco V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund Service Class 2
-- Series II shares Fidelity VIP Value Strategies Portfolio
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund -- Series II -- Service Class 2
shares Invesco V.I. Main Street Small Cap
Invesco V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund Fund(R) -- Series II shares
-- Series II shares Janus Henderson Forty Portfolio --
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund -- Series Service Shares
I shares MFS(R) Utilities Series -- Service
Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund -- Class Shares
Series II shares PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio --
Invesco V.I. Global Fund -- Series II Advisor Class Shares
shares PIMCO VIT High Yield Portfolio --
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund Administrative Class Shares
-- Series II shares Prudential Natural Resources Portfolio
Invesco V.I. Main Street Fund(R) -- -- Class II Shares
Series II shares Prudential PGIM Jennison Focused Blend
Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio -- Portfolio -- Class II Shares
Service Shares Prudential PGIM Jennison Growth
MFS(R) Total Return Series -- Service Portfolio -- Class II Shares
Class Shares State Street Real Estate Securities
State Street Total Return V.I.S. Fund V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares
-- Class 3 Shares State Street Small-Cap Equity V.I.S.
State Street U.S. Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Fund -- Class 1 Shares
Class 1 Shares Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund --
Class 2
44
THE GUARANTEE ACCOUNT
Amounts in the Guarantee Account are held in, and are part of, our General
Account. The General Account consists of our assets other than those allocated
to this and other Separate Accounts. Subject to statutory authority, we have
sole discretion over the investment of assets of the General Account. The
assets of the General Account are chargeable with liabilities arising out of
any business we may conduct.
Due to certain exemptive and exclusionary provisions of the federal securities
laws, we have not registered interests in the Guarantee Account under the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act"), and we have not registered either the
Guarantee Account or our General Account as an investment company under the
1940 Act. Accordingly, neither our Guarantee Account nor our General Account is
generally subject to regulation under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act.
Disclosures relating to the interests in the Guarantee Account and the General
Account may, however, be subject to certain generally applicable provisions of
the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy of statements made in a
registration statement. The Guarantee Account may not be available in all
states or markets.
Generally, you may allocate your purchase payments and/or transfer assets to
the Guarantee Account. For contracts issued on or after the later of September
2, 2003, or the date on which state insurance authorities approve applicable
contract modifications, we may limit the amount that may be allocated to the
Guarantee Account. Currently, for such contracts, no more than 25% of your
Contract Value, as determined at the time of allocation, may be allocated to
the Guarantee Account. In addition, where permitted by state law, we will
refuse new purchase payments or transfers into the Guarantee Account when your
assets in the Guarantee Account are equal to or greater than 25% of your
Contract Value at the time of allocation. We generally exercise our right to
limit or refuse allocations to the Guarantee Account when interest rate periods
are low for prolonged periods of time. Amounts allocated to the Guarantee
Account are credited interest (as described below). In addition, the Guarantee
Account is not available to contract owners who have elected one of the
Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options or Payment Protection Rider
Options for as long as the rider is in effect. Assets in the Guarantee Account
are subject to some, but not all, of the charges we assess in connection with
your contract. See the "Charges and Other Deductions" provision of this
prospectus.
Each time you allocate purchase payments or transfer assets to the Guarantee
Account, we establish an interest rate guarantee period. For each interest rate
guarantee period, we guarantee an interest rate for a specified period of time.
At the end of an interest rate guarantee period, a new interest rate will
become effective, and a new interest rate guarantee period will commence for
the remaining portion of that particular allocation.
We determine the interest rates at our sole discretion. The determination made
will be influenced by, but not necessarily correspond to, interest rates
available on fixed income investments which we may acquire with the amounts we
receive as purchase payments or transfers of assets under the contracts. You
will have no direct or indirect interest in these investments. We also will
consider other factors in determining interest rates for a guarantee period
including, but not limited to, regulatory and tax requirements, sales
commissions, and administrative expenses borne by us, general economic trends,
and competitive factors. Amounts you allocate to the Guarantee Account will not
share in the investment performance of our General Account. We cannot predict
or guarantee the level of interest rates in future guarantee periods. However,
the interest rates for any interest rate guarantee period will be at least the
guaranteed interest rate shown in your contract.
We will notify you in writing at least 5 days prior to the expiration date of
any interest rate guarantee period about the then currently available interest
rate guarantee periods and the guaranteed interest rates applicable to such
interest rate guarantee periods. A new one year interest rate guarantee period
will commence automatically unless we receive written notice prior to the end
of the 30-day period following the expiration of the interest rate guarantee
period ("30-day window") of your election of a different interest rate
guarantee period from among those being offered by us at that time, or
instructions to transfer all or a portion of the remaining amount to one or
more Subaccounts, subject to certain restrictions. See the "Transfers"
provision of this prospectus. During the 30-day window, the allocation will
accrue interest at the new interest rate guarantee period's interest rate.
To the extent permitted by law, we reserve the right at any time to offer
interest rate guarantee periods that differ from those available when we issued
the contract, and to credit a higher rate of interest on purchase payments
allocated to the Guarantee Account participating in a Dollar Cost Averaging
program that would otherwise be credited if not participating in a Dollar Cost
Averaging program. See the "Dollar Cost Averaging Program" provision. Such a
program may not be available to all contracts and is not available if you elect
one of the Payment Protection Rider Options or one of the Guaranteed Minimum
Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options and your assets are allocated in accordance
with the Investment Strategy as prescribed by each rider. We also reserve the
right, at any time, to stop accepting purchase payments or transfers of assets
to a particular interest rate guarantee period. Since the specific interest
rate guarantee periods available may change periodically, please contact our
Home Office to determine the interest rate guarantee periods currently being
offered.
45
CHARGES AND OTHER DEDUCTIONS
We sell the contracts through registered representatives of broker-dealers.
These registered representatives are also appointed and licensed as insurance
agents of the Company. We pay commissions to the broker-dealers for selling the
contracts. We intend to recover commissions, marketing, administrative and
other costs of contract benefits, and other incentives we pay, through fees and
charges imposed under the contracts and other corporate revenue. See the "Sale
of the Contracts" provision of this prospectus.
All of the charges described in this section apply to assets allocated to the
Separate Account. Assets in the Guarantee Account are subject to all of the
charges described in this section except for the mortality and expense risk
charge and the administrative expense charge.
We will deduct the charges described below to cover our costs and expenses,
services provided, and risks assumed under the contracts. We incur certain
costs and expenses for the distribution and administration of the contracts and
for providing the benefits payable thereunder. Our administrative services
include:
. processing applications for and issuing the contracts;
. maintaining records;
. administering income payments;
. furnishing accounting and valuation services (including the calculation
and monitoring of daily Subaccount values);
. reconciling and depositing cash receipts;
. providing tax forms;
. providing contract confirmations and periodic statements;
. providing toll-free inquiry services; and
. furnishing telephone and internet transaction services.
The risks we assume include:
. the risk that the death benefit will be greater than the Surrender Value;
. the risk that withdrawals taken pursuant to a living benefit rider will be
greater than the Surrender Value;
. the risk that the actual life-span of persons receiving income payments
under the contract will exceed the assumptions reflected in our guaranteed
rates (these rates are incorporated in the contract and cannot be changed);
. the risk that more owners than expected will qualify for waivers of the
surrender charges; and
. the risk that our costs in providing the services will exceed our revenues
from contract charges (which cannot be changed by us).
The amount of a charge may not necessarily correspond to the costs associated
with providing the services or benefits indicated by the designation of the
charge. For example, the surrender charge we collect may not fully cover all of
the sales and distribution expenses we actually incur. We also may realize a
profit on one or more of the charges. We may use any such profits for any
corporate purpose, including the payment of sales expenses.
Transaction Expenses
Surrender Charge
We assess a surrender charge on partial withdrawals and surrenders of purchase
payments taken within the first six years of receipt, unless you meet an
available exception as described below. You pay this charge to compensate us
for the losses we experience on contract distribution costs.
We calculate the surrender charge separately for each purchase payment. For
purposes of calculating this charge, we assume that you withdraw purchase
payments on a first-in, first-out basis. We deduct the surrender charge
proportionately from the Subaccounts (excluding the GIS Subaccount(s) if
Guaranteed Income Advantage is elected at the time of application). However, if
there are insufficient assets in the Separate Account (excluding the GIS
Subaccount(s) if Guaranteed Income Advantage is elected), we will deduct the
charge proportionately from all assets in the Guarantee Account. The charge
will be taken first from any six year interest rate guarantee periods to which
you have allocated purchase payment and then from the one year interest rate
guarantee periods on a first-in, first-out basis. If Guaranteed Income
Advantage is elected, any remaining withdrawals will then be deducted from the
GIS Subaccount(s) from the segment that has been in effect for the shortest
period of time. The surrender charge is as follows:
Surrender Charge
Number of Completed as a Percentage of
Years Since We the Surrendered
Received the or Withdrawn
Purchase Payment Purchase Payment
--------------------------------------
0 6%
1 6%
2 6%
3 6%
4 5%
5 4%
6 or more 0%
--------------------------------------
46
Exceptions to the Surrender Charge
We do not assess the surrender charge:
. on amounts of Contract Value representing gain (as defined below);
. on free withdrawal amounts (as defined below);
. on surrenders or partial withdrawals taken under Optional Payment Plan 1,
Optional Payment Plan 2 (for a period of 5 or more years), or Optional
Payment Plan 5; or
. if a waiver of surrender charge provision applies.
You may withdraw any gain in your contract free of any surrender charge. We
calculate gain in the contract as: (a) plus (b) minus (c) minus (d), but not
less than zero where:
(a) is the Contract Value on the Valuation Day we receive your partial
withdrawal or surrender request;
(b) is the total of any withdrawals previously taken, including surrender
charges assessed;
(c) is the total of purchase payments made; and
(d) is the total of any gain previously withdrawn.
In addition to any gain, you may withdraw an amount equal to the greater of 10%
of your total purchase payments or any amount withdrawn to meet minimum
distribution requirements under the Code each contract year without a surrender
charge (the "free withdrawal amount"). If you are making a withdrawal from this
contract to meet annual minimum distribution requirements under the Code, and
the minimum distribution amount attributable to this contract for the calendar
year ending at or before the last day of the contract year exceeds the free
withdrawal amount, you may withdraw the difference free of surrender charges.
We will deduct amounts surrendered first from any gain in the contract and then
from purchase payments made. The free withdrawal amount is not cumulative from
contract year to contract year. The free withdrawal amount will not apply to
commutation value taken under Payment Optimizer Plus.
Further, we will waive the surrender charge if you annuitize the contract under
Optional Payment Plan 1 (Life Income with Period Certain), Optional Payment
Plan 2 (Income for a Fixed Period) provided that you select a fixed period of 5
years or more, or Optional Payment Plan 5 (Joint Life and Survivor Income). In
addition, we will waive the surrender charges if you take income payments from
the GIS Subaccount(s) pursuant to the terms of Guaranteed Income Advantage or
if you take income payments pursuant to the terms of one of the Payment
Protection Rider Option. We may also waive surrender charges for certain
withdrawals made pursuant to one of the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit
Rider Options. See the "Optional Payment Plans," "Surrenders and Partial
Withdrawals -- Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options," "Income
Payments -- Guaranteed Income Advantage," and "Income Payments -- Payment
Protection Rider Options" provisions of this prospectus.
We also will waive surrender charges arising from a surrender occurring before
income payments begin if, at the time we receive the surrender request, we have
received due proof that the Annuitant has a qualifying terminal illness, or has
a qualifying confinement to a state licensed or legally operated hospital or
inpatient nursing facility for a minimum period as set forth in the contract
(provided the confinement began, or the illness was diagnosed, at least one
year after the Contract Date). If you surrender the contract under the terminal
illness waiver, please remember that we will pay your Contract Value, which
could be less than the death benefit otherwise available. All Annuitants must
be age 80 or younger on the Contract Date to be eligible for this waiver. The
terms and conditions of the waivers are set forth in your contract.
In addition, any partial withdrawals that are immediately allocated to a
Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity through an approved
Annuity Cross Funding Program are not subject to a surrender charge.
Deductions from the Separate Account
We deduct from the Separate Account an amount, computed daily, equal to an
annual rate of 1.45% of the daily net assets of the Separate Account. The
charge consists of an administrative expense charge at an effective annual rate
of 0.15% and a mortality and expense risk charge at an effective annual rate of
1.30%. These deductions from the Separate Account are reflected in your
Contract Value.
Charges for the Living Benefit Rider Options
Charge for Guaranteed Income Advantage
We charge you for expenses related to Guaranteed Income Advantage, if you elect
this option at the time of application. This charge is deducted from the
Separate Account, computed daily. For contracts issued on or after the later of
April 29, 2005 or the date on which state insurance authorities approve
applicable contract modifications, the charge currently is equal to (and will
never exceed) an annual rate of 0.50% of the daily net assets of the Separate
Account. For contracts issued on or after the later of May 1, 2003 or the date
on which state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications,
but prior to April 29, 2005 or the date on which
47
state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications, the
charge currently is equal to an annual rate of 0.40% (0.50% maximum) of the
daily net assets of the Separate Account. The deduction from the Separate
Account is reflected in your Contract Value. You may elect to receive monthly
income under this rider or you may elect to transfer the value in the GIS
Subaccount(s) to another investment option under your contract and receive
income payments. If you elect to transfer the value in the GIS Subaccount(s) to
another investment option and receive income payments, the rider charge will
end. Guaranteed Income Advantage may not be available in all states or in all
markets. We reserve the right to discontinue offering Guaranteed Income
Advantage at any time and for any reason.
Charges for the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options
We charge you for expenses related to Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage, Lifetime
Income Plus, Lifetime Income Plus 2007, Lifetime Income Plus 2008 and Lifetime
Income Plus Solution. Each rider is a separate rider with a separate charge.
You cannot purchase these riders together or in any combination. If you wish to
elect any of the riders, you must do so at the time of application.
Lifetime Income Plus Solution
You may purchase Lifetime Income Plus Solution with or without the Principal
Protection Death Benefit. We assess a charge for the guaranteed minimum
withdrawal benefit provided by the rider. The charge for the guaranteed minimum
withdrawal benefit is calculated quarterly as a percentage of the benefit base,
as defined and determined under the rider, and deducted quarterly from the
Contract Value. On the Contract Date, the benefit base equals the initial
purchase payment. The benefit base will change and may be higher than the
Contract Value on any given day.
If you purchase Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection
Death Benefit, then you will be assessed a charge for the Principal Protection
Death Benefit that is in addition to the charge for the guaranteed minimum
withdrawal benefit under the rider. The charge for the Principal Protection
Death Benefit is calculated quarterly as a percentage of the value of the
Principal Protection Death Benefit, as defined and determined under the rider,
and deducted quarterly from the Contract Value. On the Contract Date, the value
of the Principal Protection Death Benefit equals the initial purchase payment.
The charge for the Principal Protection Death Benefit is higher if any
Annuitant is age 71 or older at the time of application.
If you reset your benefits under the rider, we will reset the charges for the
rider, which may be higher than your previous charges.
For contracts issued with Lifetime Income Plus Solution on or after January 5,
2009 and that have reset their Maximum Anniversary Value on or after December
3, 2012, we currently assess the following charges for the rider, calculated
and deducted as described above:
Lifetime Income Plus Solution without the Principal Protection Death
Benefit
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit -- Annuitant Age 45-70
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base plus
0.20% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit -- Annuitant Age 71-85
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base plus
0.50% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
---------------------------------------------------------------------
For contracts issued with Lifetime Income Plus Solution on or after January 5,
2009 and that have not reset their Maximum Anniversary Value on or after
December 3, 2012, we currently assess the following charges for the rider,
calculated and deducted as described above:
Lifetime Income Plus Solution without the Principal Protection Death
Benefit
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.95% of benefit base
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit -- Annuitant Age 45-70
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.95% of benefit base plus
0.20% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit -- Annuitant Age 71-85
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.95% of benefit base plus
0.50% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
---------------------------------------------------------------------
For contracts issued with Lifetime Income Plus Solution before January 5, 2009
and that have reset their Maximum Anniversary Value on or after December 3,
2012, we currently assess the following charges for the rider, calculated and
deducted as described above:
Lifetime Income Plus Solution without the Principal Protection Death
Benefit
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base
----------------------------------------------------------------------
48
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit -- Annuitant Age 45-70
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base plus
0.15% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit -- Annuitant Age 71-85
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base plus
0.40% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
---------------------------------------------------------------------
For contracts issued with Lifetime Income Plus Solution before January 5, 2009
and that have not reset their Maximum Anniversary Value on or after December 3,
2012, we currently assess the following charges for the rider, calculated and
deducted as described above:
Lifetime Income Plus Solution without the Principal Protection Death
Benefit
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% of benefit base
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit -- Annuitant Age 45-70
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% of benefit base plus
0.15% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit -- Annuitant Age 71-85
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% of benefit base plus
0.40% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
---------------------------------------------------------------------
The charges for Lifetime Income Plus Solution without the Principal Protection
Death Benefit will never exceed 2.00% of benefit base. The charges for Lifetime
Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death Benefit will never
exceed 2.00% of benefit base plus 0.50% of the value of the Principal
Protection Death Benefit.
On the day the rider and/or the contract terminates, the charges for this rider
will be calculated, pro rata, and deducted.
Because this contract is no longer offered and sold, Lifetime Income Plus
Solution and the Principal Protection Death Benefit are no longer available to
purchase under the contract.
Lifetime Income Plus 2008
You may purchase Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with or without the Principal
Protection Death Benefit. We assess a charge for the guaranteed minimum
withdrawal benefit provided by the rider. The charge for the guaranteed minimum
withdrawal benefit is calculated quarterly as a percentage of the benefit base,
as defined and determined under the rider, and deducted quarterly from the
Contract Value. On the Contract Date, the benefit base equals the initial
purchase payment. The benefit base will change and may be higher than the
Contract Value on any given day.
If you purchase Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit, then you will be assessed a charge for the Principal Protection Death
Benefit that is in addition to the charge for the guaranteed minimum withdrawal
benefit under the rider. The charge for the Principal Protection Death Benefit
is calculated quarterly as a percentage of the value of the Principal
Protection Death Benefit, as defined and determined under the rider, and
deducted quarterly from the Contract Value. On the Contract Date, the value of
the Principal Protection Death Benefit equals the initial purchase payment. The
charge for the Principal Protection Death Benefit is higher if any Annuitant is
age 71 or older at the time of application.
For contracts that have not reset their Withdrawal Base on or after December 3,
2012, we also apply different charges for the rider for a single Annuitant
contract and a Joint Annuitant contract. Once a contract is a Joint Annuitant
contract and the Joint Annuitant rider charge is applied, the Joint Annuitant
rider charge will continue while the rider is in effect. If a spouse is added
as Joint Annuitant after the contract is issued, new charges may apply. These
new charges may be higher than the charges previously applicable to your
contract.
If you reset your benefits under the rider, we will reset the charges for the
rider, which may be higher than your previous charges.
We currently assess the following charges for the rider, calculated and
deducted as described above:
We currently assess the following charges for the rider, calculated and
deducted as described above, for those contracts that have reset their
Withdrawal Base on or after December 3, 2012:
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 without the Principal Protection Death Benefit
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 45-70
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base plus
0.15% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 71-85
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base plus
0.40% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
49
We currently assess the following charges for the rider, calculated and
deducted as described above, for those contracts that have not reset their
Withdrawal Base on or after December 3, 2012:
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 without the Principal Protection Death Benefit
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.75% of benefit base
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% of benefit base
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 45-70
Single Annuitant Contract 0.75% of benefit base plus
0.15% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% of benefit base plus
0.15% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 71-85
Single Annuitant Contract 0.75% of benefit base plus
0.40% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% of benefit base plus
0.40% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
The charges for Lifetime Income Plus 2008 without the Principal Protection
Death Benefit will never exceed 2.00% of benefit base. The charges for Lifetime
Income Plus 2008 with the Principal Protection Death Benefit will never exceed
2.00% of benefit base plus 0.50% of the value of the Principal Protection Death
Benefit.
On the day the rider and/or the contract terminates, the charges for this rider
will be calculated, pro rata, and deducted.
Because this contract is no longer offered and sold, Lifetime Income Plus 2008
and the Principal Protection Death Benefit are no longer available to purchase
under the contract.
Lifetime Income Plus 2007
The charge for Lifetime Income Plus 2007 for those contracts that reset their
Withdrawal Base on or after July 15, 2019 is equal to 1.25% of the daily net
assets in the Separate Account for both single Annuitant and Joint Annuitant
contracts. The charge for Lifetime Income Plus 2007 for those contracts that
have not reset their Withdrawal Base on or after July 15, 2019 is equal to
0.75% of the daily net assets in the Separate Account for single Annuitant
contracts and 0.85% of the daily net assets in the Separate Account for Joint
Annuitant contracts. Once a contract is a Joint Annuitant contract, and the
Joint Annuitant rider charge is applied, the Joint Annuitant rider charge will
continue while the rider is in effect.
The deduction for the rider charge from the Separate Account is reflected in
your Contract Value. The charge for this rider continues even if you do not
allocate assets in accordance with the prescribed Investment Strategy and the
benefits you are eligible to receive are reduced. If you reset your benefit and
allocate assets in accordance with the prescribed Investment Strategy available
at that time, we will reset the charge for the rider, which may be higher than
your previous charge, but will never exceed an annualized rate of 2.00% of your
daily net assets in the Separate Account. As disclosed above, if you reset your
benefit on or after July 15, 2019, the charge for the rider is 1.25% of your
daily net assets in the Separate Account.
Lifetime Income Plus 2007 is not available for contracts issued on or after
September 8, 2008.
Lifetime Income Plus
For contracts issued on or after the later of October 7, 2005 or the date on
which state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications,
but prior to May 1, 2006 or the date on which state insurance authorities
approve applicable contract modifications:
The charge for Lifetime Income Plus for those contracts that reset their
Withdrawal Base on or after July 15, 2019 is equal to 1.25% of the daily net
assets in the Separate Account. The charge for Lifetime Income Plus for those
contracts that have not reset their Withdrawal Base on or after July 15, 2019
is equal to 0.60% of the daily net assets in the Separate Account.
For contracts issued on or after the later of May 1, 2006 or the date on which
state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications:
The charge for Lifetime Income Plus for those contracts that reset their
Withdrawal Base on or after July 15, 2019 is equal to 1.25% of the daily net
assets in the Separate Account for both single Annuitant and Joint Annuitant
contracts. The charge for Lifetime Income Plus for those contracts that have
not reset their Withdrawal Base on or after July 15, 2019 is equal to 0.60% of
the daily net assets in the Separate Account for single Annuitant contracts and
0.75% of the daily net assets in the Separate Account for Joint Annuitant
contracts. Once a contract is a Joint Annuitant contract, and the Joint
Annuitant rider charge is applied, the Joint Annuitant rider charge will
continue while the rider is in effect.
The deduction for the rider charge from the Separate Account is reflected in
your Contract Value. The charge for this rider continues even if you do not
allocate assets in accordance with the prescribed Investment Strategy and the
benefits you are eligible to receive are reduced. If you reset your benefit and
allocate assets in accordance with the prescribed Investment
50
Strategy available at that time, we will reset the charge for the rider, which
may be higher than your previous charge, but will never exceed an annualized
rate of 2.00% of your daily net assets in the Separate Account. As disclosed
above, if you reset your benefit on or after July 15, 2019, the charge for the
rider is 1.25% of your daily net assets in the Separate Account.
Lifetime Income Plus is not available for contracts issued on or after May 1,
2008.
Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage
We assess a charge for Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage equal to an annualized
rate of 0.50% of the daily net assets of the Separate Account. The deduction
from the Separate Account is reflected in your Contract Value. The charge for
this rider continues even if you do not allocate assets in accordance with the
prescribed Investment Strategy and the benefits you are eligible to receive are
reduced. If you reset your benefit and allocate assets in accordance with the
prescribed Investment Strategy available at that time, we will reset the charge
for the rider, which may be higher than your previous charge, but will never
exceed an annualized rate of 1.00% of your daily net assets in the Separate
Account.
Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage is not available for contracts issued on or
after May 1, 2007.
Charges for the Payment Protection Rider Options
We charge you for expenses related to Principal Protection Advantage and
Payment Optimizer Plus. Each rider is a separate rider with a separate charge.
You cannot purchase both riders together. If you wish to elect either Principal
Protection Advantage or Payment Optimizer Plus, you must do so at the time of
application.
Principal Protection Advantage
We assess a charge for Principal Protection Advantage currently equal to an
annualized rate of 0.40% of the daily net assets of the Separate Account. The
deduction for the rider charge from the Separate Account is reflected in your
Contract Value and the value of your Annuity Units. The charge for this rider
continues even if you do not allocate assets in accordance with the prescribed
Investment Strategy and the benefits you are eligible to receive are reduced.
If you reset your benefit and allocate assets in accordance with the prescribed
Investment Strategy available at that time, we will reset the charge for the
rider, which may be higher than your previous charge, but will never exceed an
annual rate of 1.00%.
Principal Protection Advantage is not available for contracts issued on or
after May 1, 2007.
Payment Optimizer Plus
We assess a charge for Payment Optimizer Plus currently equal to an annualized
rate of 0.50% of the daily net assets of the Separate Account for single
Annuitant contracts and 0.65% of the daily net assets of the Separate Account
for Joint Annuitant contracts. Once a contract is a Joint Annuitant contract,
and the Joint Annuitant rider charge is applied, the Joint Annuitant rider
charge will continue while the rider is in effect.
The deduction for the rider charge from the Separate Account is reflected in
your Contract Value and the value of your Annuity Units. The charge for this
rider continues even if you do not allocate assets in accordance with the
prescribed Investment Strategy and the benefits you are eligible to receive are
reduced. If you reset your benefit and allocate assets in accordance with the
prescribed Investment Strategy available at that time, we will reset the charge
for the rider, which may be higher than your previous charge, but will never
exceed an annual rate of 1.25%.
If you purchased Payment Optimizer Plus, after the Annuity Commencement Date
you may request to terminate your contract and the rider and (assuming the
right to cancel period has ended) receive the commuted value of your income
payments in a lump sum (the "commutation value"). In calculating the
commutation value, we assess a commutation charge. The amount of the
commutation charge will be the surrender charge that would otherwise apply
under the contract, in accordance with the surrender charge schedule.
Payment Optimizer Plus is not available for contracts issued after October 17,
2008.
Charges for the Death Benefit Rider Options
Charge for the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider Option
We charge you for expenses related to the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider
Option if you elect this option at the time of application. The Annual Step-Up
Death Benefit Rider Option may not be elected if any Annuitant is 85 or older.
We deduct this charge against your assets in the Separate Account at each
contract anniversary and at surrender to compensate us for the increased risks
and expenses associated with providing this death benefit rider. We will
allocate the charge for the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider Option among the
Subaccounts in the same proportion that your assets in each Subaccount bear to
your total assets in the Separate Account at the time we take the charge. If
your assets in the Separate Account are not sufficient to cover the charge, we
will deduct the charge first from your assets in the Separate Account, if any,
and then from your assets in the Guarantee Account from the amounts that have
been in
51
the Guarantee Account for the longest period of time. At surrender, we will
charge you a pro-rata portion of the annual charge. The charge for the Annual
Step-Up Death Benefit Rider Option is an annual rate of 0.20% of your Contract
Value at the time of the deduction.
Charge for the 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option
We charge you for expenses related to the 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option
if you elect this option at the time of application. We deduct this charge
against your assets in the Separate Account at each contract anniversary and at
surrender to compensate us for the increased risks and expenses associated with
providing this death benefit rider. We will allocate the charge for the 5%
Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option among the Subaccounts in the same proportion
that your assets in each Subaccount bear to your total assets in the Separate
Account at the time we take the charge. If your assets in the Separate Account
are not sufficient to cover the charge, we will deduct the charge first from
your assets in the Separate Account, if any, and then from your assets in the
Guarantee Account from the amounts that have been in the Guarantee Account for
the longest period of time. At surrender, we will charge you a pro-rata portion
of the annual charge. The charge for the 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option
is 0.30% of your Contract Value at the time of the deduction. The 5% Rollup
Death Benefit Rider Option is not available for contracts issued on or after
September 2, 2003 as a Funding Annuity under the Annuity Cross Funding Program.
Charge for the Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider Option
We charge you for expenses related to the Earnings Protector Death Benefit
Rider Option if you elect this option at the time of application. We deduct
this charge against your assets in the Separate Account on each contract
anniversary and at surrender to compensate us for the increased risks and
expenses associated with providing this death benefit rider. We will allocate
the charge for the Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider Option among the
Subaccounts in the same proportion that your assets in each Subaccount bear to
your total assets in the Separate Account at the time we take the charge. If
your assets in the Separate Account are not sufficient to cover the charge, we
will deduct the charge first from your assets in the Separate Account, if any,
and then from your assets in the Guarantee Account from the amounts that have
been in the Guarantee Account for the longest period of time. At surrender we
will charge you a pro-rata portion of the annual charge. The charge for the
Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider Option is 0.30% of your Contract Value
at the time of the deduction.
Charge for Earnings Protector and Greater of Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death
Benefit Rider Option
We charge you for expenses related to the Earnings Protector and Greater of
Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option if you elect this
option at the time of application. We deduct this charge against your assets in
the Separate Account on each contract anniversary and at surrender to
compensate us for the increased risks and expenses associated with providing
this death benefit rider. We will allocate the charge for the Earnings
Protector and Greater of Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider
Option among the Subaccounts in the same proportion that your assets in each
Subaccount bear to your total assets in the Separate Account at the time we
take the charge. If your assets in the Separate Account are not sufficient to
cover the charge, we will deduct the charge first from your assets in the
Separate Account, if any, and then from your assets in the Guarantee Account
from the amounts that have been in the Guarantee Account for the longest period
of time. At surrender, we will charge you a pro-rata portion of the annual
charge. The charge for the Earnings Protector and Greater of Annual Step-Up and
5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option is 0.70% of your Contract Value at the
time of the deduction. The Earnings Protector and Greater of Annual Step-Up and
5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option is not available for contracts issued on
or after September 2, 2003 as a Funding Annuity under the Annuity Cross Funding
Program.
Other Charges
Annual Contract Charge
We will deduct an annual contract charge of $30 from your Contract Value to
compensate us for certain administrative expenses incurred in connection with
the contract. We will deduct the charge at each contract anniversary and at
surrender. We will waive this charge if your Contract Value at the time of
deduction is more than $40,000.
We will allocate the annual contract charge among the Subaccounts in the same
proportion that your assets in each Subaccount bear to your total assets in the
Separate Account at the time the charge is taken. If there are insufficient
assets allocated to the Separate Account, we will deduct any remaining portion
of the charge from the Guarantee Account proportionately from all assets in the
Guarantee Account.
Deductions for Premium Taxes
We will deduct charges for any premium tax or other tax levied by any
governmental entity from purchase payments or the
52
Contract Value when the premium tax is incurred or when we pay proceeds under
the contract (proceeds include surrenders, partial withdrawals, income payments
and death benefit payments).
The applicable premium tax rates that states and other governmental entities
impose on the purchase of an annuity are subject to change by legislation, by
administrative interpretation or by judicial action. These premium taxes
generally depend upon the law of your state of residence. The tax generally
ranges from 0.0% to 3.5%.
Portfolio Charges
Each Portfolio incurs certain fees and expenses. These include management fees
and other expenses associated with the daily operation of each Portfolio, as
well as Rule 12b-1 fees and/or service share fees, if applicable. To pay for
these expenses, the Portfolio makes deductions from its assets. A Portfolio may
also impose a redemption charge on Subaccount assets that are redeemed from the
Portfolio. Portfolio expenses, including any redemption charges, are more fully
described in the prospectus for each Portfolio. Portfolio expenses are the
responsibility of the Portfolio or Fund. They are not fixed or specified under
the terms of the contract and are not the responsibility of the Company.
Transfer Charges
We reserve the right to impose a charge of up to $10 per transfer. This charge
represents the costs we incur for effecting any such transfer. We will not
realize a profit from imposing this charge.
THE CONTRACT
The contract is an individual flexible premium variable deferred annuity
contract. We describe your rights and benefits below and in the contract. There
may be differences in your contract (such as differences in fees, charges, and
benefits) because of requirements of the state where we issued your contract.
We will include any such differences in your contract.
This contract is no longer available for new sales, although additional
purchase payments may be made in accordance with the terms of the contract and
as described in the "Purchase Payments" provision.
This contract may be used with certain tax qualified retirement plans. The
contract includes attributes such as tax deferral on accumulated earnings.
Qualified retirement plans provide their own tax deferral benefit; the purchase
of this contract does not provide additional tax deferral benefits beyond those
provided in the qualified retirement plan. Accordingly, if this contract is
purchased as a Qualified Contract, you should consider the contract for its
death benefit, income benefits and other non-tax-related benefits. Please
consult a tax adviser for information specific to your circumstances in order
to determine whether this contract is an appropriate investment for you.
Purchasing the contract through a tax-free "Section 1035" exchange. Section
1035 of the Code generally permits you to exchange one annuity contract for
another in a "tax-free exchange." Therefore, you can use the proceeds from
another annuity contract to make purchase payments for this contract. Before
making an exchange, you should carefully compare this contract to your current
contract. You may have to pay a surrender charge under your current contract to
exchange it for this contract and this contract has its own surrender charges
which would apply to you. The fees and charges under this contract may be
higher (or lower), and the benefits may be different, than those of your
current contract. In addition, you may have to pay federal income and penalty
taxes on the exchange if it does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment. You
should not exchange another contract for this contract unless you determine,
after evaluating all of the facts, that the exchange is in your best interest.
Please note that the person who sells you this contract generally will earn a
commission on the sale.
Ownership
As owner, you have all rights under the contract, subject to the rights of any
irrevocable beneficiary. Two persons may apply as joint owners for a
Non-Qualified contract. A joint owner may not be named for a Qualified
Contract. Joint owners have equal undivided interests in their contract. That
means that each may exercise any ownership rights on behalf of the other,
except ownership changes. Joint owners also have the right of survivorship.
This means if a joint owner dies, his or her interest in the contract passes to
the surviving owner. You must have our approval to add a joint owner after we
issue the contract. We may require additional information if joint ownership is
requested after the contract is issued.
Subject to certain restrictions imposed by electable rider options and as
otherwise stated below, before the Annuity Commencement Date, you may change:
. your Annuity Commencement Date to any date at least ten years after your
last purchase payment;
. your Optional Payment Plan;
. the allocation of your investments among the Subaccounts and/or the
Guarantee Account (subject to
53
certain restrictions listed in your contract and in the "Transfers"
provision); and
. the owner, joint owner, primary beneficiary, and contingent beneficiary
(unless the primary beneficiary or contingent beneficiary is named as an
irrevocable beneficiary) upon written notice to our Home Office if you
reserved this right and the Annuitant(s) is living at the time of the
request. If you change a beneficiary, your plan selection will no longer
be in effect unless you request that it continue. In addition, during the
Annuitant's life, you can change any non-natural owner to another
non-natural owner. Changing the owner or joint owner may have tax
consequences and you should consult a tax adviser before doing so.
Neither the Annuitant nor the Joint Annuitant can be changed.
We must receive your request for a change at our Home Office in a form
satisfactory to us. The change will take effect as of the date you sign the
request. The change will be subject to any payment made before we recorded the
change. Please note that if you elect Guaranteed Income Advantage at the time
of application, you may not change your scheduled income start date or your
Optional Payment Plan. In addition withdrawals and/or transfers from the GIS
Subaccount(s) will lower your guaranteed income floor and cause you to lose
your right to continue to make scheduled transfers into the segment from which
the withdrawal and/or transfer was made. If you elect one of the Payment
Protection Rider Options or one of the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit
Rider Options (except for Lifetime Income Plus 2008 and Lifetime Income Plus
Solution) at the time of application, the benefits you receive under such rider
may be reduced if your assets are not allocated in accordance with the
Investment Strategy prescribed by your rider. Contract owners that own Lifetime
Income Plus 2008 or Lifetime Income Plus Solution must always allocate assets
in accordance with the Investment Strategy. If you elect the Principal
Protection Advantage, you may change the Income Start Date as long as the new
Income Start Date occurs on a contract anniversary at least 36 months after the
latest reset date of the benefit base or 36 months after the date we receive
your last purchase payment. You may not however, change the Optional Payment
Plan once elected at the time of application.
Assignment
An owner of a Non-Qualified Contract may assign some or all of his or her
rights under the contract with our consent. However, an assignment may
terminate certain benefits provided by rider option. An assignment must occur
before any income payments begin and while the Annuitant is still living. Once
proper notice of the assignment is recorded by our Home Office, the assignment
will become effective as of the date the written request was signed.
Qualified Contracts, IRAs and Tax Sheltered Annuities may not be assigned,
pledged or otherwise transferred except where allowed by law.
If you elect one of the Payment Protection Rider Options or one of the
Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options, our Home Office must
approve any assignment, unless such assignment was made pursuant to a court
order.
Guaranteed Income Advantage will terminate upon assignment of the contract
unless such assignment is a result of legal process. Upon termination of
Guaranteed Income Advantage, all assets in the GIS Subaccount(s) will be
transferred to the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust -- Government Money
Market Fund as of the Valuation Day the assignment is received. If the
assignment is received on a non-Valuation Day, the assets will be transferred
on the next Valuation Day.
We are not responsible for the validity or tax consequences of any assignment.
We are not liable for any payment or settlement made before the assignment is
recorded. Assignments will not be recorded until our Home Office receives
sufficient direction from the owner and the assignee regarding the proper
allocation of contract rights.
Amounts pledged or assigned will be treated as distributions and will be
included in gross income to the extent that the Contract Value exceeds the
investment in the contract for the taxable year in which it was pledged or
assigned.
Assignment of the entire Contract Value may cause the portion of the contract
exceeding the total investment in the contract and previously taxed amounts to
be included in gross income for federal income tax purposes each year that the
assignment is in effect.
Amounts assigned may be subject to an IRS tax penalty equal to 10% of the
amount included in gross income.
Purchase Payments
You may make purchase payments at any frequency and in the amount you select,
subject to certain restrictions, including restrictions that may be imposed by
the terms of elected riders. You must obtain our approval before you make total
purchase payments for an Annuitant age 79 or younger that exceed $2,000,000 in
the aggregate in any variable annuity contracts issued by the Company or any of
its affiliates. If any Annuitant is age 80 or older at the time of payment, the
total amount not subject to prior approval is $1,000,000 in the aggregate in
any variable annuity contracts issued by the Company or any of its
54
affiliates. Purchase payments may be made at any time prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date, the surrender of the contract, or the death of the owner (or
joint owner, if applicable), whichever comes first.
The minimum initial purchase payment is $5,000 ($2,000 if your contract is an
IRA contract). We may accept a lower initial purchase payment in the case of
certain group sales. Each additional purchase payment must be at least $500 for
Non-Qualified Contracts ($200 if paid by electronic fund transfers), $50 for
IRA contracts and $100 for other Qualified Contracts. If a Non-Qualified
Contract is being used to fund another deferred annuity as a Funding Annuity
pursuant to an approved Annuity Cross Funding Program, the minimum additional
purchase payment is $100. See the "Annuity Cross Funding Program" provision of
this prospectus.
We reserve the right to refuse to accept a purchase payment for any lawful
reason and in a manner that does not unfairly discriminate against similarly
situated purchasers. If you have one or more guaranteed benefits and we
exercise our right to discontinue the acceptance of, and/or place additional
limitations on, contributions to the contract and/or contributions and/or
transfers into the Subaccounts, you may no longer be able to fund your
guaranteed benefit(s). This means that if you have already funded your
guaranteed benefit(s) by allocating amounts according to the prescribed
Investment Strategy for the rider(s), you may no longer be able to increase
your Contract Value and the benefit base(s) associated with your guaranteed
benefit(s) through contributions and transfers. (For more information about the
potential impact of limitations on your ability to make subsequent purchase
payments, see "Important Note" under "Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit
Rider Options" and "Payment Protection Rider Options.")
Valuation Day and Valuation Period
We will value Accumulation and Annuity Units once daily as of the close of
regular trading (currently 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) for each day the New York
Stock Exchange is open, except for days on which a Portfolio does not value its
shares. If a Valuation Period contains more than one day, the unit values will
be the same for each day in the Valuation Period.
Allocation of Purchase Payments
We place purchase payments into the Subaccounts, each of which invests in
shares of a corresponding Portfolio and/or the Guarantee Account, according to
your instructions. You may allocate purchase payments to the Subaccounts plus
the Guarantee Account at any one time. If you have elected Guaranteed Income
Advantage, you may not allocate purchase payments directly to the GIS
Subaccount(s); such allocations to the GIS Subaccount(s) must be made by
scheduled transfers pursuant to pro rata scheduled transfers from all other
Subaccounts in which you have assets. Any remaining allocations will come from
the Guarantee Account. If you have elected one of the Payment Protection Rider
Options or one of the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options
(except for Lifetime Income Plus 2008 and Lifetime Income Plus Solution), you
must allocate all purchase payments in accordance with the Investment Strategy
prescribed by the rider in order to obtain the full benefit of the rider. The
benefits you receive under the rider may be reduced if your purchase payments
are not allocated in accordance with the Investment Strategy. Contract owners
that own Lifetime Income Plus 2008 or Lifetime Income Plus Solution must always
allocate assets in accordance with the Investment Strategy. See the "Surrenders
and Partial Withdrawals -- Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options"
and "Income Payments -- Payment Protection Rider Options" provisions of this
prospectus. The percentage of purchase payment that you can put into any one
Subaccount or guarantee period must equal a whole percentage and cannot be less
than $100. For contracts issued on or after the later of September 2, 2003, or
the date on which state insurance authorities approve applicable contract
modifications we may limit the amount that may be allocated to the Guarantee
Account. Currently, no more than 25% of your Contract Value, as determined at
the time of allocation, may be allocated to the Guarantee Account. In addition,
the Guarantee Account is not available to contract owners who have elected
Payment Optimizer Plus for as long as the rider is in effect.
Upon allocation to the appropriate Subaccounts, we convert purchase payments
into Accumulation Units. We determine the number of Accumulation Units credited
by dividing the amount allocated to each Subaccount by the value of an
Accumulation Unit for that Subaccount on the Valuation Day on which we receive
any additional purchase payment at our Home Office. The number of Accumulation
Units determined in this way is not changed by any subsequent change in the
value of an Accumulation Unit. However, the dollar value of an Accumulation
Unit will vary depending not only upon how well the Portfolio's investments
perform, but also upon the charges of the Separate Account and the Portfolios.
You may change the allocation of subsequent purchase payments at any time,
without charge, by sending us acceptable notice. The new allocation will apply
to any purchase payments made after we receive notice of the change at our Home
Office.
Valuation of Accumulation Units
Partial withdrawals, surrenders and/or payment of the death benefit all result
in the cancellation of an appropriate number of
55
Accumulation Units. We cancel Accumulation Units as of the end of the Valuation
Period in which we receive notice or instructions with regard to the partial
withdrawal, surrender or payment of a death benefit. The Accumulation Unit
value at the end of every Valuation Day equals the Accumulation Unit value at
the end of the preceding Valuation Day multiplied by the net investment factor
(described below). We arbitrarily set the Accumulation Unit value at the
inception of the Subaccount at $10. On any Valuation Day, we determine your
Subaccount value by multiplying the number of Accumulation Units attributable
to your contract by the Accumulation Unit value for that day.
The net investment factor is an index used to measure the investment
performance of a Subaccount from one Valuation Period to the next. The net
investment factor for any Subaccount for any Valuation Period reflects the
change in the net asset value per share of the Portfolio held in the Subaccount
from one Valuation Period to the next, adjusted for the daily deduction of the
administrative expense charges, mortality and expense risk charges, and any
applicable optional rider charges (but not any optional death benefit rider
charges) from assets in the Subaccount. The charges for Lifetime Income Plus
2008, Lifetime Income Plus Solution and the Death Benefit Rider Options,
however, are deducted from your Contract Value. If any "ex-dividend" date
occurs during the Valuation Period, we take into account the per share amount
of any dividend or capital gain distribution so that the unit value is not
impacted. Also, if we need to reserve money for taxes, we take into account a
per share charge or credit for any taxes reserved for which we determine to
have resulted from the operations of the Subaccount.
The value of an Accumulation Unit may increase or decrease based on the net
investment factor. Changes in the net investment factor may not be directly
proportional to changes in the net asset value of the Portfolio because of the
deduction of Separate Account charges. Though the number of Accumulation Units
will not change as a result of investment experience, the value of an
Accumulation Unit may increase or decrease from Valuation Period to Valuation
Period. See the Statement of Additional Information for more details.
TRANSFERS
Transfers Before the Annuity Commencement Date
All owners may transfer all or a portion of their assets between and among the
Subaccounts of the Separate Account and the Guarantee Account on any Valuation
Day prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, subject to certain conditions that
are stated below. Owners may not, however, transfer assets in the Guarantee
Account from one interest rate guarantee period to another interest rate
guarantee period. In addition, if you elect Guaranteed Income Advantage, once
you make a transfer from a segment that corresponds to a GIS Subaccount, you
may not make subsequent purchase payments or transfers to that segment
corresponding to that GIS Subaccount. If you elect one of the Payment
Protection Rider Options, or one of the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit
Rider Options (except for Lifetime Income Plus 2008 and Lifetime Income Plus
Solution), the benefits you receive under such rider may be reduced if, after
your transfer, your assets are not allocated in accordance with the prescribed
Investment Strategy. Contract owners that own Lifetime Income Plus 2008 or
Lifetime Income Plus Solution must always allocate assets in accordance with
the Investment Strategy.
We process transfers among the Subaccounts and between the Subaccounts and the
Guarantee Account as of the end of the Valuation Period that we receive the
transfer request in good order at our Home Office. There may be limitations
placed on multiple transfer requests made at different times during the same
Valuation Period involving the same Subaccounts and/or the Guarantee Account.
We may postpone transfers to, from or among the Subaccounts and/or the
Guarantee Account under certain circumstances. See the "Requesting Payments"
provision of this prospectus.
Transfers from the Guarantee Account to the Subaccounts
We may limit and/or restrict transfers from the Guarantee Account to the
Subaccounts. For any allocation from the Guarantee Account to the Subaccounts,
the limited amount will not be less than any accrued interest on that
allocation plus 25% of the original amount of that allocation. Unless you are
participating in a Dollar Cost Averaging program (see the "Dollar Cost
Averaging Program" provision), you may make such transfers only during the 30
day period beginning with the end of the preceding interest rate guarantee
period applicable to that particular allocation. We also may limit the amount
that you may transfer to the Subaccounts.
Transfers from the Subaccounts to the Guarantee Account
We may restrict certain transfers from the Subaccounts to the Guarantee
Account. For contracts issued on or after the later of September 2, 2003, or
the date on which state insurance authorities approve applicable contract
modifications, we may also limit the amount that may be allocated to the
Guarantee Account to no more than 25% of your Contract Value, as
56
determined at the time of allocation. In addition, where permitted by state
law, we will refuse new purchase payments or transfers into the Guarantee
Account when your assets in the Guarantee Account are equal to or greater than
25% of your Contract Value at the time of allocation. We generally exercise our
right to limit or refuse allocations to the Guarantee Account when interest
rate periods are low for prolonged periods of time. In addition, we reserve the
right to prohibit or limit transfers from the Subaccounts to the Guarantee
Account during the six month period following the transfer of any amount from
the Guarantee Account to any Subaccount.
Transfers Among the Subaccounts
All owners may submit 12 Subaccount transfers each calendar year by voice
response, Internet, telephone, facsimile, U.S. Mail or overnight delivery
service. Once such 12 Subaccount transfers have been executed, a letter will be
sent notifying owners that they may submit additional transfers only in writing
by U.S. Mail or by overnight delivery service, and transfer requests sent by
same day mail, courier service, Internet, telephone or facsimile will not be
accepted under any circumstances. Once we receive your mailed transfer request
at our Home Office, such transfer cannot be cancelled. We also will not cancel
transfer requests that have not yet been received, i.e., you may not call to
cancel a transfer request sent by U.S. Mail or overnight delivery service. If
you wish to change a transfer request sent by U.S. Mail or overnight delivery
service, such change must also be sent in writing by U.S. Mail or by overnight
delivery service. We will process that transfer request as of the Valuation Day
the new transfer request is received at our Home Office.
Currently, we do not charge for transfers. However, we reserve the right to
assess a charge of up to $10 for each transfer. The minimum transfer amount is
$100 or the entire balance in the Subaccount or interest rate guarantee period
if the transfer will leave a balance of less than $100.
We also reserve the right to not honor your transfer request if your transfer
is a result of more than one trade involving the same Subaccount within a 30
day period. We will generally invoke this right when either the Portfolio(s) or
we see a pattern of frequent transfers between the same Portfolios within a
short period of time (i.e., transfers among the same Subaccounts occur within
five to 15 days of each other).
In addition, we may not honor transfers made by third parties. See the
"Transfers by Third Parties" provision of this prospectus.
If a transfer request is not processed, a letter will be sent notifying you
that your transfer request was not honored. If we do not honor a transfer
request, we will not count that request as a transfer for purposes of the 12
transfers allowed each calendar year as described in the previous paragraphs.
When thinking about a transfer of assets, you should consider the inherent
risks involved. Frequent transfers based on short-term expectations may
increase the risk that you will make a transfer at an inopportune time. Also,
because certain restrictions on transfers are applied at the discretion of the
Portfolios in which the Subaccount invests, it is possible that owners will be
treated differently and there could be inequitable treatment among owners if a
Portfolio does not apply equal treatment to all shareholders. See the "Special
Note on Frequent Transfers" provision of this prospectus.
These restrictions will apply to all owners and their designated third
party(ies), unless such transfer is being made pursuant to:
(1) a Dollar Cost Averaging program;
(2) a Portfolio Rebalancing program;
(3) the terms of an approved Fund substitution or Fund liquidation; or
(4) a Portfolio's refusal to allow the purchase of shares, either on behalf
of an individual owner or the entire Separate Account, in which case,
the Portfolio's refusal to allow the purchase of shares will not be
considered a transfer for calculation of the 12 transfers allowed per
calendar year by voice response, Internet, telephone, facsimile, U.S.
Mail or overnight delivery service.
In addition, the restrictions and charges listed above do not apply to any:
(1) scheduled transfers made to the GIS Subaccount(s) pursuant to the terms
of Guaranteed Income Advantage; or
(2) transfers made among the Subaccounts pursuant to automatic rebalancing
of assets made under the terms of one of the Payment Protection Rider
Options, or one of the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider
Options.
Sometimes, we will not honor transfer requests. We will not honor a transfer
request if:
(1) any Subaccount that would be affected by the transfer is unable to
purchase or to redeem shares of the Portfolio in which the Subaccount
invests; or
(2) the transfer would adversely affect unit values.
The affected Portfolio(s) determine whether these items apply.
57
We will treat all owners equally with respect to transfer requests.
Telephone/Internet Transactions
All owners may make their first 12 transfers in any calendar year among the
Subaccounts or between the Subaccounts and the Guarantee Account by calling or
electronically contacting us. Transactions that can be conducted over the
telephone and Internet include, but are not limited to:
(1) the first 12 transfers of assets among the Subaccounts or between the
Subaccounts and the Guarantee Account in any calendar year (this
includes any changes in purchase payment allocations when such changes
include a transfer of assets);
(2) Dollar Cost Averaging; and
(3) Portfolio Rebalancing.
We employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions we receive are
genuine. Such procedures may include, but are not limited to:
(1) requiring you or a third party to provide some form of personal
identification before we act on the telephone/Internet instructions;
(2) confirming the telephone/Internet transaction in writing to you or a
third party you authorized; and/or
(3) tape recording telephone instructions or retaining a record of your
electronic request.
We reserve the right to limit or prohibit telephone and Internet transactions.
We will delay making a payment or processing a transfer request if:
(1) the disposal or valuation of the Separate Account's assets is not
reasonably practicable because the New York Stock Exchange is closed;
(2) on nationally recognized holidays, trading is restricted by the New York
Stock Exchange;
(3) an emergency exists making the disposal or valuation of securities held
in the Separate Account impracticable; or
(4) the SEC by order permits postponement of payment to protect our owners.
Rules and regulations of the SEC will govern as to when the conditions
described in (3) and (4) above exist. If we are closed on days when the New
York Stock Exchange is open, Contract Value may be affected since owners will
not have access to their account.
Confirmation of Transactions
We will not be liable for following instructions that we reasonably determine
to be genuine. We will send you a confirmation of any transfer we process.
Systematic transactions, such as those related to portfolio rebalancing or
dollar cost averaging, generally will be reported in quarterly statements. You
are responsible for verifying transfer confirmations and notifying us of any
errors within 30 days of receiving the confirmation statement or, for
systematic transactions not reported on a trade confirmation, the quarterly
statement.
Special Note on Reliability
Please note that the Internet or our telephone system may not always be
available. Any computer system or telephone system, whether it is ours, yours,
your service provider's, or your registered representative's, can experience
unscheduled outages or slowdowns for a variety of reasons. These outages or
slowdowns may delay or prevent our processing of your request. Although we have
taken precautions to help our systems handle heavy use, we cannot promise
complete reliability under all circumstances. If you are experiencing problems,
you can make your transaction request by writing our Home Office.
Transfers by Third Parties
As a general rule and as a convenience to you, we allow you to give third
parties the right to conduct transfers on your behalf. However, when the same
third party possesses this ability on behalf of many owners, the result can be
simultaneous transfers involving large amounts of assets. Such transfers can
disrupt the orderly management of the Portfolios underlying the contract, can
result in higher costs to owners, and are generally not compatible with the
long-range goals of owners. We believe that such simultaneous transfers
effected by such third parties are not in the best interests of all beneficial
shareholders of the Portfolios, and the management of the Portfolios share this
position.
We have procedures to assure that the transfer requests that we receive have,
in fact, been made by the owners in whose names they are submitted.
Consequently, we may refuse transfers made by third parties on behalf of an
owner in a number of circumstances, which include but are not limited to:
(1) transfers made on behalf of many owners by one third party (or several
third parties who belong to the same firm) where the transfer involves
the same Subaccounts and large amounts of assets;
58
(2) when we have not received adequate authorization from the owner allowing
a third party to make transfers on his or her behalf; and
(3) when we believe, under all facts and circumstances received, that the
owner or his or her authorized agent is not making the transfer.
We require documentation to provide sufficient proof that the third party
making the trade is in fact duly authorized by the owner. This information
includes, but is not limited to:
(1) documentation signed by the owner or a court authorizing a third party
to act on the owner's behalf;
(2) passwords and encrypted information;
(3) additional owner verification when appropriate; and
(4) recorded conversations.
We will not be held liable for refusing a transfer made by a third party when
we have a reasonable basis for believing such third party is not authorized to
make a transfer on the owner's behalf or we have a reasonable basis for
believing the third party is acting in a fraudulent manner.
Special Note on Frequent Transfers
The Separate Account does not accommodate frequent transfers of Contract Value
among Subaccounts. When owners or someone on their behalf submit requests to
transfer all or a portion of their assets between Subaccounts, the requests
result in the purchase and redemption of shares of the Portfolios in which the
Subaccounts invest. Frequent Subaccount transfers, therefore, cause
corresponding frequent purchases and redemptions of shares of the Portfolios.
Frequent purchases and redemptions of shares of the Portfolios can dilute the
value of a Portfolio's shares, disrupt the management of the Portfolio's
investment portfolio, and increase brokerage and administrative costs.
Accordingly, when an owner or someone on their behalf engages in frequent
Subaccount transfers, other owners and persons with rights under the contracts
(such as the beneficiaries) may be harmed.
The Separate Account discourages frequent transfers, purchases and redemptions.
To discourage frequent Subaccount transfers, we adopted the policy described in
the "Transfers Among the Subaccounts" section. This policy requires owners who
request more than 12 Subaccount transfers in a calendar year to submit such
requests in writing by U.S. Mail or by overnight delivery service (the "U.S.
Mail requirement"). The U.S. Mail requirement creates a delay of at least one
day between the time transfer decisions are made and the time such transfers
are processed. This delay is intended to discourage frequent Subaccount
transfers by limiting the effectiveness of abusive "market timing" strategies
(in particular, "time-zone" arbitrage) that rely on "same-day" processing of
transfer requests.
In addition, we will not honor transfer requests if any Subaccount that would
be affected by the transfer is unable to purchase or redeem shares of the
Portfolio in which the Subaccount invests or if the transfer would adversely
affect Accumulation Unit values. Whether these restrictions apply is determined
by the affected Portfolio(s), and although we apply the restrictions uniformly
when we receive information from the Portfolio(s), we cannot guarantee that the
Portfolio(s) will apply their policies and procedures in a uniform basis.
There can be no assurance that the U.S. Mail requirement will be effective in
limiting frequent Subaccount transfers or that we can prevent all frequent
Subaccount transfer activity that may adversely affect owners, other persons
with material rights under the contracts, or Portfolio shareholders generally.
For instance, imposing the U.S. Mail requirement after 12 Subaccount transfers
may not be restrictive enough to deter owners seeking to engage in abusing
market timing strategies.
We may revise our frequent Subaccount transfer policy and related procedures,
at our sole discretion, at any time and without prior notice, as we deem
necessary or appropriate to better detect and deter frequent transfer activity
that may adversely affect owners, other persons with material rights under the
contracts, or Portfolio shareholders generally, to comply with state or federal
regulatory requirements, or to impose additional or alternative restrictions on
owners engaging in frequent Subaccount transfers. For example, we may invoke
our right to refuse transfers if the transfer involves the same Subaccount
within a 30 day period and/or we may change our procedures to monitor for a
different number of transfers within a specified time period or to impose a
minimum time period between each transfer.
There are inherent risks that changing our policies and procedures in the
future may not be effective in limiting frequent Subaccount transfers. We will
not implement any policy and procedure at the contract level that discriminates
among owners; however, we may be compelled to adopt policies and procedures
adopted by the Portfolios on behalf of the Portfolios and we will do so unless
we cannot service such policies and procedures or we believe such policies and
procedures contradict state or federal regulations or such policies and
procedures contradict with the terms of your contract.
As stated in the previous paragraph, each of the Portfolios in which the
Subaccounts invest may have its own policies and procedures with respect to
frequent purchases and redemption
59
of Portfolio shares. The prospectuses for the Portfolios describe any such
policies and procedures. For example, a Portfolio may assess redemption fees
(which we reserve the right to collect) on shares held for a relatively short
period of time. The frequent trading policies and procedures of a Portfolio may
be different, and more or less restrictive, than the frequent trading policies
and procedures of other Portfolios and the policies and procedures we have
adopted to discourage frequent Subaccount transfers. Owners should be aware
that we may not have the operational capability to monitor owners' Subaccount
transfer requests and apply the frequent trading policies and procedures of the
respective Portfolios that would be affected by the transfers. Accordingly,
owners and other persons who have material rights under the contracts should
assume that the sole protection they may have against potential harm from
frequent Subaccount transfers is the protection, if any, provided by the
policies and procedures we have adopted to discourage frequent Subaccount
transfers.
Under SEC rules, we are required to enter into a written agreement with each
Portfolio or its principal underwriter that will obligate us to provide
promptly, upon request by the Portfolio, certain information to the Portfolio
about the trading activity of individual contract owners. Under these
circumstances, we may be required to provide your tax identification number or
social security number to the Fund and/or its manager. We must then execute any
instructions from the Portfolio to restrict or prohibit further purchases or
transfers by a specific contract owner of Accumulation Units or Annuity Units
of the Subaccount that invests in that Portfolio, where such contract owner has
been identified by the Portfolio as having engaged in transactions (indirectly
through such Subaccount) that violate policies established for that Portfolio
for the purpose of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the
outstanding shares of the Portfolio. We will inform any contract owners whose
future purchases and transfers of a Subaccount's units have been restricted or
prohibited by a Portfolio.
Owners and other persons with material rights under the contracts also should
be aware that the purchase and redemption orders received by the Portfolios
generally are "omnibus" orders from intermediaries such as broker-dealers,
retirement plans or separate accounts funding variable insurance contracts.
These omnibus orders reflect the aggregation and netting of multiple orders
from individual retirement plan participants and/or individual owners of
variable insurance contracts. The omnibus nature of these orders may limit the
Portfolios' ability to apply their respective frequent trading policies and
procedures. We cannot guarantee that the Portfolios will not be harmed by
transfer activity relating to the retirement plans and/or other insurance
companies that may invest in the Portfolios. In addition, if a Portfolio
believes an omnibus order we submit may reflect one or more Subaccount transfer
requests from owners engaged in frequent transfer activity, the Portfolio may
reject a portion of or the entire omnibus order. If a Portfolio rejects part of
an omnibus order it believes is attributable to transfers that exceed its
market timing policies and procedures, it will return the amount to us, and we
will credit the amount to the owner as of the Valuation Day of our receipt of
the amount. You may realize a loss if the unit value on the Valuation Day we
credit the amount back to your account has increased since the original date of
your transfer.
We apply our policies and procedures without exception, waiver, or special
arrangement.
Dollar Cost Averaging Program
The Dollar Cost Averaging program permits you to systematically transfer on a
monthly or quarterly basis a set dollar amount from the Subaccount investing in
the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund
and/or the Guarantee Account to any combination of other Subaccounts (as long
as the total number of Subaccounts used does not exceed the maximum number
allowed under the contract). The Dollar Cost Averaging method of investment is
designed to reduce the risk of making purchases only when the price of units is
high, but you should carefully consider your financial ability to continue the
program over a long enough period of time to purchase Accumulation Units when
their value is low as well as when it is high. Dollar Cost Averaging does not
assure a profit or protect against a loss.
You may participate in the Dollar Cost Averaging program:
(1) by electing it on your application;
(2) by contacting an authorized sales representative; or
(3) by calling us at (800) 352-9910.
To use the program, you must transfer at least $100 from the Subaccount
investing in the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust -- Government Money
Market Fund and/or interest rate guarantee period with each transfer.
The Dollar Cost Averaging program will begin 30 days after we receive all
required forms with your instructions and any necessary purchase payment,
unless we allow an earlier date. We will discontinue your participation in the
Dollar Cost Averaging program:
. on the business day we receive your request to discontinue the program in
writing or by telephone (assuming we have your telephone authorization
form on file); or
60
. when the assets in the Subaccount investing in the Goldman Sachs Variable
Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund and/or interest rate
guarantee period from which transfers are being made are depleted.
If you Dollar Cost Average from the Guarantee Account, we reserve the right to
determine the amount of each automatic transfer. We reserve the right to
transfer any remaining portion of an allocation used for Dollar Cost Averaging
to a new guarantee period upon termination of the Dollar Cost Averaging program
for that allocation. You may not transfer from one interest rate guarantee
period to another interest rate guarantee period.
We also reserve the right to credit a higher rate of interest on purchase
payments allocated to the Guarantee Account that participate in the Dollar Cost
Averaging program. We refer to this higher rate of interest as Enhanced Dollar
Cost Averaging. The Dollar Cost Averaging program and/or Enhanced Dollar Cost
Averaging program may not be available in all states and in all markets or
through all broker-dealers who sell the contracts. If you terminate the Dollar
Cost Averaging program prior to the depletion of assets from the Guarantee
Account, we have the right to credit the remaining assets in the Guarantee
Account the current interest rate being credited to all other Guarantee Account
assets not participating in the Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging program as of
that Valuation Day. In addition, for contracts issued on or after the later of
September 2, 2003, or the date on which state insurance authorities approve
applicable contract modifications, if you terminate your Dollar Cost Averaging
program prior to the depletion of assets in the Guarantee Account, we may limit
the amount that may be allocated to the Guarantee Account. If we exercise this
right, we guarantee that the amount limited will be the same as the amount
limited for those contracts not participating in a Dollar Cost Averaging
program as of the date you terminate your Dollar Cost Averaging program.
There is no additional charge for Dollar Cost Averaging. A transfer under this
program is not a transfer for purposes of assessing a transfer charge or
calculating the minimum number of transfers we may allow in a calendar year.
We may, from time to time, offer various Dollar Cost Averaging programs. We
reserve the right to discontinue new Dollar Cost Averaging programs or to
modify such programs at any time and for any reason. We also reserve the right
to prohibit simultaneous Dollar Cost Averaging and Systematic Withdrawals.
Dollar Cost Averaging is not available if you have elected one of the Payment
Protection Rider Options or one of the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit
Rider Options and you are allocating assets in accordance with the prescribed
Investment Strategy. If you have elected Lifetime Income Plus 2008, Lifetime
Income Plus Solution or Payment Optimizer Plus, you can, however, participate
in the Defined Dollar Cost Averaging program, as described below.
Owners considering participating in a Dollar Cost Averaging program should call
(800) 352-9910 or an authorized sales representative to verify the availability
of Dollar Cost Averaging.
Defined Dollar Cost Averaging Program
The Defined Dollar Cost Averaging program permits you to systematically
transfer a fixed dollar amount on a monthly basis for twelve months from the
Subaccount investing in the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust --
Government Money Market Fund to an Asset Allocation Model or, if you have
elected Lifetime Income Plus 2008, Lifetime Income Plus Solution or Payment
Optimizer Plus, from the Designated Subaccount investing in the Goldman Sachs
Variable Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund to one of the other
available Investment Strategy options. The Dollar Cost Averaging method of
investment is designed to reduce the risk of making purchases only when the
price of units is high, but you should carefully consider your financial
ability to continue the program over a long enough period of time to purchase
Accumulation Units when their value is low as well as when it is high. Dollar
Cost Averaging does not assure a profit or protect against a loss.
You may participate in the Defined Dollar Cost Averaging program only if you
elect it when you apply for the contract. To use the program, you must transfer
at least $100 from the Subaccount (or Designated Subaccount) investing in the
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund. If
elected at application, the Defined Dollar Cost Averaging program will begin 30
days after the Contract Date. You may accelerate the amount you transfer. You
may also terminate the program at any time.
We will discontinue your participation in the Defined Dollar Cost Averaging
program at the first instance of one of the following events:
(1) on the business day we receive your request to discontinue the program
in writing or by telephone (assuming we have your telephone
authorization form on file);
(2) when the assets in the Subaccount (or Designated Subaccount) investing
in the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market
Fund are depleted; or
61
(3) at the end of the twelfth month following the Contract Date.
Upon termination of the program, any remaining assets in the Subaccount (or
Designated Subaccount) investing in the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust
-- Government Money Market Fund will be transferred to the specified Asset
Allocation Model or Investment Strategy option.
There is no additional charge to participate in the Defined Dollar Cost
Averaging program. A transfer under this program is not a transfer for purposes
of assessing a transfer charge or for calculating the maximum number of
transfers we may allow in a calendar year. Any withdrawals taken from your
contract while the Defined Dollar Cost Averaging program is in effect will be
applied on a pro rata basis from all investments, including the Goldman Sachs
Variable Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund. If you request a
withdrawal from a specific Portfolio, however, we will terminate your Defined
Dollar Cost Averaging program and treat the transfer as a transfer for purposes
of assessing a transfer charge or for calculating the maximum number of
transfers we may allow in a calendar year.
We reserve the right to discontinue the Defined Dollar Cost Averaging program
or to modify the program at any time and for any reason.
Portfolio Rebalancing Program
Once your purchase payment has been allocated among the Subaccounts, the
performance of each Subaccount may cause your allocation to shift. You may
instruct us to automatically rebalance on a quarterly, semi-annual or annual
basis your assets among the Subaccounts to return to the percentages specified
in your allocation instructions. Your percentage allocations must be in whole
percentages. The program does not include allocations to the Guarantee Account.
You may elect to participate in the Portfolio Rebalancing program at any time
by submitting a completed Portfolio Rebalancing form to our Home Office. You
may not participate in the Portfolio Rebalancing program if you have elected
one of the Payment Protection Rider Options or one of the Guaranteed Minimum
Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options and you are allocating assets in accordance
with the prescribed Investment Strategy.
Subsequent changes to your percentage allocations may be made at any time by
written or telephone instructions to our Home Office. Once elected, Portfolio
Rebalancing remains in effect from the date we receive your written request
until you instruct us to discontinue Portfolio Rebalancing. There is no
additional charge for using Portfolio Rebalancing, and we do not consider
Portfolio Rebalancing a transfer for purposes of assessing a transfer charge or
calculating the maximum number of transfers permitted in a calendar year. We
reserve the right to discontinue or modify the Portfolio Rebalancing program at
any time and for any reason. We also reserve the right to exclude specific
Subaccounts from Portfolio Rebalancing. We will discontinue your participation
in Portfolio Rebalancing if:
. you elected one of the Payment Protection Rider Options, or one of the
Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options at the time of
application; and
. you reset your benefit by reallocating assets in accordance with a
prescribed Investment Strategy following a period of allocating assets
outside of the prescribed Investment Strategy.
We will discontinue your participation as of the Valuation Day the reset
occurs. Portfolio Rebalancing does not guarantee a profit or protect against a
loss.
Guarantee Account Interest Sweep Program
You may instruct us to transfer interest earned on your assets in the Guarantee
Account (if available) to the Subaccounts to which you are allocating purchase
payments, in accordance with your allocation instructions in effect on the date
of the transfer any time before the Annuity Commencement Date. You must specify
the frequency of the transfers (either monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or
annually).
The minimum amount in the Guarantee Account required to elect this option is
$1,000, but may be reduced at our discretion. The transfers under this program
will take place on the last calendar day of each period.
You may participate in the interest sweep program at the same time you
participate in either the Dollar Cost Averaging program or the Portfolio
Rebalancing program. If any interest sweep transfer is scheduled for the same
day as a Portfolio Rebalancing transfer, we will process the interest sweep
transfer first.
We may limit the amount you may transfer from the Guarantee Account to the
Subaccounts for any particular allocation. See the "Transfers" provision of
this prospectus. We will not process an interest sweep transfer if that
transfer would exceed the amount permitted to be transferred.
You may cancel your participation in the interest sweep program at any time by
writing or calling our Home Office at the address or telephone number listed on
page 1 of this prospectus. We will automatically cancel your participation in
the program if your assets in the Guarantee Account are less
62
than $1,000 or such lower amount as we may determine. You may not participate
in the Guarantee Account Interest Sweep program if you have elected one of the
Payment Protection Rider Options or one of the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal
Benefit Rider Options and you are allocating assets in accordance with the
prescribed Investment Strategy. We will discontinue your participation in the
Guarantee Account Interest Sweep program if:
. you elected one of the Payment Protection Rider Options or one of the
Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options at the time of
application; and
. you reset your benefit by reallocating assets in accordance with a
prescribed Investment Strategy following a period of allocating assets
outside the prescribed Investment Strategy.
There is no additional charge for the interest sweep program. We do not
consider interest sweep transfers a transfer for purposes of assessing a
transfer charge or for calculating the maximum number of transfers permitted in
a calendar year. The interest sweep program does not assure a profit or protect
against a loss.
SURRENDERS AND PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS
Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals
We will allow you to surrender your contract or to withdraw a portion of your
Contract Value at any time before the Annuity Commencement Date upon your
written request, subject to the conditions discussed below.
We will not permit a partial withdrawal that is less than $100 or a partial
withdrawal that would reduce your Contract Value to less than $1,000. If your
partial withdrawal request would reduce your Contract Value to less than
$1,000, we will surrender your contract in full. Different limits and other
restrictions may apply to Qualified Contracts.
The amount payable on surrender of the contract is the Surrender Value at the
end of the Valuation Period during which we receive the request. The Surrender
Value equals:
(1) the Contract Value (after deduction of any charge for the optional
rider(s) and annual contract charge, if applicable) on the Valuation Day
we receive a request for surrender; less
(2) any applicable surrender charge; less
(3) any applicable premium tax.
We may pay the Surrender Value in a lump sum or under one of the Optional
Payment Plans specified in the contract, based on your instructions.
If you are taking a partial withdrawal, you may indicate, in writing,
electronically, or by calling our Home Office, from which Subaccounts or
interest rate guarantee periods we are to take your partial withdrawal. If you
do not so specify, we will deduct the amount of the partial withdrawal first
from the Subaccounts (excluding the GIS Subaccount(s) if Guaranteed Income
Advantage is elected at the time of application) on a pro-rata basis, in
proportion to your assets in the Separate Account. We will deduct any remaining
amount from the Guarantee Account. We will take deductions from the Guarantee
Account from the amounts (including any interest credited to such amounts)
which have been in the Guarantee Account for the longest period of time. If you
elect one of the Payment Protection Rider Options or one of the Guaranteed
Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options and take a partial withdrawal, we will
rebalance the Contract Value to the Subaccounts in accordance with the
allocation of Contract Value in effect prior to the partial withdrawal, unless
you instruct us otherwise. If, after a partial withdrawal and such
instructions, your Contract Value is not allocated in accordance with the
prescribed Investment Strategy, the benefit you receive under the rider may be
reduced. Contract owners that own Lifetime Income Plus 2008 or Lifetime Income
Plus Solution must always allocate assets in accordance with the Investment
Strategy. If Guaranteed Income Advantage is elected at the time of application,
withdrawals will then be deducted from the GIS Subaccount(s) from the segment
that has been in effect for the shortest period of time.
A Portfolio may impose a redemption charge. The charge is retained by or paid
to the Portfolio. The charge is not retained by or paid to us. The redemption
charge may affect the number and/or value of Accumulation Units withdrawn from
the Subaccount that invests in that Portfolio and may affect Contract Value.
When taking a partial surrender, any applicable surrender charges and/or
applicable premium tax will be taken from the amount surrendered, unless
otherwise requested.
We will delay making a payment if:
(1) the disposal or valuation of the Separate Account's assets is not
reasonably practicable because the New York Stock Exchange is closed;
(2) on nationally recognized holidays, trading is restricted by the New York
Stock Exchange;
(3) an emergency exists making the disposal or valuation of securities held
in the Separate Account impracticable; or
63
(4) the SEC by order permits postponement of payment to protect our owners.
Rules and regulations of the SEC will govern as to when the conditions
described in (3) and (4) above exist. If we are closed on days when the New
York Stock Exchange is open, Contract Value may be affected since owners will
not have access to their account.
For contracts issued on or after the later of September 2, 2003, or the date on
which state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications,
partial withdrawals from the Subaccounts may further reduce or restrict the
amount that may be allocated to the Guarantee Account. See "The Guarantee
Account" provision of this prospectus.
Please remember that partial withdrawals (including partial withdrawals
immediately allocated to a Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity
through an approved Annuity Cross Funding Program, as well as partial
withdrawals taken pursuant to the terms of a Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal
Benefit Option) will reduce your death benefit by the proportion that the
partial withdrawal (including any applicable surrender charges and premium
taxes assessed) reduces your Contract Value. See the "Death of Owner and/or
Annuitant" provision of this prospectus.
Partial withdrawals and surrenders may also be subject to income tax and, if
taken prior to age 59 1/2, a 10% additional IRS penalty tax. See the "Tax
Matters" provision of this prospectus.
Restrictions on Distributions from Certain Contracts
Under Code Section 403(b) tax sheltered annuities, distributions of (1) salary
reduction contributions made in years beginning after December 31, 1988; (2)
earnings on those contributions; and (3) earnings on amounts held as of the
last year beginning before January 1, 1989, are not allowed prior to age
59 1/2, severance from employment, death or disability. Salary reduction
contributions may also be distributed upon hardship, but would generally be
subject to penalties. For contracts issued after 2008, amounts attributable to
nonelective contributions may be subject to distribution restrictions specified
in the employer's Section 403(b) plan.
If your contract was issued pursuant to a 403(b) plan, we generally are
required to confirm, with your 403(b) plan sponsor or otherwise, that
surrenders or transfers you request comply with applicable tax requirements and
to decline requests that are not in compliance. We will defer such payments you
request until all information required under the tax law has been received. By
requesting a surrender or transfer, you consent to the sharing of confidential
information about you, the contract, and transactions under the contract and
any other 403(b) contracts or accounts you have under the 403(b) plan among us,
your employer or plan sponsor, any plan administrator or recordkeeper, and
other product providers.
Section 830.105 of the Texas Government Code permits participants in the Texas
Optional Retirement Program to withdraw their interest in a variable annuity
contract issued under the Texas Optional Retirement Program only upon:
(1) termination of employment in the Texas public institutions of higher
education;
(2) retirement;
(3) death; or
(4) the participant's attainment of age 70 1/2.
If your contract is issued to a Texas Optional Retirement Plan, you must
furnish us proof that one of these four events has occurred before we
distribute any amounts from your contract.
Systematic Withdrawal Program
The Systematic Withdrawal program allows you to take Systematic Withdrawals of
a specified dollar amount (in equal installments of at least $100) on a
monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis. Your payments can begin at any
time after 30 days from the date your contract is issued (unless we allow an
earlier date). To participate in the program, your Contract Value must
initially be at least $5,000 and you must submit a completed Systematic
Withdrawal form to our Home Office. You can obtain the form from an authorized
sales representative or our Home Office.
Your Systematic Withdrawals in a contract year may not exceed the amount which
is not subject to a surrender charge. See the "Surrender Charge" provision of
this prospectus. We will deduct the Systematic Withdrawal amounts first from
any gain in the contract and then from purchase payments made. You may provide
specific instructions as to the Subaccounts (excluding the GIS Subaccount(s) if
Guaranteed Income Advantage is elected at the time of application) and/or
interest rate guarantee periods from which we are to take the Systematic
Withdrawals. If you have not provided specific instructions, or if your
specific instructions cannot be carried out, we will process the withdrawals by
cancelling Accumulation Units on a pro-rata basis from all of the Subaccounts
(excluding the GIS Subaccount(s) if Guaranteed Income Advantage is elected at
the time of application) in which you have an interest. To the extent that your
assets in the Separate Account are not sufficient to accomplish the withdrawal,
we will take the withdrawal from
64
any assets you have in the Guarantee Account. We will take deductions from the
Guarantee Account from the amounts (including interest credited to such
amounts) that have been in the Guarantee Account for the longest period of
time. If Guaranteed Income Advantage is elected at the time of application, any
remaining amounts will be taken from the GIS Subaccount(s) from the segment
that has been in effect for the shortest period of time.
After your Systematic Withdrawals begin, you may change the frequency and/or
amount of your payments, subject to the following:
. you may request only one such change in a calendar quarter; and
. if you did not elect the maximum amount you could withdraw under this
program at the time you elected the current series of Systematic
Withdrawals, then you may increase the remaining payments up to the
maximum amount.
A Systematic Withdrawal program will terminate automatically when a Systematic
Withdrawal would cause the remaining Contract Value to be less than $1,000. If
a Systematic Withdrawal would cause the Contract Value to be less than $1,000,
then we will not process that Systematic Withdrawal transaction. If any of your
Systematic Withdrawals would be or become less than $100, we reserve the right
to reduce the frequency of payments to an interval that would result in each
payment being at least $100. You may discontinue Systematic Withdrawals at any
time by notifying us in writing at our Home Office or by telephone. You may
request that we pay any remaining payments in a lump sum. See the "Requesting
Payments" provision of this prospectus.
Each Systematic Withdrawal is subject to federal income taxes on any portion
considered gain for tax purposes. In addition, you may be assessed a 10% IRS
penalty tax on Systematic Withdrawals if you are under age 59 1/2 at the time
of the withdrawal.
Both partial withdrawals at your specific request and withdrawals under a
Systematic Withdrawal program will count toward the limit of the amount that
you may withdraw in any contract year free of any surrender charges under the
free withdrawal privilege. See the "Surrender Charge" provision of this
prospectus. In addition, if you elect one of the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal
Benefit Rider Options, partial withdrawals and withdrawals under a Systematic
Withdrawal program may reduce the amount of the guaranteed minimum withdrawal
benefit you are eligible to receive under the terms of the rider. See the
"Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options" provision below. Your
Systematic Withdrawal amount may be affected if you take an additional partial
withdrawal.
Systematic Withdrawals (including any Systematic Withdrawal immediately
allocated to a Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity through an
approved Annuity Cross Funding Program, as well as partial withdrawals taken
pursuant to the terms of a Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Option) will
reduce your death benefit by the proportion that each Systematic Withdrawal
(including any applicable surrender charges and premium taxes assessed) reduces
your Contract Value. See the "Death of Owner and/or Annuitant" provision of
this prospectus.
For contracts issued on or after September 2, 2003, or the date on which state
insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications, taking
systematic withdrawals from the Subaccounts may further reduce or restrict the
amount that may be allocated to the Guarantee Account (see "The Guarantee
Account" provision of this prospectus).
There is no charge for participation in the Systematic Withdrawal program,
however, we reserve the right to prohibit participation in Systematic
Withdrawal and Dollar Cost Averaging programs at the same time. We also reserve
the right to discontinue and/or modify the Systematic Withdrawal program upon
30 days written notice to owners.
Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options
We designed the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options to protect
you from outliving your Contract Value by providing for a guaranteed minimum
withdrawal benefit that is not affected by the market performance of the
Subaccounts in which your assets are allocated. Prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date, if you meet the conditions of the respective rider, as
discussed more fully below, you will be eligible to make these guaranteed
withdrawals for the life of your contract. These Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal
Benefit Rider Options are discussed in separate sections below.
Because this contract is no longer offered and sold, none of the Guaranteed
Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options are available to purchase under the
contract.
Lifetime Income Plus Solution
Lifetime Income Plus Solution provides guaranteed withdrawals for the life of
the Annuitant(s), with upside potential, provided you meet certain conditions.
First, you must allocate all purchase payments and Contract Value to the
prescribed Investment Strategy. You must also limit total Gross
65
Withdrawals in each Benefit Year to an amount no greater than the Withdrawal
Limit. Then, you will be eligible to receive total Gross Withdrawals in each
Benefit Year equal to the Withdrawal Limit until the last death of an Annuitant.
You may purchase Lifetime Income Plus Solution with or without the Principal
Protection Death Benefit. The Principal Protection Death Benefit is a feature
available only with Lifetime Income Plus Solution. It cannot be elected
separately from Lifetime Income Plus Solution. We assess a charge for the
guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit provided by the rider. If you purchase
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death Benefit, a
charge will be assessed for the Principal Protection Death Benefit that is in
addition to the charge for the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit under the
rider.
The guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit provided under the rider may be
reduced or lost based on the withdrawals you take from the contract. For
example, your guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit will be reduced if you take
excess withdrawals in a Benefit Year. See the "Impact of Withdrawals" provision
below. You will also lose the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit if you
annuitize or surrender the contract or if you elect to terminate the rider on
any contract anniversary on or after the fifth contract anniversary. In
addition, you will no longer receive lifetime payments of your guaranteed
minimum withdrawal benefit if (i)(a) after a withdrawal, your Contract Value is
less than the amount required to keep your contract in effect or (b) your
Contract Value is reduced to $100 and (ii) your Withdrawal Limit is less than
$100. Instead, you could receive, at least, a lump sum equal to the present
value of future lifetime payments in the amount of the Withdrawal Limit.
The Principal Protection Death Benefit provided under the rider, if elected,
will be reduced and may be lost based on withdrawals you take from the
contract. You will also lose the Principal Protection Death Benefit if you
annuitize or surrender the contract or if you elect to terminate the rider.
Because this contract is no longer offered and sold, Lifetime Income Plus
Solution and the Principal Protection Death Benefit are no longer available to
purchase under the contract.
References to Lifetime Income Plus Solution include a rider issued with or
without the Principal Protection Death Benefit, as applicable, unless stated
otherwise.
Effective May 1, 2014, you may request to terminate this rider (without
terminating the contract) on any business day.
Investment Strategy for Lifetime Income Plus Solution. In order to receive the
full benefit provided by Lifetime Income Plus Solution, you must invest all
purchase payments and allocations in accordance with a prescribed Investment
Strategy.
Investment Strategies may change from time to time. You may allocate your
assets in accordance with your Investment Strategy prescribed at the time the
contract was issued, or in accordance with the Investment Strategy in effect at
the time you reset your benefit. Therefore, you may have assets allocated to an
Investment Strategy that is different than the Investment Strategy described in
this prospectus. Your ability to choose different Investment Strategies is
limited, as described below.
The Investment Strategy includes Designated Subaccounts and five of the Asset
Allocation Models (Asset Allocation Models A, B, C and D and the Build Your Own
Asset Allocation Model). Under this Investment Strategy, contract owners may
allocate assets to either one of the four available Asset Allocation Models or
to one or more Designated Subaccounts or to the Build Your Own Asset Allocation
Model. Contract owners, however, may elect to participate in the Defined Dollar
Cost Averaging program, which permits the owner to systematically transfer a
fixed dollar amount on a monthly basis for twelve months from the Designated
Subaccount investing in the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust --
Government Money Market Fund to one of the available Investment Strategy
options. The Designated Subaccount investing in the Goldman Sachs Variable
Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund is only available as part of
the Defined Dollar Cost Averaging program. For more information about the
Defined Dollar Cost Averaging program, the Asset Allocation Models and the
Subaccounts comprising each of the Asset Allocation Models and the Designated
Subaccounts, please see the "Defined Dollar Cost Averaging Program,"
"Subaccounts" and "Asset Allocation Program" provisions of this prospectus.
On a monthly basis, we will rebalance your Contract Value to the Subaccounts in
accordance with the percentages that you have chosen to invest in the
Designated Subaccounts or the Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model or in
accordance with the allocations that comprise the applicable Asset Allocation
Model. In addition, we will also rebalance your Contract Value on any Valuation
Day after any transaction involving a withdrawal, receipt of a purchase payment
or a transfer of Contract Value, unless you instruct us otherwise. If you are
participating in the Defined Dollar Cost Averaging program, rebalancing will
not affect the assets allocated to the Designated Subaccount investing in the
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund. Your
allocation instructions must always comply with the Investment Strategy.
66
Shares of a Portfolio may become unavailable under the contract for new
purchase payments, transfers and asset rebalancing. As a result, shares of a
Portfolio may also become unavailable under your Investment Strategy.
Investment Strategies may be modified to respond to such events by removing
unavailable Portfolios and adding new Portfolios as appropriate. Because such
changes may affect your allocation instructions, you will need to provide
updated allocation instructions to comply with the modified Investment
Strategy. If you do not provide updated allocation instructions, any subsequent
purchase payments or transfers requesting payment to an unavailable Portfolio
will be considered not in good order. Assets will remain invested as allocated
at the time the Portfolio became unavailable, except in a situation where the
affected Portfolio is removed. In that case, the assets that were invested in
the removed Portfolio will be invested in a new Portfolio consistent with SEC
precedent (appropriate no-action relief, substitution order, etc.), unless you
are invested in the Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model. If you are invested
in the Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model, all of the assets you have
invested in the Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model will be moved from the
Model to Asset Allocation Model C. Your assets will remain in Asset Allocation
Model C, and any subsequent purchase payments or transfer requests will be
applied accordingly. You will need to provide us with updated allocation
instructions if you want to invest in the Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model
or another available Investment Strategy option.
Periodic rebalancing to unavailable Portfolios will cease until we receive
updated allocation instructions that comply with the modified Investment
Strategy.
The current Investment Strategy for Lifetime Income Plus Solution is as follows:
(1) owners may allocate assets to the following Designated Subaccounts:
AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. -- AB Balanced Wealth Strategy
Portfolio -- Class B;
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds) --
Invesco V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II shares (formerly,
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II Shares);
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds) --
Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund -- Series II shares;
BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc. -- BlackRock Global Allocation
V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares;
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund -- VIP Balanced Portfolio --
Service Class 2;
Janus Aspen Series -- Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio -- Service
Shares;
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust -- MFS(R) Total Return Series -- Service
Class Shares; and/or
State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc. -- Total Return
V.I.S. Fund -- Class 3 Shares;
OR
(2) owners may allocate assets to Asset Allocation Model A, B, C or D;
OR
(3) owners may allocate assets to the Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model.
Contract owners may elect to participate in the Defined Dollar Cost Averaging
program when they apply for the contract.
Defined Dollar Cost Averaging permits the owner to systematically transfer a
fixed dollar amount on a monthly basis for twelve months from the Designated
Subaccount investing in the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust --
Government Money Market Fund to one of the available Investment Strategy
options. The Designated Subaccount investing in the Goldman Sachs Variable
Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund is only available as part of
the Defined Dollar Cost Averaging program.
Withdrawal Limit. The Withdrawal Limit is calculated on each Valuation Day.
The Withdrawal Limit is the benefit base multiplied by the Withdrawal Factor.
The Withdrawal Factor percentages will be provided in your contract.
The Withdrawal Factor is based on the age of the younger Annuitant. The
Withdrawal Factor will be fixed on the earlier of the Valuation Day of the
first withdrawal and the Valuation Day when the Contract Value is reduced to
$100.
Benefit Base. The benefit base is an amount used to establish the Withdrawal
Limit. The benefit base on the Contract Date is equal to the initial purchase
payment. On each Valuation Day, the benefit base is the greatest of the
Purchase Payment Benefit Amount, the Roll-Up Value and the Maximum Anniversary
Value. The benefit base may change as a result of a purchase payment,
withdrawal, or reset as described below.
Purchase Payments. Any purchase payment applied to your contract will adjust
your Purchase Payment Benefit Amount and Principal Protection Death Benefit (if
applicable), and may adjust your Roll-Up Value as described in the "Roll-Up
Value"
67
provision below. You must allocate all purchase payments and Contract Value to
the Investment Strategy at all times.
We reserve the right to not adjust the Purchase Payment Benefit Amount,
Principal Protection Death Benefit (if applicable), and/or the Roll-Up Value
for any subsequent purchase payments. Please see the "Important Note" provision
below.
Purchase Payment Benefit Amount. The Purchase Payment Benefit Amount will
equal your purchase payments unless adjusted as described in this provision.
If no withdrawals are taken prior to the later of the tenth anniversary of the
Contract Date and the date the older Annuitant turns age 65, your Purchase
Payment Benefit Amount will equal the sum of (a) plus (b), where:
(a) is 200% of purchase payments made in the first contract year; and
(b) is purchase payments received after the first contract year.
On any Valuation Day you make a Gross Withdrawal, if that Gross Withdrawal plus
all prior Gross Withdrawals within that Benefit Year is in excess of the
Withdrawal Limit, your Purchase Payments Benefit Amount will be reduced on a
pro-rata basis by the excess amount as described in the "Impact of Withdrawals"
provision below.
Roll-Up Value. Your Roll-Up Value on the Contract Date is equal to the amount
of your initial purchase payment. We will increase your Roll-Up Value on each
day. The new Roll-Up Value is equal to the sum of (a) and (b), multiplied by
(c), where:
(a) is the Roll-Up Value on the prior day;
(b) is any purchase payment(s) made on the prior Valuation Day; and
(c) is the daily roll-up factor, as shown in your contract.
On each contract anniversary, if the Maximum Anniversary Value is greater than
the current Roll-Up Value, the Roll-Up Value will be increased to the Maximum
Anniversary Value. If this day is not a Valuation Day, this adjustment will
occur on the next Valuation Day. The Roll-Up Value will continue to increase
until the date of the first withdrawal or the later of the tenth anniversary of
the Contract Date and the date the older Annuitant turns age 65. The Roll-Up
Value will not increase after this date.
On any Valuation Day you make a Gross Withdrawal, if that Gross Withdrawal plus
all prior Gross Withdrawals within that Benefit Year is in excess of the
Withdrawal Limit, your Roll-Up Value will be reduced on a pro-rata basis by the
excess amount as described in the "Impact of Withdrawals" provision below. The
Roll-Up Value will not increase after this date.
Maximum Anniversary Value and Reset. The Maximum Anniversary Value on the
Contract Date is equal to the initial purchase payment. On each contract
anniversary, if the Contract Value is greater than the current Maximum
Anniversary Value, the Maximum Anniversary Value will be increased to the
Contract Value. If this day is not a Valuation Day, this reset will occur on
the next Valuation Day.
On any Valuation Day you make a Gross Withdrawal, if that Gross Withdrawal plus
all prior Gross Withdrawals within that Benefit Year is in excess of the
Withdrawal Limit, your Maximum Anniversary Value will be reduced on a pro-rata
basis by the excess amount as described in the "Impact of Withdrawals"
provision below.
On the Valuation Day we reset your Maximum Anniversary Value, we will reset the
Investment Strategy to the current Investment Strategy and reset the charges
for this rider. Effective on and after December 3, 2012, the charge for
Lifetime Income Plus Solution increased, on an annual basis, to 1.25% upon
reset of the Maximum Anniversary Value. The rider charge increase applies to
both single and joint annuitant contracts regardless of the date the contract
was issued. If you are potentially impacted, you will receive written notice in
advance of your contract anniversary informing you of your options as well as a
discussion of certain circumstances in which a reset would not be in your best
interest. If your rider is scheduled to automatically reset, you will have the
opportunity to opt-out of the automatic reset and resulting rider charge
increase. If you have to request a manual reset, you will have the opportunity
to reset and, if you reset, incur the higher rider charge. We reserve the right
to discontinue sending written notice of the potential impact of a reset after
we send you the first notice.
As noted, if there is an automatic reset, your Maximum Anniversary Value will
be increased to your Contract Value. However, the Maximum Anniversary Value is
just one element used to determine your Benefit Base which is in turn used to
calculate your Withdrawal Limit. The Benefit Base is the greatest of the
Maximum Anniversary Value, Purchase Payment Benefit Amount and the Roll-Up
Value. If your Maximum Anniversary Value resets but your Roll-Up Value or
Purchase Payment Benefit Amount is higher than your Maximum Anniversary Value
on the date of reset, the Roll-Up Value or Purchase Payment Benefit Amount will
be used to determine your Benefit Base, but you will be assessed a rider charge
of 1.25% because of the reset of the Maximum Anniversary Value. In this
circumstance, if your rider fee was
68
less than 1.25% before the reset, you will pay a higher rider fee for a benefit
that you would have received even without the reset.
For Lifetime Income Plus Solution without the Principal Protection Death
Benefit, the new charges, which may be higher than your previous charges, will
never exceed 2.00% of the benefit base. For Lifetime Income Plus Solution with
the Principal Protection Death Benefit, the new charges, which may be higher
than your previous charges, will never exceed 2.00% of the benefit base plus
0.50% of the value of the Principal Protection Death Benefit. Resets will occur
automatically unless such automatic resets are or have been terminated.
Any change to the charges or to the required Investment Strategy for this rider
will be communicated to you in writing prior to the contract anniversary date.
Upon reset, these changes will apply. The reset provision is not available on
or after the latest permitted Annuity Commencement Date.
Automatic resets will continue until and unless:
(a) the owner (or owners) submits a written request to our Home Office to
terminate automatic resets (such a request must be received at least 15
days prior to the contract anniversary date);
(b) the Investment Strategy changes, allocations are affected, and we do not
receive confirmation of new allocations from you at our Home Office;
(c) income payments begin via annuitization; or
(d) ownership of the contract changes.
If automatic resets have terminated, you may later reinstate automatic resets
for any future contract anniversary by submitting a written request to do so;
provided you are following the Investment Strategy and income payments have not
begun.
Please note that an automatic reset will occur on a contract anniversary if
Contract Value is even nominally higher than the Maximum Anniversary Value
(e.g., as little as $1.00 or even $0.01 higher) and, therefore, an automatic
reset may not be in your best interest because: (i) the charges for this rider
may be higher than your previous charges and (ii) the Investment Strategy will
be reset to the current Investment Strategy (the Investment Strategy offered on
the reset date). Please carefully consider the impact of automatic resets when
you elect Lifetime Income Plus Solution and while the rider is in effect. As
indicated above, you may terminate the automatic reset feature of the rider at
any time by submitting a written request to us at our Home Office at least 15
days prior to the contract anniversary date.
Important Note. We reserve the right to not adjust the Purchase Payment
Benefit Amount, Principal Protection Death Benefit (if applicable), and/or
Roll-Up Value for any subsequent purchase payments received. As a result, it is
possible that you would not be able to make subsequent purchase payments after
the initial purchase payment to take advantage of the benefits provided by
Lifetime Income Plus Solution that would be associated with such additional
purchase payments. Before making purchase payments that do not increase the
Purchase Payment Benefit Amount, Principal Protection Death Benefit (if
applicable) or Roll-Up Value, you should consider that: (i) the guaranteed
amounts provided by the Purchase Payment Benefit Amount, Principal Protection
Death Benefit (if applicable) and Roll-Up Value will not include such purchase
payments; and (ii) this rider may not make sense for you if you intend to make
subsequent purchase payments that will not increase the Purchase Payment
Benefit Amount, Principal Protection Death Benefit (if applicable) and Roll-Up
Value.
Impact of Withdrawals. If a Gross Withdrawal plus all prior Gross Withdrawals
within a Benefit Year is in excess of the Withdrawal Limit, your Purchase
Payment Benefit Amount, Principal Protection Death Benefit (if applicable),
Roll-Up Value, and Maximum Anniversary Value will be recalculated to reflect a
pro-rata reduction for each dollar that is in excess of your Withdrawal Limit.
Your new Purchase Payment Benefit Amount, Principal Protection Death Benefit
(if applicable), Roll-Up Value and Maximum Anniversary Value after such a
withdrawal will be calculated by multiplying each of (a) by (b), divided by
(c), where:
(a) is the Purchase Payment Benefit Amount, Principal Protection Death
Benefit (if applicable), Roll-Up Value and Maximum Anniversary Value
before the Gross Withdrawal;
(b) is the Contract Value after the Gross Withdrawal; and
(c) is the Contract Value before the Gross Withdrawal reduced by any
remaining Withdrawal Limit.
For purposes of (c) above, "any remaining Withdrawal Limit" is the Gross
Withdrawal that could have been taken without exceeding the Withdrawal Limit.
When requesting an excess withdrawal, we will attempt to contact you or your
representative to confirm that you understand the implications of the excess
withdrawal and would like to proceed with the request.
If the total Gross Withdrawals in a Benefit Year are less than or equal to the
Withdrawal Limit, we will waive any surrender charge on the Gross Withdrawal.
69
The Withdrawal Limit will be increased for any Benefit Year to the extent
necessary to meet any minimum distribution requirements based on life
expectancy under federal tax law. This increase applies only to the required
minimum distribution based on the Contract Value for the calendar year ending
within the Benefit Year.
You should carefully manage withdrawals because excess withdrawals will have
adverse consequences on the benefits provided under Lifetime Income Plus
Solution, particularly in down markets. Over the period of time during which
you take withdrawals, there is the risk that you may need funds in excess of
the Withdrawal Limit and, if you do not have other sources of income available,
you may need to take (excess) withdrawals that will reduce your Purchase
Payment Benefit Amount, the Principal Protection Death Benefit (if applicable),
your Roll-Up Value and your Maximum Anniversary Value (and, consequently, your
Withdrawal Limit).
You also should carefully consider when to begin taking withdrawals if you
elected Lifetime Income Plus Solution. The longer you wait before beginning to
take withdrawals, the higher the Withdrawal Factor will be, which is one of the
components used to determine the amount of your Withdrawal Limit. If you delay
taking withdrawals too long, however, you may limit the number of years
available for you to take withdrawals in the future (due to life expectancy)
and you may be paying for a benefit you are not using.
Your Contract Value after taking a withdrawal may be less than the amount
required to keep your contract in effect. In this event, or if your Contract
Value is reduced to $100, the following will occur:
. If the Withdrawal Limit is less than $100, we will pay you the greatest of
the following:
(a) the Contract Value;
(b) a lump sum equal to the present value of future lifetime payments in
the amount of the Withdrawal Limit calculated using the 2000 Annuity
Mortality Table and an interest rate of 3%; and
(c) the Principal Protection Death Benefit (if applicable).
. If the Withdrawal Limit is greater than or equal to $100, we will begin
income payments. We will make payments of a fixed amount for the life of
the Annuitant or, if there are Joint Annuitants, the last surviving
Annuitant. The fixed amount payable annually will equal the most recently
calculated Withdrawal Limit. We will make payments monthly or on another
periodic basis agreed by us. If the monthly amount is less than $100, we
will reduce the frequency so that the payment will be at least $100. The
Principal Protection Death Benefit (if applicable) will continue under
this provision. The Principal Protection Death Benefit will be reduced by
each payment. The Principal Protection Death Benefit, if any, will be
payable on the death of the last surviving Annuitant.
Principal Protection Death Benefit. You may purchase Lifetime Income Plus
Solution with the Principal Protection Death Benefit. The Principal Protection
Death Benefit is a feature available only with Lifetime Income Plus Solution.
It cannot be elected separately from Lifetime Income Plus Solution.
The Principal Protection Death Benefit is used to determine the death benefit,
if any, payable under the contract and rider as described in the "Death
Provisions" section below. The Principal Protection Death Benefit on the
Contract Date is equal to the initial purchase payment. Purchase payments in a
Benefit Year increase the Principal Protection Death Benefit. The Principal
Protection Death Benefit, if any, will be payable on the death of the last
surviving Annuitant.
Gross Withdrawals in a Benefit Year decrease the Principal Protection Death
Benefit. If a Gross Withdrawal plus all prior Gross Withdrawals within a
Benefit Year is less than or equal to the Withdrawal Limit, the Principal
Protection Death Benefit will be reduced by the Gross Withdrawal. If a Gross
Withdrawal plus all prior Gross Withdrawals within a Benefit Year is in excess
of the Withdrawal Limit, your Principal Protection Death Benefit will be
reduced on a pro-rata basis for each dollar that is in excess of your
Withdrawal Limit, as described in the "Impact of Withdrawals" provision above.
At the death of the last surviving Annuitant, a death benefit may be payable
under this contract and rider. The amount of any death benefit payable will be
the greatest of (a), (b) and (c), where:
(a) is the death benefit as calculated under the base contract;
(b) is the Principal Protection Death Benefit (if applicable); and
(c) is any amount payable by any other optional death benefit rider (if
applicable).
Death Provisions. At the death of any Annuitant, a death benefit may be
payable under the contract. The death benefit payable, if any, will be paid
according to the distribution rules under the contract.
70
If the designated beneficiary is a surviving spouse who is not an Annuitant,
whose age is 45 through 85, and who elects to continue the contract as the new
owner, this rider will continue. The Purchase Payment Benefit Amount, Principal
Protection Death Benefit (if applicable), Roll-Up Value and Maximum Anniversary
Value for the new owner will be the death benefit determined as of the first
Valuation Day we receive at our Home Office due proof of death and all required
forms. The Withdrawal Factor for the new owner will be based on the age of that
owner on the date of the first Gross Withdrawal for that owner.
If the designated beneficiary is a surviving spouse who is an Annuitant and who
elects to continue the contract as the owner, this rider will continue. The
Purchase Payment Benefit Amount, Principal Protection Death Benefit (if
applicable), Roll-Up Value and Maximum Anniversary Value will be the same as it
was under the contract for the deceased owner. If no withdrawals were taken
prior to the first Valuation Day we receive due proof of death and all required
forms at our Home Office, the Withdrawal Factor for the surviving spouse will
be established based on the age of the surviving spouse on the date of the
first Gross Withdrawal for the surviving spouse. Otherwise, the Withdrawal
Factor will continue as it was under the contract for the deceased owner.
If the surviving spouse cannot continue the rider, the rider and the rider
charges will terminate. The charges for this rider will be calculated, pro
rata, and deducted.
Proceeds that were transferred to the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance
Trust -- Government Money Market Fund upon the death of the owner will be
reallocated to the Investment Strategy and the asset percentages then in effect
at the time of the death of the owner. Such reallocations will not be counted
as a transfer for the purpose of the number of transfers allowed under the
contract in a calendar year.
Considerations. While the rider is designed to provide life-time withdrawal
benefits, these benefits are only guaranteed to the extent you comply with the
limits, conditions and restrictions set forth in the contract.
Rider Charge. We assess a charge for the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit
provided by the rider. The charge for the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit
is calculated quarterly as a percentage of the benefit base, as defined and
determined under the rider, and deducted quarterly from the Contract Value.
Please note that, if your benefit base increases, the amount deducted from your
Contract Value will increase.
If you purchase Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection
Death Benefit, a charge will be assessed for the Principal Protection Death
Benefit that is in addition to the charge for the guaranteed minimum withdrawal
benefit under the rider. The charge for the Principal Protection Death Benefit
is calculated quarterly as a percentage of the value of the Principal
Protection Death Benefit, as defined and determined under the rider, and
deducted quarterly from the Contract Value. Please note that, if the value of
the Principal Protection Death Benefit increases through additional purchase
payments, the amount deducted from your Contract Value will increase. The
charge for the Principal Protection Death Benefit is higher if any annuitant is
age 71 or older at the time of application.
If you reset your benefits under the rider, we will reset the charges for the
rider, which may be higher than your previous charges.
For contracts issued with Lifetime Income Plus Solution on or after January 5,
2009 and that have reset their Maximum Anniversary Value on or after December
3, 2012, we currently assess the following charges for the rider, calculated
and deducted as described above:
Lifetime Income Plus Solution without the Principal Protection Death
Benefit
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit -- Annuitant Age 45-70
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base plus
0.20% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit -- Annuitant Age 71-85
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base plus
0.50% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
---------------------------------------------------------------------
For contracts issued with Lifetime Income Plus Solution on or after January 5,
2009 and that have not reset their Maximum Anniversary Value on or after
December 3, 2012, we currently assess the following charges for the rider,
calculated and deducted as described above:
Lifetime Income Plus Solution without the Principal Protection Death
Benefit
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.95% of benefit base
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit -- Annuitant Age 45-70
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.95% of benefit base plus
0.20% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit -- Annuitant Age 71-85
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.95% of benefit base plus
0.50% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
---------------------------------------------------------------------
71
For contracts issued with Lifetime Income Plus Solution before January 5, 2009
and that have reset their Maximum Anniversary Value on or after December 3,
2012, we currently assess the following charges for the rider, calculated and
deducted as described above:
Lifetime Income Plus Solution without the Principal Protection Death
Benefit
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit -- Annuitant Age 45-70
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base plus
0.15% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit -- Annuitant Age 71-85
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base plus
0.40% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
---------------------------------------------------------------------
For contracts issued with Lifetime Income Plus Solution before January 5, 2009
and that have not reset their Maximum Anniversary Value on or after December 3,
2012, we currently assess the following charges for the rider, calculated and
deducted as described above:
Lifetime Income Plus Solution without the Principal Protection Death
Benefit
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% of benefit base
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit -- Annuitant Age 45-70
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% of benefit base plus
0.15% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit -- Annuitant Age 71-85
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% of benefit base plus
0.40% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
---------------------------------------------------------------------
The charges for Lifetime Income Plus Solution without the Principal Protection
Death Benefit will never exceed 2.00% of benefit base. The charges for Lifetime
Income Plus Solution with the Principal Protection Death Benefit will never
exceed 2.00% of benefit base plus 0.50% of the value of the Principal
Protection Death Benefit.
On the day the rider and/or the contract terminates, the charges for this rider
will be calculated, pro rata, and deducted.
Please note that you will begin paying the rider charge (including the
applicable charge associated with the Principal Protection Death Benefit if you
have elected that option) as of the date the rider takes effect, even if you do
not begin taking withdrawals under the rider for many years, or ever. We will
not refund the charges you have paid under the rider if you never choose to
take withdrawals and/or if you never receive any payments under the rider; nor
will we refund charges if the Principal Protection Death Benefit feature under
a contract does not pay out.
When the Rider is Effective
If available, Lifetime Income Plus Solution and the Principal Protection Death
Benefit must be elected at application. The rider will remain in effect while
the contract is in force and before the Annuity Commencement Date. Effective
May 1, 2014, you may request to terminate this rider (without terminating the
contract) on any business day. The rider will terminate on the first day of the
next quarter as measured from the contract anniversary (i.e., not a calendar
quarter). Rider charges will continue from the date of the request to terminate
until the date of termination. On the day the rider and/or the contract
terminates, the charges for this rider will be calculated, pro rata, and
deducted. We are waiving the provision in the rider that limits the ability to
terminate the rider to any contract anniversary on or after the fifth contract
anniversary. Otherwise this rider and the corresponding charges will terminate
on the Annuity Commencement Date. Please note that, upon termination of this
rider, you will lose all of the benefits for which you are eligible under the
rider, including any guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits provided by the
rider.
At any time before the Annuity Commencement Date, you can elect to annuitize
under current annuity rates in lieu of continuing Lifetime Income Plus
Solution. This may provide a higher income amount and/or more favorable tax
treatment than payments made under this rider.
Change of Ownership
We must approve any assignment or sale of this contract unless the assignment
is a court ordered assignment.
General Provisions
For purposes of this rider:
. A non-natural entity owner must name an Annuitant and may name the
Annuitant's spouse as a Joint Annuitant.
. An individual owner must also be an Annuitant and may name his or her
spouse as a Joint Annuitant at issue.
. A joint owner must be the owner's spouse.
72
. If you marry after issue, you may add your spouse as a joint owner and
Joint Annuitant or as a Joint Annuitant only, subject to our approval.
. Under federal tax law, all contract provisions relating to spousal
continuation are available only to a person who meets the definition of
"spouse" under federal law. The U.S. Supreme Court has held that same-sex
marriages must be permitted under state law and that marriages recognized
under state law will be recognized for federal law purposes. Domestic
partnerships and civil unions that are not recognized as legal marriages
under state law, however, will not be treated as marriages under federal
law. Consult a tax adviser for more information on this subject.
Civil union partners are not permitted to continue the contract without
taking required distributions upon the death of an owner. Therefore, even
if named a joint owner/Joint Annuitant, a civil union partner will have to
take required distributions upon the death of the other joint owner/Joint
Annuitant. See the "Distribution Rules" provision of this prospectus. If
this situation applies to you, you should consult a tax adviser.
73
Examples
The following examples show how Lifetime Income Plus Solution works based on
hypothetical values. The examples are for illustrative purposes only and are
not intended to depict investment performance of the contract and, therefore,
should not be relied upon in making a decision to invest in the rider or
contract. The examples assume current rider charges for all periods shown. If
an owner resets the benefits under the rider, we reset the charges for the
rider, which may be higher than the previous charges. Higher rider charges
would produce lower values in the examples.
This example assumes:
(1) the owner, who is also the Annuitant, purchases the contract with
$100,000 and elects Lifetime Income Plus Solution without the Principal
Protection Death Benefit;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) the owner is age 55 at issue, waits until after reaching age 65 before
taking a withdrawal, and has a Withdrawal Factor of 5.5%;
(4) the Roll-Up Value increases until age 65 and the Purchase Payment
Benefit Amount after the owner turns age 65 equals $200,000 (200% of
purchase payments made in the first contract year);
(5) the contract earns a net return of -2% before rider charges are
deducted; and
(6) the owner dies upon reaching age 90.
Purchase
Contract Value - Payment Maximum
Withdrawals End of Year - Benefit Anniversary Roll-Up Death
Age - Contract Value - Taken - After Rider Amount - Value - Value - Benefit Base - Benefit -
End of Year Beginning of Year End of Year Charges End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
55 $100,000 $ 0 $96,713 $100,000 $100,000 $106,000 $106,000 $100,000
56 96,713 0 93,415 100,000 100,000 112,360 112,360 100,000
57 93,415 0 90,101 100,000 100,000 119,102 119,102 100,000
58 90,101 0 86,766 100,000 100,000 126,248 126,248 100,000
59 86,766 0 83,406 100,000 100,000 133,823 133,823 100,000
60 83,406 0 80,016 100,000 100,000 141,852 141,852 100,000
61 80,016 0 76,590 100,000 100,000 150,363 150,363 100,000
62 76,590 0 73,123 100,000 100,000 159,385 159,385 100,000
63 73,123 0 69,609 100,000 100,000 168,948 168,948 100,000
64 69,609 0 66,043 100,000 100,000 179,085 179,085 100,000
65 66,043 11,000 51,386 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 82,368
66 51,386 11,000 36,877 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 63,443
67 36,877 11,000 22,628 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 42,691
68 22,628 11,000 8,664 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 18,810
69 8,664 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
70 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
71 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
72 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
73 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
74 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
75 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
76 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
77 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
78 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
79 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
80 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
81 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
82 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
83 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
84 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
85 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
86 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
87 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
88 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
89 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
90 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
74
This example assumes:
(1) the owner, who is also the Annuitant, purchases the contract with
$100,000 and elects Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal
Protection Death Benefit;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) the owner is age 55 at issue, waits until after reaching age 65 before
taking a withdrawal, and has a Withdrawal Factor of 5.5%;
(4) the Roll-Up Value increases until age 65 and the Purchase Payment
Benefit Amount after the owner turns age 65 equals $200,000 (200% of
purchase payments made in the first contract year);
(5) the contract earns a net return of -2% before rider charges are
deducted; and
(6) the owner dies upon reaching age 90.
Purchase
Contract Value - Payment Maximum
Withdrawals End of Year - Benefit Anniversary Roll-Up Death
Age - Contract Value - Taken - After Rider Amount - Value - Value - Benefit Base - Benefit -
End of Year Beginning of Year End of Year Charges End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
55 $100,000 $ 0 $96,515 $100,000 $100,000 $106,000 $106,000 $100,000
56 96,515 0 93,022 100,000 100,000 112,360 112,360 100,000
57 93,022 0 89,517 100,000 100,000 119,102 119,102 100,000
58 89,517 0 85,995 100,000 100,000 126,248 126,248 100,000
59 85,995 0 82,452 100,000 100,000 133,823 133,823 100,000
60 82,452 0 78,883 100,000 100,000 141,852 141,852 100,000
61 78,883 0 75,281 100,000 100,000 150,363 150,363 100,000
62 75,281 0 71,642 100,000 100,000 159,385 159,385 100,000
63 71,642 0 67,959 100,000 100,000 168,948 168,948 100,000
64 67,959 0 64,228 100,000 100,000 179,085 179,085 100,000
65 64,228 11,000 49,408 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 89,000
66 49,408 11,000 34,762 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 78,000
67 34,762 11,000 20,401 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 67,000
68 20,401 11,000 6,349 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 56,000
69 6,349 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 45,000
70 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 34,000
71 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 23,000
72 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 12,000
73 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 1,000
74 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
75 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
76 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
77 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
78 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
79 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
80 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
81 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
82 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
83 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
84 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
85 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
86 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
87 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
88 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
89 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
90 0 11,000 0 200,000 100,000 189,830 200,000 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
75
This example assumes:
(1) the owner, who is also the Annuitant, purchases the contract with
$100,000 and elects Lifetime Income Plus Solution without the Principal
Protection Death Benefit;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) the owner is age 52 at issue, waits until after reaching age 65 before
taking a withdrawal, and has a Withdrawal Factor of 5.5%;
(4) the Roll-Up Value increases until age 65 and the Purchase Payment
Benefit Amount after the owner turns age 65 equals $200,000 (200% of
purchase payments made in the first contract year);
(5) at age 70, the owner takes an excess withdrawal of $10,000;
(6) the contract earns a net return of 8% before rider charges are deducted;
and
(7) the owner dies upon reaching age 90.
Purchase
Contract Value - Payment Maximum
Withdrawals End of Year - Benefit Anniversary Roll-Up Death
Age - Contract Value - Taken - After Rider Amount - Value - Value - Benefit Base - Benefit -
End of Year Beginning of Year End of Year Charges End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52 $100,000 $ 0 $106,666 $100,000 $100,000 $106,000 $106,000 $106,666
53 106,666 0 113,776 100,000 106,666 113,066 113,066 113,776
54 113,776 0 121,360 100,000 113,776 120,602 120,602 121,360
55 121,360 0 129,449 100,000 121,360 128,641 128,641 129,449
56 129,449 0 138,078 100,000 129,449 137,216 137,216 138,078
57 138,078 0 147,281 100,000 138,078 146,362 146,362 147,281
58 147,281 0 157,099 100,000 147,281 156,118 156,118 157,099
59 157,099 0 167,570 100,000 157,099 166,525 166,525 167,570
60 167,570 0 178,740 100,000 167,570 177,625 177,625 178,740
61 178,740 0 190,654 100,000 178,740 189,464 189,464 190,654
62 190,654 0 203,363 100,000 190,654 202,093 202,093 203,363
63 203,363 0 216,918 100,000 203,363 215,564 215,564 216,918
64 216,918 0 231,377 100,000 216,918 229,933 229,933 231,377
65 231,377 13,489 233,311 200,000 231,377 245,260 245,260 233,311
66 233,311 13,489 235,330 200,000 233,311 245,260 245,260 235,330
67 235,330 13,489 237,511 200,000 235,330 245,260 245,260 237,511
68 237,511 13,489 239,866 200,000 237,511 245,260 245,260 239,866
69 239,866 13,489 242,410 200,000 239,866 245,260 245,260 242,410
70 242,410 23,489 235,157 200,000 242,410 245,260 245,260 235,157
71 235,157 12,939 238,003 191,842 232,522 235,255 235,255 238,003
72 238,003 13,090 243,953 191,842 238,003 235,255 238,003 243,953
73 243,953 13,417 250,052 191,842 243,953 235,255 243,953 250,052
74 250,052 13,753 256,303 191,842 250,052 235,255 250,052 256,303
75 256,303 14,097 262,711 191,842 256,303 235,255 256,303 262,711
76 262,711 14,449 269,279 191,842 262,711 235,255 262,711 269,279
77 269,279 14,810 276,011 191,842 269,279 235,255 269,279 276,011
78 276,011 15,181 282,911 191,842 276,011 235,255 276,011 282,911
79 282,911 15,560 289,984 191,842 282,911 235,255 282,911 289,984
80 289,984 15,949 297,233 191,842 289,984 235,255 289,984 297,233
81 297,233 16,348 304,664 191,842 297,233 235,255 297,233 304,664
82 304,664 16,757 312,281 191,842 304,664 235,255 304,664 312,281
83 312,281 17,175 320,088 191,842 312,281 235,255 312,281 320,088
84 320,088 17,605 328,090 191,842 320,088 235,255 320,088 328,090
85 328,090 18,045 336,292 191,842 328,090 235,255 328,090 336,292
86 336,292 18,496 344,699 191,842 336,292 235,255 336,292 344,699
87 344,699 18,958 353,317 191,842 344,699 235,255 344,699 353,317
88 353,317 19,432 362,150 191,842 353,317 235,255 353,317 362,150
89 362,150 19,918 371,204 191,842 362,150 235,255 362,150 371,204
90 371,204 20,416 380,484 191,842 371,204 235,255 371,204 380,484
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
76
This example assumes:
(1) the owner, who is also the Annuitant, purchases the contract with
$100,000 and elects Lifetime Income Plus Solution without the Principal
Protection Death Benefit;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) the owner is age 72 at issue, waits ten years before taking a
withdrawal, and has a Withdrawal Factor of 7%;
(4) the Roll-Up Value increases for ten years and the Purchase Payment
Benefit Amount at the end of ten years equals $200,000 (200% of purchase
payments made in the first contract year);
(5) the contract earns a net return of 8% before rider charges are deducted;
and
(6) the owner dies upon reaching age 90.
Purchase
Contract Value - Payment Maximum
Withdrawals End of Year - Benefit Anniversary Roll-Up Death
Age - Contract Value - Taken - After Rider Amount - Value - Value - Benefit Base - Benefit -
End of Year Beginning of Year End of Year Charges End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72 $100,000 $ 0 $106,666 $100,000 $100,000 $106,000 $106,000 $106,666
73 106,666 0 113,776 100,000 106,666 113,066 113,066 113,776
74 113,776 0 121,360 100,000 113,776 120,602 120,602 121,360
75 121,360 0 129,449 100,000 121,360 128,641 128,641 129,449
76 129,449 0 138,078 100,000 129,449 137,216 137,216 138,078
77 138,078 0 147,281 100,000 138,078 146,362 146,362 147,281
78 147,281 0 157,099 100,000 147,281 156,118 156,118 157,099
79 157,099 0 167,570 100,000 157,099 166,525 166,525 167,570
80 167,570 0 178,740 100,000 167,570 177,625 177,625 178,740
81 178,740 0 190,654 100,000 178,740 189,464 189,464 190,654
82 190,654 14,147 189,216 200,000 190,654 202,093 202,093 189,216
83 189,216 14,147 187,606 200,000 190,654 202,093 202,093 187,606
84 187,606 14,147 185,867 200,000 190,654 202,093 202,093 185,867
85 185,867 14,147 183,989 200,000 190,654 202,093 202,093 183,989
86 183,989 14,147 181,961 200,000 190,654 202,093 202,093 181,961
87 181,961 14,147 179,771 200,000 190,654 202,093 202,093 179,771
88 179,771 14,147 177,405 200,000 190,654 202,093 202,093 177,405
89 177,405 14,147 174,850 200,000 190,654 202,093 202,093 174,850
90 174,850 14,147 172,091 200,000 190,654 202,093 202,093 172,091
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
77
This example assumes:
(1) the owner, who is also the Annuitant, purchases the contract with
$100,000 and elects Lifetime Income Plus Solution with the Principal
Protection Death Benefit;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) the owner is age 72 at issue, waits ten years before taking a
withdrawal, and has a Withdrawal Factor of 7%;
(4) the Roll-Up Value increases for ten years and the Purchase Payment
Benefit Amount at the end of ten years equals $200,000 (200% of purchase
payments made in the first contract year);
(5) the contract earns a net return of 8% before rider charges are deducted;
and
(6) the owner dies upon reaching age 90.
Purchase
Contract Value - Payment Maximum
Withdrawals End of Year - Benefit Anniversary Roll-Up Death
Age - Contract Value - Taken - After Rider Amount - Value - Value - Benefit Base - Benefit -
End of Year Beginning of Year End of Year Charges End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72 $100,000 $ 0 $106,151 $100,000 $100,000 $106,000 $106,000 $106,151
73 106,151 0 112,712 100,000 106,151 112,520 112,520 112,712
74 112,712 0 119,710 100,000 112,712 119,475 119,475 119,710
75 119,710 0 127,175 100,000 119,710 126,893 126,893 127,175
76 127,175 0 135,137 100,000 127,175 134,805 134,805 135,137
77 135,137 0 143,630 100,000 135,137 143,245 143,245 143,630
78 143,630 0 152,689 100,000 143,630 152,248 152,248 152,689
79 152,689 0 162,352 100,000 152,689 161,851 161,851 162,352
80 162,352 0 172,659 100,000 162,352 172,093 172,093 172,659
81 172,659 0 183,653 100,000 172,659 183,019 183,019 183,653
82 183,653 14,000 181,364 200,000 183,653 194,673 200,000 181,364
83 181,364 14,000 178,856 200,000 183,653 194,673 200,000 178,856
84 178,856 14,000 176,220 200,000 183,653 194,673 200,000 176,220
85 176,220 14,000 173,446 200,000 183,653 194,673 200,000 173,446
86 173,446 14,000 170,521 200,000 183,653 194,673 200,000 170,521
87 170,521 14,000 167,434 200,000 183,653 194,673 200,000 167,434
88 167,434 14,000 164,173 200,000 183,653 194,673 200,000 164,173
89 164,173 14,000 160,723 200,000 183,653 194,673 200,000 160,723
90 160,723 14,000 157,007 200,000 183,653 194,673 200,000 157,007
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78
Lifetime Income Plus 2008
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 provides guaranteed withdrawals for the life of the
Annuitant(s), with upside potential, provided you meet certain conditions.
First, you must allocate all Contract Value to the prescribed Investment
Strategy. You must also limit total Gross Withdrawals in each Benefit Year to
an amount no greater than the Withdrawal Limit. Then, you will be eligible to
receive total Gross Withdrawals in each Benefit Year equal to the Withdrawal
Limit until the last death of an Annuitant.
You may purchase Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with or without the Principal
Protection Death Benefit. The Principal Protection Death Benefit is a feature
available only with Lifetime Income Plus 2008. It cannot be elected separately
from Lifetime Income Plus 2008. We assess a charge for the guaranteed minimum
withdrawal benefit provided by the rider. If you purchase Lifetime Income Plus
2008 with the Principal Protection Death Benefit, a charge will be assessed for
the Principal Protection Death Benefit that is in addition to the charge for
the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit under the rider.
The guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit provided under the rider may be
reduced or lost based on the withdrawals you take from the contract. For
example, your guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit will be reduced if you take
excess withdrawals in a Benefit Year. See the "Impact of Withdrawals" provision
below. You will also lose the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit if you
annuitize or surrender the contract or if you elect to terminate the rider on
any contract anniversary on or after the fifth contract anniversary. In
addition, you will no longer receive lifetime payments of your guaranteed
minimum withdrawal benefit if (i)(a) after a withdrawal, your Contract Value is
less than the amount required to keep your contract in effect or (b) your
Contract Value is reduced to $100 and (ii) your Withdrawal Limit is less than
$100. Instead, you could receive, at least, a lump sum equal to the present
value of future lifetime payments in the amount of the Withdrawal Limit.
The Principal Protection Death Benefit provided under the rider, if elected,
will be reduced and may be lost based on withdrawals you take from the
contract. You will also lose the Principal Protection Death Benefit if you
annuitize or surrender the contract or if you elect to terminate the rider.
Because this contract is no longer offered and sold, Lifetime Income Plus 2008
and the Principal Protection Death Benefit are no longer available to purchase
under the contract.
References to Lifetime Income Plus 2008 include a rider issued with or without
the Principal Protection Death Benefit, as applicable, unless stated otherwise.
Effective May 1, 2014, you may request to terminate this rider (without
terminating the contract) on any business day.
Investment Strategy for Lifetime Income Plus 2008. In order to receive the
full benefit provided by Lifetime Income Plus 2008, you must invest all
purchase payments and allocations in accordance with a prescribed Investment
Strategy.
Investment Strategies may change from time to time. You may allocate your
assets in accordance with your Investment Strategy prescribed at the time the
contract was issued, or in accordance with the Investment Strategy in effect at
the time you reset your benefit. Therefore, you may have assets allocated to an
Investment Strategy that is different than the Investment Strategy described in
this prospectus. Your ability to choose different Investment Strategies is
limited, as described below.
The Investment Strategy includes Designated Subaccounts and five of the Asset
Allocation Models (Asset Allocation Models A, B, C and D and the Build Your Own
Asset Allocation Model). Under this Investment Strategy, contract owners may
allocate assets to either one of the four available Asset Allocation Models or
to one or more Designated Subaccounts or to the Build Your Own Asset Allocation
Model. Contract owners, however, may elect to participate in the Defined Dollar
Cost Averaging program, which permits the owner to systematically transfer a
fixed dollar amount on a monthly basis for twelve months from the Designated
Subaccount investing in the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust --
Government Money Market Fund to one of the available Investment Strategy
options. The Designated Subaccount investing in the Goldman Sachs Variable
Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund or is only available as part of
the Defined Dollar Cost Averaging program. For more information about the
Defined Dollar Cost Averaging program, the Asset Allocation Models and the
Subaccounts comprising each of the Asset Allocation Models and the Designated
Subaccounts, please see the "Defined Dollar Cost Averaging Program,"
"Subaccounts" and "Asset Allocation Program" provisions of this prospectus.
On a monthly basis, we will rebalance your Contract Value to the Subaccounts in
accordance with the percentages that you have chosen to invest in the
Designated Subaccounts or the Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model or in
accordance with the allocations that comprise the applicable Asset Allocation
Model. In addition, we will also rebalance your Contract Value on any Valuation
Day after any transaction involving a withdrawal, receipt of a purchase payment
or a transfer of Contract Value, unless you instruct us otherwise. If you are
79
participating in the Defined Dollar Cost Averaging program, rebalancing will
not affect the assets allocated to the Designated Subaccount investing in the
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund. Your
allocation instructions must always comply with the Investment Strategy.
Shares of a Portfolio may become unavailable under the contract for new
purchase payments, transfers and asset rebalancing. As a result, shares of a
Portfolio may also become unavailable under your Investment Strategy.
Investment Strategies may be modified to respond to such events by removing
unavailable Portfolios and adding new Portfolios as appropriate. Because such
changes may affect your allocation instructions, you will need to provide
updated allocation instructions to comply with the modified Investment
Strategy. If you do not provide updated allocation instructions, any subsequent
purchase payments or transfers requesting payment to an unavailable Portfolio
will be considered not in good order. Assets will remain invested as allocated
at the time the Portfolio became unavailable, except in a situation where the
affected Portfolio is removed. In that case, the assets that were invested in
the removed Portfolio will be invested in a new Portfolio consistent with SEC
precedent (appropriate no-action relief, substitution order, etc.), unless you
are invested in the Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model. If you are invested
in the Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model, all of the assets you have
invested in the Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model will be moved from the
Model to Asset Allocation Model C. Your assets will remain in Asset Allocation
Model C, and any subsequent purchase payments or transfer requests will be
applied accordingly. You will need to provide us with updated allocation
instructions if you want to invest in the Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model
or another available Investment Strategy option.
Periodic rebalancing to unavailable Portfolios will cease until we receive
updated allocation instructions that comply with the modified Investment
Strategy.
The current Investment Strategy for Lifetime Income Plus 2008 is as follows:
(1) owners may allocate assets to the following Designated Subaccounts:
AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. -- AB Balanced Wealth Strategy
Portfolio -- Class B;
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds) --
Invesco V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II shares (formerly,
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II Shares);
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds) --
Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund -- Series II shares;
BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc. -- BlackRock Global Allocation
V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares;
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund -- VIP Balanced
Portfolio -- Service Class 2;
Janus Aspen Series -- Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio -- Service
Shares;
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust -- MFS(R) Total Return Series -- Service
Class Shares; and/or
State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc. --
Total Return V.I.S. Fund -- Class 3 Shares;
OR
(2) owners may allocate assets to Asset Allocation Model A, B, C or D;
OR
(3) owners may allocate assets to the Build Your Own Asset Allocation Model.
Contract owners may elect to participate in the Defined Dollar Cost Averaging
program when they apply for the contract. Defined Dollar Cost Averaging permits
the owner to systematically transfer a fixed dollar amount on a monthly basis
for twelve months from the Designated Subaccount investing in the Goldman Sachs
Variable Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund to one of the
available Investment Strategy options. The Designated Subaccount investing in
the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund is
only available as part of the Defined Dollar Cost Averaging program.
Withdrawal Limit. The Withdrawal Limit is calculated on each Valuation Day.
The Withdrawal Limit is the benefit base multiplied by the Withdrawal Factor.
On each Valuation Day, the benefit base is the greatest of the Contract Value
on the prior contract anniversary, the Withdrawal Base, and the Roll-Up Value.
The Withdrawal Factor is established based on the age of the younger Annuitant
on the earlier of the Valuation Day of the first Gross Withdrawal and the
Valuation Day when the Contract Value is reduced to $100. The Withdrawal Factor
percentages will be provided in your contract.
Withdrawal Base. Your initial Withdrawal Base is equal to your initial
purchase payment received and is adjusted when any subsequent purchase payment
is received, as described in
80
the "Purchase Payments" provision. It may also change as a result of a
withdrawal or reset, as described below.
Roll-Up Value. Your initial Roll-Up Value is equal to your initial purchase
payment received. We will increase your Roll-Up Value on each day. The new
Roll-Up Value is equal to the sum of (a) and (b), multiplied by (c), where:
(a) is the Roll-Up Value on the prior day;
(b) is any purchase payment(s) made on the prior Valuation Day; and
(c) is the daily roll-up factor, as shown in your contract.
On each contract anniversary, if the Withdrawal Base is greater than the
current Roll-Up Value, the Roll-Up Value will be increased to the Withdrawal
Base. The Roll-Up Value will continue to increase until the date of the first
withdrawal or the later of the tenth anniversary of the Contract Date and the
date the older Annuitant turns age 65. The Roll-Up Value will not increase
after this date.
On any Valuation Day you make a Gross Withdrawal, if that Gross Withdrawal plus
all prior Gross Withdrawals in a Benefit Year is in excess of the Withdrawal
Limit, your Roll-Up Value will be reduced to zero. The Roll-Up Value will not
increase after this date. When requesting an excess withdrawal, you will be
asked if you understand the implications of the excess withdrawal and if you
would like to proceed with the request.
Purchase Payments. Any purchase payment applied to your contract will be added
to your Withdrawal Base and your Principal Protection Death Benefit (if
applicable), and may be added to your Roll-Up Value as described in the
"Roll-Up Value" provision above. You must allocate all assets to the prescribed
Investment Strategy.
Important Note. We reserve the right to not adjust the Withdrawal Base,
Principal Protection Death Benefit (if applicable), and/or Roll-Up Value for
any subsequent purchase payments received. As a result, it is possible that
you would not be able to make subsequent purchase payments after the initial
purchase payment to take advantage of the benefits provided by Lifetime Income
Plus 2008 that would be associated with such additional purchase payments.
Before making purchase payments that do not increase the Withdrawal Base,
Principal Protection Death Benefit (if applicable) or Roll-Up Value, you should
consider that: (i) the guaranteed amounts provided by the Withdrawal Base,
Principal Protection Death Benefit (if applicable) and Roll-Up Value will not
include such purchase payments; and (ii) this rider may not make sense for you
if you intend to make purchase payments that will not increase the Withdrawal
Base, Principal Protection Death Benefit (if applicable) and Roll-Up Value.
Reset of the Benefit. You may reset your Withdrawal Base on an annual
anniversary of the Contract Date when your Contract Value is higher than the
Withdrawal Base. If such contract anniversary is not a Valuation Day, the reset
will occur on the next Valuation Day. On the Valuation Day you reset your
benefit, we will reset the Investment Strategy to the current Investment
Strategy and reset the charges for this rider.
Effective on and after December 3, 2012, the charge for Lifetime Income Plus
2008 increased, on an annual basis, to 1.25% upon reset of the Withdrawal Base.
The rider charge increase applies to both single and joint annuitant contracts
regardless of the date the contract was issued. If you are potentially
impacted, you will receive written notice in advance of your contract
anniversary informing you of your options as well as a discussion of certain
circumstances in which a reset would not be in your best interest. If your
rider is scheduled to automatically reset, you will have the opportunity to
opt-out of the automatic reset and resulting rider charge increase. If you have
to request a manual reset, you will have the opportunity to reset and, if you
reset, incur the higher rider charge. We reserve the right to discontinue
sending written notice of the potential impact of a reset after we send you the
first notice.
As noted, if there is an automatic reset, your Withdrawal Base will be
increased to your Contract Value. However, the Withdrawal Base is just one
element used to determine your Benefit Base which is in turn used to calculate
your Withdrawal Limit. The Benefit Base is the greatest of the Withdrawal Base,
Contract Value on the prior contract anniversary and the Roll-Up Value. If your
Withdrawal Base resets but your Roll-Up Value is higher than your Withdrawal
Base on the date of reset, the Roll-Up Value will be used to determine your
Benefit Base, but you will be assessed a rider charge of 1.25% because of the
reset of the Withdrawal Base. In this circumstance, if your rider fee was less
than 1.25% before the reset, you will pay a higher rider fee for a benefit that
you would have received even without the reset.
For Lifetime Income Plus 2008 without the Principal Protection Death Benefit,
the new charges, which may be higher than your previous charges, will never
exceed 2.00% of the benefit base. For Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the
Principal Protection Death Benefit, the new charges, which may be higher than
your previous charges, will never exceed 2.00% of the benefit base plus 0.50%
of the value of the Principal Protection Death Benefit. The reset date must be
at least 12 months after the later of the Contract Date and the last reset
date. Resets will occur automatically unless such automatic resets are or have
been terminated.
Any change to the charges or to the required Investment Strategy for this rider
will be communicated to you in writing prior to the contract anniversary date.
Upon reset, these changes
81
will apply. The reset provision is not available on or after the latest
permitted Annuity Commencement Date.
Automatic resets will continue until and unless:
(a) the owner (or owners) submits a written request to our Home Office to
terminate automatic resets (such a request must be received at least 15
days prior to the contract anniversary date);
(b) the Investment Strategy changes, allocations are affected, and we do not
receive confirmation of new allocations from you at our Home Office;
(c) income payments begin via annuitization; or
(d) ownership of the contract changes.
If automatic resets have terminated, you may later reinstate automatic resets
for any future contract anniversary by submitting a written request to do so;
provided you are following the Investment Strategy and income payments have not
begun.
Please note that an automatic reset will occur on a contract anniversary if
Contract Value is even nominally higher than the Withdrawal Base (e.g., as
little as $1.00 or even $0.01 higher) and, therefore, an automatic reset may
not be in your best interest because: (i) the charges for this rider may be
higher than your previous charges and (ii) the Investment Strategy will be
reset to the current Investment Strategy (the Investment Strategy offered on
the reset date). Please carefully consider the impact of automatic resets when
you elect Lifetime Income Plus 2008 and while the rider is in effect.
Impact of Withdrawals. If a Gross Withdrawal plus all prior Gross Withdrawals
in a Benefit Year is in excess of the Withdrawal Limit, your Withdrawal Base,
Principal Protection Death Benefit (if applicable) and Roll-Up Value are
reduced. The new Withdrawal Base equals the lesser of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is the Contract Value on the Valuation Day after the Gross Withdrawal;
and
(b) is the prior Withdrawal Base minus the Gross Withdrawal.
The new Principal Protection Death Benefit (if applicable) equals the lesser of
(a) and (b), where:
(a) is the Contract Value on the Valuation Day after the Gross Withdrawal;
and
(b) is the prior Principal Protection Death Benefit minus the Gross
Withdrawal.
The new Roll-Up Value will be zero. Additional purchase payments will not
increase the Roll-Up Value.
If the total Gross Withdrawals in a Benefit Year are less than or equal to the
Withdrawal Limit, we will waive any surrender charge on the Gross Withdrawal.
The Withdrawal Limit will be increased for any Benefit Year to the extent
necessary to meet any minimum distribution requirements based on life
expectancy under federal tax law. This increase applies only to the required
minimum distribution based on the Contract Value for the calendar year ending
within the Benefit Year.
You should carefully manage withdrawals because excess withdrawals will have
adverse consequences on the benefits provided under Lifetime Income Plus 2008,
particularly in down markets. Over the period of time during which you take
withdrawals, there is the risk that you may need funds in excess of the
Withdrawal Limit and, if you do not have other sources of income available, you
may need to take (excess) withdrawals that will reduce your Withdrawal Base
(and, consequently, your Withdrawal Limit), the Principal Protection Death
Benefit (if applicable), and your Roll-Up Value.
You also should carefully consider when to begin taking withdrawals if you
elected Lifetime Income Plus 2008. The longer you wait before beginning to take
withdrawals, the higher the Withdrawal Factor will be, which is one of the
components used to determine the amount of your Withdrawal Limit. If you delay
taking withdrawals too long, however, you may limit the number of years
available for you to take withdrawals in the future (due to life expectancy)
and you may be paying for a benefit you are not using.
Your Contract Value after taking a withdrawal may be less than the amount
required to keep your contract in effect. In this event, or if your Contract
Value is reduced to $100, the following will occur:
. If the Withdrawal Limit is less than $100, we will pay you the greatest of
the following:
(a) the Contract Value;
(b) a lump sum equal to the present value of future lifetime payments in
the amount of the Withdrawal Limit calculated using the 2000 Annuity
Mortality Table and an interest rate of 3%; and
(c) the Principal Protection Death Benefit (if applicable).
. If the Withdrawal Limit is greater than or equal to $100, we will begin
income payments. We will make
82
payments of a fixed amount for the life of the Annuitant or, if there are
Joint Annuitants, the last surviving Annuitant. The fixed amount payable
annually will equal the most recently calculated Withdrawal Limit. We will
make payments monthly or on another periodic basis agreed by us. If the
monthly amount is less than $100, we will reduce the frequency so that the
payment will be at least $100. The Principal Protection Death Benefit (if
applicable) will continue under this provision. The Principal Protection
Death Benefit will be reduced by each payment. The Principal Protection
Death Benefit, if any, will be payable on the death of the last surviving
Annuitant.
Principal Protection Death Benefit. You may purchase Lifetime Income Plus 2008
with the Principal Protection Death Benefit. The Principal Protection Death
Benefit is a feature available only with Lifetime Income Plus 2008. It cannot
be elected separately from Lifetime Income Plus 2008.
The Principal Protection Death Benefit is used to determine the death benefit,
if any, payable under the contract and rider as described in the "Death
Provisions" section below. The Principal Protection Death Benefit on the
Contract Date is equal to the initial purchase payment. Purchase payments in a
Benefit Year increase the Principal Protection Death Benefit.
Gross Withdrawals in a Benefit Year decrease the Principal Protection Death
Benefit. If a Gross Withdrawal plus all prior Gross Withdrawals in a Benefit
Year is less than or equal to the Withdrawal Limit, the Principal Protection
Death Benefit will be reduced by the Gross Withdrawal. If a Gross Withdrawal
plus all prior Gross Withdrawals in a Benefit Year is in excess of the
Withdrawal Limit, your Principal Protection Death Benefit will equal the lesser
of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is the Contract Value on the Valuation Day after the Gross Withdrawal;
and
(b) is the prior Principal Protection Death Benefit minus the Gross
Withdrawal.
Death Provisions. At the death of the last surviving Annuitant, a death
benefit may be payable under this contract and rider. The amount of any death
benefit payable will be the greatest of (a), (b) and (c), where:
(a) is the death benefit as calculated under the base contract;
(b) is the Principal Protection Death Benefit (if applicable); and
(c) is any amount payable by any other optional death benefit rider (if
applicable).
The death benefit payable will be paid according to the distribution rules
under the contract.
If the designated beneficiary is a surviving spouse who is not an Annuitant,
whose age is 45 through 85, and who elects to continue the contract as the new
owner, this rider will continue. The Withdrawal Base and Roll-Up Value for the
new owner will be the death benefit determined as of the first Valuation Day we
receive at our Home Office due proof of death and all required forms. The
Withdrawal Factor for the new owner will be based on the age of that owner on
the date of the first Gross Withdrawal for that owner.
If the designated beneficiary is a surviving spouse who is an Annuitant and who
elects to continue the contract as the owner, this rider will continue. The
Withdrawal Base and Roll-Up Value will be the same as it was under the contract
for the deceased owner. If no withdrawals were taken prior to the first
Valuation Day we receive due proof of death and all required forms at our Home
Office, the Withdrawal Factor for the surviving spouse will be established
based on the attained age of the surviving spouse on the date of the first
Gross Withdrawal for the surviving spouse. Otherwise, the Withdrawal Factor
will continue as it was under the contract for the deceased owner.
If the surviving spouse cannot continue the rider, the rider and the rider
charges will terminate. The charges for this rider will be calculated, pro
rata, and deducted.
Proceeds that were transferred to the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance
Trust -- Government Money Market Fund upon the death of the owner will be
reallocated to the Investment Strategy and the asset percentages then in effect
at the time of the death of the owner. Such reallocations will not be counted
as a transfer for the purpose of the number of transfers allowed under the
contract in a calendar year.
Considerations. While the rider is designed to provide life-time withdrawal
benefits, these benefits are only guaranteed to the extent you comply with the
limits, conditions and restrictions set forth in the contract.
Rider Charge. We assess a charge for the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit
provided by the rider. The charge for the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit
is calculated quarterly as a percentage of the benefit base, as defined and
determined under the rider, and deducted quarterly from the Contract Value.
Please note that, if your benefit base increases, the amount deducted from your
Contract Value will increase.
If you purchase Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the Principal Protection Death
Benefit, a charge will be assessed for the Principal Protection Death Benefit
that is in addition to the charge for the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit
under
83
the rider. The charge for the Principal Protection Death Benefit is calculated
quarterly as a percentage of the value of the Principal Protection Death
Benefit, as defined and determined under the rider, and deducted quarterly from
the Contract Value. Please note that, if the value of the Principal Protection
Death Benefit increases through additional purchase payments, the amount
deducted from your Contract Value will increase. The charge for the Principal
Protection Death Benefit is higher if any annuitant is age 71 or older at the
time of application.
For contracts that have not reset their Withdrawal Base on or after December 3,
2012, we also apply different charges for the rider for a single Annuitant
contract and a Joint Annuitant contract. Once a contract is a Joint Annuitant
contract and the Joint Annuitant rider charge is applied, the Joint Annuitant
rider charge will continue while the rider is in effect. If a spouse is added
as Joint Annuitant after the contract is issued, new charges may apply. These
new charges may be higher than the charges previously applicable to your
contract.
If you reset your benefits under the rider, we will reset the charges for the
rider, which may be higher than your previous charges.
We currently assess the following charges for the rider, calculated and
deducted as described above, for those contracts that have reset their
Withdrawal Base on or after December 3, 2012:
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 without the Principal Protection Death Benefit
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 45-70
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base plus
0.15% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 71-85
Single or Joint Annuitant Contract 1.25% of benefit base plus
0.40% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
We currently assess the following charges for the rider, calculated and
deducted as described above, for those contracts that have not reset their
Withdrawal Base on or after December 3, 2012:
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 without the Principal Protection Death Benefit
Single Annuitant Contract 0.75% of benefit base
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% of benefit base
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 45-70
Single Annuitant Contract 0.75% of benefit base plus
0.15% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% of benefit base plus
0.15% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the Principal Protection Death Benefit --
Annuitant Age 71-85
Single Annuitant Contract 0.75% of benefit base plus
0.40% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------
Joint Annuitant Contract 0.85% of benefit base plus
0.40% of value of Principal
Protection Death Benefit
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The charges for Lifetime Income Plus 2008 without the Principal Protection
Death Benefit will never exceed 2.00% of benefit base. The charges for Lifetime
Income Plus 2008 with the Principal Protection Death Benefit will never exceed
2.00% of benefit base plus 0.50% of the value of the Principal Protection Death
Benefit.
On the day the rider and/or the contract terminates, the charges for this rider
will be calculated, pro rata, and deducted.
Please note that you will begin paying the rider charge (including the
applicable charge associated with the Principal Protection Death Benefit if you
have elected that option) as of the date the rider takes effect, even if you do
not begin taking withdrawals under the rider for many years, or ever. We will
not refund the charges you have paid under the rider if you never choose to
take withdrawals and/or if you never receive any payments under the rider; nor
will we refund charges if the Principal Protection Death Benefit feature under
a contract does not pay out.
When the Rider is Effective
If available, Lifetime Income Plus 2008 and the Principal Protection Death
Benefit must be elected at application. The rider will remain in effect while
the contract is in force and before the Annuity Commencement Date. Effective
May 1, 2014, you may request to terminate this rider (without terminating the
contract) on any business day. The rider will terminate on the first day of the
next quarter as measured from the contract anniversary (i.e., not a calendar
quarter). Rider charges will continue from the date of the request to terminate
until the date of termination. On the day the rider and/or the contract
terminates, the charges for this rider will be calculated, pro rata, and
deducted. We are waiving the provision in the
84
rider that limits the ability to terminate the rider to any contract
anniversary on or after the fifth contract anniversary. Otherwise this rider
and the corresponding charges will terminate on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Please note that, upon termination of this rider, you will lose all of the
benefits for which you are eligible under the rider, including any guaranteed
minimum withdrawal benefits provided by the rider.
At any time before the Annuity Commencement Date, you can elect to annuitize
under current annuity rates in lieu of continuing Lifetime Income Plus 2008.
This may provide a higher income amount and/or more favorable tax treatment
than payments made under this rider.
Change of Ownership
We must approve any assignment or sale of this contract unless the assignment
is a court ordered assignment.
General Provisions
For purposes of this rider:
. A non-natural entity owner must name an Annuitant and may name the
Annuitant's spouse as a Joint Annuitant.
. An individual owner must also be an Annuitant and may name his or her
spouse as a Joint Annuitant at issue.
. A joint owner must be the owner's spouse.
. If you marry after issue, you may add your spouse as a joint owner and
Joint Annuitant or as a Joint Annuitant only, subject to our approval.
. Under federal tax law, all contract provisions relating to spousal
continuation are available only to a person who meets the definition of
"spouse" under federal law. The U.S. Supreme Court has held that same-sex
marriages must be permitted under state law and that marriages recognized
under state law will be recognized for federal law purposes. Domestic
partnerships and civil unions that are not recognized as legal marriages
under state law, however, will not be treated as marriages under federal
law. Consult a tax adviser for more information on this subject.
Civil union partners are not permitted to continue the contract without
taking required distributions upon the death of an owner. Therefore, even
if named a joint owner/Joint Annuitant, a civil union partner will have to
take required distributions upon the death of the other joint owner/Joint
Annuitant. See the "Distribution Rules" provision of this prospectus. If
this situation applies to you, you should consult a tax adviser.
85
Examples
The following examples show how Lifetime Income Plus 2008 works based on
hypothetical values. The examples are for illustrative purposes only and are
not intended to depict investment performance of the contract and, therefore,
should not be relied upon in making a decision to invest in the rider or
contract. The examples assume current rider charges for all periods shown. If
an owner resets the benefits under the rider, we reset the charges for the
rider, which may be higher than the previous charges. Higher rider charges
would produce lower values in the examples.
This example assumes:
(1) the owner, who is also the Annuitant, purchases the contract for
$100,000 and elects Lifetime Income Plus 2008 without the Principal
Protection Death Benefit;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) the owner is age 52 at issue, waits 13 years to take a withdrawal, and
has a Withdrawal Factor of 5.5%;
(4) the Roll-Up Value increases until age 65;
(5) the contract earns a net return of -2%, before rider charges are
deducted;
(6) the owner takes partial withdrawals equal to the Withdrawal Limit (which
is the Withdrawal Factor multiplied by the benefit base) for the rest of
the owner's life;
(7) The Withdrawal Base is reset annually on the contract anniversary; and
(8) the owner dies upon reaching age 90.
Contract Value -
Withdrawals End of Year - Withdrawal Roll-Up Death
Age - Contract Value - Taken - After Rider Base - Value - Benefit Base - Benefit -
End of Year Beginning of Year End of Year Charges End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
53 $100,000 -- $96,675 $100,000 $106,000 $106,000 $100,000
54 96,675 -- 93,337 100,000 112,360 112,360 100,000
55 93,337 -- 89,981 100,000 119,102 119,102 100,000
56 89,981 -- 86,604 100,000 126,248 126,248 100,000
57 86,604 -- 83,199 100,000 133,823 133,823 100,000
58 83,199 -- 79,762 100,000 141,852 141,852 100,000
59 79,762 -- 76,287 100,000 150,363 150,363 100,000
60 76,287 -- 72,769 100,000 159,385 159,385 100,000
61 72,769 -- 69,202 100,000 168,948 168,948 100,000
62 69,202 -- 65,579 100,000 179,085 179,085 100,000
63 65,579 -- 61,895 100,000 189,830 189,830 100,000
64 61,895 -- 58,142 100,000 201,220 201,220 100,000
65 58,142 $11,731 42,581 100,000 213,293 213,293 78,401
66 42,581 11,731 27,303 100,000 213,293 213,293 54,838
67 27,303 11,731 12,329 100,000 213,293 213,293 28,101
68 12,329 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
69 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
70 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
71 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
72 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
73 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
74 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
75 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
76 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
77 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
78 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
79 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
80 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
81 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
82 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
83 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
84 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
85 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
86 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
87 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
88 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
89 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
90 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
86
This example assumes:
(1) the owner, who is also the Annuitant, purchases the contract for
$100,000 and elects Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the Principal
Protection Death Benefit;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) the owner is age 52 at issue, waits 13 years to take a withdrawal, and
has a Withdrawal Factor of 5.5%;
(4) the Roll-Up Value increases until age 65;
(5) the contract earns a net return of -2%, before rider charges are
deducted;
(6) the owner takes partial withdrawals equal to the Withdrawal Limit (which
is the Withdrawal Factor multiplied by the benefit base) for the rest of
the owner's life;
(7) The Withdrawal Base is reset annually on the contract anniversary; and
(8) the owner dies upon reaching age 90.
Contract Value -
Withdrawals End of Year - Withdrawal Roll-Up Death
Age - Contract Value - Taken - After Rider Base - Value - Benefit Base - Benefit -
End of Year Beginning of Year End of Year Charges End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
53 $100,000 -- $96,525 $100,000 $106,000 $106,000 $100,000
54 96,525 -- 93,040 100,000 112,360 112,360 100,000
55 93,040 -- 89,540 100,000 119,102 119,102 100,000
56 89,540 -- 86,022 100,000 126,248 126,248 100,000
57 86,022 -- 82,478 100,000 133,823 133,823 100,000
58 82,478 -- 78,906 100,000 141,852 141,852 100,000
59 78,906 -- 75,298 100,000 150,363 150,363 100,000
60 75,298 -- 71,650 100,000 159,385 159,385 100,000
61 71,650 -- 67,955 100,000 168,948 168,948 100,000
62 67,955 -- 64,207 100,000 179,085 179,085 100,000
63 64,207 -- 60,400 100,000 189,830 189,830 100,000
64 60,400 -- 56,527 100,000 201,220 201,220 100,000
65 56,527 $11,731 40,867 100,000 213,293 213,293 88,269
66 40,867 11,731 25,507 100,000 213,293 213,293 76,538
67 25,507 11,731 10,473 100,000 213,293 213,293 64,807
68 10,473 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 53,076
69 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 41,344
70 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 29,613
71 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 17,882
72 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 6,151
73 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
74 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
75 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
76 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
77 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
78 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
79 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
80 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
81 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
82 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
83 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
84 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
85 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
86 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
87 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
88 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
89 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
90 -- 11,731 -- 100,000 213,293 213,293 --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
87
This next example assumes:
(1) the owner, who is also the Annuitant, purchases the contract for
$100,000 and elects Lifetime Income Plus 2008 without the Principal
Protection Death Benefit;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) the owner is age 72 at issue, waits 10 years to take a withdrawal, and
has a Withdrawal Factor of 7%;
(4) the Roll-Up Value increases for 10 years;
(5) the contract earns a net return of -2%, before rider charges are
deducted;
(6) the owner takes partial withdrawals equal to the Withdrawal Limit (which
is the Withdrawal Factor multiplied by the benefit base) for the rest of
the owner's life;
(7) The Withdrawal Base is reset annually on the contract anniversary; and
(8) the owner dies upon reaching age 90.
Contract Value -
Withdrawals End of Year - Withdrawal Roll-Up Death
Age - Contract Value - Taken - After Rider Base - Value - Benefit Base - Benefit -
End of Year Beginning of Year End of Year Charges End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
73 $100,000 -- $96,675 $100,000 $106,000 $106,000 $100,000
74 96,675 -- 93,337 100,000 112,360 112,360 100,000
75 93,337 -- 89,981 100,000 119,102 119,102 100,000
76 89,981 -- 86,604 100,000 126,248 126,248 100,000
77 86,604 -- 83,199 100,000 133,823 133,823 100,000
78 83,199 -- 79,762 100,000 141,852 141,852 100,000
79 79,762 -- 76,287 100,000 150,363 150,363 100,000
80 76,287 -- 72,769 100,000 159,385 159,385 100,000
81 72,769 -- 69,202 100,000 168,948 168,948 100,000
82 69,202 $12,536 53,043 100,000 179,085 179,085 80,884
83 53,043 12,536 37,178 100,000 179,085 179,085 60,488
84 37,178 12,536 21,630 100,000 179,085 179,085 38,294
85 21,630 12,536 6,393 100,000 179,085 179,085 12,933
86 6,393 12,536 -- 100,000 179,085 179,085 --
87 -- 12,536 -- 100,000 179,085 179,085 --
88 -- 12,536 -- 100,000 179,085 179,085 --
89 -- 12,536 -- 100,000 179,085 179,085 --
90 -- 12,536 -- 100,000 179,085 179,085 --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
88
This next example assumes:
(1) the owner, who is also the Annuitant, purchases the contract for
$100,000 and elects Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the Principal
Protection Death Benefit;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) the owner is age 72 at issue, waits 10 years to take a withdrawal, and
has a Withdrawal Factor of 7%;
(4) the Roll-Up Value increases for 10 years;
(5) the contract earns a net return of -2%, before rider charges are
deducted;
(6) the owner takes partial withdrawals equal to the Withdrawal Limit (which
is the Withdrawal Factor multiplied by the benefit base) for the rest of
the owner's life;
(7) The Withdrawal Base is reset annually on the contract anniversary; and
(8) the owner dies upon reaching age 90.
Contract Value -
Withdrawals End of Year - Withdrawal Roll-Up Death
Age - Contract Value - Taken - After Rider Base - Value - Benefit Base - Benefit -
End of Year Beginning of Year End of Year Charges End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
73 $100,000 -- $96,275 $100,000 $106,000 $106,000 $100,000
74 96,275 -- 92,545 100,000 112,360 112,360 100,000
75 92,545 -- 88,805 100,000 119,102 119,102 100,000
76 88,805 -- 85,051 100,000 126,248 126,248 100,000
77 85,051 -- 81,277 100,000 133,823 133,823 100,000
78 81,277 -- 77,479 100,000 141,852 141,852 100,000
79 77,479 -- 73,650 100,000 150,363 150,363 100,000
80 73,650 -- 69,784 100,000 159,385 159,385 100,000
81 69,784 -- 65,877 100,000 168,948 168,948 100,000
82 65,877 $12,536 49,435 100,000 179,085 179,085 87,464
83 49,435 12,536 33,342 100,000 179,085 179,085 74,928
84 33,342 12,536 17,621 100,000 179,085 179,085 62,392
85 17,621 12,536 2,265 100,000 179,085 179,085 49,856
86 2,265 12,536 -- 100,000 179,085 179,085 37,320
87 -- 12,536 -- 100,000 179,085 179,085 24,784
88 -- 12,536 -- 100,000 179,085 179,085 12,248
89 -- 12,536 -- 100,000 179,085 179,085 --
90 -- 12,536 -- 100,000 179,085 179,085 --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
89
This next example assumes:
(1) the owner, who is also the Annuitant, purchases the contract for
$100,000 and elects Lifetime Income Plus 2008 without the Principal
Protection Death Benefit;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) the owner is age 65 at issue and has a Withdrawal Factor of 5.5%;
(4) the Roll-Up Value increases for 1 year;
(5) the contract earns a net return of 8%, before rider charges are deducted;
(6) the owner takes partial withdrawals equal to the Withdrawal Limit (which
is the Withdrawal Factor multiplied by the benefit base) for the rest of
the owner's life;
(7) the Withdrawal Base is reset annually on the contract anniversary; and
(8) the owner dies upon reaching age 90.
Contract Value -
Withdrawals End of Year - Withdrawal Roll-Up Death
Age - Contract Value - Taken - After Rider Base - Value - Benefit Base - Benefit -
End of Year Beginning of Year End of Year Charges End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
66 $100,000 $5,830 $100,845 $100,000 $106,000 $106,000 $100,845
67 100,845 5,830 101,758 100,845 106,000 106,000 101,758
68 101,758 5,830 102,743 101,758 106,000 106,000 102,743
69 102,743 5,830 103,808 102,743 106,000 106,000 103,808
70 103,808 5,830 104,957 103,808 106,000 106,000 104,957
71 104,957 5,830 106,199 104,957 106,000 106,000 106,199
72 106,199 5,841 107,526 106,199 106,000 106,199 107,526
73 107,526 5,914 108,870 107,526 106,000 107,526 108,870
74 108,870 5,988 110,231 108,870 106,000 108,870 110,231
75 110,231 6,063 111,609 110,231 106,000 110,231 111,609
76 111,609 6,139 113,004 111,609 106,000 111,609 113,004
77 113,004 6,215 114,417 113,004 106,000 113,004 114,417
78 114,417 6,293 115,847 114,417 106,000 114,417 115,847
79 115,847 6,372 117,295 115,847 106,000 115,847 117,295
80 117,295 6,451 118,761 117,295 106,000 117,295 118,761
81 118,761 6,532 120,246 118,761 106,000 118,761 120,246
82 120,246 6,614 121,749 120,246 106,000 120,246 121,749
83 121,749 6,696 123,271 121,749 106,000 121,749 123,271
84 123,271 6,780 124,812 123,271 106,000 123,271 124,812
85 124,812 6,865 126,372 124,812 106,000 124,812 126,372
86 126,372 6,950 127,951 126,372 106,000 126,372 127,951
87 127,951 7,037 129,551 127,951 106,000 127,951 129,551
88 129,551 7,125 131,170 129,551 106,000 129,551 131,170
89 131,170 7,214 132,810 131,170 106,000 131,170 132,810
90 132,810 7,305 134,470 132,810 106,000 132,810 134,470
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
90
This next example assumes:
(1) the owner, who is also the Annuitant, purchases the contract for
$100,000 and elects Lifetime Income Plus 2008 with the Principal
Protection Death Benefit;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) the owner is age 65 at issue and has a Withdrawal Factor of 5.5%;
(4) the Roll-Up Value increases for 1 year;
(5) the contract earns a net return of 8%, before rider charges are deducted;
(6) the owner takes partial withdrawals equal to the Withdrawal Limit (which
is the Withdrawal Factor multiplied by the benefit base) for the rest of
the owner's life;
(7) the Withdrawal Base is reset annually on the contract anniversary; and
(8) the owner dies upon reaching age 90.
Contract Value -
Withdrawals End of Year - Withdrawal Roll-Up Death
Age - Contract Value - Taken - After Rider Base - Value - Benefit Base - Benefit -
End of Year Beginning of Year End of Year Charges End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
66 $100,000 $5,830 $100,693 $100,000 $106,000 $106,000 $100,693
67 100,693 5,830 101,439 100,693 106,000 106,000 101,439
68 101,439 5,830 102,243 101,439 106,000 106,000 102,243
69 102,243 5,830 103,108 102,243 106,000 106,000 103,108
70 103,108 5,830 104,039 103,108 106,000 106,000 104,039
71 104,039 5,830 105,042 104,039 106,000 106,000 105,042
72 105,042 5,830 106,123 105,042 106,000 106,000 106,123
73 106,123 5,837 107,279 106,123 106,000 106,123 107,279
74 107,279 5,900 108,446 107,279 106,000 107,279 108,446
75 108,446 5,965 109,625 108,446 106,000 108,446 109,625
76 109,625 6,029 110,815 109,625 106,000 109,625 110,815
77 110,815 6,095 112,017 110,815 106,000 110,815 112,017
78 112,017 6,161 113,231 112,017 106,000 112,017 113,231
79 113,231 6,228 114,457 113,231 106,000 113,231 114,457
80 114,457 6,295 115,695 114,457 106,000 114,457 115,695
81 115,695 6,363 116,945 115,695 106,000 115,695 116,945
82 116,945 6,432 118,208 116,945 106,000 116,945 118,208
83 118,208 6,501 119,482 118,208 106,000 118,208 119,482
84 119,482 6,572 120,769 119,482 106,000 119,482 120,769
85 120,769 6,642 122,068 120,769 106,000 120,769 122,068
86 122,068 6,714 123,380 122,068 106,000 122,068 123,380
87 123,380 6,786 124,705 123,380 106,000 123,380 124,705
88 124,705 6,859 126,042 124,705 106,000 124,705 126,042
89 126,042 6,932 127,392 126,042 106,000 126,042 127,392
90 127,392 7,007 128,755 127,392 106,000 127,392 128,755
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
91
Lifetime Income Plus 2007
Lifetime Income Plus 2007 provides guaranteed withdrawals for the life of the
Annuitant(s), with upside potential, provided you meet certain conditions. If
you:
. allocate all Contract Value to the prescribed Investment Strategy; and
. limit total Gross Withdrawals in each Benefit Year to an amount no greater
than the Withdrawal Limit;
then you will be eligible to receive total Gross Withdrawals in each Benefit
Year equal to the Withdrawal Limit until the last death of an Annuitant.
For important information about the Investment Strategy, please see the
"Investment Strategy for the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider
Options" provision below.
The guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit provided under the rider may be
reduced or lost based on the withdrawals you take from the contract. For
example, your guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit will be reduced if you take
excess withdrawals in a Benefit Year. See the "Withdrawals" provision below.
Your benefit will also be reduced if you choose not to follow the Investment
Strategy. See the "Impact of Violating the Investment Strategy on the
Withdrawal Factor and Rider Death Benefit" provision below. You will also lose
the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit if you annuitize or surrender the
contract. In addition, you will no longer receive lifetime payments of your
guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit if (i)(a) after a withdrawal, your
Contract Value is less than the amount required to keep your contract in effect
or (b) your Contract Value is reduced to $100 and (ii) your Withdrawal Limit is
less than $100. Instead, you could receive, at least, a lump sum equal to the
present value of future lifetime payments in the amount of the Withdrawal Limit.
The Rider Death Benefit provided under the rider, if elected, will be reduced
and may be lost based on withdrawals you take from the contract. Your benefit
will also be reduced if you choose not to follow the Investment Strategy. See
the "Impact of Violating the Investment Strategy on the Withdrawal Factor and
Rider Death Benefit" provision below. You will also lose the Rider Death
Benefit if you annuitize or surrender the contract.
Lifetime Income Plus 2007 is not available for contracts issued on or after
September 8, 2008.
Withdrawal Limit. The Withdrawal Limit is calculated on each Valuation Day.
The Withdrawal Limit is (a) multiplied by (b) where:
(a) is the greatest of:
(1) the Contract Value on the prior contract anniversary;
(2) the Withdrawal Base; and
(3) the Roll-Up Value; and
(b) is the Withdrawal Factor.
The Withdrawal Base and the Roll-Up Value are amounts used to calculate and
establish the Withdrawal Limit. The Withdrawal Factor is established based on
the age of the younger Annuitant on the earlier of the Valuation Day of the
first Gross Withdrawal and the Valuation Day when the Contract Value is reduced
to $100.
Withdrawal Base. Your initial Withdrawal Base is equal to your initial
purchase payment received and is adjusted when any subsequent purchase payment
is received, as described in the "Purchase Payments" provision.
Roll-Up Value. Your initial Roll-Up Value is equal to your initial purchase
payment received. On each Valuation Day your Roll-Up Value will be adjusted.
The new Roll-Up Value will equal (a) plus (b) plus (c), where:
(a) is the Roll-Up Value on the prior Valuation Day;
(b) is any purchase payment made on the current Valuation Day;
(c) is the daily roll-up rate, as shown in your contract, multiplied by the
cumulative purchase payments.
The Roll-Up Value will continue to increase until the earlier of (i) the "last
roll-up date" or (ii) the date of the first withdrawal. The "last roll-up date"
is the later of the fifth contract anniversary or the first contract
anniversary on or after the day the older Annuitant turns 70 years old. On the
last roll-up date or the date of the first withdrawal, whichever comes first,
the Roll-Up Value will equal the Roll-Up Value on the prior Valuation Day.
After this date, additional purchase payments will not increase the Roll-Up
Value.
On any Valuation Day you make a Gross Withdrawal, if that Gross Withdrawal plus
all prior Gross Withdrawals in a Benefit Year is in excess of the Withdrawal
Limit, your Roll-Up Value will be reduced to zero. After this date, additional
purchase payments will not increase the Roll-Up Value.
Purchase Payments. Any purchase payment applied to your contract will adjust
your Withdrawal Base and your Rider Death Benefit, and may adjust your Roll-Up
Value as described in the "Roll-Up Value" provision above. In order to obtain
the full benefit provided by this rider, you must allocate all assets to
92
the prescribed Investment Strategy from the Benefit Date. Except as noted
below, if you have allocated all assets to the Investment Strategy from the
Benefit Date, any subsequent purchase payment will be added to the Withdrawal
Base and the Rider Death Benefit and may be added to the Roll-Up Value. If you
have not allocated all assets to the Investment Strategy, the purchase payment
will be added to the Withdrawal Base and, if applicable, the Roll-Up Value, but
the Rider Death Benefit will be increased only by 50% of the purchase payment.
Important Note. We reserve the right to not adjust the Withdrawal Base, Rider
Death Benefit, and/or Roll-Up Value for any subsequent purchase payments
received. As a result, it is possible that you would not be able to make
subsequent purchase payments after the initial purchase payment to take
advantage of the benefits provided by Lifetime Income Plus 2007 that would be
associated with such additional purchase payments. Before making purchase
payments that do not increase the Withdrawal Base, Rider Death Benefit or
Roll-Up Value, you should consider that: (i) the guaranteed amounts provided by
the Withdrawal Base, Rider Death Benefit and Roll-Up Value will not include
such purchase payments; and (ii) this rider may not make sense for you if you
intend to make purchase payments that will not increase the Withdrawal Base,
Rider Death Benefit and Roll-Up Value.
Impact of Violating the Investment Strategy on the Withdrawal Factor and Rider
Death Benefit. Beginning on the first Valuation Day after you choose not to
follow the Investment Strategy, your Withdrawal Factor and Rider Death Benefit
will be reduced by 50%.
You may elect to resume participation in the Investment Strategy, as described
in the "Restoration or Reset of the Benefit" provision below, provided we
receive notice of your election in a form acceptable to us.
We will not reduce your Withdrawal Factor or Rider Death Benefit if you are not
following the Investment Strategy due to a Portfolio liquidation or a Portfolio
dissolution and the assets are transferred from the liquidated or dissolved
Portfolio to another Portfolio.
Restoration or Reset of the Benefit
Restoration. If your Withdrawal Factor and Rider Death Benefit have been
reduced because you have not allocated all assets to the prescribed Investment
Strategy, you will have a one-time opportunity to restore your Withdrawal
Factor and Rider Death Benefit on a contract anniversary. If such contract
anniversary is not a Valuation Day, the restoration will occur on the next
Valuation Day. The restore feature under this rider may be used only once and
is not available on or after the latest permitted Annuity Commencement Date.
On the Valuation Day we restore your benefit, we will:
(a) restore the Withdrawal Factor to 100% of the Withdrawal Factor
established as of the date of the first withdrawal;
(b) calculate your Rider Death Benefit to equal the lesser of (i) the total
purchase payments less Gross Withdrawals and (ii) current Contract Value;
(c) calculate your Withdrawal Base to equal the lesser of (i) the Withdrawal
Base as of the date of the restore, determined as if you have not
allocated outside of the prescribed Investment Strategy and (ii) the
current Contract Value;
(d) allocate your assets to the Investment Strategy in effect as of the last
Benefit Date prior to the reduction in benefits, in accordance to your
instructions; and
(e) assess a rider charge equal to the charge that was in effect as of your
last Benefit Date prior to the reduction in benefits.
If you want to restore your benefit, we must receive notice of your election at
our Home Office in a form acceptable to us at least 15 days prior to your next
contract anniversary.
Reset. You may reset your Withdrawal Base on an annual anniversary of the
Contract Date when your Contract Value is higher than the Withdrawal Base. If
such contract anniversary is not a Valuation Day, the reset will occur on the
next Valuation Day. The reset date must be at least 12 months after the later
of the Contract Date and the last reset date. Resets will occur automatically
unless such automatic resets are or have been terminated.
On the Valuation Day we reset your benefit, we will:
(a) reset the Withdrawal Factor to 100% of the Withdrawal Factor established
as of the date of first withdrawal;
(b) reset the Rider Death Benefit to the lesser of (i) the total purchase
payments less Gross Withdrawals and (ii) current Contract Value;
(c) reset the Withdrawal Base to your Contract Value;
(d) reset the Investment Strategy to the current Investment Strategy; and
(e) reset the charge for this rider (the new charge, which may be higher
than your previous charge, will never exceed 2.00%).
Effective on and after July 15, 2019, the charge for Lifetime Income Plus 2007
increased, on an annual basis, to 1.25%
93
upon reset of the Withdrawal Base. The rider charge increase applies to both
single Annuitant and Joint Annuitant contracts regardless of the date the
contract was issued. If you are potentially impacted, you will receive written
notice in advance of your contract anniversary informing you of your options as
well as a discussion of certain circumstances in which a reset would not be in
your best interest. If your rider is scheduled to automatically reset, you will
have the opportunity to opt-out of the automatic reset and resulting rider
charge increase. If you have to request a manual reset, you will have the
opportunity to reset and, if you reset, incur the higher rider charge. We
reserve the right to discontinue sending written notice of the potential impact
of a reset after we send you the first notice.
As noted above, if there is an automatic reset, your Withdrawal Base will be
increased to your Contract Value. The Withdrawal Base, however, is just one
element used to calculate your Withdrawal Limit. If your Withdrawal Base resets
but your Roll-Up Value is higher than your Withdrawal Base on the date of
reset, the Roll-Up Value will be used to determine your Withdrawal Limit, but
you will be assessed a rider charge of 1.25% because of the reset of the
Withdrawal Base. In this circumstance, if your rider fee was less than 1.25%
before the reset, you will pay a higher rider fee for a benefit that you would
have received even without the reset.
Any change to the charge or to the required Investment Strategy for this rider
will be communicated to you in writing prior to the contract anniversary date.
Upon reset, these changes will apply. The reset provision is not available on
or after the latest permitted Annuity Commencement Date.
Automatic resets will continue until and unless:
(a) the owner (or owners) submits a written request to our Home Office to
terminate automatic resets (such a request must be received at least 15
days prior to the contract anniversary date);
(b) the Investment Strategy is violated;
(c) the Investment Strategy changes, allocations are affected, and we do not
receive confirmation of new allocations from you at our Home Office;
(d) income payments begin via annuitization; or
(e) ownership of the contract changes.
If automatic resets have terminated, you may later reinstate automatic resets
for any future contract anniversary by submitting a written request to our Home
Office to do so; provided you are following the Investment Strategy and income
payments have not begun.
Please note that an automatic reset will occur on a contract anniversary if
contract value is even nominally higher than the Withdrawal Base (e.g., as
little as $1.00 or even $0.01 higher) and, therefore, an automatic reset may
not be in your best interest because: (i) the charge for this rider may be
higher than your previous charge and (ii) the Investment Strategy will be reset
to the current Investment Strategy (the Investment Strategy offered on the
reset date). Please carefully consider the impact of automatic resets when you
elect Lifetime Income Plus 2007 and while the rider is in effect.
Withdrawals. If a Gross Withdrawal plus all prior Gross Withdrawals in a
Benefit Year is in excess of the Withdrawal Limit, your Withdrawal Base, Rider
Death Benefit and Roll-Up Value are reduced. The new Withdrawal Base equals the
lesser of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is the Contract Value on the Valuation Day after the Gross Withdrawal;
and
(b) is the prior Withdrawal Base minus the Gross Withdrawal.
The new Rider Death Benefit equals the lesser of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is the Contract Value on the Valuation Day after the Gross Withdrawal;
and
(b) is the prior Rider Death Benefit minus the Gross Withdrawal.
The new Roll-Up Value will be zero. Additional purchase payments will not
increase the Roll-Up Value.
If the total Gross Withdrawals in a Benefit Year are less than or equal to the
Withdrawal Limit, we will waive any surrender charge on such total Gross
Withdrawals.
If all Contract Value is allocated to the Investment Strategy, the Withdrawal
Limit will be increased for any Benefit Year to the extent necessary to meet
any minimum distribution requirements based on life expectancy under federal
tax law. This increase applies only to the required minimum distribution based
on the Contract Value.
You should carefully consider when to begin taking withdrawals if you elected
Lifetime Income Plus 2007. The longer you wait before beginning to take
withdrawals, the higher the Withdrawal Factor will be, which is one of the
components used to determine the amount of your Withdrawal Limit. If you delay
taking withdrawals too long, however, you may limit the number of years
available for you to take withdrawals in the future (due to life expectancy)
and you may be paying for a benefit you are not using.
94
Your Contract Value after taking a withdrawal may be less than the amount
required to keep your contract in effect. In this event, or if your Contract
Value is reduced to $100, the following will occur:
. If the Withdrawal Limit is less than $100, we will pay you the greatest of
the Rider Death Benefit, the Contract Value and the present value of the
Withdrawal Limit in a lump sum, calculated using the Annuity 2000
Mortality Table and an interest rate of 3%.
. If the Withdrawal Limit is greater than or equal to $100, we will begin
income payments. We will make payments of a fixed amount for the life of
the Annuitant or, if there are Joint Annuitants, the last surviving
Annuitant. The fixed amount payable annually will equal the most recently
calculated Withdrawal Limit. We will make payments monthly or on another
periodic basis agreed by us. If the monthly amount is less than $100, we
will reduce the frequency so that the payment will be at least $100. The
Rider Death Benefit will continue under this provision. The Rider Death
Benefit will be reduced by each payment. The Rider Death Benefit, if any,
will be payable on the death of the last surviving Annuitant.
Death Provisions. At the death of the last surviving Annuitant, a death
benefit may be payable under this contract and rider. The amount of any death
benefit payable will be the greatest of (a), (b) and (c), where:
(a) is the death benefit as calculated under the base Contract;
(b) is the Rider Death Benefit; and
(c) is any amount payable by any other optional death benefit rider.
The death benefit payable will be paid according to the distribution rules
under the contract.
If the designated beneficiary is a surviving spouse who is not an Annuitant,
whose age is 45 through 85, and who elects to continue the contract as the new
owner, this rider will continue. The Withdrawal Base and Roll-Up Value for the
new owner will be the death benefit determined as of the first Valuation Day we
receive at our Home Office due proof of death and all required forms. The
Withdrawal Factor for the new owner will be based on the age of that owner on
the date of the first Gross Withdrawal for that owner.
If the designated beneficiary is a surviving spouse who is an Annuitant and who
elects to continue the contract as the owner, this rider will continue. The
Withdrawal Base and Roll-Up Value will be the same as it was under the contract
for the deceased owner. If no withdrawals were taken prior to the first
Valuation Day we receive due proof of death and all required forms at our Home
Office, the Withdrawal Factor for the surviving spouse will be established
based on the attained age of the surviving spouse on the date of the first
Gross Withdrawal for the surviving spouse. Otherwise, the Withdrawal Factor
will continue as it was under the contract for the deceased Owner.
If the surviving spouse cannot continue the rider, the rider and the rider
charge will terminate on the next contract anniversary.
Proceeds that were transferred to the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance
Trust -- Government Money Market Fund upon the death of the owner will be
reallocated to the Investment Strategy, if applicable, and the asset
percentages then in effect at the time of the death of the owner. Such
reallocations will not be counted as a transfer for the purpose of the number
of transfers allowed under the contract in a calendar year.
Rider Death Benefit. This rider provides for a death benefit (the "Rider Death
Benefit") that, on the Contract Date, is equal to the initial purchase payment.
The Rider Death Benefit is used to determine the death benefit, if any, payable
upon the death of the last surviving Annuitant as described in the "Death
Provisions" section above.
Purchase payments applied to your contract in a Benefit Year increase the Rider
Death Benefit. If you have allocated all assets to the Investment Strategy from
the Benefit Date, any subsequent purchase payment will be added to the Rider
Death Benefit. Otherwise, the Rider Death Benefit will be increased only by 50%
of the purchase payment.
Gross Withdrawals in a Benefit Year decrease the Rider Death Benefit. If a
Gross Withdrawal plus all prior Gross Withdrawals in a Benefit Year is less
than or equal to the Withdrawal Limit, the Rider Death Benefit will be reduced
by the Gross Withdrawal. If a Gross Withdrawal plus all prior Gross Withdrawals
in a Benefit Year is in excess of the Withdrawal Limit, your Rider Death
Benefit will equal the lesser of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is the Contract Value on the Valuation Day after the Gross Withdrawal;
and
(b) is the prior Rider Death Benefit minus the Gross Withdrawal.
If you choose not to follow the Investment Strategy, your Rider Death Benefit
will be reduced as described in the "Impact of Violating the Investment
Strategy on the Withdrawal Factor and Rider Death Benefit" provision above.
95
Considerations. While the rider is designed to provide life-time withdrawal
benefits, these benefits are only guaranteed to the extent you comply with the
limits, conditions and restrictions set forth in the contract.
Rider Charge. We assess a charge for the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit
provided by the rider. The charge for Lifetime Income Plus 2007 for those
contracts that reset their Withdrawal Base on or after July 15, 2019 is equal
to 1.25% of the daily net assets in the Separate Account for both single
Annuitant and Joint Annuitant contracts. The charge for Lifetime Income Plus
2007 for those contracts that have not reset their Withdrawal Base on or after
July 15, 2019 is equal to 0.75% of the daily net assets in the Separate Account
for single Annuitant contracts and 0.85% of the daily net assets in the
Separate Account for Joint Annuitant contracts. Once a contract is a Joint
Annuitant contract, and the Joint Annuitant charge is applied, the Joint
Annuitant rider charge will continue while the rider is in effect.
The deduction for the rider charge from the Separate Account is reflected in
your Contract Value. The charge for this rider continues even if you do not
allocate assets in accordance with the prescribed Investment Strategy and the
benefits you are eligible to receive are reduced. If you reset your benefit and
allocate assets in accordance with the prescribed Investment Strategy available
at that time, we will reset the charge for the rider, which may be higher than
your previous charge, but will never exceed an annualized rate of 2.00% of your
daily net assets in the Separate Account.
Please note that you will begin paying the rider charge as of the date the
rider takes effect, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals under the rider
for many years, or ever. We will not refund the charges you have paid under the
rider if you never choose to take withdrawals and/or if you never receive any
payments under the rider.
When the Rider is Effective
If available, Lifetime Income Plus 2007 must be elected at application. The
rider will remain in effect while the contract is in force and before the
Annuity Commencement Date. The rider may not be terminated prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date. On the Annuity Commencement Date, the rider, and the
benefits you are eligible to receive thereunder, will terminate.
At any time before the Annuity Commencement Date, you can elect to annuitize
under current annuity rates in lieu of continuing Lifetime Income Plus 2007.
This may provide a higher income amount and/or more favorable tax treatment
than payments made under this rider.
Change of Ownership
We must approve any assignment or sale of this contract unless the assignment
is a court ordered assignment.
General Provisions
For purposes of this rider:
. A non-natural entity owner must name an Annuitant and may name the
Annuitant's spouse as a Joint Annuitant.
. An individual owner must also be an Annuitant and may name his or her
spouse as a Joint Annuitant at issue.
. A joint owner must be the owner's spouse.
. If you marry after issue, you may add your spouse as a joint owner and
Joint Annuitant or as a Joint Annuitant only, subject to our approval.
. Under federal tax law, all contract provisions relating to spousal
continuation are available only to a person who meets the definition of
"spouse" under federal law. The U.S. Supreme Court has held that same-sex
marriages must be permitted under state law and that marriages recognized
under state law will be recognized for federal law purposes. Domestic
partnerships and civil unions that are not recognized as legal marriages
under state law, however, will not be treated as marriages under federal
law. Consult a tax adviser for more information on this subject.
Civil union partners are not permitted to continue the contract without
taking required distributions upon the death of an owner. Therefore, even
if named a joint owner/Joint Annuitant, a civil union partner will have to
take required distributions upon the death of the other joint owner/Joint
Annuitant. See the "Distribution Rules" provision of this prospectus. If
this situation applies to you, you should consult a tax adviser.
96
Examples
The following examples show how Lifetime Income Plus 2007 works based on
hypothetical values. The examples are for illustrative purposes only and are
not intended to depict investment performance of the contract and, therefore,
should not be relied upon in making a decision to invest in the rider or
contract.
This example assumes:
(1) the owner, who is also the Annuitant, purchases the contract for
$100,000;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) all Contract Value is allocated in accordance with the prescribed
Investment Strategy at all times;
(4) the owner is age 62 at issue, waits 8 years to take a withdrawal, and
has a Withdrawal Factor of 6%;
(5) the Roll-Up Value increases until age 70;
(6) the contract earns a net return of - 2%;
(7) the owner takes partial withdrawals equal to the Withdrawal Limit (which
is the Withdrawal Factor multiplied by the greater of the Contract Value
as of the prior contract anniversary, the Withdrawal Base and the Rollup
Value) for the rest of the owner's life; and
(8) the owner dies upon reaching age 90.
Rider
Withdrawals Withdrawal Roll-Up Death
Age - Contract Value - Taken - Contract Value - Base - Value - Benefit -
End of Year Beginning of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63 $100,000 $ -- $98,000 $100,000 $105,000 $100,000
64 98,000 -- 96,040 100,000 110,000 100,000
65 96,040 -- 94,119 100,000 115,000 100,000
66 94,119 -- 92,237 100,000 120,000 100,000
67 92,237 -- 90,392 100,000 125,000 100,000
68 90,392 -- 88,584 100,000 130,000 100,000
69 88,584 -- 86,813 100,000 135,000 100,000
70 86,813 8,400 76,676 100,000 140,000 91,600
71 76,676 8,400 66,743 100,000 140,000 83,200
72 66,743 8,400 57,008 100,000 140,000 74,800
73 57,008 8,400 47,468 100,000 140,000 66,400
74 47,468 8,400 38,088 100,000 140,000 58,000
75 38,088 8,400 28,897 100,000 140,000 49,600
76 28,897 8,400 19,889 100,000 140,000 41,200
77 19,889 8,400 11,061 100,000 140,000 32,800
78 11,061 8,400 2,410 100,000 140,000 24,400
79 2,410 8,400 -- 100,000 140,000 16,000
80 -- 8,400 -- 100,000 140,000 7,600
81 -- 8,400 -- 100,000 140,000 --
82 -- 8,400 -- 100,000 140,000 --
83 -- 8,400 -- 100,000 140,000 --
84 -- 8,400 -- 100,000 140,000 --
85 -- 8,400 -- 100,000 140,000 --
86 -- 8,400 -- 100,000 140,000 --
87 -- 8,400 -- 100,000 140,000 --
88 -- 8,400 -- 100,000 140,000 --
89 -- 8,400 -- 100,000 140,000 --
90 -- 8,400 -- 100,000 140,000 --
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
97
This next example assumes:
(1) the owner, who is also the Annuitant, purchases the contract for
$100,000;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) all Contract Value is allocated in accordance with the prescribed
Investment Strategy at all times;
(4) the owner is age 77 at issue, waits 5 years to take a withdrawal, and
has a Withdrawal Factor of 7%;
(5) the Roll-Up Value increases for 5 years;
(6) the contract earns a net return of -2%;
(7) the owner takes partial withdrawals equal to the Withdrawal Limit (which
is the Withdrawal Factor multiplied by the greater of the Contract Value
as of the prior contract anniversary, the Withdrawal Base and the Rollup
Value) for the rest of the owner's life; and
(8) the owner dies upon reaching age 90.
Rider
Withdrawals Withdrawal Roll-Up Death
Age - Contract Value - Taken - Contract Value - Base - Value - Benefit -
End of Year Beginning of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78 $100,000 $ -- $98,000 $100,000 $105,000 $100,000
79 98,000 -- 96,040 100,000 110,000 100,000
80 96,040 -- 94,119 100,000 115,000 100,000
81 94,119 -- 92,237 100,000 120,000 100,000
82 92,237 8,750 81,642 100,000 125,000 91,250
83 81,642 8,750 71,259 100,000 125,000 82,500
84 71,259 8,750 61,084 100,000 125,000 73,750
85 61,084 8,750 51,112 100,000 125,000 65,000
86 51,112 8,750 41,340 100,000 125,000 56,250
87 41,340 8,750 31,733 100,000 125,000 47,500
88 31,733 8,750 22,319 100,000 125,000 38,750
89 22,319 8,750 13,092 100,000 125,000 30,000
90 13,092 8,750 4,050 100,000 125,000 21,250
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98
This next example assumes:
(1) the owner, who is also the Annuitant, purchases the contract for
$100,000;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) all Contract Value is allocated in accordance with the prescribed
Investment Strategy at all times;
(4) the owner is age 65 at issue and has a Withdrawal Factor of 5.5%;
(5) the Roll-Up Value increases for 1 year;
(6) the contract earns a net return of 8%;
(7) the owner takes partial withdrawals equal to the Withdrawal Limit (which
is the Withdrawal Factor multiplied by the greater of the Contract Value
as of the prior contract anniversary, the Withdrawal Base and the Rollup
Value) for the rest of the owner's life;
(8) the Withdrawal Base is systematically reset annually on the contract
anniversary; and
(9) the owner dies upon reaching age 90.
Withdrawals Withdrawal Roll-Up Rider Death
Age - Contract Value - Taken - Contract Value - Base - Value - Benefit -
End of Year Beginning of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
66 $100,000 $5,775 $102,225 $100,000 $105,000 $102,225
67 102,225 5,775 104,628 102,225 105,000 104,628
68 104,628 5,775 107,223 104,628 105,000 107,223
69 107,223 5,897 109,904 107,223 105,000 109,904
70 109,904 6,045 112,651 109,904 105,000 112,651
71 112,651 6,196 115,468 112,651 105,000 115,468
72 115,468 6,351 118,354 115,468 105,000 118,354
73 118,354 6,509 121,313 118,354 105,000 121,313
74 121,313 6,672 124,346 121,313 105,000 124,346
75 124,346 6,839 127,455 124,346 105,000 127,455
76 127,455 7,010 130,641 127,455 105,000 130,641
77 130,641 7,185 133,907 130,641 105,000 133,907
78 133,907 7,365 137,255 133,907 105,000 137,255
79 137,255 7,549 140,686 137,255 105,000 140,686
80 140,686 7,738 144,203 140,686 105,000 144,203
81 144,203 7,931 147,808 144,203 105,000 147,808
82 147,808 8,129 151,504 147,808 105,000 151,504
83 151,504 8,333 155,291 151,504 105,000 155,291
84 155,291 8,541 159,174 155,291 105,000 159,174
85 159,174 8,755 163,153 159,174 105,000 163,153
86 163,153 8,973 167,232 163,153 105,000 167,232
87 167,232 9,198 171,412 167,232 105,000 171,412
88 171,412 9,428 175,698 171,412 105,000 175,698
89 175,698 9,663 180,090 175,698 105,000 180,090
90 180,090 9,905 184,592 180,090 105,000 184,592
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
99
Lifetime Income Plus
For contracts issued on or after the later of May 1, 2006 or the date on which
state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications.
The disclosure for Lifetime Income Plus in this section applies to contracts
issued on or after the later of May 1, 2006 or the date on which state
insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications. For contracts
issued prior to that date, please see the disclosure for Lifetime Income Plus
in the following section.
Lifetime Income Plus is not available for contracts issued on or after May 1,
2008.
Lifetime Income Plus provides guaranteed withdrawals for the life of the
Annuitant(s), with upside potential, provided you meet certain conditions. If
you:
. allocate all Contract Value to the prescribed Investment Strategy; and
. limit total Gross Withdrawals in each Benefit Year to an amount no greater
than the Withdrawal Limit;
then you will be eligible to receive total Gross Withdrawals in each Benefit
Year equal to the Withdrawal Limit until the last death of an Annuitant.
For important information about the Investment Strategy, please see the
"Investment Strategy for the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider
Options" provision below.
The guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit provided under the rider may be
reduced or lost based on the withdrawals you take from the contract. For
example, your guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit will be reduced if you take
excess withdrawals in a Benefit Year. See the "Withdrawals" provision below.
Your benefit will also be reduced if you choose not to follow the Investment
Strategy. See the "Impact of Violating the Investment Strategy on the
Withdrawal Factor and Rider Death Benefit" provision below. You will also lose
the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit if you annuitize or surrender the
contract. In addition, you will no longer receive lifetime payments of your
guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit if (i)(a) after a withdrawal, your
Contract Value is less than the amount required to keep your contract in effect
or (b) your Contract Value is reduced to $0 and (ii) your Withdrawal Limit is
less than $100. Instead, you could receive, at least, a lump sum equal to the
present value of future lifetime payments in the amount of the Withdrawal Limit.
The Rider Death Benefit provided under the rider, if elected, will be reduced
and may be lost based on withdrawals you take from the contract. Your benefit
will also be reduced if you choose not to follow the Investment Strategy. See
the "Impact of Violating the Investment Strategy on the Withdrawal Factor and
Rider Death Benefit" provision below. You will also lose the Rider Death
Benefit if you annuitize or surrender the contract.
Withdrawal Limit. The Withdrawal Limit is calculated on each Valuation Day.
The Withdrawal Limit is (a) multiplied by (b) where:
(a) is the greater of the Contract Value on the prior contract anniversary
and the Withdrawal Base; and
(b) is the Withdrawal Factor.
Withdrawal Base. The Withdrawal Base is an amount used to establish the
Withdrawal Limit. The Withdrawal Factor is established based on the attained
age of the younger Annuitant on the earlier of the Valuation Day of the first
Gross Withdrawal and the Valuation Day when the Contract Value is reduced to
zero.
Your initial Withdrawal Base is equal to your initial purchase payment received
and is adjusted when any subsequent purchase payment is received, as described
in the "Purchase Payments" provision.
Purchase Payments. Any purchase payment applied to your contract will adjust
your Withdrawal Base and your Rider Death Benefit. In order to obtain the full
benefit provided by this rider, you must allocate all assets to the prescribed
Investment Strategy since the Benefit Date. If you have allocated all assets to
the prescribed Investment Strategy since the Benefit Date, any subsequent
purchase payment will be added to the Withdrawal Base and the Rider Death
Benefit. If you have not allocated all assets to the prescribed Investment
Strategy, the Withdrawal Base still will be increased by the amount of the
purchase payment, but the Rider Death Benefit will be increased only by 50% of
the purchase payment.
Important Note. We reserve the right to not adjust the Withdrawal Base and/or
the Rider Death Benefit for any subsequent purchase payments received. As a
result, it is possible that you would not be able to make subsequent purchase
payments after the initial purchase payment to take advantage of the benefits
provided by Lifetime Income Plus that would be associated with such additional
purchase payments. For example, if you make purchase payments that are not
included in the calculation of your Withdrawal Base or the Rider Death Benefit,
you will pay a higher rider charge to the extent that the purchase payments
increase the Contract Value
100
upon which the charge is imposed. Also, to the extent your Contract Value is
increased by such purchase payments, you are less likely to realize any benefit
under Lifetime Income Plus, because it is less likely that your Contract Value
will be less than the Withdrawal Base. Before making purchase payments that do
not increase the Withdrawal Base or Rider Death Benefit, you should consider
that: (i) the guaranteed amounts provided by the Withdrawal Base and the Rider
Death Benefit will not include such purchase payments; (ii) any such purchase
payments make it less likely that you will receive a benefit in the form of an
additional amount even if your Contract Value has declined; and (iii) this
rider may not make sense for you if you intend to make purchase payments that
will not increase the Withdrawal Base and the Rider Death Benefit.
Impact of Violating the Investment Strategy on the Withdrawal Factor and Rider
Death Benefit. Beginning on the first Valuation Day after you choose not to
follow the Investment Strategy, your Withdrawal Factor and Rider Death Benefit
will be reduced by 50%.
You may elect to resume participation in the Investment Strategy, as described
in the "Restoration or Reset of the Benefit" provision below, provided we
receive notice of your election at our Home Office in a form acceptable to us.
We will not reduce your Withdrawal Factor or Rider Death Benefit if you are not
following the Investment Strategy due to a Portfolio liquidation or a Portfolio
dissolution and the assets are transferred from the liquidated or dissolved
Portfolio to another Portfolio.
Restoration or Reset of the Benefit
Restoration. If your Withdrawal Factor and Rider Death Benefit have been
reduced because you have not allocated all assets to the prescribed Investment
Strategy, you will have a one-time opportunity to restore your Withdrawal
Factor and Rider Death Benefit.
Reset. For contracts issued on or after November 6, 2006. If all of the
Annuitants are age 50 through 85, you may choose to reset your Withdrawal Base
on an annual anniversary of the Contract Date that is at least 12 months after
the later of the Contract Date and the last reset date.
For contracts issued prior to November 6, 2006. If all of the Annuitants are
age 50 through 59, you may choose to reset your Withdrawal Base on an annual
anniversary of the Contract Date that is at least 12 months after the later of
the Contract Date and the last reset date. If the older of the Annuitants is
age 60 through 85, you may choose to reset your Withdrawal Base on an annual
anniversary of the Contract Date that is at least 36 months after the later of
the Contract Date and the last reset date.
If you do reset your Withdrawal Base, as of that date, we will:
. reset the Withdrawal Base to your Contract Value;
. reset the charge for this rider. The new charge, which may be higher than
your previous charge, will never exceed 2.00% annually; and
. reset the Investment Strategy to the current Investment Strategy.
Effective on and after July 15, 2019, the charge for Lifetime Income Plus
increased, on an annual basis, to 1.25% upon reset of the Withdrawal Base. The
rider charge increase applies to both single Annuitant and Joint Annuitant
contracts regardless of the date the contract was issued. If you are
potentially impacted, you will receive written notice in advance of your
contract anniversary informing you of your options as well as a discussion of
certain circumstances in which a reset would not be in your best interest. If
your rider is scheduled to systematically reset, you will have the opportunity
to opt-out of the systematic reset and resulting rider charge increase. If you
have to request a manual reset, you will have the opportunity to reset and, if
you reset, incur the higher rider charge. We reserve the right to discontinue
sending written notice of the potential impact of a reset after we send you the
first notice.
101
There are similarities as well as distinct differences between restoring your
Withdrawal Factor and resetting your Withdrawal Base and Withdrawal Factor. The
following provides a comparison of those similarities and differences:
Restore Provision Reset Provision
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You may restore on a contract You may reset on a contract anniversary
anniversary once during the life of periodically after your Benefit Date.
this rider.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You must allocate all assets to the You must allocate all assets to the
prescribed Investment Strategy in prescribed Investment Strategy
effect as of the last Benefit Date available as of the date of the reset.
prior to the reduction in benefits.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Your rider charge assessed will remain Your rider charge may increase, not to
the same as the charge that was in exceed an annualized rate of 2.00% of
effect as of your last Benefit Date assets in the Separate Account,
prior to the reduction in benefits. calculated on a daily basis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Your Withdrawal Base will be the lesser Your Withdrawal Base will be reset to
of the current Contract Value and your equal your Contract Value as of the
prior Withdrawal Base. date you reset your benefit.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Withdrawal Factor will be restored The Withdrawal Factor will be reset to
to 100% of the original age Withdrawal 100% of the original age Withdrawal
Factor. Factor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Rider Death Benefit will be the The Rider Death Benefit will be the
lesser of Contract Value and total lesser of Contract Value and total
purchase payments less Gross purchase payments less Gross
Withdrawals. Withdrawals.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For either a restoration of your Withdrawal Factor, or a reset of your
Withdrawal Base, we must receive notice of your election in writing at our Home
Office, at least 15 days prior to your next contract anniversary. You may
restore your Withdrawal Factor and Rider Death Benefit once during the life of
your contract.
You may not use the restore or reset provision if any Annuitant is older than
age 85 on the contract anniversary. We reserve the right to limit the
restoration date to a contract anniversary on or after three complete years
from the Benefit Date.
Systematic Resets. You may elect to reset your Withdrawal Base automatically
on an available contract anniversary (a "systematic reset"). If you have not
previously elected to systematically reset your benefit, or if your election
has terminated, we must receive written notice of your election to
systematically reset your benefit at our Home Office at least 15 days prior to
your next contract anniversary.
A systematic reset of your Withdrawal Base will occur when your contract value
is higher than the Withdrawal Base as of the available contract anniversary or,
if the contract anniversary is not a Valuation Day, as of the next Valuation
Day. By "available contract anniversary" we mean a contract anniversary on
which you are eligible to reset your benefit, as such requirements (age and
otherwise) are described herein.
Systematic resets will continue until and unless:
(a) the Investment Strategy is violated;
(b) the owner (or owners) submits a written request to our Home Office to
terminate systematic resets;
(c) income payments begin via annuitization;
(d) the Investment Strategy changes, allocations are affected, and we do not
receive confirmation from you at our Home Office of new allocations; or
(e) ownership changes.
Please note that a systematic reset will occur on an available contract
anniversary if contract value is even nominally higher than the Withdrawal Base
(e.g., as little as $1.00 or even $0.01 higher) and, therefore, a systematic
reset may not be in your best interest because: (i) the charge for this rider
may be higher than your previous charge; (ii) the Investment Strategy will be
reset to the current Investment Strategy (the Investment Strategy offered on
the reset date); and (iii) if your contract restricts resets to a frequency of
three years, you will not be able to again reset your benefit for three years.
Please carefully consider whether it is in your best interest to elect to
systematically reset your Withdrawal Base.
Withdrawals. If a Gross Withdrawal plus all prior Gross Withdrawals in a
Benefit Year is in excess of the Withdrawal Limit, your Withdrawal Base and
Rider Death Benefit are reduced. The new Withdrawal Base equals the lesser of
(a) and (b), where:
(a) is the Contract Value on the Valuation Day after the Gross Withdrawal;
and
102
(b) is the prior Withdrawal Base minus the Gross Withdrawal.
The new Rider Death Benefit equals the lesser of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is the Contract Value on the Valuation Day after the Gross Withdrawal;
and
(b) is the prior Rider Death Benefit minus the Gross Withdrawal.
If the total Gross Withdrawals in a Benefit Year are less than or equal to the
Withdrawal Limit, we will waive any surrender charge on such total Gross
Withdrawals.
If all Contract Value is allocated to the Investment Strategy, the Withdrawal
Limit will be increased for any Benefit Year to the extent necessary to meet
any minimum distribution requirements based on life expectancy under federal
tax law. This increase applies only to the required minimum distribution based
on the Contract Value.
You should carefully consider when to begin taking withdrawals if you elected
Lifetime Income Plus. The longer you wait before beginning to take withdrawals,
the higher the Withdrawal Factor will be, which is one of the components used
to determine the amount of your Withdrawal Limit. If you delay taking
withdrawals too long, however, you may limit the number of years available for
you to take withdrawals in the future (due to life expectancy) and you may be
paying for a benefit you are not using.
Your Contract Value after taking a withdrawal may be less than the amount
required to keep your contract in effect. In this event or if your Contract
Value becomes zero, your contract and all riders and endorsements, including
this rider, will terminate and the following will occur:
. If the Withdrawal Limit is less than $100, we will pay you the greatest of
the Rider Death Benefit, Contract Value and the present value of the
Withdrawal Limit in a lump sum calculated using the Annuity 2000 Mortality
Table and an interest rate of 3%.
. If the Withdrawal Limit is greater than or equal to $100, we will issue
you a supplemental contract. We will continue to pay you the Withdrawal
Limit until the last death of an Annuitant. We will make payments monthly
or on another periodic basis agreed to by us. If the monthly amount is
less than $100, we will reduce the frequency so that the payment will be
at least $100. The Rider Death Benefit will continue under the
supplemental contract. The Rider Death Benefit will be reduced by each
payment made under the supplemental contract. The Rider Death Benefit, if
any, will be payable on the last death of an Annuitant.
Rider Death Benefit. This rider provides for a death benefit (the "Rider Death
Benefit") that, on the Contract Date, is equal to the initial purchase payment.
The Rider Death Benefit is used to determine the death benefit payable upon the
death of the last Annuitant as described in the "Death Provisions" section
below.
Purchase payments applied to your contract in a Benefit Year increase the Rider
Death Benefit. If you have allocated all assets to the Investment Strategy
since the Benefit Date, any subsequent purchase payment will be added to the
Rider Death Benefit. Otherwise, the Rider Death Benefit will be increased only
by 50% of the purchase payment.
Gross Withdrawals in a Benefit Year decrease the Rider Death Benefit. If a
Gross Withdrawal plus all prior Gross Withdrawals in a Benefit Year is less
than or equal to the Withdrawal Limit, the Rider Death Benefit will be reduced
by the Gross Withdrawal. If a Gross Withdrawal plus all prior Gross Withdrawals
in a Benefit Year is in excess of the Withdrawal Limit, your Rider Death
Benefit will equal the lesser of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is the Contract Value on the Valuation Day after the Gross Withdrawal;
and
(b) is the prior Rider Death Benefit minus the Gross Withdrawal.
If you choose not to follow the Investment Strategy, your Rider Death Benefit
will be reduced as described in the "Impact of Violating the Investment
Strategy on the Withdrawal Factor and Rider Death Benefit" provision above.
Rider Charge. We assess a charge for the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit
provided by the rider. The charge for Lifetime Income Plus for those contracts
that reset their Withdrawal Base on or after July 15, 2019 is equal to 1.25% of
the daily net assets in the Separate Account for both single Annuitant and
Joint Annuitant contracts. The charge for Lifetime Income Plus for those
contracts that have not reset their Withdrawal Base on or after July 15, 2019
is equal to 0.60% of the daily net assets in the Separate Account for single
Annuitant contracts and 0.75% of the daily net assets in the Separate Account
for Joint Annuitant contracts. Once a contract is a Joint Annuitant contract,
and the Joint Annuitant charge is applied, the Joint Annuitant rider charge
will continue while the rider is in effect.
The deduction for the rider charge from the Separate Account is reflected in
your Contract Value. The charge for this rider
103
continues even if you do not allocate assets in accordance with the prescribed
Investment Strategy and the benefits you are eligible to receive are reduced.
If you reset your benefit and allocate assets in accordance with the prescribed
Investment Strategy available at that time, we will reset the charge for the
rider, which may be higher than your previous charge, but will never exceed an
annualized rate of 2.00% of your daily net assets in the Separate Account.
Please note that you will begin paying the rider charge as of the date the
rider takes effect, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals under the rider
for many years, or ever. We will not refund the charges you have paid under the
rider if you never choose to take withdrawals and/or if you never receive any
payments under the rider.
Considerations. While the rider is designed to provide life-time withdrawal
benefits, these benefits are only guaranteed to the extent you comply with the
limits, conditions and restrictions set forth in the contract.
When the Rider is Effective
Lifetime Income Plus must be elected at application. Lifetime Income Plus is
not available for contracts issued on or after May 1, 2008. The rider will
remain in effect while the contract is in force and before the Annuity
Commencement Date. The rider may not be terminated prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date. On the Annuity Commencement Date, the rider, and the
benefits you are eligible to receive thereunder, will terminate.
At any time before the Annuity Commencement Date, you can elect to annuitize
under current annuity rates in lieu of continuing Lifetime Income Plus. This
may provide a higher income amount and/or more favorable tax treatment than
payments made under this rider.
Change of Ownership
We must approve any assignment or sale of this contract unless the assignment
is a court ordered assignment.
General Provisions
For purposes of this rider:
. A non-natural entity owner must name an Annuitant and may name the
Annuitant's spouse as a Joint Annuitant.
. An individual owner must also be an Annuitant.
. You may name only your spouse as a joint owner.
. If there is only one owner, that owner may name only his or her spouse as
a Joint Annuitant at issue.
. If you marry after issue, you may add your spouse as a joint owner and
Joint Annuitant or as a Joint Annuitant only, subject to our approval.
. Under federal tax law, all contract provisions relating to spousal
continuation are available only to a person who meets the definition of
"spouse" under federal law. The U.S. Supreme Court has held that same-sex
marriages must be permitted under state law and that marriages recognized
under state law will be recognized for federal law purposes. Domestic
partnerships and civil unions that are not recognized as legal marriages
under state law, however, will not be treated as marriages under federal
law. Consult a tax adviser for more information on this subject.
Civil union partners are not permitted to continue the contract without
taking required distributions upon the death of an owner. Therefore, even
if named a joint owner/Joint Annuitant, a civil union partner will have to
take required distributions upon the death of the other joint owner/Joint
Annuitant. See the "Distribution Rules" provision of this prospectus. If
this situation applies to you, you should consult a tax adviser.
Death Provisions
At the death of the last Annuitant, a death benefit may be payable under this
contract and rider. The amount of any death benefit payable will be the
greatest of (a), (b) and (c), where:
(a) is the death benefit as calculated under the base Contract;
(b) is the Rider Death Benefit; and
(c) is any amount payable by any other optional death benefit rider.
The death benefit payable will be paid according to the distribution rules
under the contract.
If the designated beneficiary is a surviving spouse who is not an Annuitant,
whose age is 50 through 85, and who elects to continue the contract as the new
owner, this rider will continue. The Withdrawal Base for the new owner will be
the death benefit determined as of the first Valuation Day we have receipt of
due proof of death and all required forms at our Home Office. The Withdrawal
Factor for the new owner will be based on the age of that owner on the date of
the first Gross Withdrawal for that owner.
If the designated beneficiary is a surviving spouse who is an Annuitant and who
elects to continue the contract as the owner, this rider will continue. The
Withdrawal Base will be the same
104
as it was under the contract for the deceased owner. If no withdrawals were
taken prior to the first Valuation Day we receive due proof of death and all
required forms at our Home Office, the Withdrawal Factor for the surviving
spouse will be established based on the attained age of the surviving spouse on
the date of the first Gross Withdrawal for the surviving spouse. Otherwise, the
Withdrawal Factor will continue as it was under the contract for the deceased
Owner.
If the surviving spouse cannot continue the rider, the rider and the rider
charge will terminate on the next contract anniversary.
Proceeds that were transferred to the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust --
Government Money Market Fund upon the death of the owner will be reallocated to
the Investment Strategy, if applicable, and the asset percentages then in
effect at the time of the death of the owner. Such reallocations will not be
counted as a transfer for the purpose of the number of transfers allowed under
the contract in a calendar year.
105
Examples
The following examples show how Lifetime Income Plus works based on
hypothetical values. It is not intended to depict investment performance of the
contract.
This example assumes:
(1) the owner, who is also the Annuitant, purchases the contract for
$100,000;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) all Contract Value is allocated in accordance with the prescribed
Investment Strategy at all times;
(4) the owner is age 65 at issue and has a Withdrawal Factor of 5.5%;
(5) the contract earns a net return of -2%;
(6) the owner takes partial withdrawals equal to the Withdrawal Limit (which
is the Withdrawal Factor multiplied by the greater of the Contract Value
as of the prior contract anniversary and the Withdrawal Base) until the
Contract Value reduces to zero, at which time a supplemental contract is
issued which pays the Withdrawal Limit for the rest of the owner's life;
and
(7) the owner dies upon reaching age 90.
Withdrawals Withdrawal Rider Death
Contract Value - Taken - Contract Value - Base - Benefit -
Age Beginning of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 $100,000 $5,500 $92,500 $100,000 $94,500
66 92,500 5,500 85,150 100,000 89,000
67 85,150 5,500 77,947 100,000 83,500
68 77,947 5,500 70,888 100,000 78,000
69 70,888 5,500 63,970 100,000 72,500
70 63,970 5,500 57,191 100,000 67,000
71 57,191 5,500 50,547 100,000 61,500
72 50,547 5,500 44,036 100,000 56,000
73 44,036 5,500 37,625 100,000 50,500
74 37,625 5,500 31,343 100,000 45,000
75 31,343 5,500 25,186 100,000 39,500
76 25,186 5,500 19,152 100,000 34,000
77 19,152 5,500 13,239 100,000 28,500
78 13,239 5,500 7,444 100,000 23,000
79 7,444 5,500 1,766 100,000 17,500
80 1,766 5,500 -- 100,000 12,000
81 -- 5,500 -- 100,000 6,500
82 -- 5,500 -- 100,000 1,000
83 -- 5,500 -- 100,000 --
84 -- 5,500 -- 100,000 --
85 -- 5,500 -- 100,000 --
86 -- 5,500 -- 100,000 --
87 -- 5,500 -- 100,000 --
88 -- 5,500 -- 100,000 --
89 -- 5,500 -- 100,000 --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
106
This next example assumes:
(1) the owner, who is also the Annuitant, purchases the contract for
$100,000;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) all Contract Value is allocated in accordance with the prescribed
Investment Strategy at all times;
(4) the owner is age 65 at issue and has a Withdrawal Factor of 5.5%;
(5) the contract earns a net return of 8%;
(6) the owner takes partial withdrawals equal to the Withdrawal Limit (which
is the Withdrawal Factor multiplied by the greater of the Contract Value
as of the prior contract anniversary and the Withdrawal Base) for the
rest of the owner's life;
(7) the owner resets the Withdrawal Base every contract anniversary; and
(8) the owner dies upon reaching age 90.
Withdrawals Withdrawal Rider Death
Contract Value - Taken - Contract Value - Base - Benefit -
Age Beginning of Year End of Year End of Year Beginning of Year End of Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 $100,000 $5,500 $102,500 $100,000 $94,500
66 102,500 5,638 105,063 102,500 88,863
67 105,063 5,778 107,689 105,063 83,084
68 107,689 5,923 110,381 107,689 77,161
69 110,381 6,071 113,141 110,381 71,090
70 113,141 6,223 115,969 113,141 64,867
71 115,969 6,378 118,869 115,969 58,489
72 118,869 6,538 121,840 118,869 51,951
73 121,840 6,701 124,886 121,840 45,250
74 124,886 6,869 128,008 124,886 38,381
75 128,008 7,040 131,209 128,008 31,341
76 131,209 7,216 134,489 131,209 24,124
77 134,489 7,397 137,851 134,489 16,728
78 137,851 7,582 141,297 137,851 9,146
79 141,297 7,771 144,830 141,297 1,374
80 144,830 7,966 148,451 144,830 --
81 148,451 8,165 152,162 148,451 --
82 152,162 8,369 155,966 152,162 --
83 155,966 8,578 159,865 155,966 --
84 159,865 8,793 163,862 159,865 --
85 163,862 9,012 167,958 163,862 --
86 167,958 9,238 172,157 167,958 --
87 172,157 9,469 176,461 172,157 --
88 176,461 9,705 180,873 176,461 --
89 180,873 9,948 185,394 180,873 --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
107
Lifetime Income Plus
For contracts issued prior to May 1, 2006 or the date on which state insurance
authorities approve applicable contract modifications.
The disclosure for Lifetime Income Plus in this section applies to contracts
issued prior to May 1, 2006 or the date on which state insurance authorities
approve applicable contract modifications. For contracts issued after that
date, please see the disclosure for Lifetime Income Plus in the previous
section.
Lifetime Income Plus is not available for contracts issued on or after May 1,
2008.
Lifetime Income Plus provides guaranteed withdrawals until the first death of
an Annuitant, with upside potential, provided you meet certain conditions. If
you:
. allocate all Contract Value to the prescribed Investment Strategy; and
. limit total Gross Withdrawals in each Benefit Year to an amount no greater
than the Withdrawal Limit;
then you will be eligible to receive total Gross Withdrawals in each Benefit
Year equal to the Withdrawal Limit until the first death of an Annuitant.
For important information about the Investment Strategy, please see the
"Investment Strategy for the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider
Options" provision below.
The guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit provided under the rider may be
reduced or lost based on the withdrawals you take from the contract. For
example, your guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit will be reduced if you take
excess withdrawals in a Benefit Year. See the "Withdrawals" provision below.
Your benefit will also be reduced if you choose not to follow the Investment
Strategy. See the "Purchase Payments" provision below. You will also lose the
guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit if you annuitize or surrender the
contract. In addition, you will no longer receive lifetime payments of your
guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit if (i)(a) after a withdrawal, your
Contract Value is less than the amount required to keep your contract in effect
or (b) your Contract Value is reduced to $0 and (ii) your Withdrawal Limit is
less than $100. Instead, you could receive, at least, a lump sum equal to the
present value of future lifetime payments in the amount of the Withdrawal Limit.
The Rider Death Benefit provided under the rider, if elected, will be reduced
and may be lost based on withdrawals you take from the contract. Your benefit
will also be reduced if you choose not to follow the Investment Strategy. See
the "Purchase Payments" provision below. You will also lose the Rider Death
Benefit if you annuitize or surrender the contract.
Withdrawal Limit. The Withdrawal Limit is calculated on each Valuation Day.
The Withdrawal Limit is (a) multiplied by (b) where:
(a) is the greater of the Contract Value on the prior contract anniversary
and the Withdrawal Base; and
(b) is the Withdrawal Factor.
Withdrawal Base. The Withdrawal Base is an amount used to establish the
Withdrawal Limit. The Withdrawal Factor is based on the age of the younger
Annuitant on the earlier of the Valuation Day of the first Gross Withdrawal or
the Valuation Day when the Contract Value is reduced to zero. Age will be
determined as of the later of the Contract Date and the previous contract
anniversary.
Your initial Withdrawal Base is equal to your initial purchase payment received
and is adjusted when any subsequent purchase payment is received (see "Purchase
Payments" below). Your Withdrawal Base can never exceed $2,000,000. This
maximum amount applies to all contracts that you own with us and our affiliated
companies.
Death Provisions Under Lifetime Income Plus. This rider provides a death
benefit equal to purchase payments, minus Gross Withdrawals (the "Rider Death
Benefit"). At the death of any Annuitant, a death benefit is payable under the
contract. The death benefit payable is the greatest of (a), (b), and (c), where:
(a) is the death benefit as calculated under the base contract;
(b) is the Rider Death Benefit;
(c) is any amount payable by any other optional death benefit rider.
The death benefit payable will be paid in accordance with the distribution
rules under the contract. (See the "Distribution Rules When Death Occurs Before
Income Payments Begin" in this prospectus.)
If the designated beneficiary is a surviving spouse whose age is at least 60
and not more than 85 on the date of the death of the first Annuitant, and such
spouse elects to continue the contract as the new owner, this rider will
continue. As of the first Valuation Day on which we have receipt of due proof
of death and all required forms at our Home Office, the Withdrawal Base for the
new owner will be the equal to the death benefit as calculated in the paragraph
above.
The new Withdrawal Factor for the new owner will be based on the age of that
owner on the date of the first Gross Withdrawal for that owner.
108
If the surviving spouse cannot or does not, continue the rider, or if the
designated beneficiary is not a spouse, the rider and the rider charge will
terminate on the next contract anniversary.
Purchase Payments. Any purchase payment applied to your contract will adjust
your Withdrawal Base and your Rider Death Benefit. In order to obtain the full
benefit provided by this rider, you must allocate all assets to the prescribed
Investment Strategy since the Benefit Date. If you have allocated all assets to
the prescribed Investment Strategy since the Benefit Date, any subsequent
purchase payment will be added to the Withdrawal Base and the Rider Death
Benefit.
Beginning on the first Valuation Day after you choose not to follow the
Investment Strategy, your Withdrawal Factor and Rider Death Benefit will be
reduced by 50%.
We will not reduce your Withdrawal Factor or Rider Death Benefit if you are not
following the Investment Strategy due to a Portfolio liquidation or a Portfolio
dissolution and the assets are transferred from the liquidated or dissolved
Portfolio to another Portfolio.
If you have not allocated assets to a prescribed Investment Strategy, which
consequently caused a reduction in your Withdrawal Factor and Rider Death
Benefit and then you make a subsequent purchase payment, only 50% of the
subsequent purchase payment will be added to the Withdrawal Base and the Rider
Death Benefit.
Important Note. We reserve the right to not adjust the Withdrawal Base and/or
the Rider Death Benefit for any subsequent purchase payments received. As a
result, it is possible that you would not be able to make subsequent purchase
payments after the initial purchase payment to take advantage of the benefits
provided by Lifetime Income Plus that would be associated with such additional
purchase payments. For example, if you make purchase payments that are not
included in the calculation of your Withdrawal Base or the Rider Death Benefit,
you will pay a higher rider charge to the extent that the purchase payments
increase the Contract Value upon which the charge is imposed. Also, to the
extent your Contract Value is increased by such purchase payments, you are less
likely to realize any benefit under Lifetime Income Plus, because it is less
likely that your Contract Value will be less than the Withdrawal Base. Before
making purchase payments that do not increase the Withdrawal Base or Rider
Death Benefit, you should consider that: (i) the guaranteed amounts provided by
the Withdrawal Base and the Rider Death Benefit will not include such purchase
payments; (ii) any such purchase payments make it less likely that you will
receive a benefit in the form of an additional amount even if your Contract
Value has declined; and (iii) this rider may not make sense for you if you
intend to make purchase payments that will not increase the Withdrawal Base and
the Rider Death Benefit.
Restoration or Reset of the Benefit. If your Withdrawal Factor and Rider Death
Benefit have been reduced because you have not allocated all assets to the
prescribed Investment Strategy, you will have a one-time opportunity to restore
your Withdrawal Factor and Rider Death Benefit.
You may also reset your Withdrawal Base to the Contract Value as of the
contract anniversary, at least three years after your Benefit Date. We may
assess an increased charge, not to exceed an annualized rate of 2.00% of your
assets in the Separate Account.
Effective on and after July 15, 2019, the charge for Lifetime Income Plus
increased, on an annual basis, to 1.25% upon reset of the Withdrawal Base. If
you are potentially impacted, you will receive written notice in advance of
your contract anniversary informing you of your options as well as a discussion
of certain circumstances in which a reset would not be in your best interest.
If your rider is scheduled to systematically reset, you will have the
opportunity to opt-out of the systematic reset and resulting rider charge
increase. If you have to request a manual reset, you will have the opportunity
to reset and, if you reset, incur the higher rider charge. We reserve the right
to discontinue sending written notice of the potential impact of a reset after
we send you the first notice.
109
There are similarities as well as distinct differences between restoring your
Withdrawal Factor and resetting your Withdrawal Base and Withdrawal Factor. The
following provides a comparison of those similarities and differences:
Restore Provision Reset Provision
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May only be restored one time and must May be reset on any contract
be restored on a contract anniversary anniversary at least three years after
your Benefit Date
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You must allocate all assets to the You must allocate all assets to the
prescribed Investment Strategy in prescribed Investment Strategy
effect as of the last Benefit Date available as of the date of the reset
prior to the reduction in benefits
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Your rider charge assessed will remain Your rider charge may increase, not to
the same as the charge that was in exceed an annualized rate of 2.00% of
effect as of your last Benefit Date assets in the Separate Account,
prior to the reduction in benefits calculated on a daily basis
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Your Withdrawal Base will be the lesser Your Withdrawal Base will be reset to
of the current Contract Value and your equal your Contract Value as of the
prior Withdrawal Base date you reset your benefit
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Withdrawal Factor will be restored The Withdrawal Factor will be reset to
to 100% of the original age Withdrawal 100% of the original age Withdrawal
Factor Factor
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Rider Death Benefit will be the The Rider Death Benefit will be the
lesser of Contract Value and total lesser of Contract Value and total
purchase payments, less Gross purchase payments, less Gross
Withdrawals Withdrawals
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For either a restoration of your Withdrawal Factor, or a reset of a new
Withdrawal Base, we must receive notice of your election in writing at our Home
Office, at least 15 days prior to your next contract anniversary. You may
restore your Withdrawal Factor and Rider Death Benefit only once during the
life of your contract.
You may not use the restore or reset provision if any Annuitant is age 86 or
older on the contract anniversary prior to the receipt of that request. We
reserve the right to limit the next available restoration date to a contract
anniversary on or after three complete years from the Benefit Date.
Systematic Resets. You may elect to reset your Withdrawal Base automatically
on an available contract anniversary (a "systematic reset"). If you have not
previously elected to systematically reset your benefit, or if your election
has terminated, we must receive written notice of your election to
systematically reset your benefit at our Home Office at least 15 days prior to
your next contract anniversary.
A systematic reset of your Withdrawal Base will occur when your contract value
is higher than the Withdrawal Base as of the available contract anniversary or,
if the contract anniversary is not a Valuation Day, as of the next Valuation
Day. By "available contract anniversary" we mean a contract anniversary on
which you are eligible to reset your benefit, as such requirements (age and
otherwise) are described herein.
Systematic resets will continue until and unless:
(a) the Investment Strategy is violated;
(b) the owner (or owners) submits a written request to terminate systematic
resets;
(c) income payments begin via annuitization;
(d) the Investment Strategy changes, allocations are affected, and we do not
receive confirmation of new allocations; or
(e) ownership changes.
Please note that a systematic reset will occur on an available contract
anniversary if contract value is even nominally higher than the Withdrawal Base
(e.g., as little as $1.00 or even $0.01 higher) and, therefore, a systematic
reset may not be in your best interest because: (i) the charge for this rider
may be higher than your previous charge; (ii) the Investment Strategy will be
reset to the current Investment Strategy (the Investment Strategy offered on
the reset date); and (iii) you will not be able to again reset your benefit for
three years. Please carefully consider whether it is in your best interest to
elect to systematically reset your Withdrawal Base.
Withdrawals. If a Gross Withdrawal, plus all prior Gross Withdrawals in a
Benefit Year is in excess of the Withdrawal Limit, your Withdrawal Base and
Rider Death Benefit are reduced. The new Withdrawal Base equals the lesser of
(a) and (b), where:
(a) is the Contract Value on the Valuation Day after the Gross Withdrawal;
and
(b) is the prior Withdrawal Base minus the Gross Withdrawal.
110
The new Rider Death Benefit equals the lesser of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is the Contract Value on the Valuation Day after the Gross Withdrawal;
and
(b) is the prior Rider Death Benefit minus the Gross Withdrawal.
If the total Gross Withdrawals in a Benefit Year are less than or equal to the
Withdrawal Limit, we will waive any surrender charge on such total Gross
Withdrawals.
The Withdrawal Limit will be increased for any Benefit Year to the extent
necessary to meet any minimum distribution requirements based on life
expectancy under federal tax law. This increase applies only to the required
minimum distribution based on the Contract Value.
You should carefully consider when to begin taking withdrawals if you elected
Lifetime Income Plus. The longer you wait before beginning to take withdrawals,
the higher the Withdrawal Factor will be, which is one of the components used
to determine the amount of your Withdrawal Limit. If you delay taking
withdrawals too long, however, you may limit the number of years available for
you to take withdrawals in the future (due to life expectancy) and you may be
paying for a benefit you are not using.
Your Contract Value after taking a withdrawal may be less than the amount
required to keep your contract in effect. In this event your contract, all
riders and endorsements, including this rider, will terminate and the following
will occur:
. If the Withdrawal Limit is less than $100, we will pay you the greatest of
the Rider Death Benefit, the Contract Value and the present value of the
Withdrawal Limit in a lump sum calculated using the Annuity 2000 Mortality
Table and an interest rate of 3%.
. If the Withdrawal Limit is greater than or equal to $100, we will issue
you a supplemental contract. We will continue to pay you the Withdrawal
Limit until the first death of an Annuitant. We will make payments monthly
or on another periodic basis agreed to by us. If the monthly amount is
less than $100, we will reduce the frequency so that the payment will be
at least $100.
Rider Charge. We assess a charge for the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit
provided by the rider. The charge for Lifetime Income Plus for those contracts
that reset their Withdrawal Base on or after July 15, 2019 is equal to 1.25% of
the daily net assets in the Separate Account. The charge for Lifetime Income
Plus for those contracts that have not reset their Withdrawal Base on or after
July 15, 2019 is equal to 0.60% of the daily net assets in the Separate Account.
The deduction for the rider charge from the Separate Account is reflected in
your Contract Value. The charge for this rider continues even if you do not
allocate assets in accordance with the prescribed Investment Strategy and the
benefits you are eligible to receive are reduced. If you reset your benefit and
allocate assets in accordance with the prescribed Investment Strategy available
at that time, we will reset the charge for the rider, which may be higher than
your previous charge, but will never exceed an annualized rate of 2.00% of your
daily net assets in the Separate Account.
Please note that you will begin paying the rider charge as of the date the
rider takes effect, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals under the rider
for many years, or ever. We will not refund the charges you have paid under the
rider if you never choose to take withdrawals and/or if you never receive any
payments under the rider.
Considerations. While the rider is designed to provide life-time withdrawal
benefits, these benefits are only guaranteed to the extent you comply with the
limits, conditions and restrictions set forth in the contract.
When the Rider is Effective
Lifetime Income Plus must be elected at application. Lifetime Income Plus is
not available for contracts issued on or after May 1, 2008. The rider will
remain in effect while the contract is in force and before income payments
begin. The rider may not be terminated prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.
On the Annuity Commencement Date, the rider, and the benefits you are eligible
to receive thereunder, will terminate.
At any time before the Annuity Commencement Date, you can elect to annuitize
under current annuity rates in lieu of continuing Lifetime Income Plus. This
may provide a higher income amount and/or more favorable tax treatment than
payments made under this rider.
Ownership and Change of Ownership
We must approve any assignment or sale of this contract unless the assignment
is a court ordered assignment.
If you marry after issue, you may add your spouse as a joint owner and Joint
Annuitant or as a Joint Annuitant only, subject to our approval.
Under federal tax law, all contract provisions relating to spousal continuation
are available only to a person who meets the
111
definition of "spouse" under federal law. The U.S. Supreme Court has held that
same-sex marriages must be permitted under state law and that marriages
recognized under state law will be recognized for federal law purposes.
Domestic partnerships and civil unions that are not recognized as legal
marriages under state law, however, will not be treated as marriages under
federal law. Consult a tax adviser for more information on this subject.
Civil union partners are not permitted to continue the contract without taking
required distributions upon the death of an owner. Therefore, even if named a
joint owner/Joint Annuitant, a civil union partner will have to take required
distributions upon the death of the other joint owner/Joint Annuitant. See the
"Distribution Rules" provision of this prospectus. If this situation applies to
you, you should consult a tax adviser.
Spousal Continuation
If the designated beneficiary is a surviving spouse who elects to continue the
contract as the new owner, this rider will continue.
Proceeds that were transferred to the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust --
Government Money Market Fund upon the death of the owner will be reallocated to
the Investment Strategy, if applicable, and the asset percentages then in
effect at the time of the death of the owner. Such reallocations will not be
counted as a transfer for the purpose of the number of transfers allowed under
the contract in a calendar year.
112
Examples
The following examples show how Lifetime Income Plus works based on
hypothetical values. The examples are for illustrative purposes only and are
not intended to depict investment performance of the contract and, therefore,
should not be relied upon in making a decision to invest in the rider or
contract.
This example assumes:
(1) the owner, who is also the Annuitant, purchases the contract for
$100,000;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) all Contract Value is allocated in accordance with the prescribed
Investment Strategy at all times;
(4) the owner is age 65 at issue and has a Withdrawal Factor of 5%;
(5) the contract earns a net return of -2%;
(6) the owner takes partial withdrawals equal to the Withdrawal Limit (which
is the Withdrawal Factor multiplied by the greater of the Withdrawal
Base and the Contract Value as of the prior contract anniversary) until
the Contract Value reduces below $1,000, at which time a supplemental
contract is issued which pays the Withdrawal Limit for the rest of the
owner's life; and
(7) the owner dies upon reaching age 90.
Withdrawals Withdrawal Rider Death
Contract Value - Taken - Contract Value - Base - Benefit -
Age Beginning of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 $100,000 $5,000 $93,000 $100,000 $95,000
66 93,000 5,000 86,140 100,000 90,000
67 86,140 5,000 79,417 100,000 85,000
68 79,417 5,000 72,829 100,000 80,000
69 72,829 5,000 66,372 100,000 75,000
70 66,372 5,000 60,045 100,000 70,000
71 60,045 5,000 53,844 100,000 65,000
72 53,844 5,000 47,767 100,000 60,000
73 47,767 5,000 41,812 100,000 55,000
74 41,812 5,000 35,945 100,000 50,000
75 35,945 5,000 30,197 100,000 45,000
76 30,197 5,000 24,563 100,000 40,000
77 24,563 5,000 19,041 100,000 35,000
78 19,041 5,000 13,631 100,000 30,000
79 13,631 5,000 8,328 100,000 25,000
80 8,328 5,000 3,131 100,000 20,000
81 3,131 5,000 -- 100,000 15,000
82 -- 5,000 -- 100,000 10,000
83 -- 5,000 -- 100,000 5,000
84 -- 5,000 -- 100,000 --
85 -- 5,000 -- 100,000 --
86 -- 5,000 -- 100,000 --
87 -- 5,000 -- 100,000 --
88 -- 5,000 -- 100,000 --
89 -- 5,000 -- 100,000 --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
113
This next example assumes:
(1) the owner, who is also the Annuitant, purchases the contract for
$100,000;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) all Contract Value is allocated in accordance with the prescribed
Investment Strategy at all times;
(4) the owner is age 65 at issue and has a Withdrawal Factor of 5%;
(5) the contract earns a net return of 8%;
(6) the owner takes partial withdrawals equal to the Withdrawal Limit (which
is the Withdrawal Factor multiplied by the greater of the Withdrawal
Base and the Contract Value as of the prior contract anniversary) for
the rest of the owner's life;
(7) the owner dies upon reaching age 90; and
(8) the Withdrawal Base is reset every three contract anniversaries.
Withdrawals Withdrawal Rider Death
Contract Value - Taken - Contract Value - Base - Benefit -
Age Beginning of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year End of Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 $100,000 $ 5,000 $103,000 $100,000 $95,000
66 103,000 5,150 106,090 100,000 89,850
67 106,090 5,305 109,273 100,000 84,546
68 109,273 5,464 112,551 109,273 79,082
69 112,551 5,628 115,927 109,273 73,454
70 115,927 5,796 119,405 109,273 67,658
71 119,405 5,970 122,987 119,405 61,688
72 122,987 6,149 126,677 119,405 55,538
73 126,677 6,334 130,477 119,405 49,204
74 130,477 6,524 134,392 130,477 42,681
75 134,392 6,720 138,423 130,477 35,961
76 138,423 6,921 142,576 130,477 29,040
77 142,576 7,129 146,853 142,576 21,911
78 146,853 7,343 151,259 142,576 14,568
79 151,259 7,563 155,797 142,576 7,005
80 155,797 7,790 160,471 155,797 --
81 160,471 8,024 165,285 155,797 --
82 165,285 8,264 170,243 155,797 --
83 170,243 8,512 175,351 170,243 --
84 175,351 8,768 180,611 170,243 --
85 180,611 9,031 186,029 170,243 --
86 186,029 9,301 191,610 186,029 --
87 191,610 9,581 197,359 186,029 --
88 197,359 9,868 203,279 186,029 --
89 203,279 10,164 209,378 203,279 --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
114
Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage
Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage is not available for contracts issued on or
after May 1, 2007.
The Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage provides guaranteed withdrawals, with
upside potential, provided you meet certain conditions. If you:
. allocate all Contract Value to the prescribed Investment Strategy; and
. limit total Gross Withdrawals in each Benefit Year to an amount less than
or equal to the Withdrawal Limit;
you will be eligible to receive total Gross Withdrawals at least equal to your
protected amount, even if your Contract Value reduces to zero.
For important information about the Investment Strategy, please see the
"Investment Strategy for the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider
Options" provision below.
The guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit provided under the rider may be
reduced or lost based on the withdrawals you take from the contract. For
example, your guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit will be reduced if you take
excess withdrawals in a Benefit Year. See the "Withdrawals" provision below.
Your benefit will also be reduced if you choose not to follow the Investment
Strategy. See the "Subsequent Purchase Payments" provision below. You will also
lose the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit if you annuitize or surrender
the contract.
Withdrawal Limit. The Withdrawal Limit is calculated on each Valuation Day.
The Withdrawal Limit is equal to (a) multiplied by (b), where:
(a) is the protected amount; and
(b) is the Withdrawal Factor for the wait period.
The wait period is the number of completed months from the later of the Benefit
Date and the Valuation Day of the most recent purchase payment to the Valuation
Day of the first withdrawal after that date.
Protected Amount. Your protected amount is used to calculate the Withdrawal
Limit, which is the total amount you may withdraw in a Benefit Year without
reducing the benefits provided under this rider. Your initial protected amount
equals purchase payments applied to the contract on the Contract Date. The
protected amount does not change unless:
. an additional purchase payment is applied to your protected amount; or
. you elect to reset the protected amount.
Your protected amount can never exceed $2,000,000. This maximum amount applies
to all contracts that you own with us and our affiliated companies.
Your initial remaining amount is equal to your initial protected amount.
Subsequent Purchase Payments. Any additional purchase payment applied to your
contract will adjust your protected amount and remaining amount. If you have
allocated assets in accordance with the prescribed Investment Strategy since
the Benefit Date, the protected amount and remaining amount will be increased
by the subsequent purchase payment. Otherwise, both the protected amount and
the remaining amount will be increased only by 50% of the purchase payment.
Important Note. We reserve the right to not adjust protected amounts and
remaining amounts for any additional purchase payments. As a result, it is
possible that you would not be able to make subsequent purchase payments after
the initial purchase payment to take advantage of the benefits provided by the
Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider that would be associated with such
additional purchase payments. For example, if you make purchase payments that
are not included in the calculation of your protected amount and remaining
amount, you will pay a higher rider charge to the extent that the purchase
payments increase the Contract Value upon which the charge is imposed. Also, to
the extent your Contract Value is increased by such purchase payments, you are
less likely to realize any benefit under the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal
Benefit Rider, because it is less likely that your Contract Value will be less
than the protected amount or remaining amount, as the case may be. Before
making purchase payments that do not increase the protected amount and
remaining amount, you should consider that: (i) the guaranteed amounts provided
by the protected amount and remaining amount will not include such purchase
payments; (ii) any such purchase payments make it less likely that you will
receive a benefit in the form of an additional amount even if your Contract
Value has declined; and (iii) this rider may not make sense for you if you
intend to make purchase payments that will not increase the protected amount
and remaining amount.
Reset. On any monthly anniversary after five complete years from your Benefit
Date, you may elect to reset your benefit and to participate in the Investment
Strategy available at that time, provided we receive written notice of your
election at our Home Office. If you do, we will as of that reset date:
. reset the protected amount and remaining amount to equal your Contract
Value;
115
. reset the charge for this rider (the new charge, which may be higher than
your previous charge, will never exceed an annual rate of 1.00%); and
. reset the Investment Strategy to the current Investment Strategy.
We reserve the right to limit the next available reset date to an anniversary
on or after five complete years from the Benefit Date.
Withdrawals. If a Gross Withdrawal plus all prior Gross Withdrawals in a
Benefit Year is less than or equal to the Withdrawal Limit, the remaining
amount is reduced by the Gross Withdrawal.
If a Gross Withdrawal, plus all prior Gross Withdrawals in a Benefit Year, is
in excess of the Withdrawal Limit, your remaining amount is reduced, causing a
reduction in your total benefits provided under this rider. The new remaining
amount equals the lesser of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is the Contract Value after the Gross Withdrawal; and
(b) is the prior remaining amount less the Gross Withdrawal.
If the total Gross Withdrawals in a Benefit Year is less than or equal to the
Withdrawal Limit, we will waive any surrender charge on such total Gross
Withdrawals.
Reduction in Contract Value. Your Contract Value after taking a withdrawal may
be less than the amount required to keep your contract in effect. In this
event, your contract and any other riders and endorsements will terminate and
the following will occur:
. If the Withdrawal Limit is less than $100, we will pay you the greater of
the remaining amount or Contract Value in a lump sum.
. If the Withdrawal Limit is greater than or equal to $100, we will issue
you a supplemental contract. We will continue to pay you the Withdrawal
Limit until you have received the greater of the remaining amount or
Contract Value as determined on the Valuation Day the supplemental
contract was issued. We will make payments monthly unless agreed
otherwise. If the monthly amount is less than $100, we will reduce the
frequency so that the payment received will be at least $100.
Considerations. While the rider is designed to provide the guaranteed
withdrawals, this benefit is only guaranteed to the extent you comply with the
limits, conditions and restrictions set forth in the contract.
When the Rider is Effective
Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage must be elected at application. Guaranteed
Withdrawal Advantage is not available for contracts issued on or after May 1,
2007. The rider will remain in effect while the contract is in force and before
income payments begin. The rider may not be terminated prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date. On the Annuity Commencement Date, the rider, and the
benefits you are eligible to receive thereunder, will terminate.
Ownership and Change of Ownership
We must approve any assignment or sale of this contract unless the assignment
is a court ordered assignment.
If you marry after issue, you may add your spouse as a joint owner and Joint
Annuitant or as a Joint Annuitant only, subject to our approval.
Under federal tax law, all contract provisions relating to spousal continuation
are available only to a person who meets the definition of "spouse" under
federal law. The U.S. Supreme Court has held that same-sex marriages must be
permitted under state law and that marriages recognized under state law will be
recognized for federal law purposes. Domestic partnerships and civil unions
that are not recognized as legal marriages under state law, however, will not
be treated as marriages under federal law. Consult a tax adviser for more
information on this subject.
Civil union partners are not permitted to continue the contract without taking
required distributions upon the death of an owner. Therefore, even if named a
joint owner/Joint Annuitant, a civil union partner will have to take required
distributions upon the death of the other joint owner/Joint Annuitant. See the
"Distribution Rules" provision of this prospectus. If this situation applies to
you, you should consult a tax adviser.
Spousal Continuation
If the designated beneficiary is a surviving spouse who elects to continue the
contract as the new owner, this rider will continue.
Proceeds that were transferred to the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust --
Government Money Market Fund upon the death of the owner will be reallocated to
the Investment Strategy, if applicable, and the asset percentages then in
effect at the time of the death of the owner. Such reallocations will not be
counted as a transfer for the purpose of the number of transfers allowed under
the contract in a calendar year.
116
Examples
The following examples show how the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider
works based on hypothetical values. The examples are for illustrative purposes
only and are not intended to depict investment performance of the contract and,
therefore, should not be relied upon in making a decision to invest in the
rider or contract.
The first example assumes:
(1) the owner purchases the contract for $100,000;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) all Contract Value is allocated in accordance with the prescribed
Investment Strategy at all times;
(4) the contract earns a net return of -2%; and
(5) the owner takes withdrawals equal to the Withdrawal Limit (which is
$7,000, or 7% of the protected amount) beginning in each Benefit Year
until the remaining amount is exhausted.
Withdrawals
Contract Value - Taken - Contract Value - Protected Remaining
Beginning of Year End of Year End of Year Amount Amount
------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ 100,000 $7,000 $91,000 $ 100,000 $ 93,000
91,000 7,000 82,180 86,000
82,180 7,000 73,536 79,000
73,536 7,000 65,066 72,000
65,066 7,000 56,764 65,000
56,764 7,000 48,629 58,000
48,629 7,000 40,656 51,000
40,656 7,000 32,813 44,000
32,813 7,000 25,127 37,000
25,127 7,000 17,595 30,000
17,595 7,000 10,213 23,000
10,213 7,000 2,978 16,000
2,978 7,000 -- 9,000
-- 7,000 -- 2,000
-- 2,000 -- --
Total Received $100,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------
117
This next example assumes:
(1) the owner purchases the contract for $100,000;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) all Contract Value is allocated in accordance with the prescribed
Investment Strategy at all times;
(4) the contract earns a net return of -2%; and
(5) the owner takes no withdrawals in the first five Benefit Years and then
takes withdrawals equal to the Withdrawal Limit (which is $10,000, or
10% of the protected amount) beginning in the sixth Benefit Year until
the remaining amount is exhausted.
Withdrawals
Contract Value - Taken - Contract Value - Protected Remaining
Beginning of Year End of Year End of Year Amount Amount
------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ 100,000 -- $98,000 $ 100,000 $100,000
98,000 -- 96,040 100,000
96,040 -- 94,119 100,000
94,119 -- 92,237 100,000
92,237 -- 90,392 100,000
90,392 $10,000 78,584 90,000
78,584 10,000 67,013 80,000
67,013 10,000 55,672 70,000
55,672 10,000 44,559 60,000
44,559 10,000 33,638 50,000
33,638 10,000 22,935 40,000
22,935 10,000 12,446 30,000
12,446 10,000 2,167 20,000
2,167 10,000 -- 10,000
-- 10,000 -- --
Total Received $100,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------
118
Investment Strategy for the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options
In order to receive the full benefit provided by each of the Guaranteed Minimum
Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options, you must invest all purchase payments and
allocations in accordance with a prescribed Investment Strategy. Except for
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 and Lifetime Income Plus Solution, if you do not
allocate all assets in accordance with a prescribed Investment Strategy, your
benefit under the rider will be reduced by 50%. Even if your benefit is
reduced, you will continue to pay the full amount charged for the rider.
Contract owners that own Lifetime Income Plus 2008 or Lifetime Income Plus
Solution must always allocate assets in accordance with the Investment Strategy.
The Investment Strategy for Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage, Lifetime Income
Plus and Lifetime Income Plus 2007 is discussed in this section. The Investment
Strategy for Lifetime Income Plus 2008 is discussed above in the "Lifetime
Income Plus 2008" provision of this prospectus. The Investment Strategy for
Lifetime Income Plus Solution is discussed above in the "Lifetime Income Plus
Solution" provision of this prospectus.
Investment Strategies may change from time to time. You may allocate your
assets in accordance with your Investment Strategy prescribed at the time the
contract was issued, or in accordance with the Investment Strategy in effect at
the time you reset your benefit. Therefore, you may have assets allocated to an
Investment Strategy that is different than the Investment Strategy described in
this prospectus. Your ability to choose different Investment Strategies is
limited, as described below.
For contracts issued on or after May 1, 2007 and for contract owners who reset
their benefit under the rider on or after May 1, 2007, the Investment Strategy
includes Designated Subaccounts and Asset Allocation Model C. Under this
Investment Strategy, contract owners may allocate assets to either Asset
Allocation Model C or to one or more Designated Subaccounts. Contract owners
may not allocate assets to Asset Allocation Model C and one or more Designated
Subaccounts. For more information about Asset Allocation Model C and the
Subaccounts comprising Asset Allocation Model C and the Designated Subaccounts,
please see the "Subaccounts" and "Asset Allocation Program" provisions of this
prospectus.
On a monthly basis, we will rebalance your Contract Value to the Subaccounts in
accordance with the percentages that you have chosen to invest in the
Designated Subaccounts or in accordance with the allocations that comprise
Asset Allocation Model C. In addition, we will also rebalance your Contract
Value on any Valuation Day after any transaction involving a withdrawal,
receipt of a purchase payment or a transfer of Contract Value, unless you
instruct us otherwise.
Shares of a Portfolio may become unavailable under the contract for new
purchase payments, transfers and asset rebalancing. As a result, shares of a
Portfolio may also become unavailable under your Investment Strategy.
Investment Strategies may be modified to respond to such events by removing
unavailable Portfolios and adding new Portfolios as appropriate. Because such
changes may affect your allocation instructions, you will need to provide
updated allocation instructions to comply with the modified Investment
Strategy. If you do not provide updated allocation instructions, any subsequent
purchase payments or transfers requesting payment to an unavailable Portfolio
will be considered not in good order. Periodic rebalancing to unavailable
Portfolios will cease and any imbalances in percentages due to lack of asset
rebalancing will not cause a reduction in your benefit.
If you request a transfer or send a subsequent purchase payment with allocation
instructions to a Portfolio that is not part of the prescribed Investment
Strategy, we will honor your instructions. Please be aware, however, that your
total Contract Value will not be invested in accordance with the prescribed
Investment Strategy and the guaranteed amount available for withdrawal will be
reduced by 50%, resulting in a reduction in your benefit. You may reset your
benefit on the next available reset date as described in the "Restoration or
Reset of the Benefit" provision for the applicable Guaranteed Minimum
Withdrawal Benefit Rider Option.
The current Investment Strategy is as follows:
(1) owners may allocate assets to the following Designated Subaccounts:
AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. -- AB Balanced Wealth Strategy
Portfolio -- Class B;
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds) --
Invesco V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II shares (formerly,
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II Shares);
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds) -
Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund -- Series II shares;
BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc. -- BlackRock Global Allocation
V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares;
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund -- Balanced Portfolio --
Service Class 2;
119
Janus Aspen Series -- Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio -- Service
Shares;
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust -- MFS(R) Total Return Series -- Service
Class Shares; and/or
State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc. -- Total Return
V.I.S. Fund -- Class 3 Shares;
OR
(2) owners may allocate assets to Asset Allocation Model C.
Annuity Cross Funding Program
The Annuity Cross Funding Program is not available to contracts issued on or
after August 17, 2004.
This section of the prospectus describes a program that may permit you (if you
are eligible) to purchase this contract and use it to make payments to a
Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity issued by Genworth Life
and Annuity Insurance Company. We refer to the program as the "Annuity Cross
Funding Program" because you systematically withdraw amounts from this annuity
contract (referred to as the "Funding Annuity") to make payments to the
Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity Contract.
What is the Annuity Cross Funding Program? Subject to our prior approval, you
may arrange to take Systematic Withdrawals and immediately allocate that
withdrawal to the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity Contract
issued by us. We will not assess surrender charges on withdrawals that are
allocated to the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity as part
of the Annuity Cross Funding Program, however, such withdrawals will reduce
proportionally any death benefit available. See the "Death Benefit" provision.
Systematic Withdrawals that are used in conjunction with the Annuity Cross
Funding Program do not count toward the limit that you may withdraw in any
contract year pursuant to your free withdrawal privilege.
How does the Annuity Cross Funding Program work? To participate in the Annuity
Cross Funding Program, you must satisfy certain eligibility requirements and
receive our prior approval. This contract, as the Funding Annuity, must be
issued on the same date as the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred
Annuity and have the same Annuity Commencement Date.
There is no charge for participating in the Annuity Cross Funding Program. The
Annuity Cross Funding Program will terminate automatically when the Systematic
Withdrawals from this Funding Annuity cause the Contract Value in this Funding
Annuity to be less than $100. You may discontinue the Annuity Cross Funding
Program at any time by notifying us in writing at our Home Office.
Discontinuing the Annuity Cross Funding Program could cause you to lose your
guarantee under the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity if the
scheduled purchase payments are not completed under the terms of that contract.
Once you discontinue participation in the Annuity Cross Funding Program, you
may not reinstate it. The actual performance of this Funding Annuity may
directly affect the amount of purchase payments that must be allocated to this
Funding Annuity in order to make all required Scheduled Installments for the
Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity Contract. If the
Subaccounts of the Funding Annuity in which you have allocated assets do not
perform as anticipated, it may be necessary to make additional purchase
payments to either this Funding Annuity or to the Scheduled Purchase Payment
Variable Deferred Annuity so that you do not lose your right to Guaranteed
Minimum Income Payments under the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred
Annuity Contract.
The Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity is offered by a
separate prospectus. Only variable annuity contracts issued by us, or one of
our affiliated companies, and offered for use in an approved Annuity Cross
Funding Program could be purchased as a Funding Annuity. The Scheduled Purchase
Payment Variable Deferred Annuity Contract is not offered by this prospectus.
The Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity Contract is offered
only by the current prospectus for the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable
Deferred Annuity Contract.
Annuity Cross Funding Program -- tax treatment of the annuity contracts. Under
an Annuity Cross Funding Program we will treat transfers from this Funding
Annuity to the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity contract as
non-taxable transfers within a single annuity contract for federal tax purposes
only if this Funding Annuity and the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable
Deferred Annuity each satisfy certain requirements upon issue. Our ability to
continue to treat transfers from this Funding Annuity to the Scheduled Purchase
Payment Variable Deferred Annuity as non-taxable transfers within a single
annuity contract for federal tax purposes may be adversely affected if certain
changes are made to either contract after issue. Changing the Annuity
Commencement Date for this Funding Annuity and the Scheduled Purchase Payment
Variable Deferred Annuity once a Cross Funding Program has begun may have
adverse tax consequences, and you should consult a tax adviser before making
any such change. In addition, changing the Annuity Commencement Date on this
Funding Annuity may cause you to lose your rights to guaranteed minimum income
payments under the terms of the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred
Annuity contract.
120
Both contracts must have the same owner, joint owner if any, Annuitant, and
Joint Annuitant, if any. The beneficiaries need not be the same. Changing any
owner, any Annuitant, or beneficiary may have adverse tax consequences. You
should consult a tax adviser before making such a change.
This contract permits you for a limited period to return it for a refund as
described under the "Return Privilege" section of this prospectus. The
Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity we offer may also provide
a return privilege. You may choose to return either this Funding Annuity, the
Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity, or both contracts in
accordance with the applicable return privilege. Returning either this Funding
Annuity or the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity in
accordance with the applicable return privilege without also returning the
other contact may result in adverse tax consequences and you should consult a
tax adviser before returning only one contract.
Transfers from the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity to the
Funding Annuity are not permitted. While surrender charges applicable to this
Funding Annuity may decline over certain periods, amounts transferred from this
Funding Annuity to the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity may
be subject to surrender charges and/or a market value adjustment (which may be
positive or negative) upon a partial withdrawal or surrender from the Scheduled
Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity. The surrender charge applicable to
amounts transferred to the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity
may be higher than those applicable to such amounts had they remained invested
in this Funding Annuity; market value adjustments applicable to amounts
transferred to the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity would
not have been applicable to such amounts had they remained invested in this
Funding Annuity.
If you request a partial withdrawal or surrender while participating in an
Annuity Cross Funding Program, you must designate whether the partial
withdrawal or surrender is to be made from this Funding Annuity or the
Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity. Surrender charges and any
other applicable charges will be assessed according to the provisions of the
contract from which the partial withdrawal or surrender is made and as
disclosed in the prospectus for that contract. You should be aware that the tax
treatment of partial withdrawals or surrenders from either this Funding Annuity
or the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity Contract will be
affected by partial withdrawals or surrenders as well as gains or losses with
respect to the other contract. You should consult a tax adviser before
requesting partial withdrawals or surrenders from this Funding Annuity or the
Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity while participating in an
Annuity Cross Funding Program.
Death benefits will be calculated and paid separately in accordance with the
provisions of this Funding Annuity or the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable
Deferred Annuity as the case may be, and as disclosed in the prospectus for the
respective contract.
Income payments will be calculated and paid according to the provisions of this
Funding Annuity and the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity
(including the respective annuity tables of such contracts) and the provisions
of the respective prospectuses for and administrative procedures applicable to
each such contract. However, this Funding Annuity and the Scheduled Purchase
Payment Variable Deferred Annuity Contract will be aggregated and treated as
one contract for purposes of the tax treatment of such annuity payments. You
should consult a tax adviser before requesting annuity payments to start under
this Funding Annuity and/or the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred
Annuity Contract and before commuting any income payments before the payment
date for such payment.
This discussion of the Annuity Cross Funding Program does not attempt to
address the tax and other treatment of every transaction that could be effected
under this Funding Annuity or the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred
Annuity Contract in connection with an Annuity Cross Funding Program. You
should consult a tax adviser before you purchase this contract and/or the
Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity Contract in connection
with an Annuity Cross Funding Program.
DEATH OF OWNER AND/OR ANNUITANT
Distribution Provisions Upon Death of Owner or Joint Owner
In certain circumstances, federal tax law requires that distributions be made
under this contract upon an individual's death. Except as described below in
the "Distribution Rules" provision, a distribution is required upon the death
of:
(1) an owner or joint owner; or
(2) the Annuitant or Joint Annuitant, if any owner or joint owner is a
non-natural entity.
The amount of proceeds payable upon the death of an owner or joint owner (or
the Annuitant or Joint Annuitant if an owner or
121
joint owner is a non-natural entity) and the methods available for distributing
such proceeds are also described in the provision below.
If any owner or joint owner (who is not also an Annuitant or Joint Annuitant)
dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the amount of proceeds payable
will be the Contract Value as of the first Valuation Day we have receipt of the
request for surrender or choice of applicable payment option, due proof of
death and any required forms at our Home Office.
Death Benefit at Death of Any Annuitant Before Annuity Commencement Date
If any Annuitant dies before income payments begin, regardless of whether the
Annuitant is also an owner or joint owner, the amount of proceeds payable is
the death benefit. Upon receipt at our Home Office of due proof of an
Annuitant's death and all required forms (generally, due proof of death is a
certified copy of the death certificate or a certified copy of the decree of a
court of competent jurisdiction as to the finding of death), a death benefit
will be paid in accordance with your instructions, subject to distribution
rules and termination of contract provisions discussed in the contract and
elsewhere in this prospectus.
The death benefit choices we offer are:
(1) the Basic Death Benefit;
(2) the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider Option;
(3) the 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option;
(4) the Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider Option; and
(5) the Earnings Protector and Greater of Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death
Benefit Rider Option.
We automatically provide the Basic Death Benefit to you. The death benefit
rider options are available to you for an additional charge and must be elected
at the time of application. The 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option and the
Earnings Protector and Greater of Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death Benefit
Rider Option are not available for contracts issued on or after September 2,
2003 as a Funding Annuity under the Annuity Cross Funding Program. The Annual
Step-Up Death Benefit Rider may be elected with Lifetime Income Plus, Lifetime
Income Plus 2007, Lifetime Income Plus 2008 or Lifetime Income Plus Solution at
the time of application. None of the other death benefit rider options are
available with Lifetime Income Plus, Lifetime Income Plus 2007, Lifetime Income
Plus 2008 or Lifetime Income Plus Solution. You may elect the Earnings
Protector Death Benefit Rider with either the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Rider or the 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider. You may not, however, elect the
Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider and the 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider
together or in any combination. The Earnings Protector and Greater of Annual
Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider may not be elected with any other
death benefit rider.
The death benefit varies based on:
(1) the Annuitant's age on the date the contract is issued;
(2) the Annuitant's age on the date of his or her death;
(3) the number of contract years that elapse from the date the contract is
issued until the date of the Annuitant's death; and
(4) whether any premium taxes are due at the time the death benefit is paid.
Basic Death Benefit
The Basic Death Benefit available for all contracts issued is equal to the
greater of:
(a) purchase payments adjusted for any partial withdrawals and any
applicable premium tax, calculated as of the Valuation Day we receive
due proof of death and all required forms; and
(b) the Contract Value on the Valuation Day we receive due proof of death
and all required forms.
Partial withdrawals (including any partial withdrawals immediately allocated to
a Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity through an approved
Annuity Cross Funding Program, as well as any partial withdrawals taken
pursuant to the terms of a Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Option)
reduce the death benefit proportionally by the same percentage that the partial
withdrawal (including any applicable surrender charges and any premium tax
assessed) reduces the Contract Value.
Please see Appendix A for an example of the Basic Death Benefit calculation.
Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider Option
The Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider adds an extra feature to the Basic Death
Benefit. Under the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider, the amount of death
benefit proceeds we will pay upon receipt of due proof of death of any
Annuitant and all required forms at our Home Office will be the greater of:
. the Basic Death Benefit; and
. the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider Option described below.
122
The following is the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit if all Annuitant(s) are age
80 or younger on the date the contract is issued:
The Annual Step-Up Death Benefit on the Contract Date is the initial purchase
payment. The Annual Step-Up Death Benefit will be reset on each contract
anniversary, up to and including the later of the fifth contract anniversary
and the contract anniversary next following or coincident with the 80th
birthday of the older Annuitant and on the Valuation Day that we receive due
proof of death and all required forms at our Home Office. At each reset date,
the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit equals the greater of (a) and (b) where:
(a) is the Contract Value; and
(b) is the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit on the last reset date, plus
purchase payments made since the last reset date, adjusted for any
partial withdrawals taken and premium tax paid since the last reset date.
Partial withdrawals (including partial withdrawals immediately allocated to a
Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity through an approved
Annuity Cross Funding Program, as well as any partial withdrawals taken
pursuant to the terms of a Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Option)
reduce the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit proportionally by the same percentage
that the partial withdrawal (including any applicable surrender charges and
premium tax assessed) reduces the Contract Value.
The following is the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit if any Annuitant is older
than age 80 on the date the contract is issued:
The Annual Step-Up Death Benefit on the Contract Date is the initial purchase
payment. The Annual Step-Up Death Benefit will be reset on each contract
anniversary, up to and including the contract anniversary next following or
coincident with the 85th birthday of the older Annuitant and on the Valuation
Day that we receive due proof of death and all required forms at our Home
Office. At each reset date, the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit equals the greater
of (a) and (b) where:
(a) is the Contract Value; and
(b) is the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit on the last reset date, plus
purchase payments made since the last reset date, adjusted for any
partial withdrawals taken and premium tax paid since the last reset date.
Partial withdrawals (including any partial withdrawals immediately allocated to
a Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity through an approved
Annuity Cross Funding Program, as well as any partial withdrawals taken
pursuant to the terms of a Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Option)
reduce the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit proportionally by the same percentage
that the partial withdrawal (including any applicable surrender charges and any
applicable premium tax assessed) reduces the Contract Value.
You may only elect the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider Option at the time of
application. Once elected, it may not be terminated and it will remain in
effect while this contract is in force until income payments begin. On the
Annuity Commencement Date, this rider and its corresponding charge will
terminate.
The Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider Option may not be available in all
states or in all markets. We charge an additional amount for this benefit. This
charge will not exceed an annual rate of 0.20% of your Contract Value at the
time of the deduction. See the "Fee Tables" provision of this prospectus for
additional information.
Please refer to Appendix A for an example of the calculation of the Annual
Step-Up Death Benefit Rider Option.
5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option
The 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider adds an extra feature to the Basic Death
Benefit. Under the 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider, the amount of death benefit
proceeds we will pay upon receipt of due proof of death of any Annuitant and
all required forms at our Home Office will be the greater of:
. the Basic Death Benefit; and
. the 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option described below.
The 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option is available only to contracts where
all Annuitants are age 75 or younger on the date the contract is issued.
The 5% Rollup Death Benefit on the Contract Date is the initial purchase
payment. At the end of each Valuation Period after the Contract Date, the 5%
Rollup Death Benefit is equal to the lesser of (a) and (b) where:
(a) is 200% of purchase payments; and
(b) is the Rollup Death Benefit at the end of the last Valuation Period
increased by a daily interest factor, equivalent to a 5% annual
effective interest rate, plus purchase payments made during the current
Valuation Period and adjusted for any partial withdrawals taken and
premium taxes paid during the current Valuation Period.
123
Partial withdrawals each contract year (including any partial withdrawals
immediately allocated to a Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity
through an approved Annuity Cross Funding Program), up to 5% of purchase
payments, calculated at the time of the partial withdrawal, reduce the 5%
Rollup Death Benefit by the same amount that the partial withdrawal, including
any surrender charges and premium taxes paid, reduces the Contract Value. If
partial withdrawals greater than 5% of purchase payments are taken in any
contract year (including any partial withdrawals immediately allocated to a
Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity through an approved
Annuity Cross Funding Program), the 5% Rollup Death Benefit is reduced
proportionally for that partial withdrawal and all future partial withdrawals
by the same percentage that the partial withdrawal, including any surrender
charges and premium tax paid, reduces the Contract Value.
Timing of partial withdrawals may have unintended consequences to your 5%
Rollup Death Benefit. This benefit increases daily at a compounded rate of 5%.
Because of this, any partial withdrawals in a contract year that exceed the
accumulated rollup interest, up to an amount equal to 5% of purchase payments,
will reduce the death benefit amount below the value at the start of that
contract year.
You may only elect the 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option at the time of
application. Once elected, it may not be terminated and it will remain in
effect while this contract is in force until income payments begin. On the
Annuity Commencement Date, this rider and its corresponding charge will
terminate.
The 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option may not be available in all states or
in all markets. In addition, the 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option is not
available for contracts issued on or after September 2, 2003 as a Funding
Annuity under the Annuity Cross Funding Program. We charge an additional amount
for this benefit. This charge will not exceed an annual rate of 0.30% of your
Contract Value at the time of the deduction. See the "Fee Tables" provision of
this prospectus for additional information.
Please refer to Appendix A for an example of the calculation of the 5% Rollup
Death Benefit Rider Option.
Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider Option
The Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider adds an extra feature to your death
benefit. The Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider is available only to
contracts where all Annuitants are age 75 or younger on the date the contract
is issued.
The following is the Earnings Protector Death Benefit if all Annuitant(s) are
age 70 or younger on the date the contract is issued:
The Earnings Protector Death Benefit is equal to 40% of earnings which are
defined as (a) minus (b) where:
(a) is the Contract Value as of the first Valuation Day we have receipt of
due proof of death and all required forms at our Home Office; and
(b) is the sum of all purchase payments paid and not previously withdrawn.
The Earnings Protector Death Benefit cannot exceed 70% of purchase payments
adjusted for partial withdrawals (including any partial withdrawals immediately
allocated to a Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity through an
approved Annuity Cross Funding Program, as well as partial withdrawals taken
pursuant to the terms of Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage). Purchase payments,
other than the initial purchase payment, paid within 12 months of the date of
the Annuitant's death (or Joint Annuitant's death, if applicable), are not
included in this calculation. The Earnings Protector Death Benefit will never
be less than zero.
The following is the Earnings Protector Death Benefit if any Annuitant is older
than age 70 on the date the contract is issued:
The Earnings Protector Death Benefit is equal to 25% of earnings which are
defined as (a) minus (b) where:
(a) is the Contract Value as of the first Valuation Day we have receipt of
due proof of death and all required forms at our Home Office; and
(b) is the sum of all purchase payments paid and not previously withdrawn.
The Earnings Protector Death Benefit cannot exceed 40% of purchase payments
paid as adjusted for partial withdrawals (including any partial withdrawals
immediately allocated to a Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity
through an approved Annuity Cross Funding Program, as well as partial
withdrawals taken pursuant to the terms of Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage).
Purchase payments, other than the initial purchase payment, paid within 12
months of the date of the Annuitant's death (or Joint Annuitant's death, if
applicable), are not included in this calculation. The Earnings Protector Death
Benefit will never be less than zero.
Under both age scenarios listed above, partial withdrawals (including partial
withdrawals immediately allocated to a Scheduled Purchase Payment Deferred
Variable Annuity through an approved Annuity Cross Funding Program, as well
124
as partial withdrawals taken pursuant to the terms of Guaranteed Withdrawal
Advantage) are taken first from gain and then from purchase payments made. For
purposes of this rider, gain is calculated as (a) plus (b) minus (c) minus (d),
but not less than zero, where:
(a) is the Contract Value on the Valuation Day we receive your partial
withdrawal or surrender request;
(b) is the total of any partial withdrawals, excluding any surrender charges;
(c) is the total of purchase payments paid; and
(d) is the total of any gain previously withdrawn.
You may only elect the Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider Option at the
time of application. Once elected, it may not be terminated and it will remain
in effect while the contract is in force until income payments begin. On the
Annuity Commencement Date, this rider and its corresponding charge will
terminate.
The Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider Option may not be available in all
states or in all markets. We charge an additional amount for this benefit. This
charge will not exceed an annual rate of 0.30% of your Contract Value at the
time of the deduction. See the "Fee Tables" provision of this prospectus for
additional information.
Please refer to Appendix A for an example of the calculation of the Earnings
Protector Death Benefit Rider Option.
There are important things you should consider before you purchase the Earnings
Protector Death Benefit Rider Option. These include:
. The Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider Option does not guarantee that
any amounts under the benefit will become payable at death. Market
declines resulting in your Contract Value being less than your purchase
payments paid and not previously withdrawn may result in no additional
amount being payable.
. Once you elect the Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider Option, you
cannot terminate it. This means that regardless of any changes in your
circumstances, we will continue to assess a charge for the Earnings
Protector Death Benefit Rider Option.
. Please take advantage of the guidance of a qualified financial adviser in
evaluating the Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider Option, as well as
the other aspects of the contracts.
The Earnings Protector and Greater of Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death
Benefit Rider Option
The Earnings Protector and Greater of Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death
Benefit Rider Option combines the Greater of the Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup
Death Benefit Rider Option plus the Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider
Option. Under this rider option, the amount of death benefit proceeds we will
pay upon receipt of due proof of death of any Annuitant and all required forms
at our Home Office will be the greatest of:
. the Basic Death Benefit;
. the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider Option described above; and
. the 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option described above; plus
. the Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider Option described above.
You may only elect the Earnings Protector and Greater of Annual Step-Up and 5%
Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option at the time of application. Once elected, it
may not be terminated and it will remain in effect while this contract is in
force until income payments begin. On the Annuity Commencement Date, this rider
and its corresponding charge will terminate.
The Earnings Protector and Greater of Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup Death
Benefit Rider Option may not be available in all states or in all markets. In
addition, the Earnings Protector and Greater of Annual Step-Up and 5% Rollup
Death Benefit Rider Option is not available for contracts issued on or after
September 2, 2003 as a Funding Annuity under the Annuity Cross Funding Program.
We charge an additional amount for this benefit. This charge will not exceed an
annual rate of 0.70% of your Contract Value at the time of the deduction. See
the "Fee Tables" provision of this prospectus for additional information.
Termination of Death Benefit Rider Options When Contract Assigned or Sold
Your death benefit rider options will terminate in the event that you assign
your contract, unless your contract is assigned pursuant to a court order.
How to Claim Proceeds and/or Death Benefit Payments
At the death of:
(1) an owner or joint owner; or
125
(2) the Annuitant or Joint Annuitant (if any owner or joint owner is a
non-natural entity);
the person or entity first listed below who is alive or in existence on the
date of that death will become the designated beneficiary:
(1) owner or joint owner;
(2) primary beneficiary;
(3) contingent beneficiary;
(4) owner's or joint owner's estate.
The designated beneficiary will be treated thereafter as the sole owner of the
contract. The designated beneficiary may choose one of the payment choices
described below, or a default payment choice will apply if no such election is
made. For purposes of this provision, if there is more than one primary
beneficiary named, each one will be treated separately with respect to their
portion of the contract. Thus, in cases where there are multiple designated
beneficiaries, once all required information is received, each designated
beneficiary will be allocated their share of the proceeds in accordance with
the terms of the contract and as specified by the owner. Then, each designated
beneficiary may elect one of the payment choices below or have the default
payment choice apply. If there is no primary beneficiary(ies) alive or in
existence at the time of the death, all proceeds will be then payable to any
named contingent beneficiary(ies).
We should be notified immediately by telephone upon the death of an owner,
joint owner, Annuitant or Joint Annuitant. We have the right to request that
all notifications of death be immediately followed by written notification.
Upon notification, no additional purchase payments will be accepted (unless the
designated beneficiary is the spouse of the deceased and that spousal
designated beneficiary has elected to continue the contract). Upon such
notification of death, we will transfer all assets in the Separate Account to
the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund
until receipt of due proof of death and any required forms. Due proof of death
consists of a death certificate issued by a government jurisdiction or a court
of law. Any required forms can consist of information necessary in order to pay
any named designated beneficiary(ies) and any other information necessary to
process applicable proceeds.
In cases where there are multiple designated beneficiaries, once all required
information is received, each designated beneficiary will be allocated their
share of the proceeds in accordance with the terms of the contract and as
specified by the owner. At such time, once allocated their share of the
proceeds, each designated beneficiary may elect to:
(1) receive the proceeds in a lump sum;
(2) receive the proceeds over a period of five years following the date of
death. At the end of the five year period, any remaining amounts will be
distributed in a lump sum (if the designated beneficiary dies before all
payments have been distributed, the remaining proceeds will be paid to
the person or entity named or by the designated beneficiary or his or
her estate if no person or entity is named);
(3) elect Optional Payment Plan 1 or 2 as described in the "Optional Payment
Plans" provision of this prospectus. If elected, payments must commence
no later than one year after the date of death. In addition, if Optional
Payment Plan 1 is chosen, the period certain cannot exceed the
designated beneficiary's life expectancy, and if Optional Payment Plan 2
is chosen, the fixed period cannot exceed the designated beneficiary's
life expectancy;
(4) elect a "stretch" payment choice, as described in the "Stretch Payment
Choices" provision below;
(5) if the designated beneficiary is the spouse of a deceased owner, he or
she may continue the contract as stated in the "Distribution Rules"
provision.
(6) if the designated beneficiary is an owner or joint owner who is a
natural person, he or she may continue the contract as stated in the
"Distribution Rules" provision.
If a designated beneficiary makes no election within 60 days following receipt
of due proof of death and all required forms at our Home Office, proceeds will
be paid over a period of five years following the date of death.
If your contract is a Qualified Contract, not all elections will satisfy
required minimum distribution rules. Note that effective for owners who die on
or after January 1, 2020, subject to certain exceptions, most non-spouse
designated beneficiaries must now complete death benefit distributions within
ten years of the owner's death in order to satisfy required minimum
distribution rules. Consult a tax adviser before making an election.
Stretch Payment Choices
The following payment choice is available to designated beneficiaries of
Non-Qualified Contracts:
A designated beneficiary of a Non-Qualified Contract may apply the death
proceeds of the contract to provide for an annual payment equal to the Minimum
Annual Income, described below, for the life expectancy of the designated
beneficiary. The
126
first income payment must be made no later than 350 days after the original
owner's date of death. The income payment period must be a period not exceeding
the designated beneficiary's life expectancy. Payments will continue annually
on the distribution date until the death of the designated beneficiary or the
Contract Value is reduced to $0. Upon death of the designated beneficiary, the
person or entity named by the designated beneficiary or, if no one is named,
the designated beneficiary's estate may receive the remaining Contract Value.
The recipient may take the Contract Value as a lump sum or continue to receive
the annual payment on the distribution date equal to the Minimum Annual Income,
or until the Contract Value is reduced to $0.
The Minimum Annual Income is the amount withdrawn each year to satisfy Section
72(s)(2)(B) of the Code. The Minimum Annual Income will be re-determined each
year for the designated beneficiary's life expectancy using the Single Life
Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 A-1 of the Income Tax Regulations, as amended.
After death, the Minimum Annual Income is calculated using the designated
beneficiary's remaining life expectancy. We may offer alternative calculations
of Minimum Annual Income based on amortization or annuitization calculations
methods described in guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service.
Special rules for this payment choice only:
. This payment choice cannot be selected if the Minimum Annual Income would
be less than $100.
. The designated beneficiary must elect a distribution date on which
payments will be made. The first distribution date must be no later than
350 days after the owner's date of death.
. Amounts paid to satisfy the Minimum Annual Income will not be subject to
surrender charges. Surrender charges will apply to amounts withdrawn above
the Minimum Annual Income.
. Optional living benefit and death benefit riders are not available with
this payment choice.
. Additional purchase payments may not be added with this payment choice.
Under this payment choice, the contract will terminate upon payment of the
entire Contract Value.
The following payment choice is available to designated beneficiaries of
Qualified Contracts or any beneficiary receiving death proceeds from any other
individual retirement plan:
An inherited owner may apply death proceeds to provide for an annual payment
equal to the Minimum Annual Income, described below. For purposes of this
provision, an inherited owner is any designated beneficiary receiving death
proceeds from a Qualified Contract or any beneficiary receiving death proceeds
from any other individual retirement plan. A surviving spouse may elect to be
treated as an inherited owner in lieu of exercising spousal continuation. The
inherited owner will be named the Annuitant at election of the payment choice.
Payments under this payment choice will continue annually on the distribution
date selected by the inherited owner, subject to the special rules stated
below, until the death of the inherited owner or the Contract Value is reduced
to $0. Upon death of the inherited owner, the person or entity named by the
inherited owner or, if no one is named, the inherited owner's estate may
receive the remaining Contract Value. The recipient may take the Contract Value
as a lump sum or continue to receive the annual payment on the distribution
date equal to the Minimum Annual Income until the Contract Value is reduced to
$0.
The Minimum Annual Income is the amount withdrawn each year to satisfy Section
408(b)(3) of the Code. The Minimum Annual Income will be based on the
applicable distribution period for required minimum distributions after death,
as provided in Section 1.401(a)(9)-5 A-5 of the Income Tax Regulations.
Special rules for this payment choice only:
. This payment choice cannot be selected if the Minimum Annual Income would
be less than $100.
. The inherited owner must elect a distribution date on which payments will
be made. If the inherited owner is the surviving spouse of the original
IRA owner within the meaning of Section 401(a)(9)(B)(iv) of the Code, then
the first distribution date elected must be the later of either: (i)
December 15th of the year in which the deceased would have been age 70 1/2
or (ii) December 15th of the year following the original IRA owner's
death. If the inherited owner is not the surviving spouse of the original
IRA owner, then the first distribution date elected must be within 350
days from the date of death. If the surviving spouse dies before the first
distribution date, the first distribution date under this rider will be
determined by treating death of the surviving spouse as death of the
original IRA owner and the surviving spouse's designated beneficiary as
the inherited owner.
. Amounts paid to satisfy the Minimum Annual Income will not be subject to
surrender charges. Surrender charges will apply to amounts withdrawn above
the Minimum Annual Income.
127
. Optional living benefit and death benefit riders are not available with
this payment choice.
. Additional purchase payments may not be added with this payment choice
This payment choice will not satisfy required minimum distribution rules for
designated beneficiaries other than "eligible designated beneficiaries" as
defined in Section 401(a)(9)(H) of the Code. Consult a tax adviser before
making this payment choice.
Under this payment choice, the contract will terminate upon payment of the
entire Contract Value.
Spendthrift Provision. An owner may, by providing written notice to our Home
Office in a manner acceptable to the Company, choose the method of payment of
death proceeds under the contract by selecting any payment choice, including
any Optional Payment Plan, that a designated beneficiary may have chosen. A
designated beneficiary (other than the surviving spouse) cannot change the
payment choice that the owner has selected. The owner may also specify at the
time of electing an income payment option that any payments remaining to be
made at the owner's death cannot be commuted or assigned. While living, the
owner may revoke any such limitations on the rights of the designated
beneficiary by providing written notice of such revocation to our Home Office
in a manner acceptable to the Company. If the payment choice selected by the
owner does not apply to a designated beneficiary, the limitations imposed by
this paragraph shall not apply to such designated beneficiary. For example, a
payment choice based on an individual's life does not apply to the owner's
estate and the estate would be free to make its own payment choice as
designated beneficiary after the owner's death.
Distribution Rules
When Death Occurs Before the Annuity Commencement Date
The distribution rules below apply to Non-Qualified Contracts that are
generally treated as annuity contracts under the Code. These rules also apply
where federal tax law does not provide alternative distribution rules. These
rules do not apply to Qualified Contracts and, if alternative distribution
rules apply, contracts that do not qualify as annuity contracts under federal
tax law, and may not apply to contracts held by certain entities. For Qualified
Contracts, the required minimum distribution provisions of the Code apply. The
required minimum distribution rules are generally specified in the endorsement,
plan document, or other writing establishing the plan or individual retirement
arrangement. Note that effective for owners who die on or after January 1,
2020, subject to certain exceptions, most non-spouse designated beneficiaries
must now complete death benefit distributions within ten years of the owner's
death in order to satisfy required minimum distribution rules. See the "Tax
Matters" provision of this prospectus.
If the sole designated beneficiary is the surviving spouse of the deceased
owner, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the contract with the
surviving spouse as the owner. If the deceased owner was also an Annuitant or
Joint Annuitant, the surviving spouse will automatically become the new sole
Annuitant. As the new named owner and Annuitant, the surviving spouse may
exercise all rights as stated in the contract. Any other surviving Joint
Annuitant will be removed from the contract. Should the surviving spouse
remarry, the new spouse may not exercise this provision at the death of the
surviving spouse. If the surviving spouse is one of multiple designated
beneficiaries, the surviving spouse may only continue the contract with the
proportion allocated to him or her by the owner as stated on the application or
later in writing in a form acceptable to us.
If the designated beneficiary(ies) is not the surviving spouse of the deceased,
the designated beneficiary(ies) may not continue the contract indefinitely. If
payment choice 1 or 2 is elected, the proceeds from the contract must be
distributed within five years of the date of death. If payment choice 3 is
elected (within 60 days following receipt of due proof of death and all
required forms at our Home Office), payments will begin within one year of the
date of the deceased owner's death and extend over the designated beneficiary's
life or a period not longer than the designated beneficiary's life expectancy.
If the designated beneficiary is an owner or joint owner, the owner (if the
owner is a natural person) may continue the contract. Contract Value for the
continued contract will be equal to the death benefit proceeds. If there is no
Joint Annuitant, the Owner will become the new sole Annuitant. If there is a
Joint Annuitant, the Joint Annuitant will become the sole Annuitant. The owner
may exercise all rights as stated in the contract before an Annuitant's death.
When Death Occurs On or After the Annuity Commencement Date
On or after the Annuity Commencement Date, if an owner, joint owner, Annuitant,
or designated beneficiary dies while the contract is in force, payments that
are already being made under the contract will be made at least as rapidly as
under the method of distribution in effect at the time of such death,
notwithstanding any other provision of the contract. This means that unless
accelerated in accordance with contract terms, income payments will continue to
the beneficiary under the distribution method in effect at the applicable death.
128
INCOME PAYMENTS
Income Payments and the Annuity Commencement Date
The Annuity Commencement Date is the date income payments begin under the
contract, provided the Annuitant is still living on that date. (If Guaranteed
Income Advantage or Principal Protection Advantage is elected, income payments
may begin on a different date under the terms of the rider. See the "Guaranteed
Income Advantage" and "Principal Protection Advantage" provisions in this
section.) The Annuity Commencement Date must be a date at least thirteen months
from the date the contract is issued, unless you have elected Payment Optimizer
Plus. If you have elected Payment Optimizer Plus, you may elect to receive
income payments within the first year of the contract.
The owner selects the contract's initial Annuity Commencement Date at issue.
Thereafter, until income payments begin, the owner may elect to extend the
Annuity Commencement Date in one-year increments, so long as the new Annuity
Commencement Date is not a date beyond the latest permitted Annuity
Commencement Date. The latest Annuity Commencement Date we currently permit may
not be a date beyond the younger Annuitant's 90th birthday, unless we consent
to a later date. We reserve the right to discontinue to allow the deferral of
the Annuity Commencement Date at any time and without prior notice. Any consent
for a new Annuity Commencement Date will be provided on a non-discriminatory
basis.
An owner may request to change the Annuity Commencement Date by sending written
notice to our Home Office prior to the Annuity Commencement Date then in
effect. If you change the Annuity Commencement Date, the Annuity Commencement
Date will mean the new Annuity Commencement Date selected, provided such
Annuity Commencement Date is not a date beyond the latest permitted Annuity
Commencement Date. If income payments have not commenced upon reaching the
latest permitted Annuity Commencement Date, we will begin making payments to
the named payee. In this circumstance: (i) if Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage
applies, income payments will be made in the form of Life Income with a 10 Year
Period Certain; (ii) if Lifetime Income Plus, Lifetime Income Plus 2007,
Lifetime Income Plus 2008 or Lifetime Income Plus Solution applies, income
payments will be made pursuant to Optional Payment Plan 6, Fixed Income for
Life; (iii) if Guaranteed Income Advantage applies, income payments will be
made in the form of Life Income with a 10 Year Period Certain; or (iv) if one
of the Payment Protection Rider Options applies, income payments will be made
in the form of a Life Income. If, however, at the latest permitted Annuity
Commencement Date these riders do not apply, income payments will be made in
the form of a Life Income with a 10 Year Period Certain.
An Annuity Commencement Date that occurs or is scheduled to occur at an
advanced age (e.g., past age 85) may, in certain circumstances, have adverse
income tax consequences. See the "Tax Matters" provision of this prospectus.
Contracts issued to qualified retirement plans provide for income payments to
start on the date and under the option specified by the plan.
We will pay a monthly income benefit to the owner beginning on the Annuity
Commencement Date provided the Annuitant(s) is still living. Unless you have
elected one of the Payment Protection Rider Options, we will pay the monthly
income benefit in the form of a Life Income with 10 Years Certain plan or a
Joint Life and Survivor Income with 10 Years Certain plan, both with variable
income payments, using the gender (where appropriate) and settlement age of the
Annuitant instead of the payee, unless you make another election as described
below. Payments made pursuant to one of these plans are not redeemable. If you
elected one of the Payment Protection Rider Options, we will pay monthly income
over the life of the Annuitant(s). As described in your contract, the
settlement age may be less than the Annuitant's age. This means that payments
may be lower than they would have been without the adjustment. You may also
choose to receive the the Surrender Value of your contract on the date
immediately preceding the Annuity Commencement Date in a lump sum, in which
case, we will cancel the contract. See the "Requesting Payments" provision of
this prospectus.
Payments will continue for the life of the Annuitant under the Life Income with
10 Years Certain plan, if he or she lives longer than 10 years. If the
Annuitant dies before the end of 10 years, we will discount the remaining
payments for the 10 year period at the same rate used to calculate the monthly
income payment. If the remaining payments are variable income payments, we will
assume the amount of each payment that we discount equals the payment amount on
the date we receive due proof of death. We will pay this discounted amount in a
lump sum.
Payments will continue for the life of the Surviving Annuitant under the Joint
Life and Survivor Life with 10 Years Certain plan, if any Annuitant lives
longer than 10 years. If both Annuitants die before the end of 10 years, the
remaining payments for the 10 year period will be discounted at the same rate
used to calculate the monthly income payment. If the remaining payments are
variable income payments, we will assume the amount of each payment that we
discount equals the payment amount on the date we receive due proof of death.
We will pay the discounted amount in a lump sum.
129
The contract also provides optional forms of income payments ("Optional Payment
Plans"), each of which is payable on a fixed basis. Optional Payment Plan 1 and
Optional Payment Plan 5 also are available on a variable basis.
If you elect fixed income payments, the guaranteed amount payable will be
computed using interest at a minimum rate of 3% compounded yearly. We may
increase the interest rate, which will increase the amount we pay to you or the
payee.
If you elect variable income payments, the dollar amount of the first variable
income payment will depend on the annuity purchase rates described in your
contract for the Optional Payment Plan you choose. These rates vary based on
the Annuitant's settlement age and gender, and upon the settlement age and
gender of a second person you designate (if applicable). Under such tables, the
longer the life expectancy of the Annuitant or the longer the period for which
we guarantee to make payments under the option, the smaller the amount the
first variable income payment will be. After your first income payment, the
dollar amount of your income payments will vary based on the investment
performance of the Subaccount(s) in which you invest and the contract's assumed
interest rate.
The assumed interest rate is an assumption we make regarding the investment
performance of the Portfolios you select. This rate is simply the total return,
after expenses, you need to keep your variable income payments level. We assume
an effective annual rate of 3%. This means that if the annualized investment
performance, after expenses, of your Subaccounts, measured between the day that
the last payment was made and the day on which we are calculating the new
payment, is less than 3%, then the dollar amount of your variable income
payment will decrease. Conversely, if the annualized investment performance,
after expenses, of your Subaccounts, measured between the day that the last
payment was made and the day on which we are calculating the new payment, is
greater than 3%, then the dollar amount of your income payment will increase.
We will make income payments monthly unless you elect to receive payments
quarterly, semi-annually or annually. Under the monthly income benefit and all
of the Optional Payment Plans, if any payment made more frequently than
annually would be or becomes less than $100, we reserve the right to reduce the
frequency of payments to an interval that would result in each payment being at
least $100. If the annual payment payable at maturity is less than $20, we will
pay the Surrender Value in a lump sum. See the "Requesting Payments" provision
of this prospectus. Upon making such a payment, we will have no future
obligation under the contract.
The amount of your income payments will depend on four things:
. your Surrender Value on the Valuation Day immediately preceding your
Annuity Commencement Date;
. the settlement age on the Annuity Commencement Date, and if applicable,
the gender of the Annuitant(s);
. the specific payment plan you choose; and
. if you elect variable income payments, the investment performance of the
Portfolios selected.
As provided in your contract, we may adjust the age used to determine income
payments, and we may deduct premium taxes from your payments.
Optional Payment Plans
The following Optional Payment Plans are available under the contract, unless
you have fully annuitized under Guaranteed Income Advantage or one of the
Payment Protection Rider Options:
Optional Payment Plan 1 -- Life Income with Period Certain. This option
guarantees periodic monthly payments for the lifetime of the payee with a
minimum number of years of payments. If the payee lives longer than the
minimum period, payments will continue for his or her life. The minimum
period can be 10, 15, or 20 years. The payee selects the designated period.
If the payee dies during the minimum period, we will discount the amount of
the remaining guaranteed payments at the same rate used in calculating
income payments. We will pay the discounted amount in a lump sum to the
payee's estate, unless otherwise provided.
Optional Payment Plan 2 -- Income for a Fixed Period. This option provides
for periodic payments to be made for a fixed period not longer than 30
years. Payments can be made annually, semi-annually, quarterly, or monthly.
If the payee dies, we will discount the amount of the remaining guaranteed
payments to the date of the payee's death at the same rate used in
calculating income payments. We will pay the discounted amount in a lump sum
to the payee's estate, unless otherwise provided.
Optional Payment Plan 3 -- Income of a Definite Amount. This option
provides periodic payments of a definite amount to be paid. Payments can be
made annually, semi-annually, quarterly, or monthly. The amount paid each
year must be at least $120 for each $1,000 of proceeds. Payments will
continue until the proceeds are exhausted. The last payment will equal the
130
amount of any unpaid proceeds. If the payee dies, we will pay the amount of
the remaining proceeds with earned interest in a lump sum to the payee's
estate, unless otherwise provided.
Optional Payment Plan 4 -- Interest Income. This option provides for
periodic payments of interest earned from the proceeds left with us.
Payments can be made annually, semi-annually, quarterly, or monthly. If the
payee dies, we will pay the amount of remaining proceeds and any earned, but
unpaid interest, in a lump sum to the payee's estate, unless otherwise
provided. This plan is not available to contracts issued as Qualified
Contracts.
Optional Payment Plan 5 -- Joint Life and Survivor Income. This option
provides for us to make monthly payments to two payees for a guaranteed
minimum of 10 years. Each payee must be at least 35 years old when payments
begin. Payments will continue as long as either payee is living. If both
payees die before the end of the minimum period, we will discount the amount
of the remaining payments for the 10 year period at the same rate used in
calculating income payments. We will pay the discounted amount in a lump sum
to the survivor's estate, unless otherwise provided.
Optional Payment Plan 6 -- Fixed Income for Life. This option provides for
us to make monthly payments of a fixed amount for the life of the Annuitant
or, if there are Joint Annuitants, the last surviving Annuitant. If Lifetime
Income Plus, Lifetime Income Plus 2007, Lifetime Income Plus 2008 or
Lifetime Income Plus Solution has been elected and the contract has reached
the latest permitted Annuity Commencement Date, the fixed amount payable
annually will be greater than or equal to the most recently calculated
Withdrawal Limit. If the last surviving Annuitant dies, no amount will be
payable under this option.
If the payee is not a natural person, our consent must be obtained before
selecting an Optional Payment Plan. Fixed income payments, if selected, will
begin on the date we receive due proof of the Annuitant's death or on the
Annuity Commencement Date. Variable income payments will begin within seven
days after the date payments would begin under the corresponding fixed option.
Payments under Optional Payment Plan 4 (Interest Income) will begin at the end
of the first interest period after the date proceeds are otherwise payable.
All payments under Optional Payment Plan 2 (Income for a Fixed Period),
Optional Payment Plan 3 (Income of a Definite Amount) and Optional Payment Plan
4 (Interest Income) may be redeemed by the payee upon written request to our
Home Office. Payments made under Optional Payment Plan 1 (Life Income with
Period Certain), Optional Payment Plan 5 (Joint Life and Survivor Income) and
Optional Payment Plan 6 (Fixed Income for Life) are not redeemable. If a
request for redemption is received for Optional Payment Plan 2, Optional
Payment Plan 3 or Optional Payment Plan 4 in good order, the payment will
generally be made within seven days, however, some states require us to reserve
the right to defer payments from the Guarantee Account for up to six months
from the date we receive the request for payment.
If your contract is a Qualified Contract, Optional Payment Plans 2 and 3 may
not satisfy minimum required distribution rules. Optional Payment Plan 4 is not
available to contracts issued as Qualified Contracts. Optional Payment Plan 5
may not satisfy required distribution rules for all designated beneficiaries.
Consult a tax adviser before electing one of these options.
Variable Income Payments
The monthly amount of your first variable income payment will equal your
Surrender Value on the Valuation Day immediately preceding your Annuity
Commencement Date, less any premium taxes, multiplied by the monthly payment
rate for the payment plan you choose (at an assumed interest rate of 3%),
divided by 1,000. We determine subsequent payments based on Annuity Units.
On the Annuity Commencement Date, we determine the number of Annuity Units for
each Subaccount. This number will not change unless you make a transfer. On the
Annuity Commencement Date, the number of Annuity Units for a Subaccount is the
portion of the first payment from that Subaccount divided by the Annuity Unit
value for that Subaccount on the day the first payment is due. Each subsequent
variable income payment will equal the sum of payments for each Subaccount. The
payment for a Subaccount is the number of Annuity Units for that Subaccount
multiplied by the Annuity Unit value for that Subaccount seven days before the
monthly anniversary of the Annuity Commencement Date.
Following the Annuity Commencement Date, the Annuity Unit value of each
Subaccount for any Valuation Period will equal the Annuity Unit value for the
preceding Valuation Period multiplied by the product of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is the net investment factor for the Valuation Period for which we are
calculating the Annuity Unit value; and
(b) is an assumed interest rate factor equal to .99991902 raised to a power
equal to the number of days in the Valuation Period.
131
The assumed interest rate factor in (b) above is the daily equivalent of
dividing by one plus the assumed investment interest rate of 3%. We may offer a
plan that has a different assumed investment interest rate. If we do, the
assumed interest rate factor we use in (b) above would change.
If you have elected Payment Optimizer Plus, the assumed interest rate will be
4% and the assumed interest rate factor in (b) will equal .99989255 raised to a
power equal to the number of days in the Valuation Period.
Transfers After the Annuity Commencement Date
If we are making variable income payments, the payee may change the Subaccounts
from which we are making the payments three times each calendar year. If you
elect one of the Payment Protection Rider Options, the benefits you receive
under such rider may be reduced if, after a transfer, your assets (Annuity
Units) are not allocated in accordance with the prescribed Investment Strategy.
Transfers may not be made if income payments are being received pursuant to the
terms of Guaranteed Income Advantage. The transfer will be effective as of the
end of the Valuation Period during which we receive the written transfer
request at our Home Office. However, we reserve the right to limit the number
of transfers, if necessary, for the contract to continue to be treated as an
annuity under the Code. We also reserve the right to refuse to execute any
transfer if any of the Subaccounts that would be affected by the transfer is
unable to purchase or redeem shares of the Portfolio in which the Subaccount
invests or if the transfer would adversely affect Annuity Unit values. If the
number of Annuity Units remaining in a Subaccount after a transfer is less than
1, we will transfer the remaining balance in addition to the amount requested
for the transfer. We will not allow a transfer into any Subaccount unless the
number of Annuity Units of that Subaccount after the transfer is at least
1. The amount of the income payments as of the date of the transfer will not be
affected by the transfer. We will not charge for transfers made after the
Annuity Commencement Date.
We do not permit transfers between the Subaccounts and the Guarantee Account
after the Annuity Commencement Date. We also do not permit transfers in the
Guarantee Account from one interest rate guarantee period to another interest
rate guarantee period.
Guaranteed Income Advantage
Guaranteed Income Advantage provides a guaranteed income benefit that is based
on the amount of assets you invest in the GIS Subaccount(s). Under the rider,
you will receive a series of monthly income payments determined on the earlier
of the date you designate payments from the GIS Subaccount(s) to begin (the
"Income Start Date") or the date you annuitize the contract (the "Annuity
Commencement Date"). Each series of monthly income payments is referred to as a
segment. The guaranteed income benefit may be comprised of one or more
segments. If you meet the conditions of the rider, as discussed more fully
below, the amount of your monthly income payment, for each segment, will have a
guaranteed income floor, and the guaranteed income floor will not vary based on
the market performance of the Subaccounts in which your assets are allocated.
There is an extra charge for this rider.
You may not allocate purchase payments or assets in your contract directly to
the GIS Subaccount(s). Payments to the GIS Subaccount(s) must be made through a
series of scheduled transfers. As discussed in the "Scheduled Transfers"
section below, for contracts issued on or after the later of April 29, 2005, or
the date on which state insurance authorities approve applicable contract
modifications, scheduled transfers may be made in advance of their due date. In
other words, for these contracts, you will have the ability to "pre-pay"
transfers into the GIS Subaccount(s).
Because this contract is no longer offered and sold, Guaranteed Income
Advantage is no longer available to purchase under the contract.
Each segment has its own effective date, Income Start Date, series of scheduled
transfers, monthly income plan and guaranteed annual income factor. If you wish
to elect this rider, you must do so at the time of application. You may add
additional segments on any contract monthly anniversary for a maximum of five
segments, provided the Annuitant is age 70 or younger at the time the segment
is elected. We reserve the right to allow additional segments in the future.
Scheduled Transfers
The first scheduled transfer is made to the GIS Subaccount(s) as of the
effective date of the segment. Scheduled transfers if due will continue to be
made on each monthly anniversary of that date until the earlier of the Income
Start Date or the Annuity Commencement Date. For contracts issued on or after
the later of April 29, 2005, or the date on which state insurance authorities
approve applicable contract modifications, scheduled transfers may be made in
advance of the monthly anniversaries on which they become due. If any month
ends before the monthly anniversary or on a day that is not a Valuation Day,
the next Valuation Day will be treated as the monthly anniversary for that
month.
132
Only scheduled transfers can be made into the GIS Subaccount(s). Purchase
payments may not be made directly to the GIS Subaccount(s). Scheduled transfers
are made first to the GIS Subaccount(s) of the segment that has been in effect
for the longest period of time.
Scheduled transfers will first be made on a prorata basis from the Subaccounts
to which you have allocated assets, excluding the GIS Subaccount(s). Scheduled
transfers will then be made from any Guarantee Account to the extent that the
value in the Subaccounts is insufficient to cover the scheduled transfer
amount. Scheduled transfers from the Guarantee Account will be taken from
amounts that have been in the Guarantee Account for the longest period of time.
There is a minimum scheduled transfer of $100. If amounts available for
transfer on the date of the scheduled transfer are not enough to make the
scheduled transfer, that scheduled transfer and any future scheduled transfers
will not be made with respect to that segment. Your guaranteed income floor for
that segment will be based upon scheduled transfers made to that date.
Withdrawals and Transfers
You may take a withdrawal or make transfers from the GIS Subaccount(s) at any
time prior to the earlier of the Income Start Date or the Annuity Commencement
Date. For contracts issued on or after the later of April 29, 2005, or the date
on which state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications,
except for the annual contract charge and any transfer charge (if applicable),
any rider charge and contract charge not taken as an asset based charge from
the GIS Subaccount(s) will be treated as withdrawals for purposes of
calculating the guaranteed income floor and scheduled transfers made.
Once you take a withdrawal or make a transfer from a segment, you will not be
permitted to make any additional scheduled transfers to that segment. Your
guaranteed income floor will be adjusted to reflect the amount withdrawn or
transferred by using a recalculation of scheduled transfers made as described
below. For contracts issued prior to April 29, 2005, or prior to the date on
which state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications,
after such withdrawal or transfer, the number of scheduled transfers made will
equal (a) multiplied by (b) divided by (c), where:
(a) is the number of scheduled transfers made prior to such withdrawal or
transfer;
(b) is the value of the applicable GIS Subaccount(s) after such withdrawal
or transfer; and
(c) is the value of the applicable GIS Subaccount(s) before such withdrawal
or transfer.
For contracts issued on or after the later of April 29, 2005, or the date on
which state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications,
after such withdrawals or transfer, the scheduled transfers made will equal (a)
multiplied by (b) divided by (c), where:
(a) is the scheduled transfers made prior to such withdrawal or transfer;
(b) is the value of the applicable GIS Subaccount(s) after such withdrawal
or transfer; and
(c) is the value of the applicable GIS Subaccount(s) before such withdrawal
or transfer.
Unless you instruct otherwise, withdrawals will first be deducted from the
Subaccounts in which you have allocated assets, excluding the GIS
Subaccount(s). These deductions will be taken on a prorata basis. Then
withdrawals will be deducted from amounts allocated to the Guarantee Account
for the longest period of time. Finally, withdrawals will be deducted from the
GIS Subaccount(s) from the segment that has been in effect for the shortest
period of time.
Transfers from the GIS Subaccount(s) will be subject to the provisions stated
in the "Transfers" provision of this prospectus.
Monthly Income
You may elect to receive monthly income under this rider or you may elect to
transfer the value in the GIS Subaccount(s) to another investment option under
your contract and receive income payments. If you elect to transfer the value
in the GIS Subaccount(s) to another investment option, you will lose the
guaranteed income benefit for that segment.
On the Income Start Date, we will begin making monthly income payments in
accordance with the monthly income plan chosen by you. The Income Start Date
for the first segment is determined at application. The Income Start Date for
each additional segment is determined at the time that segment is added to the
contract. Once established, these Income Start Dates cannot be changed. For a
single Annuitant, monthly income will be based on a Life Income with a 10 Year
Period Certain plan. For Joint Annuitants, monthly income will be based on a
Joint Life and Survivor Income with a 10 Year Period Certain plan. Different
options may be elected prior to the effective date of the segment and must be
approved by us. Please note that all Optional Payment Plans listed may not be
available. See "Optional Payment Plans" in the "Income Payments" provision of
this prospectus for additional information on available payment options.
133
Once monthly income payments begin, we will allocate payments to the investment
options in which you have allocated assets at that time, excluding the GIS
Subaccount(s), unless you choose to have monthly income payments made directly
to you. Monthly income payments that are allocated to the investment options
will not be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge if those payments are
subsequently withdrawn or surrendered from the contract.
Monthly income is calculated as of the first Valuation Day of each annuity
year. If the first day of the annuity year does not begin on a Valuation Day,
payments will be calculated on the next succeeding Valuation Day. Monthly
income from the segment will not change from month to month during an annuity
year; however, if another segment begins monthly payments after payments have
already begun from other segments, your total monthly payments may increase due
to the fact payments are being made from multiple segments.
How Income Payments are Calculated
Initial Income Payment. The initial annual income amount under any applicable
payment plan is calculated by taking (a) multiplied by (b), divided by (c),
where:
(a) is the annual income rate per $1,000 in the contract for the income
payment plan elected and the gender(s) and settlement age(s) of the
Annuitant(s) as shown in the rider as of the Income Start Date;
(b) is the value in the applicable GIS Subaccount(s) as of the Income Start
Date, less any applicable premium tax; and
(c) is $1,000.
Income rates, for purposes of Guaranteed Income Advantage, are based on the
Annuity 2000 Mortality Tables, using an assumed interest rate of 3.5%.
The initial monthly income is the greater of the level income amount and the
guaranteed income floor. We determine the level income amount by applying the
annual income amount to a 12 month, period certain, single payment immediate
annuity.
For contracts issued prior to April 29, 2005, or prior to the date on which
state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications, the
guaranteed income floor is equal to (a) multiplied by (b) multiplied by (c),
where:
(a) is the scheduled transfer;
(b) is the guaranteed annual income factor divided by 12; and
(c) is the number of scheduled transfers made, adjusted for withdrawals and
transfers.
For contracts issued on or after the later of April 29, 2005, or the date on
which state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications,
the guaranteed income floor is equal to (a) multiplied by (b), where:
(a) is the scheduled transfers made into the GIS Subaccount(s), adjusted for
withdrawals and transfers; and
(b) is the guaranteed annual income factor divided by 12.
Subsequent Income Payments. Subsequent income payments are determined by
Annuity Units. The amount of any subsequent annual income amount may be greater
or less than the initial amount.
For contracts issued prior to April 29, 2005, or prior to the date on which
state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications, the
number of Annuity Units is determined by dividing the dollar amount of the
initial annual income amount by the Annuity Unit values as of the Income Start
Date. Your number of Annuity Units under a particular segment remains fixed.
The dollar amount of each subsequent annual income amount is determined by
multiplying your number of Annuity Units by the Annuity Unit value as of the
Valuation Day each annuity year begins.
For contracts issued on or after the later of April 29, 2005, or the date on
which state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications,
the number of Annuity Units for each Subaccount is determined by dividing the
portion of the initial annual income amount attributable to that Subaccount by
the Annuity Unit value for that Subaccount as of the Income Start Date. The
dollar amount of each subsequent annual income amount is the sum of the amounts
from each Subaccount. The amount is determined by multiplying your number of
Annuity Units in each Subaccount by the Annuity Unit value for that Subaccount
as of the Valuation Day each annuity year begins.
An adjustment account is established on the Income Start Date. The adjustment
account tracks the difference between the level income amount and the
guaranteed income floor when the level income amount is less than the
guaranteed income floor. You will not receive monthly income above the
guaranteed income floor unless future performance of the underlying
Subaccount(s) is sufficient to reduce the adjustment account to zero.
Therefore, poor long-term performance of the underlying Subaccount(s) may
result in monthly income equal to the guaranteed income
134
floor, even if the underlying Subaccount(s) performs well in a particular year.
The value of the adjustment account will be the greater of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is zero; and
(b) is 12 multiplied by the guaranteed income floor minus 12 multiplied by
the initial level income amount.
The actual monthly income in subsequent annuity years is the greater of (a) and
(b), where:
(a) is the subsequent level income amount minus any value in the adjustment
account as of the date the last monthly income was made divided by 12;
and
(b) is the guaranteed income floor.
For monthly income in subsequent annuity years, the value of the adjustment
account will be the greater of (a) and (b) where:
(a) is zero; and
(b) is the value of the adjustment account as of the date that the last
monthly income was made, plus 12 multiplied by the actual subsequent
monthly income, minus 12 multiplied by the subsequent level income
amount.
On the Income Start Date, if any monthly income payment would be $100 or less,
we reserve the right to reduce the frequency of transfers or payments to an
interval that would result in each amount being at least $100. If the annual
amount is less than $100, we will pay you the value in the applicable GIS
Subaccount as of the Income Start Date and that segment will terminate.
On the Annuity Commencement Date, no further scheduled transfers can be added
to the GIS Subaccount(s). On this date, monthly income will be included as part
of income payments in accordance with your income payment plan selected.
Death Provisions
The following provisions apply to any and all segments with regard to the death
of any Annuitant.
Special Distribution Rules When Death Occurs Before Income Start Date and
Annuity Commencement Date For a surviving spouse who is an Annuitant and a
designated beneficiary, the following will apply:
(1) Upon notification of death:
(a) the value of all Subaccounts, excluding the value of the GIS
Subaccount(s), will be transferred to the Goldman Sachs Variable
Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund; and
(b) scheduled transfers if due will continue to be made.
(2) If the surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, on receipt of
proof of death and all required forms at our Home Office:
(a) the death benefit under the contract will be allocated on a prorata
basis to the investment options in which assets are then allocated;
(b) all current segments will continue; and
(c) the surviving spouse may elect to fund new segments on a contract
monthly anniversary, if then eligible.
For a surviving spouse, who is the designated beneficiary of any portion of the
contract but not an Annuitant, the following will apply:
(1) Upon notification of death:
(a) the value of all Subaccounts, including the GIS Subaccount(s), will
be transferred to the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust --
Government Money Market Fund; and
(b) all existing segments will terminate.
(2) If the surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, on receipt of
proof of death and all required forms at our Home Office:
(a) we will allocate the death benefit under the contract on a prorata
basis to the investment options in which assets are then allocated;
and
(b) the surviving spouse may elect to fund new segments on a contract
monthly anniversary, if then eligible.
Special Distribution Rules When Death Occurs On or After Income Start Date and
Before Annuity Commencement Date If any Annuitant dies on the Income Start
Date, the death benefit is reduced prorata by the same proportion that the
value in the GIS Subaccount(s) is to the total Contract Value.
If any Annuitant dies after the Income Start Date but before the Annuity
Commencement Date, proceeds will be paid under this
135
rider, unless the surviving spouse continues the contract. The amount of
proceeds payable under this rider will be the greater of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is the commuted value of the remaining period certain of the guaranteed
income floor; and
(b) is the commuted value of the remaining period certain of the annual
income amount.
Commuted values will be calculated at a rate not greater than 1% above the rate
at which the payments and Annuity Units were calculated. We will calculate the
commuted values on the date that we receive proof of death and all required
forms at our Home Office.
For a surviving spouse who is an Annuitant and designated beneficiary, the
following will apply:
(1) Upon notification of death:
(a) the value of all Subaccounts, excluding the value of the GIS
Subaccount(s), will be transferred to the Goldman Sachs Variable
Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund; and
(b) scheduled transfers if due will continue to be made.
(2) If the surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, on receipt of
proof of death and all required forms at our Home Office:
(a) the death benefit will be allocated on a prorata basis to the
investment options in which assets are then allocated including any
rider segments that are in effect prior to the Income Start Date;
(b) all current segments will continue; and
(c) the surviving spouse may elect to fund new segments on any contract
monthly anniversary, provided he or she meets the eligibility
requirements.
For a surviving spouse, who is the designated beneficiary of any portion of the
contract but not an Annuitant, the following will apply;
(1) Upon notification of death;
(a) all value of the Subaccounts will be transferred to the Goldman Sachs
Variable Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund; and
(b) all existing segments not past the Income Start Date will terminate.
(2) If the surviving spouse elects to continue the contract, on receipt of
proof of death and all required forms at our Home Office:
(a) the death benefit will be allocated on a prorata basis to the
investment options in which assets are then allocated;
(b) any segment past its Income Start Date will continue any remaining
period certain payments; and
(c) the surviving spouse may elect to fund new segments on any contract
monthly anniversary, provided he or she meets the eligibility
requirements.
The surviving spouse will become the named designated Annuitant.
Other Contract Charges
Any rider and contract charges not taken on a daily basis will first be
deducted on a prorata basis from all Subaccounts, excluding the GIS
Subaccount(s). If the assets in the Subaccounts are insufficient to cover the
charges, the remaining amount will be deducted from any Guarantee Account.
Deductions from the Guarantee Account will be taken first from the amounts that
have been in the Guarantee Account for the longest period of time. For
contracts issued prior to April 29, 2005, or prior to the date on which state
insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications, any remaining
charges will be deducted prorata from the GIS subaccount(s) in the oldest
segment(s) that have not reached their Income Start Date(s). For contracts
issued on or after the later of April 29, 2005, or the date on which state
insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications, any remaining
charges will be deducted from the GIS Subaccount(s) of the segments beginning
with the segment that has been in effect for the shortest period of time and
that has not reached its Income Start Date. For these contracts, except for the
annual contract charge and any transfer charge (if applicable), any rider
charge and contract charge not taken as an asset based charge from the GIS
Subaccount(s) will be treated as withdrawals for purposes of calculating the
guaranteed income floor and scheduled transfers made.
Termination of Rider
For contracts issued prior to April 29, 2005, or prior to the date on which
state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications, this
rider will terminate on the contract anniversary following the first date that
there are no segments, unless the Annuitant and any Joint Annuitant are
eligible to buy
136
a segment on that date. For contracts issued on or after the later of April 29,
2005, or the date on which state insurance authorities approve applicable
contract modifications, this rider will terminate on the contract anniversary
following the first date that there are no segments, unless you are eligible to
buy a segment on that date.
Ownership and Change of Ownership
On the date that the contract is assigned or sold, unless under an involuntary
assignment effected by legal process, all amounts in the GIS Subaccount(s) will
be transferred to the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust -- Government
Money Market Fund.
If you marry after the Contract Date, you may add your spouse as a Joint Owner
and Joint Annuitant or as a Joint Annuitant only, subject to our approval.
For purposes of this rider:
. a non-natural owner must name an Annuitant and may name a Joint Annuitant;
. a natural individual owner must also be an Annuitant;
. if there is only one natural owner, that owner may name his or her spouse
as a Joint Annuitant.
. under federal tax law, all contract provisions relating to spousal
continuation are available only to a person who meets the definition of
"spouse" under federal law. The U.S. Supreme Court has held that same-sex
marriages must be permitted under state law and that marriages recognized
under state law will be recognized for federal law purposes. Domestic
partnerships and civil unions that are not recognized as legal marriages
under state law, however, will not be treated as marriages under federal
law. Consult a tax adviser for more information on this subject.
Civil union partners are not permitted to continue the contract without
taking required distributions upon the death of an owner. Therefore, even
if named a joint owner/Joint Annuitant, a civil union partner will have to
take required distributions upon the death of the other joint owner/Joint
Annuitant. See the "Distribution Rules" provision of this prospectus. If
this situation applies to you, you should consult a tax adviser.
137
Examples
The following example shows how Guaranteed Income Advantage works based on
hypothetical values. The example is for illustrative purposes only and is not
intended to depict investment performance of the contract and, therefore,
should not be relied upon in making a decision to invest in the rider or
contract.
The example assumes that an owner purchases a contract with a male Annuitant
age 60 at the time of issue and has elected a Life Income with 10 Years Certain
payment plan. In addition, the example assumes that:
(1) the owner purchases the contract for $96,000;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) the owner purchases only one segment;
(4) the contract, including the GIS Subaccount investing in shares of the
State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc. -- Total Return
V.I.S. Fund, earns a net return of 5%;
(5) the owner makes scheduled transfers of $800 at the first of every month
(for a total of $9,600 per year) for 10 years; and
(6) the owner annuitizes the GIS Subaccount at the end of the 10th year.
Value of Value of Guaranteed
Value of Value of GIS GIS Minimum
Subaccounts Scheduled Subaccounts Subaccount Scheduled Subaccount Annual
at Beginning Transfers at End at Beginning Transfers at End Payment
Year of Year Made of Year of Year Made of Year Accrued
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 $96,000 $9,600 $90,942 $ 0 $9,600 $ 9,858 $ 970
2 90,942 9,600 85,631 9,858 9,600 20,209 1,940
3 85,631 9,600 80,054 20,209 9,600 31,078 2,910
4 80,054 9,600 74,199 31,078 9,600 42,489 3,880
5 74,199 9,600 68,051 42,489 9,600 54,472 4,850
6 68,051 9,600 61,596 54,472 9,600 67,054 5,820
7 61,596 9,600 54,817 67,054 9,600 80,264 6,790
8 54,817 9,600 47,700 80,264 9,600 94,136 7,760
9 47,700 9,600 40,227 94,136 9,600 108,701 8,730
10 40,227 9,600 32,380 108,701 9,600 123,994 9,700
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assuming the above, we will make guaranteed payments of $9,700 (annually) to
the owner for the life of the Annuitant or for 10 years, whichever is longer.
The table below shows how calculated payments and the adjustment account may
vary and affect the payment to the owner.
Adjustment
Calculated Guaranteed Payment Account
Year Payment Payment to Owner Balance
----------------------------------------------
11 $ 9,502 $9,700 $ 9,700 $199
12 9,639 9,700 9,700 260
13 9,779 9,700 9,779 181
14 9,921 9,700 9,921 0
15 10,065 9,700 10,065 0
16 10,210 9,700 10,210 0
17 10,358 9,700 10,358 0
18 10,509 9,700 10,509 0
19 10,661 9,700 10,661 0
20 10,815 9,700 10,815 0
----------------------------------------------
138
For contracts issued on or after the later of April 29, 2005, or the date on
which state insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications,
the following example also applies:
The following example shows how Guaranteed Income Advantage works based on
hypothetical values. The example is for illustrative purposes only and is not
intended to depict investment performance of the contract and, therefore,
should not be relied upon in making a decision to invest in the rider or
contract.
The example assumes that an owner purchases a contract with a male Annuitant
age 60 at the time of issue and has elected a Life Income with 10 Years Certain
payment plan. In addition, the example assumes that:
(1) the owner purchases the contract for $96,000;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) the owner purchases only one segment;
(4) the contract, including the GIS Subaccount investing in shares of the
State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc. -- Total Return
V.I.S. Fund, earns a net return of 5%;
(5) the owner transfers the entire $96,000 into the GIS Subaccount at the
beginning of year 1; and
(6) the owner annuitizes the GIS Subaccount at the end of the 10th year.
Value of
GIS Value of Guaranteed
Value of Value of Subaccount GIS Minimum
Subaccounts Scheduled Subaccounts at Scheduled Subaccount Annual
at Beginning Transfers at End Beginning Transfers at End Payment
Year of Year Made of Year of Year Made of Year Accrued
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 $96,000 $96,000 $0 $ 0 $96,000 $100,800 $9,700
2 0 0 0 100,800 0 105,840 9,700
3 0 0 0 105,840 0 111,132 9,700
4 0 0 0 111,132 0 116,689 9,700
5 0 0 0 116,689 0 122,523 9,700
6 0 0 0 122,523 0 128,649 9,700
7 0 0 0 128,649 0 135,082 9,700
8 0 0 0 135,082 0 141,836 9,700
9 0 0 0 141,836 0 148,928 9,700
10 0 0 0 148,928 0 156,374 9,700
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assuming the above, we will make guaranteed payments of $9,700 (annually) to
the owner for the life of the Annuitant or for 10 years, whichever is longer.
The table below shows how calculated payments and the adjustment account may
vary and affect the payment to the owner.
Adjustment
Calculated Guaranteed Payment Account
Year Payment Payment to Owner Balance
----------------------------------------------
11 $11,983 $9,700 $11,983 $0
12 12,157 9,700 12,157 0
13 12,333 9,700 12,333 0
14 12,512 9,700 12,512 0
15 12,693 9,700 12,693 0
16 12,877 9,700 12,877 0
17 13,063 9,700 13,063 0
18 13,253 9,700 13,253 0
19 13,445 9,700 13,445 0
20 13,640 9,700 13,640 0
----------------------------------------------
139
Tax Treatment of Guaranteed Income Advantage
Monthly income payments allocated to investment options under the contract and
other transfers to investment options are generally not subject to tax.
However, for purposes of reporting the taxable amount of withdrawals, income on
the contract is determined using the entire contract value, including the value
of any annuitized segment allocating monthly income payments to investment
options. You may not elect to have monthly income payments paid to you and then
later direct that they be allocated to investment options under the contract.
Monthly income payments from less than the entire Contract Value will not be
treated as withdrawals for federal income tax purposes, if certain conditions
are satisfied. To be treated as monthly income payments (instead of as a series
of withdrawals), income payments from less than the entire Contract Value must
be taken for one or more lives or a fixed period of at least 10 years. Lifetime
income with a period certain of any duration would qualify. In that case, a
pro-rata portion of your "investment in the contract" will be allocated to the
income payments. The tax treatment of such income payments is the same as that
for income payments received on or after the Annuity Commencement Date, as
described below. If monthly income payments are taken from less than the entire
Contract Value and you subsequently direct that they be allocated to investment
options under the contract, the tax treatment of payments before or after such
allocation is uncertain.
Monthly income payments you receive on or after the Annuity Commencement Date
(i.e., from the entire Contract Value) will be subject to tax as income
payments. A portion of each payment will be treated as nontaxable recovery of
your "investment in the contract" (see above) and the remainder will be taxed
at ordinary income tax rates. We will notify you annually of the taxable amount
of your income payments. If income payments cease because of the death of the
Annuitant(s) and before the total amount of the "investment in the contract"
has been recovered, the unrecovered amount generally will be deductible.
Persons intending to purchase Guaranteed Income Advantage in connection with a
qualified retirement plan should obtain advice from a tax adviser.
For further information on the tax treatment of partial withdrawals and income
payments, see the " Tax Matters" provision below.
Payment Protection Rider Options
We discuss two Payment Protection Rider Options in this prospectus: Payment
Optimizer Plus and Principal Protection Advantage. Principal Protection
Advantage is not available for contracts issued on or after May 1, 2007.
Payment Optimizer Plus is not available for contracts issued after October 17,
2008. These Payment Protection Rider Options are discussed in separate sections
below. There is an extra charge for each of the Payment Protection Rider
Options.
Payment Optimizer Plus
Payment Optimizer Plus provides for a guaranteed income benefit that is based
on the amount of purchase payments you make to your contract. Under the rider,
you will receive a series of monthly income payments determined on the Annuity
Commencement Date. If you meet the conditions of the rider, as discussed more
fully below, the amount of your monthly income payment will have a guaranteed
payment floor, and the guaranteed payment floor will not vary based on the
market performance of the Subaccounts in which your assets are allocated. In
addition, you will be eligible to receive at least the value of your purchase
payments in monthly income or additional death proceeds, even if your Contract
Value reduces to zero. The rider includes an "immediate annuitization" feature
that provides you the opportunity to receive monthly income payments within the
first year of the contract. Under the rider, you also may request to terminate
your contract and rider at any time after the Annuity Commencement Date and
receive the commuted value of your income payments, minus a commutation charge,
in a lump sum, so long as the termination is after the right to cancel period
under your contract. These and other features of the rider are more fully
discussed below.
Please note that the commutation feature in Payment Optimizer Plus may not be
available in all states. Please review the features of Payment Optimizer Plus
available in the contract issued in your state before making a decision to
elect the rider.
This rider may not be available in all states or in all markets. We reserve the
right to discontinue offering the rider at any time and for any reason. If you
wish to elect this rider, you must do so at the time of application.
Payment Optimizer Plus is not available for contracts issued after October 17,
2008.
Investment Strategy
In order to receive the full benefit provided by this rider, you must invest
all purchase payments and allocations in accordance with a prescribed
Investment Strategy. If you do not allocate all assets in accordance with a
prescribed Investment Strategy, your benefit will be reduced by 50%. Even if
your benefit is reduced, you will continue to pay the full amount charged for
the rider.
140
If you have elected this rider, you may not allocate assets to the Guarantee
Account for as long as this rider is in effect.
Investment Strategies may change from time to time. You may allocate your
assets in accordance with your Investment Strategy prescribed at the time the
contract was issued, or in accordance with the Investment Strategy in effect at
the time you reset your benefit. Therefore, you may have assets allocated to an
Investment Strategy that is different than the Investment Strategy described in
this prospectus. Your ability to choose different Investment Strategies is
limited, as described below.
For contracts issued on or after May 1, 2007 and for contract owners who reset
their benefit under the rider on or after May 1, 2007, the Investment Strategy
includes Designated Subaccounts and Asset Allocation Model C. Under this
Investment Strategy, contract owners may allocate assets to either Asset
Allocation Model C or to one or more Designated Subaccounts. Contract owners
may not allocate assets to Asset Allocation Model C and one or more Designated
Subaccounts. Contract owners, however, may elect to participate in the Defined
Dollar Cost Averaging program, which permits the owner to systematically
transfer a fixed dollar amount on a monthly basis for twelve months from the
Designated Subaccount investing in the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust
-- Government Money Market Fund to one of the available Investment Strategy
options. The Designated Subaccount investing in the Goldman Sachs Variable
Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund is only available as part of
the Defined Dollar Cost Averaging program. For more information about Asset
Allocation Model C, the Subaccounts comprising Asset Allocation Model C and the
Designated Subaccounts, and the Defined Dollar Cost Averaging program, please
see the "Subaccounts," "Asset Allocation Program" and "Defined Dollar Cost
Averaging Program" provisions of this prospectus.
On a monthly basis, we will rebalance your Contract Value to the Subaccounts in
accordance with the percentages that you have chosen to invest in the
Designated Subaccounts or in accordance with the allocations that comprise
Asset Allocation Model C. In addition, we will also rebalance your Contract
Value on any Valuation Day after any transaction involving a withdrawal,
receipt of a purchase payment or a transfer of Contract Value, unless you
instruct us otherwise. If you are participating in the Defined Dollar Cost
Averaging program, rebalancing will not affect the assets allocated to the
Designated Subaccount investing in the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust
-- Government Money Market Fund.
Shares of a Portfolio may become unavailable under the contract for new
purchase payments, transfers, and asset rebalancing. As a result, shares of a
Portfolio may also become unavailable under your Investment Strategy.
Investment Strategies may be modified to respond to such events by removing
unavailable Portfolios and adding new Portfolios as appropriate. Because such
changes may affect your allocation instructions, you will need to provide
updated allocation instructions to comply with the modified Investment
Strategy. If you do not provide updated allocation instructions, any subsequent
purchase payments or transfers requesting payment to an unavailable Portfolio
will be considered not in good order. Periodic rebalancing to unavailable
Portfolios will cease and any imbalances in percentages due to lack of asset
rebalancing will not cause a reduction in your benefit.
If you request a transfer or send a subsequent purchase payment with allocation
instructions to a Portfolio that is not part of the prescribed Investment
Strategy, we will honor your instructions. Please be aware, however, that your
total Contract Value will not be invested in accordance with the prescribed
Investment Strategy, and your benefit base will be reduced by 50%, resulting in
a reduction in your benefit.
You may elect to resume participation in the prescribed Investment Strategy at
your next available reset date, as described in the "Reset of Benefit Base"
provision below, provided we receive written notice of your election at our
Home Office at least 15 days prior to that date. If you elect to participate in
the Investment Strategy, your benefit base will be reset to your Contract Value
as of that date. At that time, the charge for this rider will also be reset.
The new charge, which may be higher than your previous charge, is guaranteed
not to exceed an annual rate of 1.25%.
The current Investment Strategy is as follows:
(1) owners may allocate assets to the following Designated Subaccounts:
AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. -- AB Balanced Wealth Strategy
Portfolio -- Class B;
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds) --
Invesco V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II shares (formerly,
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II Shares);
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds) --
Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund -- Series II shares;
BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc. -- BlackRock Global Allocation
V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares;
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund -- VIP Balanced Portfolio --
Service Class 2;
141
Janus Aspen Series -- Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio -- Service
Shares;
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust -- MFS(R) Total Return Series -- Service
Class Shares; and/or
State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc. -- Total Return
V.I.S. Fund -- Class 3 Shares
OR
(2) owners may allocate assets to Asset Allocation Model C.
Contract owners may elect to participate in the Defined Dollar Cost Averaging
program when they apply for the contract. Defined Dollar Cost Averaging permits
the owner to systematically transfer a fixed dollar amount on a monthly basis
for twelve months from the Designated Subaccount investing in the Goldman Sachs
Variable Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund to one of the
available Investment Strategy options. The Designated Subaccount investing in
the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust -- Government Money Market Fund is
only available as part of the Defined Dollar Cost Averaging program.
If, on the Annuity Commencement Date, you are allocating assets in accordance
with the prescribed Investment Strategy and you later choose to allocate the
value of Annuity Units without following the Investment Strategy, your income
base will be reduced by 50% and the benefits you are eligible to receive under
the rider will be reduced. However, if your benefit base was reduced due to not
following the Investment Strategy and then not reset before your Annuity
Commencement Date, this adjustment does not apply.
On a monthly basis, we will rebalance the value of Annuity Units to the
Subaccounts in accordance with the percentages that you have chosen for the
Designated Subaccounts or in accordance with the allocations that comprises
Asset Allocation Model C. If you are participating in the Defined Dollar Cost
Averaging program, rebalancing will not affect the assets allocated to the
Designated Subaccount investing in the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust
-- Government Money Market Fund.
We will not reduce your benefit base or income base if you are not following
the Investment Strategy due to a Portfolio liquidation or a Portfolio
dissolution and the assets are transferred from the liquidated or dissolved
Portfolio to another Portfolio.
Benefit Base and Income Base
Benefit base is used to calculate income base. Income base is used to calculate
the guaranteed amount of monthly income. Income base is also used to calculate
any additional death proceeds. If benefit base or income base is reduced, the
benefits you are eligible for under this rider also will be reduced.
The initial benefit base is equal to the sum of all purchase payments received
on the Contract Date. The benefit base remains in effect until adjusted as
described below.
If you have allocated assets in accordance with the prescribed Investment
Strategy from the later of the Contract Date and the date on which benefit base
was reset, as described in the "Reset of Benefit Base" provision below, any
additional purchase payments applied will be added to the benefit base as of
the prior Valuation Day.
Important Note. We reserve the right to exclude additional purchase payments
from being applied to the benefit base. As a result, it is possible that you
would not be able to make subsequent purchase payments after the initial
purchase payment to take advantage of the benefits provided by Payment
Optimizer Plus that would be associated with such additional purchase payments.
For example, since your benefit base would not be increased for such subsequent
purchase payments, the monthly income payments associated with such purchase
payments would not have a guaranteed payment floor and such purchase payments
would not increase the income base for purposes of calculating the amount of
any additional death proceeds. In addition, if you make purchase payments that
are not included in the calculation of your benefit base, you will pay a higher
rider charge to the extent that the purchase payments increase the Contract
Value upon which the charge is imposed. Also, to the extent your Contract Value
is increased by such purchase payments, you are less likely to realize any
benefit under Payment Optimizer Plus, because it is less likely that your
Contract Value will be less than the benefit base or income base, as
applicable. Before making purchase payments that do not increase the benefit
base, you should consider that: (i) the guaranteed payment floor, additional
death proceeds, and other guarantees provided by this rider will not reflect
such purchase payments; (ii) any such purchase payments make it less likely
that you will receive any such benefits even if your Contract Value has
declined; and (iii) this rider may not make sense for you if you intend to make
purchase payments that will not increase the benefit amount.
If your benefit base was reduced due to not following the Investment Strategy
and then not reset, any additional purchase payments applied will increase the
benefit base on the prior Valuation Day by 50% of the purchase payment.
142
We reserve the right to exclude additional purchase payments from being applied
to the benefit base.
All withdrawals, including any surrender charges, reduce the benefit base. The
new benefit base is equal to (a) multiplied by (b) divided by (c), where:
(a) is the benefit base as of the prior Valuation Day, adjusted for any
additional purchase payments received;
(b) is the Contract Value following the withdrawal; and
(c) is the Contract Value before the withdrawal.
On the Annuity Commencement Date, the income base is set equal to the benefit
base. Any withdrawal that occurs on the Annuity Commencement Date will be
processed before benefit base is converted to income base.
Reset of Benefit Base. If all of the Annuitants are ages 50 through 85, you
may choose to reset your benefit base on an annual anniversary of the Contract
Date that is at least 12 months after the later of the Contract Date and the
last reset date.
We must receive written notice of your election to reset your benefit base at
our Home Office at least 15 days prior to the reset date. If you do reset your
benefit base, as of that date, we will:
. reset the benefit base to your Contract Value;
. reset the charge for this rider. The new charge, which may be higher
than your previous charge, will never exceed 1.25% annually; and
. reset the Investment Strategy to the current Investment Strategy.
You may not reset your benefit base after the Annuity Commencement Date. If on
any contract anniversary any Annuitant is older than age 85, you may not reset
your benefit base. Because the Annuity Commencement Date is determined by when
you begin taking income payments, you should carefully consider when to start
taking income payments if you elected Payment Optimizer Plus. The longer you
wait before beginning to take income payments, the more opportunities you may
have to reset the benefit base and thereby potentially increase the amount of
income payments. If you delay starting to take income payments too long,
however, you may limit the number of years available for you to take income
payments in the future (due to life expectancy) and you may be paying for a
benefit you are not using.
Systematic Resets. You may elect to reset your benefit base automatically on
an available contract anniversary (a "systematic reset"). If you have not
previously elected to systematically reset your benefit, or if your election
has terminated, we must receive written notice of your election to
systematically reset your benefit at our Home Office at least 15 days prior to
your next contract anniversary.
A systematic reset of your benefit base will occur when your contract value is
higher than the benefit base as of the available contract anniversary or, if
the contract anniversary is not a Valuation Day, as of the next Valuation Day.
By "available contract anniversary" we mean a contract anniversary on which you
are eligible to reset your benefit, as such requirements (age and otherwise)
are described herein.
Systematic resets will continue until and unless:
(a) the Investment Strategy is violated;
(b) the owner (or owners) submits a written request to our Home Office to
terminate systematic resets;
(c) income payments begin via annuitization;
(d) the Investment Strategy changes, allocations are affected, and we do not
receive confirmation from you at our Home Office of new allocations; or
(e) ownership changes.
Please note that a systematic reset will occur on an available contract
anniversary if contract value is even nominally higher than the benefit base
(e.g., as little as $1.00 higher) and, therefore, a systematic reset may not be
in your best interest because: (i) the charge for this rider may be higher than
your previous charge; and (ii) the Investment Strategy will be reset to the
current Investment Strategy (the Investment Strategy offered on the reset
date). Please carefully consider whether it is in your best interest to elect
to systematically reset your benefit base.
Monthly Income. The Annuity Commencement Date under this rider may be any
Valuation Day after the first Valuation Day under the Contract. Prior to the
date that monthly income begins, the Annuity Commencement Date may be changed
to any Valuation Day after the first Valuation Day under the Contract. On the
Annuity Commencement Date, we will begin the payment process for your monthly
income payments. Monthly income will be paid to you over the life of the
Annuitant(s), unless you elect otherwise. Beginning on the Annuity Commencement
Date, monthly income will be calculated annually as of the first Valuation Day
of each annuity year. An annuity year is the one-year period beginning on the
Annuity Commencement Date or on the annual anniversary of the Annuity
Commencement Date. If the first day of an annuity year does not begin on a
Valuation Day, the next Valuation Day
143
will be used in calculating the monthly income for that annuity year. Monthly
income will not vary during an annuity year. The amount may increase or
decrease from annuity year to annuity year.
How Income Payments are Calculated
Guaranteed Payment Floor. The guaranteed payment floor is the guaranteed
amount of each monthly income payment. The guaranteed payment floor is equal to
(a) multiplied by (b) divided by (c), where:
(a) is the income base;
(b) is the guaranteed payment floor percentage for the attained age of the
Annuitant for a single Annuitant contract or the attained age for
younger living Annuitant for a Joint Annuitant contract on the Annuity
Commencement Date (as specified in the contract); and
(c) is 12.
For purposes of this rider, the benefits under this rider, and the rider
charge, once a contract is a Joint Annuitant contract, it will remain a Joint
Annuitant contract while the contract and rider are in effect.
Initial Monthly Income. The initial monthly income is the greater of the
level income amount and the guaranteed payment floor. The annual income amount
is used to determine the level income amount. We determine the level income
amount by applying the annual income amount to a 12 month, period certain,
single payment immediate annuity.
The initial annual income amount is equal to (a) multiplied by (b), where:
(a) is the payment rate based upon the gender(s), when applicable, and
settlement age(s) of the Annuitant(s) as shown in the rider, the
Contract Value on the Valuation Day prior to the Annuity Commencement
Date and the income base as of the Annuity Commencement Date; and
(b) is the Contract Value on the Valuation Day prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date less any premium tax.
For purposes of this rider only, the payment rates are based on the Annuity
2000 Mortality Table, using an assumed interest rate of 4%. These annuity rates
may not be as favorable as the current rates we would use to calculate payments
under the "Life Income with Period Certain" annuity payment option available
under this contract on the Annuity Commencement Date, and your Contract Value
on the Annuity Commencement Date would be higher than under this rider because
there would be no associated rider charge. Accordingly, payments under such an
annuity payment option may be greater than payments under this rider. However,
payments under such an annuity payment option would not have a guaranteed
payment floor. In addition, you would not be guaranteed to be eligible to
receive at least the value of your purchase payments in monthly income payments
or additional death proceeds even if your Contract Value reduces to zero,
although payments under life income with period certain annuity payment options
may also provide certain death proceeds. You should carefully consider which
annuity payment option is right for you.
Monthly Age Adjustment: The settlement age(s) is the Annuitant(s)'s age last
birthday on the date monthly income begins, minus an age adjustment from the
table below. The actual age adjustment may be less than the numbers shown.
Year Payments Begin Maximum
-------------------- Age
After Prior To Adjustment
--------------------
2005 2011 5
2010 2026 10
2025 -- 15
------------------------------
On the Annuity Commencement Date, if any monthly income payment would be $100
or less, we reserve the right to reduce the frequency of payments to an
interval that would result in each amount being at least $100. If the annual
payment would be less than $100, we will pay the Contract Value on the
Valuation Day prior to the Annuity Commencement Date and the contract will
terminate on the Annuity Commencement Date.
Subsequent Monthly Income. Subsequent annual income amounts are determined by
means of Annuity Units. The amount of any subsequent annual income amount may
be greater or less than the initial payment. We guarantee that each subsequent
payment will not be affected by variations in mortality experience from the
mortality assumptions on which the first payment is based. The number of
Annuity Units will be determined on the Annuity Commencement Date. The number
will not change unless a transfer is made. The number of Annuity Units for a
Subaccount is determined by dividing the initial annual income amount
attributable to that Subaccount by the Annuity Unit value for that Subaccount
as of the Annuity Commencement Date. The dollar amount of each subsequent
annual income amount is the sum of the payments from each Subaccount. The
payment is determined by multiplying your number of Annuity Units in each
Subaccount by the Annuity Unit value for that Subaccount as of the Valuation
Day each annuity year starts.
An adjustment account is established on the Annuity Commencement Date. The
adjustment account tracks the
144
difference between the level income amount and the guaranteed payment floor
when the level income amount is less than the guaranteed payment floor. You
will not receive monthly income above the guaranteed payment floor unless
future performance of the underlying Subaccount(s) is sufficient to reduce the
adjustment account to zero. Therefore, poor long-term performance of the
underlying Subaccount(s) may result in monthly income equal to the guaranteed
payment floor, even if the underlying Subaccount(s) performs well in a
particular year. The value of the adjustment account on the Annuity
Commencement Date will be the greater of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is zero; and
(b) is 12 multiplied by the guaranteed payment floor, minus 12 multiplied by
the initial level income amount.
Monthly income in subsequent annuity years will be calculated annually as of
the first Valuation Day of each annuity year. The actual monthly income in
subsequent annuity years is the greater of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is the subsequent level income amount, minus any value in the adjustment
account as of the date the last monthly income was paid divided by 12;
and
(b) is the guaranteed payment floor.
For monthly income in subsequent annuity years, the value of the adjustment
account will be the greater of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is zero; and
(b) is the value of the adjustment account as of the prior annuity year,
plus 12 multiplied by the actual subsequent monthly income for the
current annuity year, minus 12 multiplied by the subsequent level income
amount for the current annuity year.
Commutation Provision
After the Annuity Commencement Date, you may request to terminate your contract
and this rider. If the right to cancel period as defined under the contract has
ended, you will receive the commuted value of your income payments in a lump
sum, calculated as described below (the "commutation value"). After this lump
sum payment, income payments will end.
Please note that the commutation feature in Payment Optimizer Plus may not be
available in all states. Please review the features of Payment Optimizer Plus
available in the contract issued in your state before making a decision to
elect the rider.
Commutation Value: The commutation value will be the lesser of (a) and (b) but
not less than zero, where:
(a) is (i) minus (ii) minus (iii), where:
(i) is the income base less any premium tax;
(ii) the commutation charge; and
(iii) is the sum of all monthly income paid;
(b) is (i) minus (ii) minus (iii) plus (iv), where:
(i) is the commutation base, which is described below, less any premium
tax;
(ii) is the commutation charge;
(iii) is the adjustment account value; and
(iv) is the level income amount multiplied by the number of months
remaining in the current annuity year.
The amount of the commutation charge will be the surrender charge that would
otherwise apply under the contract, in accordance with the surrender charge
schedule.
Commutation Base: On any day that is a Valuation Day, the commutation base in
a Subaccount is determined by multiplying the number of commutation units in
that Subaccount by the value of the commutation unit for that Subaccount. The
commutation base is equal to the sum of the commutation base amounts for each
Subaccount.
Commutation Units: On the Valuation Day prior to the Annuity Commencement
Date, the commutation units in a Subaccount will be equal to the number of
Accumulation Units for that Subaccount.
The number of commutation units is reduced at the beginning of each annuity
year. The reduction for each Subaccount equals (a) divided by (b), where:
(a) is the annual income amount for the Subaccount; and
(b) is the value of the commutation unit for the Subaccount on the first
Valuation Day of the annuity year.
Other events that will reduce the number of commutation units of a Subaccount
are as follows:
(1) transfers out of the Subaccount;
(2) payment of commutation proceeds;
(3) payment of death proceeds; and
(4) deduction of applicable contract charges.
145
Commutation units are canceled as of the end of the Valuation Period in which
we receive notice in a form acceptable to us regarding an event that reduces
commutation units.
Transfers: When we perform Subaccount transfers after the Annuity Commencement
Date, we will redeem the commutation units from the current Subaccount and
purchase commutation units from the new Subaccount. The commutation base on the
date of the transfer will not be affected by the transfer. The number of
commutation units added to the new Subaccount is (a) multiplied by (b), divided
by (c), where:
(a) is the number of commutation units transferred out of the current
Subaccount;
(b) is the value of a commutation unit of the current Subaccount; and
(c) is the value of a commutation unit of the new Subaccount.
Value of Commutation Units: The initial value of a commutation unit for each
Subaccount is the initial value of the Accumulation Unit for that Subaccount.
Thereafter, the value of a commutation unit at the end of every Valuation Day
is the value of the commutation unit at the end of the previous Valuation Day
multiplied by the net investment factor, as described in the contract. The
value of a commutation unit may change from one Valuation Period to the next.
Note on Calculation of Commutation Value. If you elect to terminate your
contract and the rider and receive the commutation value, the commutation value
is based on the commuted value of your income payments in a lump sum. The
amount of income payments on which the commutation value is based on either (a)
income base, which is a measure of purchase payments (and Contract Value, if
there is a reset) applied under the contract, and is used to calculate the
guaranteed payment floor; and (b) commutation base, which is a measure of
Contract Value had the contract not been "annuitized," and reflects the effect
of market performance. In addition, the commutation value reflects the
deduction of any applicable commutation charge.
If you elect to terminate your contract after income payments have begun and
receive the commutation value, you will receive the lesser of the adjusted
income base and the adjusted commutation base (but not less than zero), as
described in the calculation provided above. You should be aware that income
base will not reflect any positive investment performance unless, on or before
the Annuity Commencement Date, there was a reset of benefit base capturing such
performance. As a result, the commutation value you receive will always be less
than the income base (adjusted for any premium tax, commutation charge and
monthly income paid) and will never reflect any of the positive investment
performance experienced after a reset or after the Annuity Commencement Date.
This rider is primarily designed to provide a guaranteed income payment with
upside potential and, therefore, this rider may not make sense for you if you
believe you may elect to terminate the contract and receive the commutation
value after your contract has experienced positive investment performance. In
addition, the total amount of commuted income payments you receive if you
terminate the contract may be less than the total amount of income payments and
additional death proceeds you would be guaranteed to receive if you did not
terminate the contract.
Death Provisions
The following provisions apply to the rider.
Special Distribution Rules When Death Occurs Before Monthly Income Starts If
the designated beneficiary is a surviving spouse who elects to continue the
contract as the new owner, this rider will continue.
Special Distribution Rules When the Last Annuitant Dies On or After Monthly
Income Starts If the last Annuitant dies after an Annuity Commencement Date,
there may be additional death proceeds paid under this rider to the designated
beneficiary in a lump sum. The amount of any additional death proceeds will be
the greater of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is (i) minus (ii), where:
(i) is the income base;
(ii) is the sum of all monthly income paid; and
(b) is zero.
When this Rider is Effective
The effective date of the rider is the Contract Date. This rider may be
terminated only when the contract is terminated.
Change of Ownership
We must approve any assignment or sale of this contract unless the assignment
is made pursuant to a court order.
General Provisions
For purposes of this rider:
. a non-natural owner must name an Annuitant and may name the Annuitant's
spouse as a Joint Annuitant;
. an individual owner must also be an Annuitant;
146
. if there is only one owner, that owner may name only his or her spouse as
a Joint Annuitant -- at issue; and
. If you marry after issue, but prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, you
may add your spouse as a joint owner and Joint Annuitant or as a Joint
Annuitant only, subject to Home Office approval.
. under federal tax law, all contract provisions relating to spousal
continuation are available only to a person who meets the definition of
"spouse" under federal law. The U.S. Supreme Court has held that same-sex
marriages must be permitted under state law and that marriages recognized
under state law will be recognized for federal law purposes. Domestic
partnerships and civil unions that are not recognized as legal marriages
under state law, however, will not be treated as marriages under federal
law. Consult a tax adviser for more information on this subject.
Civil union partners are not permitted to continue the contract without
taking required distributions upon the death of an owner. Therefore, even
if named a joint owner/Joint Annuitant, a civil union partner will have to
take required distributions upon the death of the other joint owner/Joint
Annuitant. See the "Distribution Rules" provision of this prospectus. If
this situation applies to you, you should consult a tax adviser.
147
Examples
The following examples show how Payment Optimizer Plus works based on
hypothetical values. The examples are for illustrative purposes only and are
not intended to depict investment performance of the contract and, therefore,
should not be relied upon in making a decision to invest in the rider or
contract. The examples assume that an owner purchases the contract with a male
Annuitant, age 65, at the time of issue.
The first examples assumes that:
(1) the owner purchases the contract for $100,000;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments or withdrawals;
(3) all Contract Value is allocated to the prescribed Investment Strategy at
all times;
(4) the contract earns a net return of 0%;
(5) the benefit base is reset on each contract anniversary;
(6) the Annuity Commencement Date is the third contract anniversary;
(7) the guaranteed payment floor percentage is 7%;
(8) the 12 month, period certain, single payment immediate annuity rate is
0%; and
(9) there is no premium tax.
On the Annuity Commencement Date, the income base is set equal to the benefit
base.
Additional
Monthly Death
Annual Level Guaranteed Proceeds
Annuity Income Income Payment Monthly Adjustment (Beginning
Year Amount Amount Floor Income Account of Year)
---------------------------------------------------------------
1 $6,517 $543 $583 $583 $ 483 $100,000
2 6,266 522 583 583 1,217 93,000
3 6,025 502 583 583 2,191 86,000
4 5,794 483 583 583 3,398 79,000
5 5,571 464 583 583 4,827 72,000
---------------------------------------------------------------
The annual income amount for annuity year 1 is determined by multiplying the
Contract Value by a payment rate (in this example, $100,000 x .06517 = $6,517).
The level income amount is determined by dividing the annual income amount by
12. In this example, for annuity year 1, the level income amount is $543
($6,517 / 12). The guaranteed payment floor is determined by multiplying the
income base by the guaranteed payment floor percentage and dividing that
product by 12 (in this example, ($100,000 x .07) / 12 = $583). Monthly income
is the greater of the guaranteed payment floor and the level income amount,
which, for annuity year 1, is the greater of $583 and $543. The additional
death proceeds equal to the income base minus the sum of all monthly income
paid.
148
This next examples assumes that:
(1) the owner purchases the contract for $100,000;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments or withdrawals;
(3) all Contract Value is allocated to the prescribed Investment Strategy at
all times;
(4) the contract earns a net return of 8%;
(5) the benefit base is reset on the first contract anniversary;
(6) the Contract Value at the end of the first contract year is $108,000;
(7) the Annuity Commencement Date is the first contract anniversary;
(8) the guaranteed payment floor percentage is 7%; and
(9) there is no premium tax.
Income Base, Less
Commutation
Charge, Less
Annual Monthly Commutation Adjustment Monthly Income Commutation
Annuity Income Income Base - Account - Paid - End of Value -
Year Amount Paid End of Year End of Year Year End of Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 $6,806 $7,560 $109,289 $ 754 $94,440 $94,440
2 7,068 7,560 110,399 1,246 86,880 86,880
3 7,340 7,560 111,304 1,466 79,320 79,320
4 7,622 7,560 111,977 1,404 72,760 72,760
5 7,915 7,560 112,386 1,049 66,200 66,200
6 8,220 7,560 112,500 389 62,640 62,640
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
The commutation base at the end of annuity year 1 (contract year 2) is
determined by multiplying the Contract Value at the end of the first contract
year less the annual income amount for annuity year 1 by 1.08 (($108,000 -
$6,806) x 1.08 = $109,289). The commutation value at the end of annuity year 1
is equal to the lesser of (i) the income base, less the commutation charge,
less monthly income paid ($108,000 - 6% x $100,000 - $7,560 = $94,440) and
(ii) the commutation base less the commutation charge, less the value of the
adjustment account ($109,289 - 6% x $100,000 - $754 = $102,535). The
commutation base at the end of annuity year 2 (contract year 3) is determined
by multiplying the commutation base at the end of annuity year 1 less the
annual income amount for annuity year 2 by 1.08 (($109,289 - $7,068) x 1.08 =
$110,399).
Beginning in annuity year 6 (contract year 7), the contract has no surrender
charge and, therefore, the commutation value is not reduced by a commutation
charge. The commutation value at the end of annuity year 6 is $62,640, which is
equal to the lesser of (i) the income base less monthly income paid ($108,000 -
$45,360 = $62,640) and (ii) the commutation base less the value of the
adjustment account ($112,500 - $389 = $112,111).
149
Principal Protection Advantage
Principal Protection Advantage provides for a guaranteed income benefit that is
based on the amount of purchase payments you make to your contract. Under the
rider, you will receive a series of monthly income payments (a "Payment
Protection Plan") determined on the date you elect to take such payments (the
"Income Start Date"). If you meet the conditions of the rider, as discussed
more fully below, the amount of your monthly income payment, for each Payment
Protection Plan, will have a guaranteed payment floor, and the guaranteed
payment floor will not vary based on the market performance of the Subaccounts
in which your assets are allocated. In addition, you will be eligible to
receive at least the value of your purchase payments in monthly income or
additional death proceeds, even if your Contract Value reduces to zero.
Principal Protection Advantage is not available for contracts issued on or
after May 1, 2007.
Investment Strategy
In order to receive the full benefit provided by this rider, you must invest
all purchase payments and allocations in accordance with a prescribed
Investment Strategy. If you do not allocate all assets in accordance with a
prescribed Investment Strategy, your benefit will be reduced by 50%. Even if
your benefit is reduced, you will continue to pay the full amount charged for
the rider.
Investment Strategies may change from time to time. You may allocate your
assets in accordance with your Investment Strategy prescribed at the time the
contract was issued, or in accordance with the Investment Strategy in effect at
the time you reset your benefit. Therefore, you may have assets allocated to an
Investment Strategy that is different than the Investment Strategy described in
this prospectus. In addition, if you are taking income payments and still have
Contract Value in the contract, you may have assets allocated to different
Investment Strategies. Your ability to choose different Investment Strategies
is limited, as described below.
For contracts issued on or after May 1, 2007 and for contract owners who reset
their benefit under the rider on or after May 1, 2007, the Investment Strategy
includes Designated Subaccounts and Asset Allocation Model C. Under this
Investment Strategy, contract owners may allocate assets to either Asset
Allocation Model C or to one or more Designated Subaccounts. Contract owners
may not allocate assets to Asset Allocation Model C and one or more Designated
Subaccounts. For more information about Asset Allocation Model C and the
Subaccounts comprising Asset Allocation Model C and the Designated Subaccounts,
please see the "Subaccounts" and "Asset Allocation Program" provisions of this
prospectus.
On a monthly basis, we will rebalance your Contract Value to the Subaccounts in
accordance with the percentages that you have chosen to invest in the
Designated Subaccounts or in accordance with the allocations that comprise
Asset Allocation Model C. In addition, we will also rebalance your Contract
Value on any Valuation Day after any transaction involving a withdrawal,
receipt of a purchase payment or a transfer of Contract Value, unless you
instruct us otherwise.
Shares of a Portfolio may become unavailable under the contract for new
purchase payments, transfers, and asset rebalancing. As a result, shares of a
Portfolio may also become unavailable under your Investment Strategy.
Investment Strategies may be modified to respond to such events by removing
unavailable Portfolios and adding new Portfolios as appropriate. Because such
changes may affect your allocation instructions, you will need to provide
updated allocation instructions to comply with the modified Investment
Strategy. If you do not provide updated allocation instructions, any subsequent
purchase payments or transfers requesting payment to an unavailable Portfolio
will be considered not in good order. Periodic rebalancing to unavailable
Portfolios will cease and any imbalances in percentages due to lack of asset
rebalancing will not cause a reduction in your benefit.
If you request a transfer or send a subsequent purchase payment with allocation
instructions to a Portfolio that is not part of the prescribed Investment
Strategy, we will honor your instructions. Please be aware, however, that your
total Contract Value will not be invested in accordance with the prescribed
Investment Strategy, and your benefit base will be reduced by 50%, resulting in
a reduction in your benefit.
At least 15 days prior to your next contract anniversary, you may elect to
reset your benefit base, as described in the "Reset of Benefit Base" provision
below, and to resume participation in the prescribed Investment Strategy
available that time, provided we receive written notice of your election at our
Home Office. If you elect to participate in the Investment Strategy, your
benefit base will be reset to your Contract Value as of that contract
anniversary. At that time, the charge for this rider will also be reset. The
new charge, which may be higher than your previous charge, is guaranteed not to
exceed an annual rate of 1.00%.
The current Investment Strategy is as follows:
(1) owners may allocate assets to the following Designated Subaccounts:
AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. -- AB Balanced Wealth Strategy
Portfolio -- Class B;
150
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds) --
Invesco V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II shares (formerly,
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II Shares);
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds) --
Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund -- Series II shares;
BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc. -- BlackRock Global Allocation
V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares;
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund -- VIP Balanced Portfolio --
Service Class 2;
Janus Aspen Series -- Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio -- Service
Shares;
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust -- MFS(R) Total Return Series -- Service
Class Shares; and/or
State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc. -- Total Return
V.I.S. Fund -- Class 3 Shares;
OR
(2) owners may allocate assets to Asset Allocation Model C.
If, on the Income Start Date, you are allocating assets in accordance with the
prescribed Investment Strategy and you later choose to allocate the value of
Annuity Units without following the Investment Strategy, your income base will
be reduced by 50% and the benefits you are eligible to receive under the rider
will be reduced. However, if your benefit base was reduced due to not following
the Investment Strategy and then not reset before your Income Start Date, this
adjustment does not apply.
On a monthly basis, we will rebalance the value of Annuity Units to the
Subaccounts in accordance with the percentages that you have chosen for the
Designated Subaccounts or in accordance with the allocations that comprises
Asset Allocation Model C.
Benefit Base and Income Base
Benefit base is used to calculate income base. Income base is used to calculate
the guaranteed amount of monthly income for a Payment Protection Plan. Income
base is also used to calculate any additional death proceeds. If benefit base
or income base is reduced, the benefits you are eligible for under this rider
also will be reduced.
The initial benefit base is equal to the sum of all purchase payments received
on the Contract Date. The benefit base remains in effect until adjusted as
described below.
If you have allocated assets in accordance with the prescribed Investment
Strategy from the later of the Contract Date and the date on which benefit base
was reset as described in the "Reset of Benefit Base" provision below, any
additional purchase payments applied will be added to the benefit base on the
prior Valuation Day.
Important Note. We reserve the right to exclude additional purchase payments
from being applied to the benefit base. As a result, it is possible that you
would not be able to make subsequent purchase payments after the initial
purchase payment to take advantage of the benefits provided by Principal
Protection Advantage that would be associated with such additional purchase
payments. For example, since your benefit base would not be increased for such
subsequent purchase payments, the monthly income payments associated with such
purchase payments would not have a guaranteed payment floor and such purchase
payments would not increase the income base for purposes of calculating the
amount of any additional death proceeds. In addition, if you make purchase
payments that are not included in the calculation of your benefit base, you
will pay a higher rider charge to the extent that the purchase payments
increase the Contract Value upon which the charge is imposed. Also, to the
extent your Contract Value is increased by such purchase payments, you are less
likely to realize any benefit under Principal Protection Advantage, because it
is less likely that your Contract Value will be less than the benefit base or
income base, as applicable. Before making purchase payments that do not
increase the benefit base, you should consider that: (i) the guaranteed payment
floor, additional death proceeds, and other guarantees provided by this rider
will not reflect such purchase payments; (ii) any such purchase payments make
it less likely that you will receive any such benefits even if your Contract
Value has declined; and (iii) this rider may not make sense for you if you
intend to make purchase payments that will not increase the benefit amount.
If your benefit base was reduced due to not following the Investment Strategy
and then not reset on your next contract anniversary, any additional purchase
payments applied will be reduced by 50%, and then will be added to the benefit
base on the prior Valuation Day. We reserve the right to exclude additional
purchase payments from being applied to the benefit base.
151
All withdrawals, including any surrender charges and any premium tax assessed,
reduce the benefit base. The new benefit base is equal to (a) multiplied by (b)
divided by (c), where:
(a) is the benefit base on the prior Valuation Day, adjusted for any
additional purchase payments received;
(b) is the Contract Value following the withdrawal; and
(c) is the Contract Value before the withdrawal.
On the Income Start Date, benefit base is converted to income base. Any
withdrawal that occurs on the Income Start Date will be processed before
benefit base is converted to income base. If the portion of Contract Value
applied to a Payment Protection Plan to provide for monthly income (the "Income
Start Value") is equal to the total Contract Value, 100% of the benefit base is
converted into income base. Otherwise only a portion of the benefit base is
converted to income base. The new benefit base is equal to (a) multiplied by
(b) divided by (c), where:
(a) is the benefit base on the prior Valuation Day, adjusted for any partial
withdrawals;
(b) is the Contract Value following the conversion; and
(c) is the Contract Value before the conversion.
The income base allocated to each Payment Protection Plan is equal to (a)
multiplied by (b) divided by (c), where:
(a) is the benefit base on the prior Valuation Day, adjusted for partial
withdrawals;
(b) is the Income Start Value; and
(c) is the Contract Value before the conversion of benefit base to income
base.
Reset of Benefit Base. You may choose to reset your benefit base on any
contract anniversary. If you do, as of that date (or if that date occurs on a
day that is not a Valuation Day, on the next Valuation Day), we will:
. reset the benefit base to your Contract Value;
. reset the charge for this rider (the new charge, which may be higher than
your previous charge, is guaranteed never to exceed an annual rate of
1.00%); and
. reset the Investment Strategy to the current Investment Strategy.
You must wait at least 36 months after the last of any reset of your benefit
base before you may begin your monthly income. If on any contract anniversary
any Annuitant is older than age 85, you may not reset your benefit base.
You should carefully consider when to start taking income payments under a
Payment Protection Plan if you elected Principal Protection Advantage. The
longer you wait before beginning to take income payments, the more
opportunities you may have to reset the benefit base and thereby potentially
increase the amount of income payments. If you delay starting to take income
payments too long, however, you may limit the number of years available for you
to take income payments in the future (due to life expectancy) and you may be
paying for a benefit you are not using.
Monthly Income
On the Income Start Date, we will begin making monthly income payments. The
Income Start Date must be a contract anniversary and must occur at least 36
months after the latest of the Contract Date, the last reset of benefit base,
or the date the last purchase payment is received. The Income Start Value will
then be applied to a Payment Protection Plan. Beginning on the Income Start
Date, monthly income will be calculated annually as of the first Valuation Day
of each annuity year. An annuity year is the one-year period beginning on the
Income Start Date or on the annual anniversary of the Income Start Date. If the
first day of an annuity year does not begin on a Valuation Day, the next
Valuation Day will be used in calculating the monthly income for that annuity
year. Monthly income will not vary during an annuity year. The amount may
increase or decrease from annuity year to annuity year.
Monthly income will be paid to you over the life of the Annuitant unless you
elect otherwise. If you are receiving monthly income, your contract will be
deemed to have reached its Annuity Commencement Date on the day your Contract
Value equals zero. If Contract Value is greater than zero, you may elect to
transfer monthly income within the contract on a pro rata basis to the
investment options in which Contract Value is then allocated. If you have
elected to transfer monthly income within the contract and Contract Value falls
to zero, the transfers of monthly income will end and monthly income will be
paid to you. In that event, your contract will be deemed to have reached its
Annuity Commencement Date on the day your Contract Value equaled zero.
How Income Payments are Calculated
Initial Income Payment. The initial annual income amount for each Payment
Protection Plan is equal to (a) multiplied by (b), where:
(a) is the payment rate based upon the gender(s) and settlement age(s) of
the Annuitant(s) as shown in the rider, the Income Start Value and the
income base as of the Income Start Date; and
152
(b) is the Income Start Value less any premium tax.
For purposes of this rider only, the payment rates are based on the Annuity
2000 Mortality Table, using an assumed interest rate of 3%. These annuity rates
may not be as favorable as the current rates we would use to calculate payments
under the "Life Income with Period Certain" annuity payment option available
under this contract on the Income Start Date, and your Contract Value on the
Income Start Date would be higher than under this rider because there would be
no associated rider charge. Accordingly, payments under such an annuity payment
option may be greater than payments under this rider. However, payments under
such an annuity payment option would not have a guaranteed payment floor. In
addition, you would not be guaranteed to be eligible to receive such at least
the value of your purchase payments in monthly income payments or additional
death proceeds even if your Contract Value reduces to zero, although payments
under life income with period certain annuity payment options may also provide
certain death proceeds. You should carefully consider which annuity payment
option is right for you.
The initial monthly income is the greater of the level income amount and the
guaranteed payment floor. We determine the level income amount by applying the
annual income amount to a 12 month, period certain, single payment immediate
annuity.
The guaranteed payment floor is the guaranteed amount of each monthly income
for a Payment Protection Plan. The guaranteed payment floor is equal to (a)
multiplied by (b) divided by (c), where:
(a) is the income base;
(b) is the guaranteed payment floor percentage for the attained age of the
single Annuitant or the younger of the Joint Annuitants on the Income
Start Date; and
(c) is 12.
Subsequent Income
Payments. The subsequent annual income amounts under the applicable Payment
Protection Plan are determined by means of Annuity Units. The amount of any
subsequent annual income amount may be greater or less than the initial
payment. We guarantee that each subsequent payment will not be affected by
variations in mortality experience from the mortality assumptions on which the
first payment is based. The number of Annuity Units is determined by dividing
the portion of the initial annual income amount attributable to that Subaccount
by the Annuity Unit value for that Subaccount as of the Income Start Date. The
dollar amount of each subsequent annual income amount is the sum of the
payments from each Subaccount. The payment is determined by multiplying your
number of Annuity Units in each Subaccount by the Annuity Unit value for that
Subaccount as of the Valuation Day each annuity year starts.
An adjustment account is established on the Income Start Date. The adjustment
account tracks the difference between the level income amount and the
guaranteed payment floor when the level income amount is less than the
guaranteed payment floor. You will not receive monthly income above the
guaranteed payment floor unless future performance of the underlying
Subaccount(s) is sufficient to reduce the adjustment account to zero.
Therefore, poor long-term performance of the underlying Subaccount(s) may
result in monthly income equal to the guaranteed payment floor, even if the
underlying Subaccount(s) performs well in a particular year. The value of the
adjustment account will be the greater of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is zero; and
(b) is 12 times the guaranteed payment floor, minus 12 times the initial
level income amount.
The actual monthly income in subsequent annuity years is the greater of (a) and
(b), where:
(a) is the subsequent level income amount, minus any value in the adjustment
account as of the date the last monthly income was made divided by 12;
and
(b) is the guaranteed payment floor.
For monthly income in subsequent annuity years, the value of the adjustment
account will be the greater of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is zero; and
(b) is the value of the adjustment account as of the date that the last
monthly income was made, plus 12 multiplied by the actual subsequent
monthly income, minus 12 multiplied by the subsequent level income
amount.
On the Income Start Date, if any monthly income payment would be $100 or less,
we reserve the right to reduce the frequency of payments to an interval that
would result in each amount being at least $100. If the annual amount is less
than $100, we will pay you annually.
Death Provisions
The following provisions apply to the rider.
Special Distribution Rules When an Owner Dies Before Monthly Income
Starts. Spousal Continuation -- If the designated beneficiary is a surviving
spouse who elects to continue the contract as the new owner and Annuitant, this
rider will continue at the current benefit base, rider charge and Investment
Strategy. Regardless of whether monthly income
153
had started, the preceding sentence will apply if Contract Value remains at the
owner's death. On the next rider anniversary, the spouse may elect to reset the
benefit base as described in the "Reset of Benefit Base" section above.
If the designated beneficiary is a surviving spouse who does not elect to
continue the contract as the new owner or is a non-spouse, this rider will
terminate and proceeds under the contract must be distributed within five years
of death.
Special Distribution Rules When the Last Annuitant Dies On or After Monthly
Income Starts. On the Income Start Date, the death benefit is adjusted. The
new death benefit is (a) multiplied by (b) divided by (c), where:
(a) is the death benefit prior to the conversion of benefit base to income
base;
(b) is the Contract Value after the conversion; and
(c) is the Contract Value before the conversion.
If the last surviving Annuitant dies after an Income Start Date, there may be
additional death proceeds paid under this rider to the designated beneficiary
in a lump sum. Under each Payment Protection Plan, the amount of any additional
death proceeds will be the greater of (a) and (b), where:
(a) is (i) minus (ii), where:
(i) is the income base less any premium tax;
(ii) is the sum of all monthly income paid; and
(b) is zero.
When this Rider is Effective
The effective date of the rider is the Contract Date. This rider may not be
terminated.
Ownership and Change of Ownership
We must approve any assignment or sale of this contract unless the assignment
is made pursuant to a court order.
If you marry after issue, you may add your spouse as a joint owner and Joint
Annuitant or as a Joint Annuitant only, subject to Home Office approval.
For purposes of this rider:
. a non-natural owner must name an Annuitant and may name a Joint Annuitant;
. a natural individual owner must also be an Annuitant; and
. if there is only one natural owner, that owner may name his or her spouse
as a Joint Annuitant.
. under federal tax law, all contract provisions relating to spousal
continuation are available only to a person who meets the definition of
"spouse" under federal law. The U.S. Supreme Court has held that same-sex
marriages must be permitted under state law and that marriages recognized
under state law will be recognized for federal law purposes. Domestic
partnerships and civil unions that are not recognized as legal marriages
under state law, however, will not be treated as marriages under federal
law. Consult a tax adviser for more information on this subject.
Civil union partners are not permitted to continue the contract without
taking required distributions upon the death of an owner. Therefore, even
if named a joint owner/Joint Annuitant, a civil union partner will have to
take required distributions upon the death of the other joint owner/Joint
Annuitant. See the "Distribution Rules" provision of this prospectus. If
this situation applies to you, you should consult a tax adviser.
154
Example
The following example shows how Principal Protection Advantage works based on
hypothetical values. The example is for illustrative purposes only and is not
intended to depict investment performance of the contract and, therefore,
should not be relied upon in making a decision to invest in the rider or
contract. The example assumes that an owner purchases the contract with a male
Annuitant, age 65, at the time of issue. In addition, the example assumes that:
(1) the owner purchases the contract for $100,000;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments or withdrawals;
(3) all Contract Value is allocated to the prescribed Investment Strategy at
all times;
(4) the contract earns a net return of 0%;
(5) the Income Start Date is the third contract anniversary;
(6) the guaranteed payment floor percentage is 5%; and
(7) the 12 month, period certain, single payment immediate annuity rate is
0%.
On the Income Start Date, Contract Value of $100,000 is converted to Income
Start Value and benefit base of $100,000 is converted to income base.
Additional
Monthly Death
Annual Level Guaranteed Proceeds
Annuity Income Income Payment Monthly Adjustment (Beginning
Year Amount Amount Floor Income Account of Year)
---------------------------------------------------------------
1 $6,373 $531 $417 $531 $0 $100,000
2 6,188 516 417 516 0 93,627
3 6,008 501 417 501 0 87,439
4 5,833 486 417 486 0 81,431
5 5,663 472 417 472 0 75,599
---------------------------------------------------------------
The annual income amount for annuity year 1 is determined by multiplying the
Income Start Value by a payment rate (in this example, $100,000 x .06373 =
$6,373). The monthly level income amount is determined by dividing the annual
income amount by 12. In this example, for annuity year 1, the monthly level
income amount is $531 ($6,373 /12). The guaranteed payment floor is determined
by multiplying the income base by the guaranteed payment floor percentage and
dividing that product by 12 (in this example ($100,000 x .05) /12 = $417).
Monthly income is the greater of the guaranteed payment floor and the monthly
level income amount, which, for annuity year 1, is the greater of $417 and
$531. The additional death benefit is the income base minus the sum of all
monthly income paid.
155
Tax Treatment of Principal Protection Advantage
Monthly income payments allocated to investment options under the contract and
other transfers to investment options are generally not subject to tax.
However, for purposes of reporting the taxable amount of withdrawals, income on
the contract is determined using the entire contract value, including the value
of any annuitized segment allocating monthly income payments to investment
options. You may not elect to have monthly income payments paid to you and then
later direct that they be allocated to investment options under the contract.
Monthly income payments from less than the entire Contract Value will not be
treated as withdrawals for federal income tax purposes, if certain conditions
are satisfied. To be treated as monthly income payments (instead of as a series
of withdrawals), income payments from less than the entire Contract Value must
be taken for one or more lives or a fixed period of at least 10 years. Lifetime
income with a period certain of any duration would qualify. In that case, a
pro-rata portion of your "investment in the contract" will be allocated to the
income payments. The tax treatment of such income payments is the same as that
for income payments received on or after the Annuity Commencement Date, as
described below. If monthly income payments are taken from less than the entire
Contract Value and you subsequently direct that they be allocated to investment
options under the contract, the tax treatment of payments before or after such
allocation is uncertain.
Monthly income payments you receive on or after the Annuity Commencement Date
(i.e., from the entire Contract Value) will be subject to tax as income
payments. A portion of each payment will be treated as nontaxable recovery of
your "investment in the contract" (see above) and the remainder will be taxed
at ordinary income tax rates. We will notify you annually of the taxable amount
of your income payments. Once you have recovered the total amount of your
"investment in the contract," you will pay tax on the full amount of your
income payments. If income payments cease because of the death of the
Annuitant(s) and before the total amount of the "investment in the contract"
has been recovered, the unrecovered amount generally will be deductible.
Persons intending to purchase Principal Protection Advantage in connection with
a qualified retirement plan should obtain advice from a tax adviser.
For further information on the tax treatment of partial withdrawals and income
payments, see the "Tax Matters" provision of this prospectus.
TAX MATTERS
Introduction
This part of the prospectus discusses the federal income tax treatment of the
contract. The federal income tax treatment of the contract is complex and
sometimes uncertain. The federal income tax rules may vary with your particular
circumstances.
This discussion is general in nature and is not intended as tax advice. It does
not address all of the federal income tax rules that may affect you and your
contract. This discussion also does not address other federal tax consequences,
or state or local tax consequences, associated with a contract. As a result,
you should always consult a tax adviser about the application of tax rules to
your individual situation.
Taxation of Non-Qualified Contracts
This part of the discussion describes some of the federal income tax rules
applicable to Non-Qualified Contracts. A Non-Qualified Contract is a contract
not issued in connection with a qualified retirement plan receiving special tax
treatment under the Code, such as an individual retirement annuity or a Section
401(k) plan.
Tax deferral on earnings. The federal income tax law generally does not tax
any increase in an owner's Contract Value until there is a distribution from
the contract. However, certain requirements must be satisfied in order for this
general rule to apply, including:
. an individual must own the contract (or the tax law must treat the
contract as owned by an individual);
. the investments of the Separate Account must be "adequately diversified"
in accordance with Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") regulations;
. the owner's right to choose particular investments for a contract must be
limited; and
. the contract's Annuity Commencement Date must not occur near the end of
the Annuitant's life expectancy.
Contracts not owned by an individual -- no tax deferral and loss of interest
deduction. As a general rule, the Code does not treat a contract that is owned
by an entity (rather than an individual) as an annuity contract for federal
income tax purposes. The entity owning the contract generally pays tax each
year on the annual increase in Contract Value. Contracts issued to a
corporation or a trust are examples of contracts where the owner is currently
taxed on the contract's earnings.
There are several exceptions to this rule. For example, the Code treats a
contract as owned by an individual if the nominal owner
156
is a trust or other entity that holds the contract as an agent for an
individual. However, this exception does not apply in the case of any employer
that owns a contract to provide non-qualified deferred compensation for its
employees.
In the case of a contract issued after June 8, 1997 to a taxpayer that is not
an individual, or a contract held for the benefit of an entity, the entity will
lose its deduction for a portion of its otherwise deductible interest expenses.
This disallowance does not apply if the nonnatural owner pays tax on the annual
increase in the Contract Value. Entities that are considering purchasing the
contract, or entities that will benefit from someone else's ownership of a
contract, should consult a tax adviser.
Investments in the Separate Account must be diversified. For a contract to be
treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes, the investments
of the Separate Account must be "adequately diversified." The IRS has issued
regulations that prescribe standards for determining whether the investments of
the Separate Account, including the assets of each Portfolio in which the
Separate Account invests, are adequately diversified. If the Separate Account
fails to comply with these diversification standards, the owner could be
required to pay tax for the year of such failure and each subsequent year on
the untaxed income accumulated in the contract.
Although we do not control the investments of all of the Funds, we expect that
the Funds will comply with the IRS regulations so that the Separate Account
will be considered "adequately diversified."
Restrictions on the extent to which an owner can direct the investment of
assets. In some circumstances, owners of variable contracts who possess
excessive control over the investment of the underlying separate account assets
may be treated as the owners of those assets and may be subject to tax
currently on income and gains produced by those assets. Although published
guidance in this area does not address certain aspects of the contract, we
believe that the owner of a contract should not be treated as the owner of the
Separate Account assets. We reserve the right to modify the contract to bring
it into conformity with applicable standards should such modifications be
necessary to prevent an owner of the contract from being treated as the owner
of the underlying Separate Account assets. However, there is no assurance such
efforts would be successful.
Age at which income payments must begin. Federal income tax rules do not
expressly identify a particular age by which income payments must begin.
However, those rules do require that an annuity contract provide for
amortization, through income payments of the contract's purchase payments and
earnings. We believe that these rules are satisfied by providing guaranteed
annuity purchase rates in the contract that the owner may exercise at any time
after the first policy year. If income payments begin or are scheduled to begin
at a date that the IRS determines does not satisfy these rules, interest and
gains under the contract could be taxable each year as they accrue.
No guarantees regarding tax treatment. We make no guarantees regarding the tax
treatment of any contract or of any transaction involving a contract. However,
the remainder of this discussion assumes that your contract will be treated as
an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes and that the tax law will
not impose tax on any increase in your Contract Value until there is a
distribution from your contract.
Partial withdrawals and surrenders. A partial withdrawal occurs when you
receive less than the total amount of the contract's Surrender Value. In the
case of a partial withdrawal, you will pay tax on the amount you receive to the
extent your Contract Value before the partial withdrawal exceeds your
"investment in the contract." (This term is explained below.) This income (and
all other income from your contract) is ordinary income. The Code imposes a
higher rate of tax on ordinary income than it does on capital gains.
A surrender occurs when you receive the total amount of the contract's
Surrender Value. In the case of a surrender, you will generally pay tax on the
amount you receive to the extent it exceeds your "investment in the contract."
Your "investment in the contract" generally equals the total of your purchase
payments under the contract, reduced by any amounts you previously received
from the contract that you did not include in your income.
Your contract imposes charges relating to the death benefit, including any
death benefit provided under an optional rider. It is possible that all or a
portion of these charges could be treated as withdrawals from the contract.
In the case of Systematic Withdrawals, the amount of each Systematic Withdrawal
should be considered a distribution and taxed in the same manner as a partial
withdrawal from the contract.
Any withdrawals taken pursuant to one of the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal
Benefit Rider Options are subject to tax as partial withdrawals.
Distributions received before the Annuity Commencement Date pursuant to
Guaranteed Income Advantage or Principal Protection Advantage may be subject to
tax as partial withdrawals. See the "Tax Treatment of Guaranteed Income
Advantage" and "Tax Treatment of Principal Protection
157
Advantage" provisions in the "Guaranteed Income Advantage" and "Principal
Protection Advantage" sections of the prospectus, respectively.
Assignments and pledges. The Code treats any assignment or pledge of (or
agreement to assign or pledge) any portion of your Contract Value as a
withdrawal of such amount or portion.
Gifting a contract. If you transfer ownership of your contract -- without
receiving full and adequate consideration -- to a person other than your spouse
(or to your former spouse incident to divorce), you will pay tax on your
Contract Value to the extent it exceeds your "investment in the contract." In
such a case, the new owner's "investment in the contract" will be increased to
reflect the amount included in your income.
Taxation of income payments. The Code imposes tax on a portion of each income
payment (at ordinary income tax rates) and treats a portion as a nontaxable
return of your "investment in the contract." Withdrawals taken pursuant to one
of the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Options are generally not
taxed as income payments for federal income tax purposes. As discussed above,
these payments should be considered distributions and taxed in the same manner
as a partial withdrawal from the contract. We will notify you annually of the
taxable amount of your income payment.
Pursuant to the Code, you will pay tax on the full amount of your income
payments once you have recovered the total amount of the "investment in the
contract." If income payments cease because of the death of the Annuitant(s)
and before the total amount of the "investment in the contract" has been
recovered, the unrecovered amount generally will be deductible.
If proceeds are left with us (Optional Payment Plan 4), they are taxed in the
same manner as a surrender. The owner must pay tax currently on the interest
credited on these proceeds. This treatment could also apply to Optional Payment
Plan 3 depending on the relationship of the amount of the periodic payments to
the period over which they are paid.
Taxation of Cross Funded Annuity Contracts. You may authorize partial
withdrawals from this annuity to be applied to satisfy the scheduled
installments into the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity. In
that event, based on a Private Letter Ruling issued by the IRS on July 30, 2002
(PLR 200243047), we believe that the tax treatment set forth below will apply
to Non-Qualified Contracts and we will report relevant transactions to the IRS
on the basis that:
(1) this Funding Annuity and the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable
Deferred Annuity will be aggregated and treated as a single annuity
contract for tax purposes;
(2) amounts transferred from this Funding Annuity to the Scheduled Purchase
Payment Variable Deferred Annuity will not be treated as a taxable
distribution, but instead as a non-taxable transfer of assets within a
single variable deferred annuity contract;
(3) if amounts are distributed from either this Funding Annuity or the
Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity before the Annuity
Commencement Date, such amounts will be taxed to the extent there is any
aggregate gain in this Funding Annuity and the Scheduled Purchase
Payment Variable Deferred Annuity; and
(4) distributions from this Funding Annuity and the Scheduled Purchase
Payment Variable Deferred Annuity beginning on the Annuity Commencement
Date will be aggregated and taxed on a pro rata basis.
A portion of each aggregate distribution on or after the Annuity Commencement
Date will be treated as a non-taxable return of the aggregate investment in
this Funding Annuity and the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred
Annuity and the remaining portion of such aggregate distribution will be
treated as taxable, until all such aggregate investment in this Funding Annuity
and the Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity has been
recovered. After that, all distributions from this Funding Annuity and the
Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity will be fully taxable.
For Non-Qualified Contracts, if the Annuity Commencement Date of this Funding
Annuity is changed so that this annuity and the Scheduled Purchase Payment
Variable Deferred Annuity have different Annuity Commencement Dates, the
resulting tax consequences will be uncertain and possibly less favorable than
those set forth above.
Except as otherwise required by law, transfers of assets between contracts with
different Annuity Commencement Dates and different withdrawals of assets from
such contracts will be treated as taxable withdrawals, with gain determined on
an aggregate basis in accordance with Section 72(e)(11).
Taxation of the death benefit. We may distribute amounts from your contract
because of the death of an owner, a joint owner, or an Annuitant. The tax
treatment of these amounts depends on whether the owner, joint owner, or
Annuitant (or Joint Annuitant, if applicable) dies before or after the Annuity
Commencement Date.
158
Taxation of Death Benefit if Paid Before the Annuity Commencement Date:
. The death benefit is taxed to the designated beneficiary in the same
manner as an income payment would have been taxed to the owner if received
under an Optional Payment Plan.
. If not received under an Optional Payment Plan, the death benefit is taxed
to the designated beneficiary in the same manner as a surrender or a
partial withdrawal would have been taxed to the owner, depending on the
manner in which the death benefit is paid.
Taxation of Death Benefit if Paid After the Annuity Commencement Date:
. The death benefit is includible in income to the extent that it exceeds
the unrecovered "investment in the contract."
Penalty taxes payable on partial withdrawals, surrenders, or income
payments. The Code may impose a penalty tax equal to 10% of the amount of any
payment from your contract that is included in your gross income. The Code does
not impose the 10% penalty tax if one of several exceptions applies. These
exceptions include partial withdrawals and total surrenders or income payments
that:
. you receive on or after you reach age 59 1/2;
. you receive because you became disabled (as defined in the tax law);
. are received on or after the death of an owner; or
. you receive as a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less
frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the
taxpayer.
Systematic Withdrawals may qualify for this last exception if structured in
accordance with IRS guidelines. If they do, any modification of the Systematic
Withdrawals, including additional withdrawals apart from the Systematic
Withdrawals, could result in certain adverse tax consequences. In addition,
purchase payments or transfers among the Subaccounts may result in payments not
qualifying for this exception.
Other exceptions may be applicable under certain circumstances and special
rules may be applicable in connection with the exceptions enumerated above. You
should consult a tax adviser with regard to exceptions from the penalty tax.
Medicare Tax. Distributions from Non-Qualified Contracts will be considered
"investment income" for purposes of the Medicare tax on investment income.
Thus, in certain circumstances, a 3.8% tax may be applied to some or all of the
taxable portion of distributions (e.g. earnings) to individuals whose income
exceeds certain threshold amounts. Please consult a tax adviser for more
information.
Special rules if you own more than one contract. In certain circumstances, you
may have to combine some or all of the Non-Qualified Contracts you own in order
to determine the amount of an income payment, a surrender, or a partial
withdrawal that you must include in income. For example:
. if you purchase a contract offered by this prospectus and also purchase at
approximately the same time an immediate annuity, the IRS may treat the
two contracts as one contract;
. if you purchase two or more deferred annuity contracts from the same life
insurance company (or its affiliates) during any calendar year, the Code
treats all such contracts as one contract for certain purposes.
The effects of such aggregation are not clear. However, it could affect:
. the amount of a surrender, a partial withdrawal or an income payment that
you must include in income; and
. the amount that might be subject to the penalty tax.
Section 1035
Exchanges
Under Section 1035 of the Code, the exchange of one annuity contract for
another annuity contract generally is not taxed (unless cash is distributed).
To qualify as a nontaxable exchange however, certain conditions must be
satisfied, e.g., the obligee(s) under the new annuity contract must be the same
obligee(s) as under the original contract. We do not permit an owner to
partially exchange this contract for another annuity contract.
If this contract has been purchased in whole or part by exchanging part of a
life insurance or annuity contract, certain subsequent transactions may cause
the IRS to retrospectively treat the partial Section 1035 exchange as taxable.
We intend to administer the contract without regard to the partially exchanged
funding contract and disclaim any responsibility for monitoring events that
could cause the IRS to examine the completed partial Section 1035 exchange.
Owners contemplating any transaction, involving this contract or a partially
exchanged contract funding this contract, within six months of a partial
Section 1035 exchange are strongly advised to consult a tax adviser.
Upon the death of a non-spousal joint owner, the contract provides the
surviving joint owner with the option of using the proceeds of this contract to
purchase a separate annuity contract
159
with terms and values that are substantially similar to those of this contract.
Exercise of this option will not qualify as a tax-free exchange under Section
1035.
Beginning in 2010, the owner may exchange the contract under Section 1035 of
the Code for a long-term care contract. We believe that the provisions of the
Pension Protection Act of 2006 establishing annuity to long-term care Section
1035 exchanges would permit the owner to exchange a portion of the contract to
pay the annual or other periodic premium for a long-term care contract issued
by us or another insurance company. The IRS has issued limited guidance on such
transactions, including on the allocation of basis that would be required to
effect them. It is possible that the IRS could take a narrow view of the 2006
legislation and under certain circumstances treat partial Section 1035
exchanges to pay long-term care premiums as taxable withdrawals from the
contract. Currently, we do not permit an owner to partially exchange this
contract to purchase a long-term care contract or pay long-term care premiums.
If all or a portion of the contract is used to purchase long-term care
insurance in a Section 1035 exchange, the amount so used representing income on
the contract would not be tax-deductible as a medical expense and the amount so
used representing investment in the contract may not be tax-deductible as a
medical expense. Any owner contemplating the use of the contract to fund
long-term care insurance or long-term care expenses should consult a tax
adviser.
Qualified Retirement Plans
We also designed the contracts for use in connection with certain types of
retirement plans that receive favorable treatment under the Code. Contracts
issued to or in connection with retirement plans that receive special tax
treatment are called "Qualified Contracts." We may not offer all of the types
of Qualified Contracts described herein in the future. Prospective purchasers
should contact our Home Office for information on the availability of Qualified
Contracts at any given time.
The federal income tax rules applicable to qualified retirement plans are
complex and varied. As a result, this prospectus makes no attempt to provide
more than general information about use of the contract with the various types
of qualified retirement plans. Persons intending to use the contract in
connection with a qualified retirement plan should obtain advice from a tax
adviser.
The contract includes attributes such as tax deferral on accumulated earnings.
Qualified retirement plans provide their own tax deferral benefit. The purchase
of this contract as an investment of a qualified retirement plan does not
provide additional tax deferral benefits beyond those provided in the qualified
retirement plan. If you are purchasing this contract as a Qualified Contract,
you should consider purchasing this contract for its death benefits, income
benefits and other non-tax benefits. Please consult a tax adviser for
information specific to your circumstances in order to determine whether this
contract is an appropriate investment for you.
Types of Qualified Contracts. The types of Qualified Contracts currently being
offered include:
. Traditional Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) permit individuals to
make annual contributions of up to the lesser of a specified dollar amount
for the year or the amount of compensation includible in the individual's
gross income for the year. Certain employers may establish Simplified
Employee Pensions (SEPs), which have higher contribution limits, on behalf
of their employees. The Internal Revenue Service has not reviewed the
contract for qualification as an IRA, and has not addressed in a ruling of
general applicability whether death benefits such as those in the contract
comport with IRA qualification requirements.
. Roth IRAs permit certain eligible individuals to make non-deductible
contributions to a Roth IRA. Distributions from a Roth IRA generally are
not taxed, except that, once aggregate distributions exceed contributions
to the Roth IRA, income tax and a 10% IRS penalty tax may apply to
distributions made: (1) before age 59 1/2 (subject to certain exceptions);
or (2) during the five taxable years starting with the year in which the
first contribution is made to any Roth IRA. A 10% IRS penalty tax may
apply to amounts attributable to a conversion from an IRA if they are
distributed during the five taxable years beginning with the year in which
the conversion was made.
. Traditional individual retirement accounts and Roth individual retirement
accounts have the same contribution limits and tax treatment of
distributions as the corresponding type of individual retirement annuity,
discussed above. The contract may be owned by the custodian or trustee of
an individual retirement account established for the benefit of the
Annuitant. Only the owner, acting through its authorized
representative(s), may exercise contract rights. When held by an
individual retirement account, the contract is not issued as an individual
retirement annuity or administered as such by us. Annuitants must look to
the custodian or trustee, as contract owner, for satisfaction of their
rights to benefits under the terms of the individual retirement account.
. Corporate pension and profit-sharing plans under Section 401(a) of the
Code allow corporate employers to establish various types of retirement
plans for
160
employees, and self-employed individuals to establish qualified plans
("H.R. 10 or Keough plans") for themselves and their employees.
. 403(b) Plans allow employees of certain tax-exempt organizations and
public schools to exclude from their gross income the purchase payments
made, within certain limits, to a contract that will provide an annuity
for the employee's retirement. Distributions of (1) salary reduction
contributions made in years beginning after December 31, 1998; (2)
earnings on those contributions; and (3) earnings on amounts held as of
the last year beginning before January 1, 1989, are not allowed prior to
age 59 1/2, severance from employment, death or disability. Salary
reduction contributions (but not earnings) may also be distributed upon
hardship, but would generally be subject to a 10% IRS penalty tax. For
contracts issued after 2008, amounts attributable to nonelective
contributions may be subject to distribution restrictions specified in the
employer's 403(b) Plan. Under recent IRS regulations we are obligated to
share information concerning certain contract transactions with the
employer sponsoring the 403(b) plan in which the owner is participating
and possibly other product providers. We generally are required to
confirm, with your 403(b) plan sponsor or otherwise, that these
transactions comply with applicable tax requirements and to decline
requests that are not in compliance.
Terms of qualified retirement plans and Qualified Contracts. The terms of a
qualified retirement plan may affect your rights under a Qualified Contract.
When issued in connection with a qualified retirement plan, we will amend a
contract as generally necessary to conform to the requirements of the type of
plan. However, the rights of any person to any benefits under qualified
retirement plans may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plans
themselves, regardless of the terms and conditions of the contract. In
addition, we are not bound by the terms and conditions of qualified retirement
plans to the extent such terms and conditions contradict the contract, unless
we consent.
Employer qualified plans. Qualified plans sponsored by an employer or employee
organization are governed by the provisions of the Code and the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act, as amended ("ERISA"). ERISA is administered
primarily by the U.S. Department of Labor. The Code and ERISA include
requirements that various features be contained in an employer qualified plan
with respect to: participation; vesting; funding; nondiscrimination; limits on
contributions and benefits; distributions; penalties; duties of fiduciaries;
prohibited transactions; withholding; reporting and disclosure.
In the case of certain qualified plans, if a participant is married at the time
benefits become payable, unless the participant elects otherwise with written
consent of the spouse, the benefits must be paid in the form of a qualified
joint and survivor annuity. A qualified joint and survivor annuity is an
annuity payable for the life of the participant with a survivor annuity for the
life of the spouse in an amount that is not less than one-half of the amount
payable to the participant during his or her lifetime. In addition, a married
participant's beneficiary must be the spouse, unless the spouse consents in
writing to the designation of a different beneficiary. There is much
uncertainty regarding the application of these rules in the context of
guaranteed withdrawal benefits such as those offered in optional riders to the
contract. Consult a tax or legal adviser regarding these issues if an optional
guaranteed withdrawal rider is being considered under a 401(a) or 403(b) plan.
If this contract is purchased as an investment of a qualified plan, the owner
will be either an employee benefit trust or the plan sponsor. Plan participants
and beneficiaries will have no ownership rights in the contract. Only the
owner, acting through its authorized representative(s) may exercise contract
rights. Participants and beneficiaries must look to the plan fiduciaries for
satisfaction of their rights to benefits under the terms of the qualified plan.
Where a contract is purchased by an employer-qualified plan, we assume no
responsibility regarding whether the contract's terms and benefits are
consistent with the requirements of the Code and ERISA. It is the
responsibility of the employer, plan trustee, plan administrator and/or other
plan fiduciaries to satisfy the requirements of the Code and ERISA applicable
to the qualified plan. This prospectus does not provide detailed tax or ERISA
information. Various tax disadvantages, including penalties, may result from
actions that conflict with requirements of the Code or ERISA, and the
regulations pertaining to those laws. Federal tax laws and ERISA are
continually under review by Congress. Any changes in the laws or in the
regulations pertaining to the laws may affect the tax treatment of amounts
contributed to employer qualified plans and the fiduciary actions required by
ERISA.
IRAs and Roth IRAs. The Code permits individuals to make annual contributions
to IRAs of up to the lesser of a specified dollar amount for the year or the
amount of compensation includible in the individual's gross income for the
year. The contributions may be deductible in whole or in part, depending on the
individual's income. The Code also permits certain eligible individuals to make
non-deductible contributions to a Roth IRA in cash or as a rollover or transfer
from another Roth IRA or other IRA. A rollover from or conversion of an IRA to
a Roth IRA is generally subject to tax. You should consult a tax adviser before
combining any converted amounts with any
161
other Roth IRA contributions, including any other conversion amounts from other
tax years.
The Internal Revenue Service has not reviewed the contract for qualification as
an IRA, and has not addressed in a ruling of general applicability whether a
death benefit provision such as the provision in this contract comports with
IRA qualification requirements. We may, however, endorse the contract to
satisfy the IRA or Roth IRA qualification rules and submit the endorsement to
the IRS for approval as to form. If you purchased the contract with such an
endorsement, the accompanying disclosure statement will indicate the status of
the endorsement's approval under the IRS IRA Prototype Program.
You will be the owner of a contract issued as an IRA or Roth IRA, and will be
responsible for exercising your rights as owner in accordance with applicable
tax rules, including limitations for contributions and distributions. The
contract may also be held in an IRA custodial account or trust as an
investment. In that event the custodian or trustee, with your cooperation, is
responsible for satisfaction of the IRA qualification requirements. We have no
responsibility beyond that pertaining to nonqualified contracts for contracts
held in an IRA account or trust.
The death benefit and Qualified Contracts. Pursuant to IRS regulations, IRAs
and 403(b) plans may not invest in life insurance contracts. We do not believe
that these regulations prohibit the death benefit, including that provided by
any death benefit rider option, from being provided under the contracts when we
issue the contracts as Traditional IRAs, Roth IRAs, SEPs or 403(b) plans.
However, the law is unclear and it is possible that the presence of the death
benefit under a contract issued as a Traditional IRA, Roth IRA, SEP or 403(b)
plan could disqualify a contract and result in increased taxes to the owner.
It is also possible that the death benefit could be characterized as an
incidental death benefit. If the death benefit were so characterized, this
could result in currently taxable income to purchasers. In addition, there are
limitations on the amount of incidental death benefits that may be provided
under qualified retirement plans, such as in connection with a Section 403(b)
plan.
Treatment of Qualified Contracts compared with Non-Qualified
Contracts. Although some of the federal income tax rules are the same for both
Qualified and Non- Qualified Contracts, many of the rules are different. For
example:
. the Code generally does not impose tax on the earnings under either
Qualified or Non-Qualified Contracts until the earnings are distributed;
. the Code does not limit the amount of purchase payments and the time at
which purchase payments can be made under Non-Qualified Contracts.
However, the Code does limit both the amount and frequency of purchase
payments made to Qualified Contracts;
. the Code does not allow a deduction for purchase payments made for
Non-Qualified Contracts, but sometimes allows a deduction or exclusion
from income for purchase payments made to a Qualified Contract;
. Under most qualified retirement plans, the owner must begin receiving
payments from the contract in certain minimum amounts by a certain date,
generally April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in
which the owner attains age 72 for Traditional IRAs and SEPs and April 1
of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the
employee (except for a 5 percent owner) retires or attains age 72 for
other Qualified Contracts. The actuarial value of certain benefit
guarantees, such as guaranteed withdrawal benefits, and certain death
benefits may be included with the contract's cash value in determining the
required minimum distribution amount. The presence of such living benefits
and death benefits may require the owner to withdraw a larger amount each
year than would be required based only on the contract value. We are
required to annually determine and report to the owner the fair market
value for traditional individual retirement annuities while the owner is
alive. This computation is based in part on future economic performance
and conditions and is made under the guidance of our actuarial department
in accordance with income tax regulations and guidelines published by the
Society of Actuaries. It is possible that, using different assumptions or
methodologies, the amount required to be withdrawn would be more or less
than the amount we report to you as the required minimum distribution.
Roth IRAs do not require any distributions during the owner's lifetime.
The death benefit under your contract and certain other benefits provided
by the living benefit riders may increase the amount of the minimum
required distribution that must be taken from your contract.
The federal income tax rules applicable to qualified retirement plans and
Qualified Contracts vary with the type of plan and contract. For example,
federal tax rules limit the amount of purchase payments that can be made, and
the tax deduction or exclusion that may be allowed for the purchase payments.
These limits vary depending on the type of qualified retirement plan and the
circumstances of the plan participant, e.g., the participant's compensation.
162
Amounts received under Qualified Contracts. Federal income tax rules generally
include distributions from a Qualified Contract in your income as ordinary
income. Purchase payments that are deductible or excludible from income do not
create "investment in the contract." Thus, under many Qualified Contracts there
will be no "investment in the contract" and you include the total amount you
receive in your income. There are exceptions. For example, you do not include
amounts received from a Roth IRA if certain conditions are satisfied. In
addition, failure to comply with the minimum distribution rules applicable to
certain qualified retirement plans, will result in the imposition of an excise
tax. This excise tax generally equals 50% of the amount by which a minimum
required distribution exceeds the actual distribution from the qualified
retirement plan. Please note important changes to the required minimum
distribution rules. Under IRAs and defined contribution retirement plans, most
non-spouse beneficiaries will no longer be able to satisfy these rules by
"stretching" payouts over life. Instead, those beneficiaries will have to take
their post-death distributions within ten years. Certain exceptions apply to
"eligible designated beneficiaries," which include disabled and chronically ill
individuals, individuals who are ten or less years younger than the deceased
individual, and children who have not reached the age of majority. This change
applies to distributions to designated beneficiaries of individuals who die on
and after January 1, 2020. Consult a tax adviser if you are affected by these
new rules.
Federal penalty taxes payable on distributions. The Code may impose a penalty
tax equal to 10% of the amount of any payment from your Qualified Contract that
is includible in your income. The Code does not impose the penalty tax if one
of several exceptions apply. The exceptions vary depending on the type of
Qualified Contract you purchase. For example, in the case of an IRA, exceptions
provide that the penalty tax does not apply to a partial withdrawal, surrender,
or annuity payment:
. received on or after the owner reaches age 59 1/2;
. received on or after the owner's death or because of the owner's
disability (as defined in the tax law);
. received as a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less
frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the
taxpayer; or
. received as reimbursement for certain amounts paid for medical care.
These exceptions, as well as certain others not described here, generally apply
to taxable distributions from other qualified retirement plans. However, the
specific requirements of the exception may vary.
On March 27, 2020, Congress passed the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic
Security Act (the "CARES Act"). Among other provisions, the CARES Act includes
temporary relief from certain tax rules applicable to Qualifed Contracts,
including rules related to required minimum distributions and retirement plan
distributions. If you have been taking or plan to take distributions, including
required minimum distributions, from an IRA or other qualified plan, you should
consult with a tax adviser to determine how the CARES Act may impact your
situation.
Moving money from one Qualified Contract or qualified retirement plan to
another. Rollovers and transfers: In many circumstances you may move money
between Qualified Contracts and qualified retirement plans by means of a
rollover or a transfer. Special rules apply to such rollovers and transfers.
The IRS has re-examined a longstanding interpretation of the IRA rollover
rules. Beginning in 2015, an IRA owner may make only one rollover in a 12 month
period to avoid being taxed on distributions received during that period from
all of his or her IRAs (including Roth IRAs). The rule does not apply to direct
transfers between IRA issuers or custodians. If you have received an IRA
distribution and are contemplating making a rollover contribution, you should
consult a tax adviser.
If you do not follow the applicable rules, you may suffer adverse federal
income tax consequences, including paying taxes which you might not otherwise
have had to pay. You should always consult a qualified tax adviser before you
move or attempt to move assets between any Qualified Contract or plan and
another Qualified Contract or plan. If your contract was issued pursuant to a
403(b) plan, we generally are required to confirm, with your 403(b) plan
sponsor or otherwise, that surrenders or transfers you request comply with
applicable tax requirements and to decline requests that are not in compliance.
Direct rollovers: The direct rollover rules apply to certain payments (called
"eligible rollover distributions") from Section 401(a) plans, Section 403(b)
plans, H.R. 10 plans, and Qualified Contracts used in connection with these
types of plans. The direct rollover rules do not apply to distributions from
IRAs. The direct rollover rules require federal income tax equal to 20% of the
taxable portion of an eligible rollover distribution to be withheld from the
amount of the distribution, unless the owner elects to have the amount directly
transferred to certain Qualified Contracts or plans. Certain restrictions apply
to the ability to rollover any after-tax amounts.
Prior to receiving an eligible rollover distribution from us, we will provide
you with a notice explaining these requirements and the procedure for avoiding
20% withholding by electing a direct rollover.
163
IRA conversions: If this contract is issued as an IRA, you may convert the
contract to a Roth IRA. If you do so, the fair market value of your contract
will be treated as a distribution from your IRA. This fair market value will
include the contract's cash value together with the actuarial value of certain
benefit guarantees, such as guaranteed withdrawal benefits, and certain death
benefits. This computation is based in part on future economic performance and
conditions and is made under the guidance of our actuarial department in
accordance with income tax regulations. The methodology followed is similar to
that used to determine the actuarial value of such benefit guarantees for
required minimum distribution purposes, as described above in the "Treatment of
Qualified Contracts compared with Non-Qualified Contracts" section. We will
determine and report the fair market value of your contract to you and the
Internal Revenue Service to satisfy our reporting obligations using assumptions
and calculation methodologies based on our interpretation of the Code. It is
possible that, using different assumptions or methodologies, your actual tax
liability would be more or less than the income reported by us. You should
always consult a tax adviser before you convert an IRA to a Roth IRA.
Disclosure Pursuant to Code and ERISA Requirements. The ongoing fees and
expenses of the contracts and the charges you may pay when you surrender or
take withdrawals from your contract, as well as the range of fees and expenses
of the Portfolios that you will pay indirectly when your assets are allocated
to the Portfolios, are discussed in the "Fee Tables" provision of the
prospectus. More detail concerning each Portfolio's fees and expenses is
included in the prospectus for each Portfolio.
AssetMark is the investment adviser under the Asset Allocation Program, and a
former affiliate of the Company. There is no direct fee for participation in
the Asset Allocation Program. The Company may compensate GFWM for services it
provides related to the Asset Allocation Program. The Company may receive fees
from the investment adviser or distributor of a Portfolio for certain
administrative and other services we provide to you or to the Portfolio
relating to the allocation of your assets to the Portfolio, and the amount of
these fees may vary from Portfolio to Portfolio. Furthermore, the Company or
our affiliate Capital Brokerage Corporation may receive Rule 12b-1 fees in
varying amounts from the Portfolios or their distributors for distribution and
related services. Additional information on the fees payable to the Company and
Capital Brokerage Corporation by the Portfolios and their advisers and
distributors, including the range of such fees, is included in the
"Subaccounts" provision of the prospectus. Additional information regarding the
Asset Allocation Program and the potential conflicts of interest to which
AssetMark is subject is included in the "Asset Allocation Program" provision of
the prospectus.
When you purchase a contract through a broker-dealer, the broker-dealer is paid
a commission and may be paid a separate marketing allowance. The maximum
aggregate amount of such compensation is 9.6% of a contract owner's aggregate
purchase payments. The broker-dealer firm generally pays a portion of such
commission to its representative who assisted you with the purchase, and that
amount will vary depending on the broker-dealer and the individual
representative. The Company has no agreement with any broker-dealer and any
representative of a broker-dealer that limits the insurance and investment
products or other securities they offer to those issued by the Company.
By signing the application for the contract, you acknowledge receipt of these
disclosures and approve the purchase of the contract, the Asset Allocation
Program, and the investments made pursuant to the Asset Allocation Program.
Federal Income Tax Withholding
We will withhold and remit to the IRS a part of the taxable portion of each
distribution made under a contract unless the distributee notifies us at or
before the time of the distribution that he or she elects not to have any
amounts withheld. In certain circumstances, federal income tax rules may
require us to withhold tax. At the time you request a partial withdrawal or
surrender, or income payment, we will send you forms that explain the
withholding requirements.
See the "Annuity Purchases by Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Corporations"
section below for special withholding rules applicable to payees other than
U.S. citizens or residents and to payments made overseas.
State Income Tax Withholding
If required by the law of your state, we will also withhold state income tax
from the taxable portion of each distribution made under the contract, unless
you make an available election to avoid withholding. If permitted under state
law, we will honor your request for voluntary state withholding.
Tax Status of the Company
Under existing federal income tax laws, we do not pay tax on investment income
and realized capital gains of the Separate Account. We do not anticipate that
we will incur any federal income tax liability on the income and gains earned
by the Separate Account. We, therefore, do not impose a charge for federal
income taxes. If federal income tax law changes and we must pay tax on some or
all of the income and gains earned by the Separate Account, we may impose a
charge against the Separate Account to pay the taxes.
164
Federal Estate, Gift and Generation-Skipping Transfer Taxes
While no attempt is being made to discuss in detail the Federal estate tax
implications of the contract, a purchaser should keep in mind that the value of
an annuity contract owned by a decedent and payable to a beneficiary who
survives the decedent is included in the decedent's gross estate. Depending on
the terms of the annuity contract, the value of the annuity included in the
gross estate may be the value of the lump sum payment payable to the designated
beneficiary or the actuarial value of the payments to be received by the
beneficiary. Consult an estate planning advisor for more information.
Under certain circumstances, the Code may impose a generation-skipping ("GST")
tax when all or part of an annuity contract is transferred to, or a death
benefit is paid to, an individual two or more generations younger than the
Owner. Regulations issued under the Code may require us to deduct the tax from
your Contract, or from any applicable payment, and pay it directly to the IRS.
The potential application of these taxes underscores the importance of seeking
guidance from a qualified adviser to help ensure that your estate plan
adequately addresses your needs and those of your beneficiaries under all
possible scenarios.
Definition of Spouse Under Federal Law
The contract provides that upon your death, a surviving spouse may have certain
continuation rights that he or she may elect to exercise for the contract's
death benefit. All contract provisions relating to spousal continuation are
available only to a person who meets the definition of "spouse" under federal
law. The U.S. Supreme Court has held that same-sex marriages must be permitted
under state law and that marriages recognized under state law will be
recognized for federal law purposes. Domestic partnerships and civil unions
that are not recognized as legal marriages under state law, however, will not
be treated as marriages under federal law. Consult a tax adviser for more
information on this subject.
Annuity Purchases by Residents of Puerto Rico
The IRS has announced that income received by residents of Puerto Rico under
life insurance or annuity contracts issued by a Puerto Rico branch of a United
States life insurance company is U.S.-source income that is generally subject
to United States federal income tax.
Annuity Purchases by Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Corporations
The discussion above provides general information regarding U.S. federal income
tax consequences to annuity purchasers that are U.S. citizens or residents.
Purchasers (and beneficiaries) that are not U.S. citizens or residents will
generally be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax on taxable distributions
from annuity contracts at a 30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies. In
addition, such purchasers may be subject to state and/or municipal taxes and
taxes that may be imposed by the purchaser's country of citizenship or
residence. Special withholding rules apply to entity purchasers (including
foreign corporations, partnerships, and trusts) that are not U.S. residents. We
reserve the right to make all payment due to owners or beneficiaries directly
to such persons and shall not be obligated to pay any foreign financial
institution on behalf of any individual. Prospective purchasers are advised to
consult with a qualified tax adviser regarding U.S., state, and foreign
taxation with respect to an annuity contract purchase.
Foreign Tax Credits
We may benefit from any foreign tax credits attributable to taxes paid by
certain funds to foreign jurisdictions to the extent permitted under federal
tax law.
Changes in the Law
This discussion is based on the Code, IRS regulations, and interpretations
existing on the date of this prospectus. Congress, the IRS, and the courts may
modify these authorities, however, sometimes retroactively.
REQUESTING PAYMENTS
To request a payment, you must provide us with notice in a form satisfactory to
us. We will ordinarily pay any partial withdrawal or surrender proceeds from
the Separate Account within seven days after receipt at our Home Office of a
request in good order. We also will ordinarily make payment of lump sum death
benefit proceeds from the Separate Account within seven days from the receipt
of due proof of death and all required forms. We will determine payment amounts
as of the end of the Valuation Period during which our Home Office receives the
payment request or due proof of death and all required forms.
In most cases, when we pay the death benefit in a lump sum, we will pay these
proceeds to your designated beneficiary directly in the form of a check. We may
also provide your designated beneficiary the option to establish an interest
bearing draft account, called the "Secure Access Account," in the amount of the
death benefit.
165
When establishing the Secure Access Account we will send the designated
beneficiary a draft account book within seven days after we receive all the
required documents, and the designated beneficiary will have immediate access
to the account simply by writing a draft for all or any part of the amount of
the death benefit payment. Any interest credited to amounts in the Secure
Access Account is currently taxable to the designated beneficiary.
The Secure Access Account is part of our General Account. It is not a bank
account and it is not insured by the FDIC or any other government agency. As
part of our General Account, it is subject to the claims of our creditors. We
receive a benefit from all amounts left in the Secure Access Account.
We require a positive election from the designated beneficiary to establish the
Secure Access Account for the designated beneficiary. The Secure Access Account
is not available in all states. We may discontinue offering the Secure Access
Account at any time, for any reason and without notice.
We will delay making a payment from the Subaccount or applying Subaccount value
to a payment plan if:
(1) the disposal or valuation of the Subaccount is not reasonably
practicable because:
. the SEC declares that an emergency exists (due to the emergency the
disposal or valuation of the Separate Account's assets is not
reasonably practicable);
. the New York Stock Exchange is closed for other than a regular holiday
or weekend;
. trading is restricted by the SEC; or
(2) the SEC, by order, permits postponement of payment to protect our owners.
In addition, if, pursuant to SEC rules, a money market fund that a subaccount
invests in suspends payment of redemption proceeds in connection with a
liquidation of that fund, we will delay payment of any transfer, partial
withdrawal, surrender, loan, or death benefit from the subaccount until the
fund is liquidated.
State law requires that we reserve the right to defer payments from the
Guarantee Account for a partial withdrawal or surrender for up to six months
from the date we receive your payment request at our Home Office. We also may
defer making any payments attributable to a check or draft that has not cleared
until we are satisfied that the check or draft has been paid by the bank on
which it is drawn.
If mandated under applicable law, we may be required to reject a purchase
payment and/or block an owner's account and thereby refuse any requests for
transfers, partial withdrawals, surrenders, or death benefits until
instructions are received from the appropriate regulators. We also may be
required to provide additional information about you or your account to
government regulators.
SALE OF THE CONTRACTS
This contract is no longer offered or sold. However, the following section
provides detail concerning the manner in which contracts were sold and the
compensation arrangements applicable to those sales. Although certain
compensation practices no longer apply (e.g., no commissions are paid in
connection with new contract sales because such sales have been suspended),
certain of the compensation practices remain relevant to in-force contracts.
Most notably, selling firms continue to be compensated with respect to
subsequent purchase payments made under the in-force contracts.
We have entered into an underwriting agreement with Capital Brokerage
Corporation ("Capital Brokerage Corporation") for the distribution and sale of
the contracts. Pursuant to this agreement, Capital Brokerage Corporation serves
as principal underwriter for the contracts, offering them on a continuous
basis. Capital Brokerage Corporation is located at 6620 West Broad Street,
Building 2, Richmond, Virginia 23230. Capital Brokerage Corporation will use
its best efforts to sell the contracts, but is not required to sell any
specific number or dollar amount of contracts.
Capital Brokerage Corporation was organized as a corporation under the laws of
the state of Washington in 1981 and is an affiliate of ours. Capital Brokerage
Corporation is registered as a broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange
Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as well as with the
securities commissions in the states in which it operates, and is a member of
the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA") (formerly, NASD, Inc.).
Capital Brokerage Corporation offers the contracts through its registered
representatives who are registered with FINRA and with the states in which they
do business. More information about Capital Brokerage Corporation and the
registered representatives is available at http://www.finra.org or by calling
(800) 289-9999. You also can obtain an investor brochure from FINRA describing
its Public Disclosure Program. Registered representatives with Capital
Brokerage Corporation are also licensed as insurance agents in the states in
which they do business and are appointed with the Company.
Capital Brokerage Corporation also enters into selling agreements with an
affiliated broker-dealer and unaffiliated broker-dealers to sell the contracts.
The registered representatives of these selling
166
firms are registered with FINRA and with the states in which they do business,
are licensed as insurance agents in the states in which they do business and
are appointed with us.
We pay compensation to Capital Brokerage Corporation for promotion and sales of
the contracts by its registered representatives as well as by affiliated and
unaffiliated selling firms. This compensation consists of sales commissions and
other cash and non-cash compensation. The maximum commission we may pay for the
sale of the contract is 11.0% of a contract owner's aggregate purchase payments.
The maximum commission consists of three parts -- commissions paid to internal
and external wholesalers of Capital Brokerage Corporation ("wholesalers" are
individuals employed by the Company and registered with Capital Brokerage
Corporation that promote the offer and sale of the contracts), commissions paid
to the affiliated and unaffiliated brokerage firms ("selling firms") that
employ the registered representative who sold your contract, and an amount paid
to the selling firm for marketing allowances and other payments related to the
sale of the contract. Wholesalers with Capital Brokerage Corporation each may
receive a maximum commission of 1.4% of purchase payments.
After commission is paid to the wholesalers of Capital Brokerage Corporation, a
commission is then paid to the selling firm. A maximum commission of 8.6% of
purchase payments is paid to the selling firm. The exact amount of commission
paid to the registered representative who sold you your contract is determined
by the brokerage firm that employs the representative.
All selling firms receive commissions as described above based on the sale of,
and receipt of purchase payments, on the contract. Unaffiliated selling firms
receive additional compensation, including marketing allowances and other
payments. The maximum marketing allowance paid to a selling firm on the sale of
a contract is 1.0% of Contract Value. At times, Capital Brokerage Corporation
may make other cash and non-cash payments to selling firms, as well as receive
payments from selling firms, for expenses relating to the recruitment and
training of personnel, periodic sales meetings, the production of promotional
sales literature and similar expenses. These expenses may also relate to the
synchronization of technology between the Company, Capital Brokerage
Corporation and the selling firm in order to coordinate data for the sale and
maintenance of the contract. In addition, registered representatives may be
eligible for non-cash compensation programs offered by Capital Brokerage
Corporation or an affiliated company, such as conferences, trips, prizes and
awards. The amount of other cash and non-cash compensation paid by Capital
Brokerage Corporation or its affiliated companies ranges significantly among
the selling firms. Likewise, the amount received by Capital Brokerage
Corporation from the selling firms ranges significantly.
The commissions listed above are maximum commissions paid, and reflect
situations where we pay a higher commission for a short period of time for a
special promotion.
No specific charge is assessed directly to contract owners or the Separate
Account to cover commissions and other incentives or payments described above.
We do, however, intend to recoup commissions and other sales expenses and
incentives we pay through fees and charges deducted under the contract and any
other corporate revenue.
All commissions, special marketing allowances and other payments made or
received by Capital Brokerage Corporation to or from selling firms come from or
are allocated to the general assets of Capital Brokerage Corporation or one of
its affiliated companies. Therefore, regardless of the amount paid or received
by Capital Brokerage Corporation or one of its affiliated companies, the amount
of expenses you pay under the contract does not vary because of such payments
to or from such selling firms.
Even though your contract costs are not determined based on amounts paid to or
received from Capital Brokerage Corporation or the selling firm, the prospect
of receiving, or the receipt of, additional cash or non-cash compensation as
described above may create an incentive for selling firms and/or their
registered representative to sell you this product versus another product with
respect with which a selling firm does not receive additional compensation, or
a lower level of additional compensation. You may wish to take such
compensation arrangements, which may be referred to as "revenue sharing
arrangements," into account when considering and evaluating any recommendation
relating to the contracts.
During 2020, 2019 and 2018, $31 million, $33.9 million and $37.7 million,
respectively, was paid to Capital Brokerage Corporation for new purchase
payments received. In 2020, 2019 and 2018, no underwriting commissions were
paid to Capital Brokerage Corporation. This contract (RetireReady/SM/ Choice)
is no longer offered or sold.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Owner Questions
The obligations to owners under the contracts are ours. Please direct your
questions and concerns to us at our Home Office.
167
Return Privilege
Within 10 days after you receive the contract (or such longer period as may be
required by applicable law), you may cancel it for any reason by delivering or
mailing it postage prepaid, to:
Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company
Annuity New Business
6610 West Broad Street
Richmond, Virginia 23230
If you cancel your contract, it will be void. Unless state law requires that we
return your purchase payments, the amount of the refund you receive will equal
the Contract Value as of the Valuation Day our Home Office receives the
returned contract plus any adjustments required by applicable law or regulation
on the date we receive the contract, but without reduction for any surrender
charge. If state law requires that we return your purchase payments, the amount
of the refund will equal the purchase payments made less any partial
withdrawals you previously made. In certain states, you may have more than 10
days to return the contract for a refund.
State Regulation
As a life insurance company organized and operated under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Virginia, we are subject to provisions governing life insurers
and to regulation by the Virginia Commissioner of Insurance.
Our books and accounts are subject to review and examination by the State
Corporation Commission of the Commonwealth of Virginia at all times. That
Commission conducts a full examination of our operations at least every five
years.
Evidence of Death, Age, Gender, Marital Status or Survival
We may require proof of the age, gender, marital status or survival of any
person or persons before acting on any applicable contract provision.
Records and Reports
As presently required by the 1940 Act and applicable regulations, we are
responsible for maintaining all records and accounts relating to the Separate
Account. At least once each year, we will send you a report showing information
about your contract for the period covered by the report. The report will show
the total Contract Value and a breakdown of the assets in each Subaccount and
the Guarantee Account. The report also will show purchase payments and charges
made during the statement period. As discussed on the prospectus cover page,
beginning January 1, 2021 we will no longer send you paper copies of
shareholder reports for the Portfolios of the Funds offered under the contract
("Reports") unless you specifically request paper copies from us, and instead
we will make the Reports available on a website. In addition you will receive a
written confirmation when you make purchase payments, transfers, or take
partial withdrawals.
Other Information
We have filed a Registration Statement with the SEC, under the Securities Act
of 1933 as amended, for the contracts being offered by this prospectus. This
prospectus does not contain all the information in the Registration Statement,
its amendments and exhibits. Please refer to the Registration Statement for
further information about the Separate Account, the Company, and the contracts
offered. Statements in this prospectus about the content of contracts and other
legal instruments are summaries. For the complete text of those contracts and
instruments, please refer to those documents as filed with the SEC and
available on the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov.
Exemption to File Periodic Reports
The Company does not intend to file periodic reports required under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule
12h-7 thereunder.
Unclaimed Property
Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity
contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of three to five years
from the contract's maturity date or date the death benefit is due and payable.
For example, if the payment of a death benefit has been triggered, but, if
after a thorough search, we are still unable to locate the beneficiary of the
death benefit, or the beneficiary does not come forward to claim the death
benefit in a timely manner, the death benefit will be paid to the abandoned
property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the
beneficiary or the contract owner last resided, as shown on our books and
records, or to our state of domicile. This "escheatment" is revocable, however,
and the state is obligated to pay the death benefit if your beneficiary steps
forward to claim it with the proper documentation. To prevent such escheatment,
it is important that you update your beneficiary designations, including full
names and complete addresses, if and as they change.
Cybersecurity
Because our variable product business is highly dependent upon the effective
operation of our computer systems and those of
168
our business partners, our business is vulnerable to disruptions from utility
outages, and susceptible to operational and information security risks
resulting from information systems failure (e.g., hardware and software
malfunctions), and cyberattacks. These risks include, among other things, the
theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained online or
digitally, interference with or denial of service, attacks on websites and
other operational disruption and unauthorized release of confidential customer
information. Such systems failures and cyberattacks affecting us, any third
party administrator, the underlying funds, intermediaries and other affiliated
or third-party service providers may adversely affect us and your Contract
Value. For instance, systems failures and cyberattacks may interfere with our
processing of contract transactions, including the processing of orders from
our website or with the underlying funds, impact our ability to calculate
Accumulation Unit values, cause the release and possible destruction of
confidential customer or business information, impede order processing, subject
us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines and
financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. Cybersecurity risks may also
impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying funds invest, which
may cause the funds underlying your contract to lose value. There can be no
assurance that we or the underlying funds or our service providers will avoid
losses affecting your contract due to cyberattacks or information security
breaches in the future.
Natural and Man-Made Disasters
We are also exposed to risks related to natural and man-made disasters and
catastrophes, such as (but not limited to) storms, fires, floods, earthquakes,
public health crises, malicious acts, and terrorist acts, any of which could
adversely affect our ability to conduct business. A natural or man-made
disaster or catastrophe, including a pandemic (such as COVID-19), could affect
the ability or willingness of our employees or the employees of our service
providers to perform their job responsibilities. Even if our employees and the
employees of our service providers are able to work remotely, those remote work
arrangements could result in our business operations being less efficient than
under normal circumstances and could lead to delays in our processing of
contract-related transactions, including orders from contract owners.
Catastrophic events may negatively affect the computer and other systems on
which we rely, may interfere with our ability to receive, pick up and process
mail, may interfere with our ability to calculate Contract Value, or may have
other possible negative impacts. These events may also impact the issuers of
securities in which the Portfolios invest, which may cause the Portfolios
underlying your contract to lose value. There can be no assurance that we or
the Portfolios or our service providers will be able to successfully avoid
negative impacts associated with natural and man-made disasters and
catastrophes.
We outsource certain critical business functions to third parties and, in the
event of a natural or man-made disaster, rely upon the successful
implementation and execution of the business continuity planning of such
entities. While we monitor the business continuity activities of these third
parties, successful implementation and execution of their business continuity
strategies are largely beyond our control. If one or more of the third parties
to whom we outsource such critical business functions experience operational
failures, our ability to administer the contract could be impaired.
Information Regarding the COVID-19 Pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted
in operational disruptions, as well as market volatility and general economic
uncertainty. To address operational disruptions in connection with the COVID-19
pandemic, we have implemented business continuity plans so we can continue to
provide services to our customers, even as many of our employees and the
employees of our service providers continue to work remotely. While these
efforts have been successful to date, we continue to be subject to risks that
could negatively impact our operations, including system failure, mail delivery
delays, unavailability of critical personnel due to illness or other reasons
related to the pandemic, and disruptions to service providers. Significant
market volatility and negative market returns have occurred during the COVID-19
pandemic. While we are confident in our ability to manage the financial risks
related to the COVID-19 pandemic, the extent and duration of such risks cannot
be predicted with certainty, and prolonged negative economic conditions could
have a negative impact on our financial condition. It is possible these risks
could impact our financial strength and claims-paying ability.
Legal Proceedings
We face the risk of litigation and regulatory investigations and actions in the
ordinary course of operating our businesses, including the risk of class action
lawsuits. Our pending legal and regulatory actions include proceedings specific
to us and others generally applicable to business practices in the industries
in which we operate. In our insurance operations, we are, have been, or may
become subject to class actions and individual suits alleging, among other
things, issues relating to sales or underwriting practices, payment of
contingent or other sales commissions, claims payments and procedures, product
design, product disclosure, administration, additional premium charges for
premiums paid on a periodic basis, denial or delay of benefits, charging
excessive or impermissible fees on products and recommending unsuitable
products to customers. Plaintiffs in class action and other lawsuits against us
may seek very large or indeterminate amounts, which may remain unknown for
substantial periods of time. In our investment-
169
related operations, we are subject to litigation involving commercial disputes
with counterparties. We are also subject to litigation arising out of our
general business activities such as our contractual and employment
relationships and securities lawsuits. In addition, we are also subject to
various regulatory inquiries, such as information requests, subpoenas, books
and record examinations and market conduct and financial examinations from
state, federal and international regulators and other authorities. A
substantial legal liability or a significant regulatory action against us could
have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations. Moreover, even if we ultimately prevail in the litigation,
regulatory action or investigation, we could suffer significant reputational
harm, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
Lehman Brothers Special Financing, Inc.
In Lehman Brothers Special Financing, Inc. v. Bank of America National
Association, et al, in U.S. Bankruptcy Court, Southern District of New York,
Lehman Brothers Special Financing, Inc. ("LBSF") seeks to recover from the
Company, as a noteholder defendant, sums it received from a collateralized debt
obligation ("CDO") note following the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers Holdings,
Inc. ("LBHI"), alleging that we and other unrelated noteholders (the "Defendant
Group") were not entitled to the amounts received. On June 28, 2016, the
Bankruptcy Court granted our motion to dismiss , the Bankruptcy Court's order
became final and appealable on January 24, 2017 , and no claims remain against
the Company. LBSF filed a notice of appeal on February 6, 2017. On March 14,
2018, the District Court affirmed the decision of the Bankruptcy Court. In a
filing dated April 13, 2018, LBSF appealed the District Court's decision to the
United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. Oral argument occurred
on June 26, 2019. On August 11, 2020, the Court of Appeals for the Second
Circuit issued a decision affirming the dismissal of this case.
Cost of Insurance Litigation
In September 2018, we were named as a defendant in a putative class action
lawsuit pending in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of
Virginia captioned TVPX ARX INC., et al v. Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance
Company, Case No. 3:18-cv-00637. Plaintiff seeks to represent life insurance
policyholders, alleging unlawful and excessive cost of insurance ("COI")
charges. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract, alleging that we
improperly considered non-mortality factors when calculating COI rates and
failed to decrease COI charges in light of improved expectations of future
mortality, and seeks unspecified compensatory damages, costs, and equitable
relief.
On October 29, 2018, we filed a Motion to Enjoin in the Middle District of
Georgia, and a Motion to Dismiss and Motion to Stay in the Eastern District of
Virginia. We moved to enjoin the prosecution of the Eastern District of
Virginia action on the basis that it involves claims released in a prior
nationwide class action settlement that was approved by the Middle District of
Georgia. Plaintiff filed an amended complaint on November 13, 2018. On
November 16, 2018, the Eastern District of Virginia court stayed the case for
60 days.
On December 6, 2018, we moved the Middle District of Georgia for leave to file
our counterclaim, which alleges that plaintiff breached the prior settlement
agreement by filing its current action. On January 17, 2019, the Eastern
District of Virginia court stayed the case for another 60 days or the date of
the Middle District of Georgia's ruling on our motions, whichever comes
earlier. A hearing on our Motion to Enjoin and Motion for Leave to file our
counterclaim occurred on February 21, 2019. On March 15, 2019, the Middle
District of Georgia granted our Motion to Enjoin and denied our Motion for
Leave to file our counterclaim. As such, plaintiff is enjoined from pursuing
its COI class action in the Eastern District of Virginia.
On March 29, 2019, plaintiff filed a Notice of Appeal in the Middle District of
Georgia, notifying the Court of its appeal to the United States Court of
Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit from the Order granting our Motion to Enjoin.
On March 29, 2019, we filed our Notice of Cross-Appeal in the Middle District
of Georgia, notifying the Court of our cross-appeal to the Eleventh Circuit
from the portion of the order denying our Motion for Leave to file our
counterclaim. On April 8, 2019, the Eastern District of Virginia lifted the
stay in the case and dismissed the case without prejudice, with leave for
plaintiff to refile an amended complaint only if a final appellate court
decision vacates the injunction and reverses the Middle District of Georgia's
opinion. On May 21, 2019, plaintiff filed its appeal and memorandum in support
in the Eleventh Circuit. We filed our response to plaintiff's appeal memorandum
and our memorandum in support of our cross-appeal on July 3, 2019. Plaintiff
filed its reply in support of its appeal and response to our cross-appeal on
August 20, 2019, and we filed our reply memorandum in support of our
cross-appeal on September 20, 2019. Plaintiff's appeal and our cross-appeal are
now fully briefed and waiting for disposition by the Eleventh Circuit. The
Eleventh Circuit Court of Appeals heard oral argument on plaintiff's appeal and
our cross-appeal on April 21, 2020. On May 26, 2020, the Eleventh Circuit Court
of Appeals vacated the Middle District of Georgia's order enjoining plaintiff's
class action and remanded the case back to the Middle District of Georgia for
further factual development as to whether we had altered how we calculate or
charge COI since the McBride
170
settlement. The Eleventh Circuit Court of Appeals did not reach a decision on
our counterclaim. We intend to continue to vigorously defend the dismissal of
the action.
On April 6, 2020, we were named as a defendant in a putative class action
lawsuit filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of
Virginia, captioned Brighton Trustees, LLC, et al v. Genworth Life and Annuity
Insurance Company. On May 13, 2020, we were also named as a defendant in a
putative class action lawsuit filed in the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Virginia captioned Daubenmier, et al v. Genworth Life and
Annuity Insurance Company. On June 26, 2020, plaintiffs filed a consent motion
to consolidate the two cases. On June 30, 2020, the United States District
Court for the Eastern District of Virginia issued an order consolidating the
Brighton Trustees and Daubenmier cases. On July 17, 2020, the Brighton Trustees
and Daubenmier plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint, alleging that we
subjected policyholders to an unlawful and excessive COI increase. The
consolidated complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and injunctive
relief, and seeks damages in excess of $5 million. On August 31, 2020, we filed
an answer to plaintiffs' consolidated complaint. The trial is scheduled to
commence on April 1, 2022. We intend to vigorously defend this action.
On January 21, 2021, we were named as a defendant in a putative class action
lawsuit pending in the United States District Court for the District of Oregon
captioned McMillan, et al , v. Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company,
Case No. 1:21-cv-00091. Plaintiff seeks to represent life insurance
policyholders with policies issued by Federal Home Life Insurance Company,
which subsequently merged with the Company on January 1, 2007. Plaintiff
alleges that we impermissibly calculated COI rates to be higher than that
permitted by plaintiff's policy. The complaint asserts claims for breach of
contract, conversion, and declaratory and injunctive relief, and seeks damages
in excess of $5 million. On April 5, 2021, we filed an answer to plaintiff's
complaint. We intend to vigorously defend this action.
Unclaimed Property
The West Virginia treasurer's office sued us and one of our affiliates, as well
as other life insurers licensed in West Virginia, regarding alleged violations
of unclaimed property requirements for West Virginia policies. We elected to
participate in the early alternative dispute resolution procedure outlined in
the trial court's post remand case management order and a first meeting to
mediate the matter was held on February 1, 2017. On December 16, 2020, the
parties settled this action for $120,000.
North Carolina Audit
On May 31, 2019, the Company and certain affiliates received draft audit
reports from the North Carolina Department of Revenue that examined tax credits
received for investing in certain renewal energy projects from the period
beginning January 1, 2014 and ending December 31, 2016. The Department of
Revenue alleges that these tax credits were improper transactions because the
Genworth entities were not bona fide partners of the investor/promotor
Stonehenge Capital Company, LLC. On July 15, 2019, we responded to the
Department of Revenue, stating that we intend to contest the disallowance of
the credits. On July 17, 2019, the Department of Revenue replied that their
position regarding their audit conclusions has not changed and that they will
proceed with finalizing the audit. On July 24, 2019, we received Notices of
Proposed Adjustments and tax assessments for the Company and certain of the
affiliates totaling $4.4 million from the Department of Revenue. On August 27,
2019, we submitted our NC-Form 242 Objection to these tax assessments. On
December 5, 2019, we received Notices of Proposed Adjustments and tax
assessments for the Company and Genworth Life Insurance Company totaling
approximately $600,000. On January 14, 2020, we submitted our NC-Form 242
Objection to these tax assessments. We intend to continue to vigorously defend
our position and any legal proceedings that may arise.
At this time, we cannot determine or predict the ultimate outcome of any of the
pending legal and regulatory matters specifically identified above or the
likelihood of potential future legal and regulatory matters against us. Except
as disclosed above, we also are not able to provide an estimate or range of
reasonably possible losses related to these matters. Therefore, we cannot
ensure that the current investigations and proceedings will not have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
In addition, it is possible that related investigations and proceedings may be
commenced in the future, and we could become subject to additional unrelated
investigations and lawsuits. Increased regulatory scrutiny and any resulting
investigations or proceedings could result in new legal precedents and
industry-wide regulations or practices that could adversely affect our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Company shall, and may through insurance coverage, indemnify any directors
or officers who are a party to any proceeding by reason of the fact that he or
she was or is a director or officer of the Company against any liability
incurred by him or her in connection with such proceeding unless he or she
engaged in willful misconduct or a knowing violation of the criminal law or any
federal or state securities law. Such
171
indemnification covers all judgments, settlements, penalties, fines and
reasonable expenses incurred with respect to such proceeding. If the person
involved is not a director or officer of the Company, the Company may
indemnify, or contract to indemnify, to the same extent allowed for its
directors and officers, such person who was, is or may become a party to any
proceeding, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent
of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of
1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Company has
been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the Company of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Company in successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director,
officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Company will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication
of such issue.
Capital Brokerage Corporation is not in any pending or threatened lawsuits that
are reasonably likely to have a material adverse impact on us or on the
Separate Account.
Although it is not anticipated that these developments will have a material
adverse impact on the Separate Account, on our ability to meet our obligations
under the contracts, or on the ability of Capital Brokerage Corporation to
perform under its principal underwriting agreement, there can be no assurance
at this time.
172
APPENDIX A
Examples of the Available Death Benefits
Basic Death Benefit
The purpose of this example is to show how the Basic Death Benefit works based
on purely hypothetical values and is not intended to depict investment
performance of the contract.
Example: Assuming an owner:
(1) purchases a contract for $100,000;
(2) makes no additional purchase payments and takes no partial withdrawals;
(3) is not subject to premium taxes; and
(4) the Annuitant is age 75 on the Contract Date then:
Annuitant's End of Contract Basic
Age Year Value Death Benefit
-----------------------------------------
76 1 $103,000 $103,000
77 2 112,000 112,000
78 3 90,000 100,000
79 4 135,000 135,000
80 5 130,000 130,000
81 6 150,000 150,000
82 7 125,000 125,000
83 8 145,000 145,000
-----------------------------------------
Partial withdrawals (including partial withdrawals taken for purposes of
allocation to a Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity through an
approved Annuity Cross Funding Program, as well as partial withdrawals taken
pursuant to the terms of a Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Option)
will reduce the Basic Death Benefit by the proportion that the partial
withdrawal (including any applicable surrender charge and any premium tax
assessed) reduces your Contract Value. For example:
Purchase Contract Basic
Date Payment Value Death Benefit
---------------------------------------
3/31/09 $20,000 $20,000 $20,000
3/31/17 20,000 20,000
3/31/18 14,000 20,000
---------------------------------------
If a partial withdrawal of $7,000 is made on March 31, 2018, the Basic Death
Benefit immediately after the partial withdrawal will be $10,000 ($20,000 to
$10,000) since the Contract Value is reduced 50% after the partial withdrawal
($14,000 to $7,000).
This is true only if the Basic Death Benefit immediately prior to the partial
withdrawal (as calculated above) is not the Contract Value on the date we
receive due proof of the Annuitant's death. It also assumes that no surrender
charge applies, and that no premium tax applies to the partial withdrawal. This
example is based on purely hypothetical values and is not intended to depict
investment performance of the contract.
Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider Option
The following example shows how the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit works based on
hypothetical values. It is not intended to depict investment performance of the
contract. The example assumes that an owner purchases a contract with an
Annuitant age 75 at the time of issue. In addition, the example assumes that:
(1) the owner purchases the contract for $100,000;
(2) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(3) the owner takes no partial withdrawals; then
End of Annuitant's Contract Death Benefit
Year Age Value Amount
-----------------------------------------
1 76 $103,000 $103,000
2 77 112,000 112,000
3 78 90,000 112,000
4 79 135,000 135,000
5 80 130,000 135,000
6 81 150,000 135,000
7 82 125,000 135,000
8 83 145,000 135,000
-----------------------------------------
Partial withdrawals (including partial withdrawals taken for purposes of
allocation to a Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity through an
approved Annuity Cross Funding Program, as well as partial withdrawals taken
pursuant to the terms of a Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider Option)
will reduce the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit by the proportion that the partial
withdrawal (including any surrender charge and any premium tax assessed)
reduces your Contract Value.
5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option
The following example shows how the 5% Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option works
based on hypothetical values. It is not intended to depict investment
performance of the contract. The example assumes that an owner purchases a
contract with an Annuitant age 70 at the time of issue. In addition, the
example assumes that:
(1) the owner purchases the contract for $100,000;
(2) the contract earns a 0% net return (-3.05% net of fees for the mortality
and expense risk charge,
A-1
administrative expense charge, underlying portfolio expenses and the 5%
Rollup Death Benefit Rider Option);
(3) the owner makes no additional purchase payments;
(4) the owner takes annual partial withdrawals equal to 5% of purchase
payments at end of the contract year; and
(5) the contract is not subject to premium taxes.
Partial
End of Annuitant's Withdrawal Contract 5% Rollup
Year Age Amount Value Death Benefit
----------------------------------------------------
0 70 $ 0 $100,000 $100,000
1 71 5,000 95,000 100,000
2 72 5,000 90,000 100,000
3 73 5,000 85,000 100,000
4 74 5,000 80,000 100,000
5 75 5,000 75,000 100,000
6 76 5,000 70,000 100,000
7 77 5,000 65,000 100,000
8 78 5,000 60,000 100,000
9 79 5,000 55,000 100,000
----------------------------------------------------
Partial withdrawals (including partial withdrawals taken for purposes of
allocation to a Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity through an
approved Annuity Cross Funding Program) amounting to 5% or less of purchase
payments annually will reduce the 5% Rollup Death Benefit on a non pro- rata
(dollar-for-dollar) basis. Therefore, in the example above, though a $5,000
partial withdrawal is taken at the end of year 1, the 5% Rollup Death Benefit
immediately after the partial withdrawal is still equal to $100,000 since the
benefit is reduced only by the same dollar amount of the partial withdrawal.
Partial withdrawals (including partial withdrawals taken for purposes of
allocation to a Scheduled Purchase Payment Variable Deferred Annuity through an
approved Annuity Cross Funding Program) exceeding 5% of purchase payments in
any year will reduce the 5% Rollup Death Benefit on a pro-rata basis by the
proportion that the partial withdrawal, including any surrender charges, and
any premium taxes assessed, reduces your Contract Value. All partial
withdrawals that exceed the 5% threshold will reduce the 5% Rollup Death
Benefit on a pro-rata basis. For example:
5% Rollup 5% Rollup
Death Benefit Death
Option Benefit
Before Any Option After
Purchase Partial Contract Partial the Partial
Date Payment Withdrawal Value Withdrawals Withdrawals
-----------------------------------------------------------------
3/31/2009 $10,000 $ 0 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000
3/31/2017 0 20,000 14,775 14,775
3/31/2018 7,000 14,000 15,513 7,785
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Therefore, if a $7,000 partial withdrawal is taken on March 31, 2018, $500 (5%
of $10,000) will reduce the 5% Rollup Death Benefit on a non pro-rata
(dollar-for-dollar) basis, to $15,013 ($15,513-$500). The remaining $6,500 of
the partial withdrawal will reduce the 5% Rollup Death Benefit immediately
after the partial withdrawal to $7,785 ($15,013 -- the 5% Rollup Death Benefit,
multiplied by 51.85% -- 1 minus the ratio of the partial withdrawal ($6,500) to
the Contract Value ($13,500), after reducing each by $500).
Earnings Protector Death Benefit Rider Option
The following example shows how the Earnings Protector Death Benefit works
based on purely hypothetical values. It is not intended to depict investment
performance of the contract. This example assumes an owner purchases a contract
with an Annuitant age 65 at the time of issue, and that he or she takes no
partial withdrawals before the Annuitant's death.
Purchase Contract Death Earnings Protector
Date Payment Value Gain Benefit Death Benefit
--------------------------------------------------------------
8/01/09 $100,000 $100,000 $ 0 $100,000 $ 0
8/01/24 300,000 200,000 300,000 70,000
--------------------------------------------------------------
The Annuitant's death and notification of the death occur on August 1, 2024. At
that time, 40% of the earnings or "gain" ($200,000) is $80,000. However, since
the Earnings Protector Death Benefit under this age scenario cannot exceed 70%
of the purchase payments ($100,000) under this age scenario, the Earnings
Protector Death Benefit in this example will be $70,000.
A-2
APPENDIX B
Condensed Financial Information
The value of an Accumulation Unit is determined on the basis of changes in the
per share value of the Portfolios and the assessment of Separate Account
charges.
The Accumulation Unit Values and the number of Accumulation Units outstanding
for each Subaccount for the periods shown are as follows:
Guaranteed Income Advantage
For contracts issued on or after May 1, 2003, or the date on which state
insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications but prior to
April 29, 2005, or the date on which the state insurance authorities approve
applicable contract modifications.
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio -- Class B $14.44 $15.48 0 2020
12.44 14.44 0 2019
13.55 12.44 0 2018
11.94 13.55 0 2017
11.65 11.94 0 2016
11.71 11.65 0 2015
11.14 11.71 0 2014
9.76 11.14 0 2013
8.77 9.76 0 2012
9.22 8.77 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Global Thematic Growth Portfolio -- Class B $17.41 $23.76 0 2020
13.66 17.41 0 2019
15.47 13.66 0 2018
11.56 15.47 0 2017
11.88 11.56 2,483 2016
11.79 11.88 2,488 2015
11.47 11.79 3,430 2014
9.50 11.47 2,824 2013
8.55 9.50 3,731 2012
11.37 8.55 4,093 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Growth and Income Portfolio -- Class B $23.32 $23.46 728 2020
19.22 23.32 930 2019
20.80 19.22 1,038 2018
17.87 20.80 1,174 2017
16.39 17.87 1,571 2016
16.47 16.39 1,750 2015
15.35 16.47 2,843 2014
11.62 15.35 2,157 2013
10.10 11.62 2,735 2012
9.70 10.10 6,775 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB International Value Portfolio -- Class B $10.46 $10.49 3,491 2020
9.12 10.46 3,279 2019
12.07 9.12 3,313 2018
9.83 12.07 3,215 2017
10.10 9.83 3,364 2016
10.05 10.10 3,531 2015
10.94 10.05 4,113 2014
9.08 10.94 3,417 2013
8.10 9.08 5,462 2012
10.25 8.10 4,361 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-1
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Large Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B $33.07 $43.87 0 2020
25.08 33.07 0 2019
24.97 25.08 0 2018
19.32 24.97 0 2017
19.23 19.32 0 2016
17.68 19.23 0 2015
15.82 17.68 0 2014
11.76 15.82 0 2013
10.27 11.76 0 2012
10.87 10.27 0 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Small Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B $28.24 $42.59 0 2020
21.16 28.24 0 2019
21.80 21.16 0 2018
16.60 21.80 0 2017
15.92 16.60 0 2016
16.48 15.92 0 2015
17.14 16.48 0 2014
12.02 17.14 666 2013
10.67 12.02 944 2012
10.43 10.67 1,259 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund -- Series II Shares $23.01 $30.77 424 2020
17.26 23.01 495 2019
18.70 17.26 599 2018
15.06 18.70 2,777 2017
15.72 15.06 4,601 2016
15.51 15.72 4,699 2015
13.73 15.51 4,792 2014
10.81 13.73 3,865 2013
9.68 10.81 4,670 2012
10.00 9.68 7,716 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II Shares $13.24 $14.89 0 2020
11.51 13.24 0 2019
12.42 11.51 2,652 2018
11.61 12.42 2,663 2017
11.27 11.61 2,674 2016
11.42 11.27 2,684 2015
10.77 11.42 4,500 2014
9.72 10.77 4,707 2013
8.84 9.72 4,830 2012
8.97 8.84 5,256 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund -- $26.86 $36.97 0 2020
Series II Shares 19.68 26.86 0 2019
21.41 19.68 0 2018
16.98 21.41 0 2017
16.95 16.98 0 2016
16.23 16.95 30 2015
15.67 16.23 87 2014
11.77 15.67 222 2013
10.33 11.77 1,070 2012
10.43 10.33 1,295 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-2
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund -- Series II Shares $26.32 $32.90 2,104 2020
20.40 26.32 2,261 2019
24.00 20.40 3,735 2018
17.94 24.00 4,654 2017
18.30 17.94 6,569 2016
17.99 18.30 6,978 2015
17.96 17.99 9,346 2014
14.41 17.96 13,965 2013
12.14 14.41 16,647 2012
13.52 12.14 27,342 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Fund(R) -- Series II Shares $24.56 $27.41 1,254 2020
19.00 24.56 1,326 2019
21.06 19.00 5,420 2018
18.40 21.06 5,522 2017
16.84 18.40 5,631 2016
16.64 16.84 6,665 2015
15.36 16.64 6,787 2014
11.90 15.36 6,856 2013
10.40 11.90 8,260 2012
10.63 10.40 10,422 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund(R) -- $27.66 $32.48 2,885 2020
Series II Shares 22.35 27.66 2,963 2019
25.45 22.35 4,131 2018
22.76 25.45 4,283 2017
19.71 22.76 4,480 2016
21.38 19.71 4,910 2015
19.51 21.38 6,360 2014
14.14 19.51 8,440 2013
12.24 14.14 10,069 2012
12.78 12.24 12,419 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund -- Series I shares $22.86 $31.94 0 2020
17.03 22.86 0 2019
18.01 17.03 15 2018
14.41 18.01 15 2017
14.35 14.41 15 2016
13.92 14.35 16 2015
13.08 13.92 465 2014
9.51 13.08 3,328 2013
10.00 9.51 4,811 2012
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund -- Series II shares $28.65 $39.93 0 2020
21.40 28.65 0 2019
22.69 21.40 0 2018
18.20 22.69 0 2017
18.17 18.20 0 2016
17.67 18.17 432 2015
16.65 17.67 443 2014
12.13 16.65 714 2013
10.90 12.13 840 2012
11.86 10.90 990 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-3
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund -- Series II shares $22.66 $22.00 1,298 2020
18.48 22.66 1,409 2019
21.48 18.48 1,775 2018
18.62 21.48 1,983 2017
16.21 18.62 4,606 2016
17.61 16.21 5,988 2015
16.44 17.61 8,793 2014
12.35 16.44 15,950 2013
10.58 12.35 19,633 2012
11.01 10.58 23,876 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund -- Series I shares $19.62 $21.93 0 2020
15.50 19.62 0 2019
17.43 15.50 0 2018
15.69 17.43 0 2017
14.50 15.69 0 2016
15.68 14.50 0 2015
14.77 15.68 0 2014
11.64 14.77 1,303 2013
10.42 11.64 1,889 2012
10.62 10.42 2,215 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund -- Series II shares $16.69 $17.97 0 2020
14.17 16.69 0 2019
16.00 14.17 0 2018
14.71 16.00 0 2017
13.05 14.71 0 2016
13.65 13.05 8,900 2015
12.79 13.65 8,918 2014
10.43 12.79 0 2013
9.46 10.43 0 2012
9.76 9.46 0 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund -- Series II shares $20.54 $22.92 533 2020
16.32 20.54 565 2019
19.61 16.32 649 2018
16.28 19.61 684 2017
16.70 16.28 721 2016
17.47 16.70 779 2015
17.78 17.47 1,450 2014
15.26 17.78 2,056 2013
13.49 15.26 2,842 2012
14.78 13.49 2,895 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund -- Series II shares $15.10 $15.61 1,599 2020
11.82 15.10 1,859 2019
14.94 11.82 2,136 2018
12.98 14.94 2,300 2017
11.22 12.98 2,475 2016
12.79 11.22 2,765 2015
12.25 12.79 3,092 2014
9.36 12.25 5,499 2013
8.11 9.36 7,361 2012
8.55 8.11 8,749 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-4
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
American Century Variable Portfolios II, Inc.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VP Inflation Protection Fund -- Class II $12.29 $13.22 1,322 2020
11.50 12.29 1,401 2019
12.06 11.50 1,611 2018
11.85 12.06 1,698 2017
11.56 11.85 1,789 2016
12.08 11.56 1,933 2015
11.92 12.08 2,039 2014
13.27 11.92 2,466 2013
12.59 13.27 3,491 2012
11.47 12.59 5,459 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Advantage U.S. Total Market V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $26.29 $30.87 0 2020
20.82 26.29 0 2019
22.73 20.82 0 2018
20.34 22.73 0 2017
16.79 20.34 0 2016
18.35 16.79 0 2015
17.80 18.35 0 2014
12.76 17.80 1,731 2013
11.48 12.76 2,518 2012
12.01 11.48 3,249 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Basic Value V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $21.82 $22.09 1,007 2020
18.00 21.82 1,009 2019
19.96 18.00 1,011 2018
18.83 19.96 2,846 2017
16.29 18.83 2,849 2016
17.69 16.29 4,260 2015
16.44 17.69 4,336 2014
12.17 16.44 3,405 2013
10.89 12.17 3,871 2012
11.42 10.89 5,494 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $19.35 $22.92 0 2020
16.74 19.35 0 2019
18.46 16.74 17 2018
16.54 18.46 17 2017
16.23 16.54 937 2016
16.70 16.23 939 2015
16.69 16.70 10,162 2014
14.87 16.69 11,840 2013
13.77 14.87 13,649 2012
14.56 13.77 26,800 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Large Cap Focus Growth V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $31.19 $43.90 3 2020
24.01 31.19 14 2019
23.81 24.01 27 2018
18.77 23.81 39 2017
17.78 18.77 53 2016
17.67 17.78 69 2015
15.80 17.67 85 2014
12.05 15.80 101 2013
10.69 12.05 118 2012
10.65 10.69 146 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-5
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CTIVP/SM/ -- Loomis Sayles Growth Fund -- Class 1 $16.86 $21.83 5,098 2020
13.04 16.86 5,500 2019
13.61 13.04 13,806 2018
10.42 13.61 14,084 2017
10.00 10.42 14,399 2016
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Columbia Variable Portfolio -- Overseas Core Fund -- Class 2 $12.12 $12.95 6,626 2020
9.87 12.12 7,431 2019
12.09 9.87 10,349 2018
9.68 12.09 11,190 2017
10.00 9.68 13,902 2016
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eaton Vance Variable Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VT Floating -- Rate Income Fund $13.34 $13.36 4,921 2020
12.69 13.34 5,702 2019
12.94 12.69 6,235 2018
12.75 12.94 6,783 2017
11.92 12.75 14,738 2016
12.27 11.92 18,077 2015
12.43 12.27 27,909 2014
12.20 12.43 29,534 2013
11.58 12.20 35,681 2012
11.50 11.58 41,599 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes Insurance Series
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes High Income Bond Fund II -- Service Shares $20.92 $21.65 1,447 2020
18.67 20.92 1,825 2019
19.70 18.67 1,944 2018
18.84 19.70 2,126 2017
16.76 18.84 2,754 2016
17.55 16.76 5,523 2015
17.46 17.55 6,462 2014
16.67 17.46 5,657 2013
14.86 16.67 6,617 2012
14.43 14.86 8,367 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes Kaufmann Fund II -- Service Shares $33.14 $41.80 1,278 2020
25.29 33.14 1,563 2019
24.88 25.29 2,089 2018
19.81 24.88 2,370 2017
19.51 19.81 2,681 2016
18.73 19.51 3,098 2015
17.44 18.73 10,254 2014
12.72 17.44 14,698 2013
11.08 12.72 18,118 2012
13.04 11.08 22,191 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity(R) Variable Insurance Products Fund
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Asset Manager/SM/ Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $18.04 $20.28 0 2020
15.57 18.04 0 2019
16.81 15.57 0 2018
15.06 16.81 0 2017
14.92 15.06 82 2016
15.21 14.92 1,326 2015
14.68 15.21 1,705 2014
12.97 14.68 2,171 2013
11.77 12.97 2,546 2012
12.34 11.77 3,006 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-6
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Balanced Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $20.39 $24.44 0 2020
16.74 20.39 0 2019
17.85 16.74 0 2018
15.66 17.85 0 2017
14.91 15.66 0 2016
15.14 14.91 7,991 2015
14.02 15.14 8,007 2014
11.97 14.02 0 2013
10.63 11.97 0 2012
11.26 10.63 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Contrafund(R) Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $30.51 $39.00 29,023 2020
23.68 30.51 29,949 2019
25.84 23.68 34,585 2018
21.65 25.84 36,821 2017
20.48 21.65 52,677 2016
20.78 20.48 53,871 2015
18.96 20.78 63,117 2014
14.75 18.96 64,316 2013
12.94 14.75 72,280 2012
13.56 12.94 82,195 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $28.14 $36.82 0 2020
22.08 28.14 0 2019
23.73 22.08 0 2018
19.57 23.73 0 2017
19.42 19.57 0 2016
19.59 19.42 0 2015
18.04 19.59 788 2014
13.29 18.04 960 2013
11.08 13.29 1,442 2012
11.61 11.08 1,942 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $21.09 $22.03 3,970 2020
16.91 21.09 4,431 2019
18.83 16.91 8,182 2018
17.03 18.83 8,578 2017
14.74 17.03 9,270 2016
15.69 14.74 9,906 2015
14.73 15.69 12,333 2014
11.74 14.73 9,885 2013
10.22 11.74 13,316 2012
10.35 10.22 14,437 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Growth & Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $23.86 $25.19 1,223 2020
18.74 23.86 1,296 2019
21.03 18.74 1,491 2018
18.37 21.03 1,571 2017
16.16 18.37 2,720 2016
16.90 16.16 2,855 2015
15.62 16.90 2,949 2014
11.94 15.62 1,085 2013
10.29 11.94 1,437 2012
10.34 10.29 1,489 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-7
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Growth Opportunities Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $32.20 $53.18 1,133 2020
23.35 32.20 1,200 2019
21.21 23.35 1,381 2018
16.10 21.21 1,455 2017
16.39 16.10 1,534 2016
15.86 16.39 1,657 2015
14.43 15.86 965 2014
10.69 14.43 676 2013
10.00 10.69 1,268 2012
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Growth Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $28.77 $40.53 0 2020
21.88 28.77 0 2019
22.39 21.88 0 2018
16.92 22.39 0 2017
17.14 16.92 0 2016
16.34 17.14 0 2015
14.99 16.34 1,092 2014
11.23 14.99 2,731 2013
10.00 11.23 3,057 2012
10.19 10.00 3,444 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $13.21 $14.15 14,636 2020
12.30 13.21 14,762 2019
12.64 12.30 2,573 2018
12.38 12.64 2,712 2017
12.07 12.38 2,858 2016
12.40 12.07 3,088 2015
11.97 12.40 3,247 2014
12.45 11.97 0 2013
12.01 12.45 0 2012
11.43 12.01 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Mid Cap Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $29.83 $34.51 3,166 2020
24.68 29.83 3,599 2019
29.50 24.68 4,473 2018
24.93 29.50 4,952 2017
22.70 24.93 5,449 2016
23.51 22.70 6,427 2015
22.59 23.51 13,167 2014
16.94 22.59 18,374 2013
15.06 16.94 23,662 2012
17.22 15.06 30,211 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Value Strategies Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $23.00 $24.38 493 2020
17.47 23.00 877 2019
21.58 17.47 991 2018
18.46 21.58 1,176 2017
17.21 18.46 1,814 2016
18.12 17.21 2,001 2015
17.33 18.12 2,556 2014
13.56 17.33 2,158 2013
10.87 13.56 3,477 2012
12.18 10.87 4,329 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-8
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Allocation VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $13.56 $14.88 0 2020
11.53 13.56 0 2019
13.00 11.53 0 2018
11.83 13.00 0 2017
10.65 11.83 0 2016
11.57 10.65 0 2015
11.46 11.57 0 2014
9.43 11.46 0 2013
8.33 9.43 0 2012
8.62 8.33 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Income VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $18.70 $18.48 985 2020
16.41 18.70 922 2019
17.48 16.41 1,031 2018
16.24 17.48 1,083 2017
14.51 16.24 1,099 2016
15.90 14.51 1,206 2015
15.49 15.90 2,206 2014
13.85 15.49 2,747 2013
12.52 13.85 3,327 2012
12.46 12.52 4,082 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $20.04 $18.68 0 2020
16.66 20.04 0 2019
18.67 16.66 0 2018
17.55 18.67 0 2017
15.41 17.55 0 2016
16.51 15.41 0 2015
15.71 16.51 1,548 2014
12.48 15.71 3,421 2013
11.13 12.48 4,884 2012
11.45 11.13 5,952 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Templeton Growth VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $12.26 $12.73 0 2020
10.85 12.26 0 2019
12.98 10.85 0 2018
11.16 12.98 0 2017
10.37 11.16 0 2016
11.30 10.37 0 2015
11.84 11.30 0 2014
9.22 11.84 0 2013
7.76 9.22 0 2012
8.50 7.76 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Government Money Market Fund -- Service Shares $ 9.05 $ 8.91 1,698 2020
9.05 9.05 2,666 2019
9.09 9.05 3,227 2018
9.22 9.09 17,281 2017
9.39 9.22 26,943 2016
9.56 9.39 28,464 2015
9.74 9.56 16,347 2014
9.92 9.74 17,114 2013
10.00 9.92 22,081 2012
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-9
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value Fund -- Institutional Shares $24.78 $26.37 343 2020
19.20 24.78 325 2019
21.85 19.20 1,101 2018
20.04 21.85 1,123 2017
17.98 20.04 1,129 2016
20.19 17.98 1,148 2015
18.11 20.19 1,197 2014
13.88 18.11 1,338 2013
11.94 13.88 2,021 2012
12.99 11.94 2,219 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio -- Service Shares $26.70 $29.88 339 2020
22.25 26.70 350 2019
22.57 22.25 359 2018
19.47 22.57 402 2017
19.01 19.47 16,218 2016
19.29 19.01 18,205 2015
18.16 19.29 19,871 2014
15.44 18.16 15,511 2013
13.88 15.44 17,936 2012
13.95 13.88 39,347 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Henderson Forty Portfolio -- Service Shares $41.70 $56.91 486 2020
31.05 41.70 515 2019
31.10 31.05 592 2018
24.37 31.10 624 2017
24.36 24.37 658 2016
22.17 24.36 1,563 2015
20.83 22.17 1,631 2014
16.21 20.83 966 2013
13.34 16.21 1,491 2012
14.60 13.34 1,627 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Henderson Overseas Portfolio -- Service Shares $20.22 $23.03 48 2020
16.26 20.22 176 2019
19.52 16.26 1,236 2018
15.21 19.52 1,346 2017
16.61 15.21 1,508 2016
18.55 16.61 1,642 2015
21.50 18.55 2,249 2014
19.17 21.50 2,435 2013
17.26 19.17 3,050 2012
25.99 17.26 3,340 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ClearBridge Variable Aggressive Growth Portfolio -- Class II $25.73 $29.73 579 2020
21.01 25.73 784 2019
23.42 21.01 825 2018
20.57 23.42 867 2017
20.76 20.57 917 2016
21.57 20.76 979 2015
18.30 21.57 1,946 2014
12.65 18.30 2,262 2013
10.88 12.65 2,993 2012
10.85 10.88 3,882 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-10
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ClearBridge Variable Dividend Strategy Portfolio -- Class II $20.36 $21.48 0 2020
15.79 20.36 0 2019
16.93 15.79 0 2018
14.49 16.93 0 2017
12.86 14.49 0 2016
13.72 12.86 0 2015
12.31 13.72 0 2014
9.98 12.31 0 2013
8.92 9.98 0 2012
8.43 8.92 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Value Portfolio -- Class I $13.37 $13.82 0 2020
10.57 13.37 0 2019
11.82 10.57 0 2018
10.49 11.82 0 2017
9.46 10.49 0 2016
9.92 9.46 53 2015
10.00 9.92 66 2014
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Investors Trust Series -- Service Class Shares $27.77 $30.96 0 2020
21.56 27.77 0 2019
23.30 21.56 2,567 2018
19.29 23.30 2,572 2017
18.15 19.29 2,577 2016
18.50 18.15 3,455 2015
17.02 18.50 3,462 2014
13.16 17.02 3,470 2013
11.29 13.16 3,478 2012
11.78 11.29 4,874 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) New Discovery Series -- Service Class Shares $31.45 $44.94 966 2020
22.68 31.45 1,220 2019
23.52 22.68 2,025 2018
18.96 23.52 2,222 2017
17.76 18.96 2,390 2016
18.49 17.76 2,769 2015
20.36 18.49 3,529 2014
14.69 20.36 3,261 2013
12.38 14.69 4,006 2012
14.09 12.38 4,382 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Total Return Series -- Service Class Shares $18.98 $20.40 823 2020
16.10 18.98 832 2019
17.43 16.10 938 2018
15.85 17.43 959 2017
14.84 15.85 933 2016
15.21 14.84 997 2015
14.31 15.21 1,985 2014
12.28 14.31 8,717 2013
11.28 12.28 8,809 2012
11.31 11.28 10,678 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Utilities Series -- Service Class Shares $37.08 $38.44 0 2020
30.27 37.08 0 2019
30.60 30.27 0 2018
27.23 30.60 0 2017
24.94 27.23 0 2016
29.81 24.94 0 2015
27.00 29.81 1,140 2014
22.89 27.00 1,214 2013
20.60 22.89 1,918 2012
19.70 20.60 2,774 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-11
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust II
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio -- $17.13 $20.55 0 2020
Service Class Shares 12.50 17.13 0 2019
12.67 12.50 0 2018
10.07 12.67 0 2017
9.70 10.07 0 2016
10.00 9.70 1,600 2015
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Asset Portfolio -- Advisor Class Shares $15.09 $15.98 0 2020
13.75 15.09 0 2019
14.82 13.75 2 2018
13.32 14.82 2 2017
12.02 13.32 2 2016
13.48 12.02 2 2015
13.68 13.48 229 2014
13.92 13.68 3,078 2013
12.35 13.92 4,548 2012
12.35 12.35 7,359 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High Yield Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $19.81 $20.56 2,328 2020
17.59 19.81 2,339 2019
18.41 17.59 2,509 2018
17.60 18.41 3,760 2017
15.94 17.60 3,762 2016
16.52 15.94 4,232 2015
16.28 16.52 5,824 2014
15.69 16.28 6,716 2013
13.99 15.69 8,284 2012
13.79 13.99 14,466 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $19.58 $22.56 697 2020
17.61 19.58 699 2019
18.38 17.61 700 2018
17.18 18.38 701 2017
17.39 17.18 703 2016
17.97 17.39 1,985 2015
14.76 17.97 2,038 2014
17.28 14.76 2,236 2013
16.86 17.28 2,470 2012
13.43 16.86 2,744 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low Duration Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $11.80 $11.93 3,204 2020
11.56 11.80 3,388 2019
11.74 11.56 3,889 2018
11.80 11.74 4,088 2017
11.85 11.80 4,308 2016
12.04 11.85 4,655 2015
12.16 12.04 5,514 2014
12.41 12.16 863 2013
11.94 12.41 1,225 2012
12.04 11.94 5,008 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-12
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Return Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $15.56 $16.59 4,534 2020
14.63 15.56 4,737 2019
14.99 14.63 6,255 2018
14.56 14.99 6,470 2017
14.44 14.56 15,232 2016
14.65 14.44 16,554 2015
14.31 14.65 17,966 2014
14.87 14.31 27,577 2013
13.83 14.87 33,254 2012
13.60 13.83 52,975 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rydex Variable Trust
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NASDAQ -- 100(R) Fund $39.95 $56.84 110 2020
29.74 39.95 125 2019
30.86 29.74 128 2018
23.98 30.86 156 2017
23.05 23.98 179 2016
21.70 23.05 1,032 2015
18.82 21.70 1,062 2014
14.24 18.82 1,120 2013
12.43 14.24 1,126 2012
12.39 12.43 1,890 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $12.42 $13.05 574 2020
11.65 12.42 570 2019
12.04 11.65 601 2018
11.89 12.04 9,545 2017
11.76 11.89 9,485 2016
12.03 11.76 9,464 2015
11.66 12.03 9,980 2014
12.04 11.66 4,239 2013
11.61 12.04 6,476 2012
11.03 11.61 8,427 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Premier Growth Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $30.12 $39.50 228 2020
22.35 30.12 241 2019
23.39 22.35 1,963 2018
18.57 23.39 2,178 2017
18.46 18.57 2,287 2016
18.21 18.46 2,881 2015
16.27 18.21 3,329 2014
12.29 16.27 6,716 2013
10.36 12.29 8,782 2012
10.50 10.36 12,000 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Real Estate Securities V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $32.85 $30.55 1,921 2020
26.53 32.85 2,264 2019
28.67 26.53 2,733 2018
27.60 28.67 6,692 2017
26.03 27.60 6,907 2016
25.37 26.03 7,428 2015
19.59 25.37 11,457 2014
19.46 19.59 11,137 2013
16.97 19.46 14,267 2012
15.74 16.97 17,676 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-13
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P 500(R) Index V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $27.42 $31.74 1,475 2020
21.32 27.42 1,954 2019
22.80 21.32 4,962 2018
19.12 22.80 13,380 2017
17.45 19.12 14,237 2016
17.59 17.45 15,130 2015
15.82 17.59 15,691 2014
12.22 15.82 14,408 2013
10.76 12.22 18,380 2012
10.78 10.76 22,470 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small-Cap Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $27.58 $31.00 3,060 2020
22.28 27.58 3,278 2019
25.14 22.28 4,124 2018
22.72 25.14 5,111 2017
18.71 22.72 5,919 2016
19.88 18.71 6,796 2015
19.52 19.88 9,776 2014
14.53 19.52 11,434 2013
12.92 14.53 16,150 2012
12.76 12.92 25,707 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Return V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $16.87 $17.63 804,968 2020
14.84 16.87 862,001 2019
16.15 14.84 1,005,438 2018
14.23 16.15 1,162,846 2017
13.64 14.23 1,231,888 2016
14.05 13.64 1,323,362 2015
13.59 14.05 1,493,903 2014
12.05 13.59 2,332,009 2013
10.91 12.05 2,425,614 2012
11.44 10.91 2,492,763 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Return V.I.S. Fund -- Class 3 Shares $14.73 $15.34 864 2020
12.98 14.73 866 2019
14.16 12.98 868 2018
12.52 14.16 870 2017
12.02 12.52 872 2016
12.42 12.02 875 2015
12.04 12.42 877 2014
10.70 12.04 879 2013
9.71 10.70 882 2012
10.21 9.71 885 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $25.86 $31.12 1,337 2020
19.99 25.86 1,403 2019
21.09 19.99 1,459 2018
17.92 21.09 2,350 2017
16.70 17.92 2,936 2016
17.41 16.70 3,042 2015
15.73 17.41 4,274 2014
11.97 15.73 4,950 2013
10.53 11.97 5,701 2012
11.05 10.53 13,021 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-14
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Prudential Series Fund
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jennison 20/20 Focus Portfolio -- Class II Shares $31.48 $40.29 428 2020
24.98 31.48 529 2019
27.00 24.98 3,004 2018
21.20 27.00 3,077 2017
21.33 21.20 3,137 2016
20.53 21.33 3,180 2015
19.61 20.53 3,228 2014
15.44 19.61 3,295 2013
14.22 15.44 3,322 2012
15.18 14.22 4,055 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jennison Portfolio -- Class II Shares $34.06 $52.01 0 2020
26.13 34.06 0 2019
26.94 26.13 0 2018
20.16 26.94 0 2017
20.81 20.16 0 2016
19.09 20.81 0 2015
17.75 19.09 0 2014
13.19 17.75 0 2013
11.61 13.19 222 2012
11.84 11.61 249 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Natural Resources Portfolio -- Class II Shares $11.83 $12.98 351 2020
10.93 11.83 326 2019
13.65 10.93 322 2018
13.98 13.65 329 2017
11.41 13.98 324 2016
16.34 11.41 435 2015
20.76 16.34 430 2014
19.27 20.76 241 2013
20.22 19.27 269 2012
25.55 20.22 592 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo Variable Trust
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund -- Class 2 $33.11 $46.54 0 2020
24.62 33.11 0 2019
25.02 24.62 0 2018
18.94 25.02 0 2017
19.19 18.94 0 2016
19.29 19.19 0 2015
18.93 19.29 0 2014
13.79 18.93 1,331 2013
11.67 13.79 1,618 2012
12.58 11.67 2,525 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-15
Guaranteed Income Advantage (from May 1, 2003 to April 28, 2005) -- with
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge of 1.45%
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio -- Class B $14.57 $15.68 0 2020
AB Global Thematic Growth Portfolio -- Class B $14.24 $19.51 0 2020
AB Growth and Income Portfolio -- Class B $18.69 $18.87 0 2020
AB International Value Portfolio -- Class B $ 6.31 $ 6.36 0 2020
AB Large Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B $26.78 $35.67 0 2020
AB Small Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B $27.49 $41.62 0 2020
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund -- Series II Shares $18.97 $25.46 0 2020
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II Shares $11.14 $12.58 0 2020
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund --
Series II Shares $21.01 $29.04 0 2020
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund -- Series II Shares $18.03 $22.62 0 2020
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Fund(R) -- Series II Shares $20.21 $22.64 0 2020
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund(R) --
Series II Shares $21.63 $25.50 0 2020
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund -- Series I shares $23.68 $33.22 0 2020
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund -- Series II shares $10.00 $11.47 0 2020
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund -- Series II shares $18.51 $18.05 0 2020
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund -- Series I shares $17.46 $19.59 0 2020
Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund -- Series II shares $17.52 $18.93 0 2020
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund -- Series II shares $12.02 $13.48 0 2020
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund -- Series II shares $12.92 $13.41 0 2020
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
American Century Variable Portfolios II, Inc.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VP Inflation Protection Fund -- Class II $12.32 $13.30 0 2020
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Advantage U.S. Total Market V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $20.68 $24.39 0 2020
BlackRock Basic Value V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $16.99 $17.26 0 2020
BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $13.92 $16.56 0 2020
BlackRock Large Cap Focus Growth V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $24.41 $34.50 0 2020
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CTIVP/SM/ -- Loomis Sayles Growth Fund -- Class 1 $17.11 $22.25 0 2020
Columbia Variable Portfolio -- Overseas Core Fund -- Class 2 $12.31 $13.20 0 2020
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eaton Vance Variable Trust
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VT Floating -- Rate Income Fund $13.24 $13.31 0 2020
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes Insurance Series
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes High Income Bond Fund II -- Service Shares $18.54 $19.27 0 2020
Federated Hermes Kaufmann Fund II -- Service Shares $21.94 $27.78 0 2020
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity(R) Variable Insurance Products Fund
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Asset Manager/SM/ Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $10.00 $10.98 0 2020
VIP Balanced Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $18.96 $22.81 0 2020
VIP Contrafund(R) Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $19.87 $25.50 0 2020
VIP Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $21.16 $27.81 0 2020
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $16.66 $17.47 0 2020
VIP Growth & Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $18.83 $19.97 0 2020
VIP Growth Opportunities Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $33.26 $55.14 0 2020
VIP Growth Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $22.74 $32.17 0 2020
VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $13.88 $14.93 0 2020
VIP Mid Cap Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $18.26 $21.21 0 2020
VIP Value Strategies Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $17.43 $18.56 0 2020
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-16
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Allocation VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $13.99 $15.41 0 2020
Franklin Income VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $15.79 $15.67 0 2020
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $14.83 $13.87 0 2020
Templeton Growth VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $11.21 $11.68 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Government Money Market Fund -- Service Shares $ 9.33 $ 9.22 0 2020
Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value Fund -- Institutional Shares $10.00 $11.92 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio -- Service Shares $21.32 $23.96 0 2020
Janus Henderson Forty Portfolio -- Service Shares $24.39 $33.42 0 2020
Janus Henderson Overseas Portfolio -- Service Shares $10.00 $12.19 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ClearBridge Variable Aggressive Growth Portfolio -- Class II $22.72 $26.36 0 2020
ClearBridge Variable Dividend Strategy Portfolio -- Class II $10.00 $11.46 0 2020
ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Value Portfolio -- Class I $13.65 $14.16 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Investors Trust Series -- Service Class Shares $21.35 $23.90 0 2020
MFS(R) New Discovery Series -- Service Class Shares $10.00 $12.23 0 2020
MFS(R) Total Return Series -- Service Class Shares $16.44 $17.74 0 2020
MFS(R) Utilities Series -- Service Class Shares $17.24 $17.94 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust II
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio --
Service Class Shares $17.47 $21.03 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Asset Portfolio -- Advisor Class Shares $13.98 $14.87 0 2020
High Yield Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $17.56 $18.30 0 2020
Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $18.53 $21.44 0 2020
Low Duration Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $11.65 $11.82 0 2020
Total Return Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $14.86 $15.91 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rydex Variable Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NASDAQ -- 100(R) Fund $32.62 $46.61 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $12.45 $13.13 0 2020
Premier Growth Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $27.35 $36.02 0 2020
Real Estate Securities V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $20.90 $19.52 0 2020
S&P 500(R) Index V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $22.22 $25.82 0 2020
Small-Cap Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $21.49 $24.26 0 2020
Total Return V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $10.00 $10.98 0 2020
Total Return V.I.S. Fund -- Class 3 Shares $13.09 $13.69 0 2020
U.S. Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $21.07 $25.46 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Prudential Series Fund
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jennison 20/20 Focus Portfolio -- Class II Shares $20.35 $26.15 0 2020
Jennison Portfolio -- Class II Shares $27.69 $42.45 0 2020
Natural Resources Portfolio -- Class II Shares $ 4.90 $ 5.40 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo Variable Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund -- Class 2 $34.41 $48.56 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-17
Guaranteed Income Advantage
For contracts issued on or after April 29, 2005, or the date on which state
insurance authorities approve applicable contract modifications.
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio -- Class B $14.26 $15.27 0 2020
12.30 14.26 0 2019
13.41 12.30 0 2018
11.82 13.41 0 2017
11.55 11.82 0 2016
11.63 11.55 0 2015
11.07 11.63 0 2014
9.71 11.07 0 2013
8.74 9.71 0 2012
9.19 8.74 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Global Thematic Growth Portfolio -- Class B $19.86 $27.08 0 2020
15.61 19.86 0 2019
17.68 15.61 0 2018
13.23 17.68 0 2017
13.61 13.23 0 2016
13.53 13.61 0 2015
13.16 13.53 0 2014
10.92 13.16 0 2013
9.84 10.92 0 2012
13.10 9.84 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Growth and Income Portfolio -- Class B $22.65 $22.75 203 2020
18.68 22.65 203 2019
20.24 18.68 251 2018
17.41 20.24 252 2017
15.98 17.41 252 2016
16.07 15.98 37 2015
15.00 16.07 77 2014
11.36 15.00 123 2013
9.89 11.36 177 2012
9.50 9.89 1,136 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB International Value Portfolio -- Class B $10.14 $10.16 870 2020
8.85 10.14 974 2019
11.73 8.85 1,112 2018
9.56 11.73 2,150 2017
9.83 9.56 2,441 2016
9.79 9.83 2,750 2015
10.67 9.79 4,400 2014
8.87 10.67 5,060 2013
7.92 8.87 6,646 2012
10.03 7.92 8,015 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Large Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B $34.40 $45.59 0 2020
26.11 34.40 0 2019
26.03 26.11 0 2018
20.16 26.03 0 2017
20.09 20.16 0 2016
18.48 20.09 0 2015
16.56 18.48 0 2014
12.33 16.56 0 2013
10.77 12.33 0 2012
11.41 10.77 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-18
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Small Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B $27.85 $41.96 118 2020
20.89 27.85 11,575 2019
21.54 20.89 18,058 2018
16.42 21.54 18,064 2017
15.77 16.42 18,064 2016
16.33 15.77 18,065 2015
17.01 16.33 18,427 2014
11.94 17.01 26,261 2013
10.61 11.94 26,380 2012
10.39 10.61 33,006 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund -- Series II Shares $23.53 $31.43 128 2020
17.67 23.53 129 2019
19.16 17.67 130 2018
15.45 19.16 133 2017
16.15 15.45 132 2016
15.95 16.15 134 2015
14.13 15.95 263 2014
11.13 14.13 361 2013
9.98 11.13 472 2012
10.32 9.98 610 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II Shares $12.27 $13.78 64 2020
10.67 12.27 65 2019
11.52 10.67 65 2018
10.79 11.52 65 2017
10.48 10.79 66 2016
10.63 10.48 66 2015
10.04 10.63 2,422 2014
9.07 10.04 2,429 2013
8.25 9.07 2,827 2012
8.39 8.25 2,892 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund -- $25.10 $34.51 0 2020
Series II Shares 18.41 25.10 0 2019
20.05 18.41 0 2018
15.91 20.05 0 2017
15.90 15.91 0 2016
15.25 15.90 0 2015
14.74 15.25 0 2014
11.08 14.74 0 2013
9.73 11.08 0 2012
9.84 9.73 1,325 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund -- Series II Shares $25.01 $31.23 253 2020
19.40 25.01 271 2019
22.85 19.40 334 2018
17.10 22.85 1,182 2017
17.46 17.10 1,131 2016
17.18 17.46 1,816 2015
17.17 17.18 1,938 2014
13.79 17.17 2,185 2013
11.63 13.79 2,857 2012
12.96 11.63 7,388 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-19
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Fund(R) -- Series II Shares $24.55 $27.36 145 2020
19.00 24.55 271 2019
21.09 19.00 947 2018
18.44 21.09 774 2017
16.90 18.44 588 2016
16.72 16.90 360 2015
15.44 16.72 345 2014
11.98 15.44 377 2013
10.48 11.98 531 2012
10.72 10.48 1,889 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund(R) -- $27.10 $31.79 14,490 2020
Series II Shares 21.91 27.10 14,529 2019
24.99 21.91 14,573 2018
22.37 24.99 14,624 2017
19.39 22.37 1,157 2016
21.06 19.39 1,716 2015
19.23 21.06 2,032 2014
13.95 19.23 2,361 2013
12.09 13.95 3,291 2012
12.63 12.09 7,560 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund -- Series I shares $22.66 $31.63 0 2020
16.90 22.66 0 2019
17.88 16.90 0 2018
14.32 17.88 0 2017
14.28 14.32 0 2016
13.87 14.28 0 2015
13.05 13.87 0 2014
9.50 13.05 0 2013
10.00 9.50 0 2012
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund -- Series II shares $29.74 $41.41 0 2020
22.23 29.74 0 2019
23.60 22.23 0 2018
18.94 23.60 0 2017
18.94 18.94 0 2016
18.44 18.94 272 2015
17.39 18.44 284 2014
12.68 17.39 296 2013
11.41 12.68 310 2012
12.43 11.41 326 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund -- Series II shares $21.00 $20.37 359 2020
17.14 21.00 383 2019
19.95 17.14 399 2018
17.31 19.95 405 2017
15.09 17.31 411 2016
16.40 15.09 227 2015
15.33 16.40 1,251 2014
11.53 15.33 1,797 2013
9.89 11.53 2,395 2012
10.30 9.89 5,656 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-20
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund -- Series I shares $19.35 $21.60 0 2020
15.30 19.35 0 2019
17.23 15.30 0 2018
15.52 17.23 0 2017
14.36 15.52 0 2016
15.54 14.36 0 2015
14.65 15.54 0 2014
11.56 14.65 0 2013
10.36 11.56 0 2012
10.57 10.36 0 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund -- Series II shares $16.48 $17.72 0 2020
14.00 16.48 0 2019
15.82 14.00 0 2018
14.57 15.82 0 2017
12.94 14.57 0 2016
13.54 12.94 0 2015
12.70 13.54 0 2014
10.37 12.70 0 2013
9.41 10.37 0 2012
9.73 9.41 0 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund -- Series II shares $19.62 $21.88 176 2020
15.60 19.62 250 2019
18.77 15.60 247 2018
15.60 18.77 261 2017
16.02 15.60 2,488 2016
16.77 16.02 2,738 2015
17.09 16.77 3,390 2014
14.68 17.09 3,534 2013
12.99 14.68 4,063 2012
14.25 12.99 4,904 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund -- Series II shares $14.93 $15.42 583 2020
11.70 14.93 617 2019
14.80 11.70 820 2018
12.88 14.80 866 2017
11.14 12.88 910 2016
12.71 11.14 959 2015
12.19 12.71 1,076 2014
9.33 12.19 1,226 2013
8.09 9.33 1,722 2012
8.54 8.09 1,901 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
American Century Variable Portfolios II, Inc.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VP Inflation Protection Fund -- Class II $12.11 $13.01 0 2020
11.34 12.11 0 2019
11.90 11.34 0 2018
11.71 11.90 0 2017
11.44 11.71 0 2016
11.96 11.44 0 2015
11.81 11.96 1,327 2014
13.16 11.81 1,518 2013
12.50 13.16 1,731 2012
11.41 12.50 1,971 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-21
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Advantage U.S. Total Market V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $25.52 $29.94 30 2020
20.23 25.52 30 2019
22.11 20.23 35 2018
19.81 22.11 35 2017
16.37 19.81 5,681 2016
17.91 16.37 5,646 2015
17.38 17.91 5,966 2014
12.48 17.38 6,109 2013
11.23 12.48 6,271 2012
11.76 11.23 6,696 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Basic Value V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $21.14 $21.37 681 2020
17.45 21.14 715 2019
19.37 17.45 951 2018
18.29 19.37 998 2017
15.84 18.29 1,044 2016
17.22 15.84 885 2015
16.02 17.22 1,001 2014
11.87 16.02 1,151 2013
10.64 11.87 1,269 2012
11.16 10.64 1,391 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $19.06 $22.56 3,266 2020
16.51 19.06 14,463 2019
18.22 16.51 19,748 2018
16.34 18.22 19,758 2017
16.05 16.34 19,770 2016
16.54 16.05 17,456 2015
16.55 16.54 23,187 2014
14.75 16.55 37,237 2013
13.68 14.75 40,879 2012
14.48 13.68 50,936 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Large Cap Focus Growth V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $30.33 $42.65 37,674 2020
23.37 30.33 37,674 2019
23.20 23.37 37,674 2018
18.31 23.20 37,674 2017
17.36 18.31 0 2016
17.27 17.36 0 2015
15.46 17.27 0 2014
11.80 15.46 0 2013
10.48 11.80 0 2012
10.45 10.48 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CTIVP/SM/ -- Loomis Sayles Growth Fund -- Class 1 $16.79 $21.72 287 2020
13.00 16.79 287 2019
13.59 13.00 344 2018
10.41 13.59 345 2017
10.00 10.41 345 2016
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Columbia Variable Portfolio -- Overseas Core Fund -- Class 2 $12.08 $12.89 71,651 2020
9.84 12.08 71,761 2019
12.07 9.84 71,843 2018
9.68 12.07 71,857 2017
10.00 9.68 885 2016
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-22
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eaton Vance Variable Trust
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VT Floating -- Rate Income Fund $12.98 $12.98 1,381 2020
12.37 12.98 1,404 2019
12.62 12.37 1,278 2018
12.45 12.62 1,308 2017
11.65 12.45 1,335 2016
12.00 11.65 645 2015
12.17 12.00 1,105 2014
11.95 12.17 1,410 2013
11.36 11.95 2,152 2012
11.30 11.36 1,765 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes Insurance Series
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes High Income Bond Fund II -- Service Shares $19.90 $20.58 340 2020
17.79 19.90 363 2019
18.79 17.79 500 2018
17.98 18.79 531 2017
16.01 17.98 562 2016
16.79 16.01 596 2015
16.71 16.79 674 2014
15.97 16.71 775 2013
14.25 15.97 854 2012
13.85 14.25 937 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes Kaufmann Fund II -- Service Shares $33.16 $41.77 0 2020
25.33 33.16 0 2019
24.94 25.33 57 2018
19.88 24.94 67 2017
19.60 19.88 68 2016
18.83 19.60 66 2015
17.55 18.83 157 2014
12.81 17.55 448 2013
11.17 12.81 787 2012
13.17 11.17 1,950 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity(R) Variable Insurance Products Fund
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Asset Manager/SM/ Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $17.85 $20.05 0 2020
15.43 17.85 0 2019
16.67 15.43 0 2018
14.95 16.67 289 2017
14.82 14.95 335 2016
15.13 14.82 385 2015
14.62 15.13 435 2014
12.93 14.62 486 2013
11.75 12.93 543 2012
12.33 11.75 607 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Balanced Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $20.11 $24.08 355 2020
16.52 20.11 1,167 2019
17.63 16.52 2,333 2018
15.49 17.63 1,990 2017
14.76 15.49 806 2016
15.00 14.76 357 2015
13.91 15.00 358 2014
11.89 13.91 358 2013
10.56 11.89 359 2012
11.20 10.56 360 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-23
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Contrafund(R) Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $28.43 $36.31 2,409 2020
22.09 28.43 14,217 2019
24.13 22.09 21,761 2018
20.24 24.13 22,868 2017
19.16 20.24 22,437 2016
19.46 19.16 21,749 2015
17.78 19.46 24,221 2014
13.85 17.78 32,152 2013
12.16 13.85 34,595 2012
12.76 12.16 50,914 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $31.73 $41.48 0 2020
24.93 31.73 0 2019
26.81 24.93 0 2018
22.14 26.81 0 2017
21.99 22.14 0 2016
22.20 21.99 0 2015
20.46 22.20 0 2014
15.10 20.46 0 2013
12.59 15.10 0 2012
13.21 12.59 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $20.67 $21.57 2,242 2020
16.58 20.67 23,353 2019
18.49 16.58 35,668 2018
16.74 18.49 35,120 2017
14.50 16.74 34,283 2016
15.45 14.50 28,822 2015
14.52 15.45 29,035 2014
11.59 14.52 42,179 2013
10.10 11.59 42,909 2012
10.23 10.10 3,060 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Growth & Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $24.45 $25.80 45 2020
19.23 24.45 45 2019
21.60 19.23 46 2018
18.89 21.60 46 2017
16.64 18.89 5,751 2016
17.41 16.64 5,752 2015
16.11 17.41 5,752 2014
12.33 16.11 5,720 2013
10.63 12.33 5,705 2012
10.70 10.63 6,563 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Growth Opportunities Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $31.95 $52.70 122 2020
23.19 31.95 122 2019
21.08 23.19 222 2018
16.02 21.08 222 2017
16.33 16.02 222 2016
15.81 16.33 0 2015
14.40 15.81 0 2014
10.68 14.40 0 2013
10.00 10.68 0 2012
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-24
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Growth Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $31.83 $44.80 0 2020
24.23 31.83 10,713 2019
24.82 24.23 17,521 2018
18.78 24.82 17,299 2017
19.04 18.78 16,773 2016
18.17 19.04 17,328 2015
16.69 18.17 17,352 2014
12.52 16.69 24,523 2013
11.16 12.52 24,551 2012
11.38 11.16 31,214 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $13.04 $13.96 0 2020
12.16 13.04 0 2019
12.50 12.16 0 2018
12.26 12.50 0 2017
11.96 12.26 0 2016
12.31 11.96 0 2015
11.88 12.31 0 2014
12.38 11.88 0 2013
11.95 12.38 0 2012
11.39 11.95 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Mid Cap Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $26.44 $30.56 893 2020
21.90 26.44 11,218 2019
26.20 21.90 16,180 2018
22.17 26.20 16,398 2017
20.20 22.17 16,348 2016
20.95 20.20 16,863 2015
20.15 20.95 19,344 2014
15.12 20.15 25,819 2013
13.46 15.12 26,458 2012
15.40 13.46 32,803 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Value Strategies Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $23.38 $24.76 0 2020
17.78 23.38 0 2019
21.98 17.78 0 2018
18.83 21.98 0 2017
17.57 18.83 89 2016
18.51 17.57 600 2015
17.72 18.51 621 2014
13.89 17.72 644 2013
11.15 13.89 826 2012
12.50 11.15 1,250 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Allocation VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $13.39 $14.68 0 2020
11.40 13.39 0 2019
12.87 11.40 0 2018
11.72 12.87 0 2017
10.56 11.72 0 2016
11.48 10.56 956 2015
11.39 11.48 956 2014
9.38 11.39 956 2013
8.30 9.38 956 2012
8.59 8.30 2,587 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-25
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Income VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $18.42 $18.19 3,951 2020
16.19 18.42 4,333 2019
17.25 16.19 5,110 2018
16.04 17.25 5,221 2017
14.35 16.04 5,504 2016
15.75 14.35 4,493 2015
15.35 15.75 12,364 2014
13.74 15.35 25,878 2013
12.44 13.74 29,609 2012
12.39 12.44 32,962 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $18.67 $17.39 678 2020
15.54 18.67 631 2019
17.43 15.54 632 2018
16.41 17.43 652 2017
14.42 16.41 631 2016
15.47 14.42 1,660 2015
14.72 15.47 2,666 2014
11.71 14.72 2,905 2013
10.45 11.71 3,180 2012
10.77 10.45 5,303 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Templeton Growth VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $12.09 $12.54 936 2020
10.71 12.09 879 2019
12.82 10.71 817 2018
11.04 12.82 787 2017
10.27 11.04 809 2016
11.20 10.27 3,197 2015
11.75 11.20 3,170 2014
9.16 11.75 3,120 2013
7.72 9.16 3,165 2012
8.46 7.72 1,981 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Government Money Market Fund -- Service Shares $ 8.98 $ 8.83 4,732 2020
9.00 8.98 8,695 2019
9.04 9.00 5,154 2018
9.17 9.04 5,518 2017
9.35 9.17 172,984 2016
9.54 9.35 2,768 2015
9.73 9.54 9,227 2014
9.92 9.73 19,944 2013
10.00 9.92 23,218 2012
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value Fund -- Institutional Shares $24.41 $25.95 109 2020
18.93 24.41 104 2019
21.56 18.93 120 2018
19.80 21.56 129 2017
17.79 19.80 129 2016
19.99 17.79 668 2015
17.95 19.99 2,197 2014
13.78 17.95 2,448 2013
11.86 13.78 3,048 2012
12.92 11.86 3,882 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-26
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio -- Service Shares $26.06 $29.13 0 2020
21.73 26.06 0 2019
22.07 21.73 0 2018
19.06 22.07 0 2017
18.63 19.06 0 2016
18.92 18.63 1,166 2015
17.83 18.92 3,405 2014
15.18 17.83 6,670 2013
13.65 15.18 7,516 2012
13.74 13.65 11,098 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Henderson Forty Portfolio -- Service Shares $38.09 $51.92 0 2020
28.38 38.09 55 2019
28.46 28.38 56 2018
22.33 28.46 67 2017
22.34 22.33 165 2016
20.35 22.34 178 2015
19.14 20.35 175 2014
14.91 19.14 189 2013
12.28 14.91 203 2012
13.46 12.28 804 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ClearBridge Variable Aggressive Growth Portfolio -- Class II $27.49 $31.74 25 2020
22.48 27.49 24 2019
25.07 22.48 24 2018
22.05 25.07 23 2017
22.28 22.05 393 2016
23.17 22.28 710 2015
19.68 23.17 824 2014
13.62 19.68 1,065 2013
11.73 13.62 1,151 2012
11.71 11.73 1,696 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ClearBridge Variable Dividend Strategy Portfolio -- Class II $20.10 $21.18 0 2020
15.60 20.10 0 2019
16.75 15.60 0 2018
14.35 16.75 0 2017
12.75 14.35 0 2016
13.61 12.75 0 2015
12.23 13.61 0 2014
9.92 12.23 0 2013
8.87 9.92 0 2012
8.40 8.87 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Value Portfolio -- Class I $13.31 $13.73 118,408 2020
10.53 13.31 118,445 2019
11.79 10.53 118,665 2018
10.47 11.79 118,716 2017
9.45 10.47 901 2016
9.92 9.45 954 2015
10.00 9.92 1,080 2014
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-27
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Investors Trust Series -- Service Class Shares $27.04 $30.12 0 2020
21.01 27.04 0 2019
22.73 21.01 0 2018
18.84 22.73 0 2017
17.74 18.84 595 2016
18.10 17.74 651 2015
16.68 18.10 705 2014
12.91 16.68 759 2013
11.08 12.91 822 2012
11.58 11.08 895 2011
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) New Discovery Series -- Service Class Shares $37.24 $53.16 0 2020
26.88 37.24 0 2019
27.90 26.88 0 2018
22.52 27.90 0 2017
21.11 22.52 0 2016
22.00 21.11 0 2015
24.26 22.00 0 2014
17.52 24.26 0 2013
14.78 17.52 0 2012
16.84 14.78 0 2011
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Total Return Series -- Service Class Shares $18.04 $19.37 606 2020
15.32 18.04 614 2019
16.60 15.32 649 2018
15.11 16.60 664 2017
14.16 15.11 657 2016
14.53 14.16 690 2015
13.69 14.53 6,026 2014
11.76 13.69 6,198 2013
10.81 11.76 6,919 2012
10.85 10.81 7,110 2011
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Utilities Series -- Service Class Shares $30.32 $31.40 197 2020
24.77 30.32 209 2019
25.07 24.77 276 2018
22.33 25.07 292 2017
20.47 22.33 308 2016
24.49 20.47 325 2015
22.21 24.49 556 2014
18.84 22.21 641 2013
16.98 18.84 992 2012
16.25 16.98 4,617 2011
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust II
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio -- $17.05 $20.43 153 2020
Service Class Shares 12.46 17.05 154 2019
12.63 12.46 155 2018
10.06 12.63 156 2017
9.69 10.06 156 2016
10.00 9.69 1,206 2015
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-28
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Asset Portfolio -- Advisor Class Shares $14.86 $15.72 1 2020
13.56 14.86 9,637 2019
14.63 13.56 15,089 2018
13.16 14.63 15,089 2017
11.89 13.16 15,249 2016
13.35 11.89 15,249 2015
13.56 13.35 16,905 2014
13.81 13.56 24,499 2013
12.27 13.81 25,522 2012
12.28 12.27 33,795 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High Yield Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $18.76 $19.45 706 2020
16.67 18.76 5,236 2019
17.47 16.67 7,831 2018
16.71 17.47 8,110 2017
15.16 16.71 8,170 2016
15.72 15.16 8,240 2015
15.51 15.72 8,334 2014
14.96 15.51 11,495 2013
13.35 14.96 11,656 2012
13.18 13.35 15,754 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $18.23 $20.99 5 2020
16.41 18.23 48 2019
17.15 16.41 48 2018
16.05 17.15 55 2017
16.26 16.05 63 2016
16.82 16.26 73 2015
13.83 16.82 68 2014
16.20 13.83 78 2013
15.82 16.20 90 2012
12.62 15.82 560 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low Duration Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $11.63 $11.74 1,281 2020
11.40 11.63 1,281 2019
11.59 11.40 993 2018
11.66 11.59 993 2017
11.73 11.66 3,358 2016
11.92 11.73 2,364 2015
12.06 11.92 2,364 2014
12.31 12.06 2,364 2013
11.86 12.31 2,479 2012
11.97 11.86 2,479 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Return Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $14.99 $15.97 14,676 2020
14.11 14.99 32,711 2019
14.47 14.11 34,976 2018
14.06 14.47 35,402 2017
13.97 14.06 42,443 2016
14.18 13.97 42,298 2015
13.87 14.18 34,809 2014
14.43 13.87 47,273 2013
13.43 14.43 48,409 2012
13.22 13.43 67,020 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-29
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rydex Variable Trust
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NASDAQ -- 100(R) Fund $43.03 $61.17 0 2020
32.07 43.03 0 2019
33.31 32.07 0 2018
25.91 33.31 0 2017
24.93 25.91 0 2016
23.49 24.93 0 2015
20.40 23.49 0 2014
15.45 20.40 0 2013
13.50 15.45 0 2012
13.47 13.50 5 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $12.22 $12.82 1,440 2020
11.47 12.22 1,531 2019
11.87 11.47 1,565 2018
11.72 11.87 1,611 2017
11.61 11.72 1,659 2016
11.89 11.61 100 2015
11.54 11.89 85 2014
11.93 11.54 99 2013
11.51 11.93 114 2012
10.95 11.51 595 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Premier Growth Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $31.03 $40.66 0 2020
23.05 31.03 0 2019
24.15 23.05 86 2018
19.19 24.15 91 2017
19.10 19.19 94 2016
18.86 19.10 95 2015
16.86 18.86 218 2014
12.75 16.86 617 2013
10.76 12.75 1,077 2012
10.92 10.76 1,699 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Real Estate Securities V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $26.82 $24.92 129 2020
21.68 26.82 1,608 2019
23.45 21.68 1,550 2018
22.60 23.45 1,729 2017
21.34 22.60 1,709 2016
20.81 21.34 2,332 2015
16.09 20.81 2,766 2014
16.00 16.09 2,828 2013
13.97 16.00 2,961 2012
12.97 13.97 7,218 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P 500(R) Index V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $27.07 $31.30 3,328 2020
21.07 27.07 5,799 2019
22.56 21.07 6,012 2018
18.93 22.56 6,061 2017
17.30 18.93 6,129 2016
17.46 17.30 879 2015
15.72 17.46 1,080 2014
12.15 15.72 1,294 2013
10.71 12.15 2,425 2012
10.74 10.71 3,648 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-30
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small-Cap Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $26.47 $29.73 57 2020
21.41 26.47 58 2019
24.18 21.41 100 2018
21.88 24.18 102 2017
18.03 21.88 475 2016
19.18 18.03 770 2015
18.85 19.18 866 2014
14.04 18.85 1,082 2013
12.50 14.04 1,699 2012
12.36 12.50 2,622 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Return V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $16.70 $17.43 4,456,493 2020
14.71 16.70 4,642,030 2019
16.02 14.71 5,212,863 2018
14.14 16.02 5,299,339 2017
13.56 14.14 4,170,400 2016
13.98 13.56 3,621,616 2015
13.54 13.98 5,430,343 2014
12.02 13.54 5,629,163 2013
10.89 12.02 5,819,215 2012
11.43 10.89 6,723,424 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Return V.I.S. Fund -- Class 3 Shares $14.52 $15.11 943,420 2020
12.82 14.52 1,023,182 2019
14.00 12.82 1,442,661 2018
12.38 14.00 2,471,150 2017
11.91 12.38 5,530,421 2016
12.31 11.91 7,243,324 2015
11.95 12.31 7,841,002 2014
10.63 11.95 8,693,876 2013
9.66 10.63 9,182,582 2012
10.16 9.66 9,570,364 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $25.72 $30.93 26 2020
19.91 25.72 0 2019
21.02 19.91 0 2018
17.88 21.02 0 2017
16.68 17.88 0 2016
17.41 16.68 0 2015
15.75 17.41 0 2014
11.99 15.75 0 2013
10.56 11.99 0 2012
11.10 10.56 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Prudential Series Fund
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jennison 20/20 Focus Portfolio -- Class II Shares $29.30 $37.46 141 2020
23.27 29.30 285 2019
25.18 23.27 304 2018
19.79 25.18 350 2017
19.94 19.79 393 2016
19.21 19.94 456 2015
18.36 19.21 515 2014
14.48 18.36 626 2013
13.35 14.48 749 2012
14.25 13.35 1,574 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-31
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jennison Portfolio -- Class II Shares $34.88 $53.20 109 2020
26.78 34.88 109 2019
27.64 26.78 171 2018
20.71 27.64 171 2017
21.39 20.71 171 2016
19.65 21.39 0 2015
18.29 19.65 0 2014
13.61 18.29 0 2013
11.99 13.61 0 2012
12.24 11.99 0 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Natural Resources Portfolio -- Class II Shares $11.65 $12.77 115 2020
10.78 11.65 164 2019
13.47 10.78 187 2018
13.82 13.47 209 2017
11.29 13.82 1,626 2016
16.18 11.29 1,732 2015
20.58 16.18 1,733 2014
19.12 20.58 1,819 2013
20.09 19.12 1,948 2012
25.40 20.09 4,737 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo Variable Trust
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund -- Class 2 $32.80 $46.04 100 2020
24.41 32.80 103 2019
24.83 24.41 105 2018
18.81 24.83 110 2017
19.08 18.81 109 2016
19.21 19.08 111 2015
18.86 19.21 112 2014
13.75 18.86 114 2013
11.65 13.75 115 2012
12.58 11.65 116 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-32
Guaranteed Income Advantage (starting on or after April 29, 2005) -- with
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge of 1.45%
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio -- Class B $14.57 $15.68 0 2020
AB Global Thematic Growth Portfolio -- Class B $14.24 $19.51 0 2020
AB Growth and Income Portfolio -- Class B $18.69 $18.87 0 2020
AB International Value Portfolio -- Class B $ 6.31 $ 6.36 0 2020
AB Large Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B $26.78 $35.67 0 2020
AB Small Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B $27.49 $41.62 0 2020
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund -- Series II Shares $18.97 $25.46 0 2020
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II Shares $11.14 $12.58 0 2020
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund --
Series II Shares $21.01 $29.04 0 2020
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund -- Series II Shares $18.03 $22.62 0 2020
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Fund(R) -- Series II Shares $20.21 $22.64 0 2020
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund(R) --
Series II Shares $21.63 $25.50 0 2020
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund -- Series I shares $23.68 $33.22 0 2020
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund -- Series II shares $10.00 $11.47 0 2020
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund -- Series II shares $18.51 $18.05 0 2020
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund -- Series I shares $17.46 $19.59 0 2020
Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund -- Series II shares $17.52 $18.93 0 2020
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund -- Series II shares $12.02 $13.48 0 2020
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund -- Series II shares $12.92 $13.41 0 2020
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
American Century Variable Portfolios II, Inc.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VP Inflation Protection Fund -- Class II $12.32 $13.30 0 2020
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Advantage U.S. Total Market V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $20.68 $24.39 0 2020
BlackRock Basic Value V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $16.99 $17.26 0 2020
BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $13.92 $16.56 0 2020
BlackRock Large Cap Focus Growth V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $24.41 $34.50 0 2020
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CTIVP/SM/ -- Loomis Sayles Growth Fund -- Class 1 $17.11 $22.25 0 2020
Columbia Variable Portfolio -- Overseas Core Fund -- Class 2 $12.31 $13.20 0 2020
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eaton Vance Variable Trust
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VT Floating -- Rate Income Fund $13.24 $13.31 0 2020
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes Insurance Series
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes High Income Bond Fund II -- Service Shares $18.54 $19.27 0 2020
Federated Hermes Kaufmann Fund II -- Service Shares $21.94 $27.78 0 2020
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity(R) Variable Insurance Products Fund
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Asset Manager/SM/ Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $10.00 $10.98 0 2020
VIP Balanced Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $18.96 $22.81 0 2020
VIP Contrafund(R) Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $19.87 $25.50 0 2020
VIP Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $21.16 $27.81 0 2020
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $16.66 $17.47 0 2020
VIP Growth & Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $18.83 $19.97 0 2020
VIP Growth Opportunities Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $33.26 $55.14 0 2020
VIP Growth Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $22.74 $32.17 0 2020
VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $13.88 $14.93 0 2020
VIP Mid Cap Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $18.26 $21.21 0 2020
VIP Value Strategies Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $17.43 $18.56 0 2020
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-33
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Allocation VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $13.99 $15.41 0 2020
Franklin Income VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $15.79 $15.67 0 2020
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $14.83 $13.87 0 2020
Templeton Growth VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $11.21 $11.68 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Government Money Market Fund -- Service Shares $ 9.33 $ 9.22 0 2020
Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value Fund -- Institutional Shares $10.00 $11.92 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio -- Service Shares $21.32 $23.96 0 2020
Janus Henderson Forty Portfolio -- Service Shares $24.39 $33.42 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ClearBridge Variable Aggressive Growth Portfolio -- Class II $22.72 $26.36 0 2020
ClearBridge Variable Dividend Strategy Portfolio -- Class II $10.00 $11.46 0 2020
ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Value Portfolio -- Class I $13.65 $14.16 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Investors Trust Series -- Service Class Shares $21.35 $23.90 0 2020
MFS(R) New Discovery Series -- Service Class Shares $10.00 $12.23 0 2020
MFS(R) Total Return Series -- Service Class Shares $16.44 $17.74 0 2020
MFS(R) Utilities Series -- Service Class Shares $17.24 $17.94 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust II
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio --
Service Class Shares $17.47 $21.03 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Asset Portfolio -- Advisor Class Shares $13.98 $14.87 0 2020
High Yield Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $17.56 $18.30 0 2020
Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $18.53 $21.44 0 2020
Low Duration Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $11.65 $11.82 0 2020
Total Return Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $14.86 $15.91 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rydex Variable Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NASDAQ -- 100(R) Fund $32.62 $46.61 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $12.45 $13.13 0 2020
Premier Growth Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $27.35 $36.02 0 2020
Real Estate Securities V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $20.90 $19.52 0 2020
S&P 500(R) Index V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $22.22 $25.82 0 2020
Small-Cap Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $21.49 $24.26 0 2020
Total Return V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $10.00 $10.98 0 2020
Total Return V.I.S. Fund -- Class 3 Shares $13.09 $13.69 0 2020
U.S. Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $21.07 $25.46 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Prudential Series Fund
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jennison 20/20 Focus Portfolio -- Class II Shares $20.35 $26.15 0 2020
Jennison Portfolio -- Class II Shares $27.69 $42.45 0 2020
Natural Resources Portfolio -- Class II Shares $ 4.90 $ 5.40 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo Variable Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund -- Class 2 $34.41 $48.56 0 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-34
Guaranteed Withdrawal Advantage Elected
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio -- Class B $14.26 $15.27 0 2020
12.30 14.26 0 2019
13.41 12.30 0 2018
11.82 13.41 0 2017
11.55 11.82 0 2016
11.63 11.55 0 2015
11.07 11.63 0 2014
9.71 11.07 0 2013
8.74 9.71 0 2012
9.19 8.74 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Global Thematic Growth Portfolio -- Class B $19.10 $26.05 0 2020
15.01 19.10 0 2019
17.01 15.01 0 2018
12.72 17.01 0 2017
13.09 12.72 0 2016
13.01 13.09 0 2015
12.66 13.01 0 2014
10.50 12.66 0 2013
9.46 10.50 0 2012
12.60 9.46 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Growth and Income Portfolio -- Class B $23.63 $23.74 1,063 2020
19.50 23.63 6,217 2019
21.12 19.50 6,657 2018
18.16 21.12 6,999 2017
16.68 18.16 7,640 2016
16.77 16.68 8,323 2015
15.65 16.77 8,780 2014
11.86 15.65 10,782 2013
10.32 11.86 5,867 2012
9.92 10.32 10,504 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB International Value Portfolio -- Class B $10.30 $10.32 7,845 2020
8.99 10.30 9,448 2019
11.91 8.99 9,003 2018
9.71 11.91 9,905 2017
9.98 9.71 18,463 2016
9.94 9.98 14,993 2015
10.84 9.94 15,972 2014
9.01 10.84 17,675 2013
8.05 9.01 36,750 2012
10.19 8.05 45,130 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Large Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B $34.32 $45.47 128 2020
26.05 34.32 156 2019
25.97 26.05 178 2018
20.11 25.97 192 2017
20.04 20.11 950 2016
18.44 20.04 1,529 2015
16.52 18.44 2,177 2014
12.30 16.52 3,007 2013
10.75 12.30 3,693 2012
11.39 10.75 7,220 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-35
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Small Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B $27.85 $41.96 661 2020
20.89 27.85 0 2019
21.54 20.89 0 2018
16.42 21.54 0 2017
15.77 16.42 0 2016
16.33 15.77 0 2015
17.01 16.33 2,124 2014
11.94 17.01 0 2013
10.61 11.94 0 2012
10.39 10.61 0 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund -- Series II Shares $23.79 $31.78 0 2020
17.86 23.79 0 2019
19.37 17.86 0 2018
15.62 19.37 0 2017
16.32 15.62 0 2016
16.12 16.32 0 2015
14.28 16.12 0 2014
11.25 14.28 0 2013
10.08 11.25 0 2012
10.43 10.08 0 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II Shares $13.03 $14.64 51,992 2020
11.34 13.03 69,393 2019
12.24 11.34 77,025 2018
11.46 12.24 89,927 2017
11.14 11.46 96,589 2016
11.29 11.14 111,051 2015
10.66 11.29 144,200 2014
9.64 10.66 185,223 2013
8.77 9.64 205,853 2012
8.91 8.77 341,889 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund -- $26.55 $36.51 0 2020
Series II Shares 19.48 26.55 0 2019
21.21 19.48 0 2018
16.84 21.21 0 2017
16.82 16.84 0 2016
16.13 16.82 0 2015
15.59 16.13 0 2014
11.72 15.59 0 2013
10.29 11.72 0 2012
10.41 10.29 0 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund -- Series II Shares $27.13 $33.87 4,847 2020
21.05 27.13 1,823 2019
24.79 21.05 1,893 2018
18.55 24.79 3,220 2017
18.94 18.55 3,701 2016
18.63 18.94 4,051 2015
18.62 18.63 5,076 2014
14.96 18.62 4,930 2013
12.61 14.96 7,931 2012
14.06 12.61 9,971 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-36
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Fund(R) -- Series II Shares $25.25 $28.14 3,790 2020
19.54 25.25 10,410 2019
21.69 19.54 10,478 2018
18.97 21.69 10,778 2017
17.38 18.97 12,989 2016
17.19 17.38 10,179 2015
15.88 17.19 12,338 2014
12.32 15.88 16,390 2013
10.78 12.32 26,418 2012
11.03 10.78 46,995 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund(R) -- $29.07 $34.10 3,250 2020
Series II Shares 23.50 29.07 3,836 2019
26.80 23.50 4,011 2018
23.99 26.80 5,989 2017
20.79 23.99 7,203 2016
22.58 20.79 10,451 2015
20.63 22.58 11,419 2014
14.96 20.63 15,903 2013
12.97 14.96 24,317 2012
13.55 12.97 35,104 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund -- Series I shares $22.66 $31.63 0 2020
16.90 22.66 0 2019
17.88 16.90 0 2018
14.32 17.88 0 2017
14.28 14.32 0 2016
13.87 14.28 0 2015
13.05 13.87 0 2014
9.50 13.05 0 2013
10.00 9.50 0 2012
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund -- Series II shares $29.72 $41.38 0 2020
22.22 29.72 0 2019
23.58 22.22 0 2018
18.93 23.58 0 2017
18.93 18.93 0 2016
18.43 18.93 0 2015
17.37 18.43 0 2014
12.68 17.37 0 2013
11.40 12.68 0 2012
12.42 11.40 0 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund -- Series II shares $23.07 $22.37 3,768 2020
18.83 23.07 3,680 2019
21.92 18.83 5,295 2018
19.01 21.92 9,568 2017
16.57 19.01 15,102 2016
18.02 16.57 16,898 2015
16.84 18.02 17,734 2014
12.66 16.84 22,911 2013
10.86 12.66 34,204 2012
11.32 10.86 45,899 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-37
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund -- Series I shares $19.35 $21.60 0 2020
15.30 19.35 8,634 2019
17.23 15.30 8,034 2018
15.52 17.23 8,097 2017
14.36 15.52 8,521 2016
15.54 14.36 0 2015
14.65 15.54 0 2014
11.56 14.65 346 2013
10.36 11.56 431 2012
10.57 10.36 4,630 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund -- Series II shares $16.48 $17.72 0 2020
14.00 16.48 0 2019
15.82 14.00 0 2018
14.57 15.82 0 2017
12.94 14.57 0 2016
13.54 12.94 0 2015
12.70 13.54 0 2014
10.37 12.70 0 2013
9.41 10.37 0 2012
9.73 9.41 0 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund -- Series II shares $20.22 $22.55 1,297 2020
16.08 20.22 8,918 2019
19.34 16.08 9,468 2018
16.08 19.34 9,372 2017
16.51 16.08 9,236 2016
17.29 16.51 11,109 2015
17.62 17.29 10,154 2014
15.14 17.62 13,477 2013
13.39 15.14 11,822 2012
14.69 13.39 13,152 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund -- Series II shares $15.34 $15.84 1,175 2020
12.02 15.34 1,111 2019
15.20 12.02 1,189 2018
13.22 15.20 1,049 2017
11.44 13.22 3,906 2016
13.06 11.44 5,639 2015
12.52 13.06 6,179 2014
9.58 12.52 7,836 2013
8.30 9.58 9,346 2012
8.77 8.30 16,998 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
American Century Variable Portfolios II, Inc.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VP Inflation Protection Fund -- Class II $12.11 $13.01 8,343 2020
11.34 12.11 8,767 2019
11.90 11.34 7,769 2018
11.71 11.90 8,413 2017
11.44 11.71 8,934 2016
11.96 11.44 5,079 2015
11.81 11.96 11,199 2014
13.16 11.81 14,312 2013
12.50 13.16 17,546 2012
11.41 12.50 19,910 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-38
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Advantage U.S. Total Market V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $25.87 $30.35 444 2020
20.51 25.87 515 2019
22.41 20.51 1,018 2018
20.08 22.41 1,105 2017
16.59 20.08 1,224 2016
18.15 16.59 1,566 2015
17.62 18.15 1,594 2014
12.65 17.62 1,715 2013
11.39 12.65 4,703 2012
11.93 11.39 6,754 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Basic Value V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $21.48 $21.72 398 2020
17.73 21.48 2,173 2019
19.68 17.73 1,985 2018
18.58 19.68 3,049 2017
16.10 18.58 4,877 2016
17.50 16.10 1,140 2015
16.28 17.50 1,155 2014
12.06 16.28 1,308 2013
10.81 12.06 1,637 2012
11.34 10.81 4,650 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $19.06 $22.56 2,277 2020
16.51 19.06 3,415 2019
18.22 16.51 3,643 2018
16.34 18.22 7,492 2017
16.05 16.34 7,818 2016
16.54 16.05 10,271 2015
16.55 16.54 21,259 2014
14.75 16.55 29,660 2013
13.68 14.75 27,865 2012
14.48 13.68 38,023 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Large Cap Focus Growth V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $30.69 $43.17 0 2020
23.66 30.69 0 2019
23.48 23.66 0 2018
18.53 23.48 0 2017
17.57 18.53 0 2016
17.48 17.57 0 2015
15.64 17.48 0 2014
11.94 15.64 0 2013
10.61 11.94 0 2012
10.57 10.61 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CTIVP/SM/ -- Loomis Sayles Growth Fund -- Class 1 $16.79 $21.72 11,164 2020
13.00 16.79 5,410 2019
13.59 13.00 6,850 2018
10.41 13.59 14,758 2017
10.00 10.41 11,839 2016
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Columbia Variable Portfolio -- Overseas Core Fund -- Class 2 $12.08 $12.89 23,329 2020
9.84 12.08 8,558 2019
12.07 9.84 11,498 2018
9.68 12.07 17,749 2017
10.00 9.68 24,425 2016
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-39
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eaton Vance Variable Trust
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VT Floating -- Rate Income Fund $13.12 $13.12 2,058 2020
12.50 13.12 3,867 2019
12.76 12.50 3,804 2018
12.58 12.76 2,195 2017
11.78 12.58 2,376 2016
12.13 11.78 2,219 2015
12.30 12.13 5,705 2014
12.08 12.30 5,707 2013
11.48 12.08 6,340 2012
11.42 11.48 339 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes Insurance Series
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes High Income Bond Fund II -- Service Shares $20.48 $21.18 398 2020
18.30 20.48 1,874 2019
19.33 18.30 1,899 2018
18.50 19.33 2,036 2017
16.47 18.50 2,056 2016
17.27 16.47 3,486 2015
17.20 17.27 3,582 2014
16.43 17.20 4,207 2013
14.66 16.43 2,915 2012
14.25 14.66 5,412 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes Kaufmann Fund II -- Service Shares $33.83 $42.61 1,249 2020
25.84 33.83 698 2019
25.45 25.84 805 2018
20.28 25.45 957 2017
20.00 20.28 1,199 2016
19.21 20.00 1,242 2015
17.90 19.21 1,440 2014
13.07 17.90 2,152 2013
11.40 13.07 3,464 2012
13.43 11.40 11,030 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity(R) Variable Insurance Products Fund
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Asset Manager/SM/ Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $17.75 $19.94 14,959 2020
15.34 17.75 16,728 2019
16.58 15.34 18,365 2018
14.87 16.58 19,909 2017
14.74 14.87 22,242 2016
15.04 14.74 39,337 2015
14.54 15.04 40,836 2014
12.86 14.54 84,422 2013
11.68 12.86 97,180 2012
12.26 11.68 100,258 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Balanced Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $20.11 $24.08 5,162 2020
16.52 20.11 5,961 2019
17.63 16.52 3,467 2018
15.49 17.63 6,601 2017
14.76 15.49 7,176 2016
15.00 14.76 15,395 2015
13.91 15.00 55,645 2014
11.89 13.91 62,742 2013
10.56 11.89 68,007 2012
11.20 10.56 80,445 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-40
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Contrafund(R) Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $30.48 $38.92 2,757 2020
23.68 30.48 4,413 2019
25.87 23.68 4,718 2018
21.70 25.87 6,404 2017
20.54 21.70 6,589 2016
20.86 20.54 12,384 2015
19.06 20.86 15,218 2014
14.84 19.06 20,200 2013
13.03 14.84 33,797 2012
13.67 13.03 1,662 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $31.21 $40.80 0 2020
24.52 31.21 0 2019
26.37 24.52 0 2018
21.78 26.37 0 2017
21.63 21.78 0 2016
21.84 21.63 0 2015
20.13 21.84 0 2014
14.85 20.13 0 2013
12.39 14.85 0 2012
12.99 12.39 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $21.54 $22.48 9,700 2020
17.29 21.54 3,449 2019
19.28 17.29 3,556 2018
17.45 19.28 4,951 2017
15.12 17.45 3,120 2016
16.10 15.12 8,942 2015
15.14 16.10 10,162 2014
12.08 15.14 14,305 2013
10.53 12.08 21,529 2012
10.66 10.53 21,406 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Growth & Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $24.56 $25.91 0 2020
19.32 24.56 0 2019
21.70 19.32 0 2018
18.98 21.70 0 2017
16.71 18.98 0 2016
17.49 16.71 9,456 2015
16.18 17.49 9,456 2014
12.38 16.18 0 2013
10.68 12.38 0 2012
10.75 10.68 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Growth Opportunities Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $31.95 $52.70 3,299 2020
23.19 31.95 1,007 2019
21.08 23.19 1,240 2018
16.02 21.08 1,539 2017
16.33 16.02 2,073 2016
15.81 16.33 6,001 2015
14.40 15.81 2,815 2014
10.68 14.40 3,417 2013
10.00 10.68 6,312 2012
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-41
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Growth Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $30.79 $43.34 578 2020
23.44 30.79 823 2019
24.02 23.44 1,036 2018
18.17 24.02 1,674 2017
18.43 18.17 2,263 2016
17.58 18.43 2,347 2015
16.15 17.58 2,667 2014
12.11 16.15 4,238 2013
10.80 12.11 5,211 2012
11.01 10.80 6,536 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $13.04 $13.96 18,265 2020
12.16 13.04 15,584 2019
12.50 12.16 13,957 2018
12.26 12.50 21,953 2017
11.96 12.26 23,702 2016
12.31 11.96 45,328 2015
11.88 12.31 42,545 2014
12.38 11.88 21,966 2013
11.95 12.38 29,607 2012
11.39 11.95 2,883 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Mid Cap Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $30.89 $35.70 2,030 2020
25.58 30.89 4,483 2019
30.61 25.58 4,839 2018
25.90 30.61 6,520 2017
23.60 25.90 8,227 2016
24.47 23.60 10,000 2015
23.53 24.47 13,513 2014
17.67 23.53 15,692 2013
15.73 17.67 23,662 2012
17.99 15.73 21,047 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Value Strategies Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $22.63 $23.97 0 2020
17.21 22.63 0 2019
21.28 17.21 0 2018
18.23 21.28 0 2017
17.01 18.23 0 2016
17.92 17.01 0 2015
17.16 17.92 0 2014
13.44 17.16 0 2013
10.79 13.44 0 2012
12.10 10.79 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Allocation VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $13.39 $14.68 0 2020
11.40 13.39 0 2019
12.87 11.40 0 2018
11.72 12.87 0 2017
10.56 11.72 0 2016
11.48 10.56 0 2015
11.39 11.48 0 2014
9.38 11.39 0 2013
8.30 9.38 0 2012
8.59 8.30 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-42
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Income VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $18.42 $18.19 70,764 2020
16.19 18.42 85,333 2019
17.25 16.19 95,916 2018
16.04 17.25 115,020 2017
14.35 16.04 138,842 2016
15.75 14.35 168,470 2015
15.35 15.75 234,775 2014
13.74 15.35 302,630 2013
12.44 13.74 345,583 2012
12.39 12.44 459,793 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $18.67 $17.39 1,548 2020
15.54 18.67 1,289 2019
17.43 15.54 1,332 2018
16.41 17.43 1,385 2017
14.42 16.41 1,517 2016
15.47 14.42 1,721 2015
14.72 15.47 1,801 2014
11.71 14.72 2,623 2013
10.45 11.71 3,968 2012
10.77 10.45 12,357 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Templeton Growth VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $12.09 $12.54 0 2020
10.71 12.09 0 2019
12.82 10.71 0 2018
11.04 12.82 0 2017
10.27 11.04 0 2016
11.20 10.27 0 2015
11.75 11.20 0 2014
9.16 11.75 0 2013
7.72 9.16 0 2012
8.46 7.72 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Government Money Market Fund -- Service Shares $ 8.98 $ 8.83 11,470 2020
9.00 8.98 39,556 2019
9.04 9.00 58,835 2018
9.17 9.04 52,754 2017
9.35 9.17 44,165 2016
9.54 9.35 75,268 2015
9.73 9.54 66,938 2014
9.92 9.73 65,893 2013
10.00 9.92 153,525 2012
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value Fund -- Institutional Shares $24.41 $25.95 2,694 2020
18.93 24.41 2,440 2019
21.56 18.93 2,661 2018
19.80 21.56 2,946 2017
17.79 19.80 2,951 2016
19.99 17.79 3,259 2015
17.95 19.99 3,286 2014
13.78 17.95 4,415 2013
11.86 13.78 3,780 2012
12.92 11.86 5,512 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-43
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio -- Service Shares $27.07 $30.27 62,011 2020
22.58 27.07 71,909 2019
22.93 22.58 74,723 2018
19.80 22.93 86,351 2017
19.35 19.80 103,805 2016
19.66 19.35 102,064 2015
18.52 19.66 134,528 2014
15.77 18.52 154,069 2013
14.19 15.77 164,304 2012
14.27 14.19 214,911 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Henderson Forty Portfolio -- Service Shares $41.40 $56.44 320 2020
30.85 41.40 388 2019
30.94 30.85 452 2018
24.27 30.94 520 2017
24.28 24.27 2,494 2016
22.12 24.28 2,284 2015
20.80 22.12 3,186 2014
16.21 20.80 3,816 2013
13.35 16.21 6,496 2012
14.63 13.35 6,415 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Henderson Overseas Portfolio -- Service Shares $20.59 $23.42 0 2020
16.57 20.59 0 2019
19.92 16.57 0 2018
15.53 19.92 0 2017
16.98 15.53 0 2016
18.99 16.98 0 2015
22.03 18.99 0 2014
19.66 22.03 0 2013
17.72 19.66 0 2012
26.70 17.72 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ClearBridge Variable Aggressive Growth Portfolio -- Class II $26.74 $30.87 18 2020
21.86 26.74 3,112 2019
24.39 21.86 3,300 2018
21.44 24.39 3,423 2017
21.67 21.44 4,056 2016
22.53 21.67 6,065 2015
19.14 22.53 6,081 2014
13.25 19.14 7,441 2013
11.40 13.25 5,896 2012
11.38 11.40 9,063 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ClearBridge Variable Dividend Strategy Portfolio -- Class II $20.10 $21.18 428 2020
15.60 20.10 487 2019
16.75 15.60 582 2018
14.35 16.75 4,755 2017
12.75 14.35 5,370 2016
13.61 12.75 7,647 2015
12.23 13.61 20,191 2014
9.92 12.23 19,793 2013
8.87 9.92 21,590 2012
8.40 8.87 32,454 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-44
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Value Portfolio -- Class I $13.31 $13.73 507 2020
10.53 13.31 492 2019
11.79 10.53 518 2018
10.47 11.79 526 2017
9.45 10.47 534 2016
9.92 9.45 8,369 2015
10.00 9.92 8,193 2014
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Investors Trust Series -- Service Class Shares $28.67 $31.94 0 2020
22.28 28.67 0 2019
24.10 22.28 0 2018
19.98 24.10 0 2017
18.81 19.98 0 2016
19.19 18.81 0 2015
17.68 19.19 0 2014
13.69 17.68 0 2013
11.75 13.69 0 2012
12.28 11.75 0 2011
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) New Discovery Series -- Service Class Shares $33.85 $48.32 1,774 2020
24.43 33.85 0 2019
25.36 24.43 0 2018
20.47 25.36 87 2017
19.19 20.47 114 2016
20.00 19.19 556 2015
22.05 20.00 615 2014
15.92 22.05 717 2013
13.43 15.92 937 2012
15.31 13.43 1,559 2011
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Total Return Series -- Service Class Shares $18.04 $19.37 24,387 2020
15.32 18.04 26,543 2019
16.60 15.32 26,358 2018
15.11 16.60 34,043 2017
14.16 15.11 36,255 2016
14.53 14.16 39,977 2015
13.69 14.53 49,728 2014
11.76 13.69 84,929 2013
10.81 11.76 104,738 2012
10.85 10.81 118,912 2011
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Utilities Series -- Service Class Shares $37.63 $38.97 0 2020
30.75 37.63 0 2019
31.12 30.75 0 2018
27.72 31.12 0 2017
25.41 27.72 0 2016
30.40 25.41 0 2015
27.57 30.40 0 2014
23.39 27.57 0 2013
21.07 23.39 0 2012
20.18 21.07 0 2011
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust II
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio -- $17.05 $20.43 236 2020
Service Class Shares 12.46 17.05 262 2019
12.63 12.46 311 2018
10.06 12.63 332 2017
9.69 10.06 380 2016
10.00 9.69 664 2015
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-45
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Asset Portfolio -- Advisor Class Shares $14.86 $15.72 0 2020
13.56 14.86 0 2019
14.63 13.56 0 2018
13.16 14.63 0 2017
11.89 13.16 0 2016
13.35 11.89 0 2015
13.56 13.35 0 2014
13.81 13.56 0 2013
12.27 13.81 0 2012
12.28 12.27 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High Yield Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $19.72 $20.45 5,256 2020
17.53 19.72 4,864 2019
18.37 17.53 4,231 2018
17.57 18.37 5,679 2017
15.94 17.57 6,462 2016
16.53 15.94 10,517 2015
16.31 16.53 10,160 2014
15.73 16.31 10,712 2013
14.04 15.73 13,073 2012
13.85 14.04 22,031 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $19.90 $22.90 3,511 2020
17.91 19.90 2,480 2019
18.71 17.91 1,632 2018
17.52 18.71 1,496 2017
17.74 17.52 1,710 2016
18.35 17.74 142 2015
15.09 18.35 167 2014
17.68 15.09 1,821 2013
17.27 17.68 3,011 2012
13.78 17.27 11,147 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low Duration Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $11.63 $11.74 25,838 2020
11.40 11.63 28,004 2019
11.59 11.40 27,733 2018
11.66 11.59 31,257 2017
11.73 11.66 30,822 2016
11.92 11.73 36,338 2015
12.06 11.92 52,271 2014
12.31 12.06 72,854 2013
11.86 12.31 78,398 2012
11.97 11.86 84,748 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Return Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $15.52 $16.54 19,121 2020
14.61 15.52 25,515 2019
14.98 14.61 25,491 2018
14.57 14.98 41,665 2017
14.47 14.57 46,311 2016
14.69 14.47 53,166 2015
14.37 14.69 53,281 2014
14.95 14.37 59,855 2013
13.91 14.95 57,886 2012
13.69 13.91 84,078 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-46
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rydex Variable Trust
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NASDAQ -- 100(R) Fund $42.40 $60.27 0 2020
31.60 42.40 0 2019
32.82 31.60 0 2018
25.53 32.82 0 2017
24.56 25.53 0 2016
23.15 24.56 0 2015
20.10 23.15 0 2014
15.23 20.10 0 2013
13.30 15.23 0 2012
13.28 13.30 0 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $12.46 $13.08 334 2020
11.70 12.46 321 2019
12.11 11.70 311 2018
11.96 12.11 317 2017
11.84 11.96 294 2016
12.13 11.84 7,433 2015
11.77 12.13 7,542 2014
12.16 11.77 7,474 2013
11.74 12.16 6,424 2012
11.17 11.74 9,061 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Premier Growth Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $30.62 $40.11 0 2020
22.74 30.62 0 2019
23.83 22.74 0 2018
18.93 23.83 0 2017
18.84 18.93 0 2016
18.61 18.84 0 2015
16.64 18.61 0 2014
12.58 16.64 0 2013
10.61 12.58 0 2012
10.77 10.61 0 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Real Estate Securities V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $35.55 $33.03 2,802 2020
28.74 35.55 928 2019
31.09 28.74 884 2018
29.96 31.09 1,151 2017
28.29 29.96 1,284 2016
27.59 28.29 1,237 2015
21.34 27.59 1,562 2014
21.21 21.34 2,994 2013
18.52 21.21 1,789 2012
17.19 18.52 2,214 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P 500(R) Index V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $28.13 $32.52 5,364 2020
21.89 28.13 0 2019
23.44 21.89 0 2018
19.67 23.44 0 2017
17.97 19.67 0 2016
18.14 17.97 0 2015
16.33 18.14 0 2014
12.62 16.33 0 2013
11.12 12.62 0 2012
11.15 11.12 0 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-47
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small-Cap Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $27.83 $31.26 93 2020
22.51 27.83 1,647 2019
25.42 22.51 1,708 2018
23.00 25.42 1,686 2017
18.95 23.00 1,703 2016
20.16 18.95 2,279 2015
19.82 20.16 2,310 2014
14.76 19.82 3,827 2013
13.14 14.76 2,613 2012
13.00 13.14 3,303 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Return V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $17.06 $17.80 522,911 2020
15.02 17.06 607,890 2019
16.36 15.02 711,681 2018
14.43 16.36 798,503 2017
13.84 14.43 939,089 2016
14.28 13.84 1,072,088 2015
13.83 14.28 1,264,979 2014
12.27 13.83 1,523,497 2013
11.12 12.27 1,857,562 2012
11.67 11.12 2,438,758 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Return V.I.S. Fund -- Class 3 Shares $14.52 $15.11 26,960 2020
12.82 14.52 42,833 2019
14.00 12.82 47,247 2018
12.38 14.00 51,347 2017
11.91 12.38 59,373 2016
12.31 11.91 77,633 2015
11.95 12.31 100,751 2014
10.63 11.95 160,214 2013
9.66 10.63 190,996 2012
10.16 9.66 275,381 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $26.25 $31.56 0 2020
20.31 26.25 0 2019
21.45 20.31 0 2018
18.24 21.45 0 2017
17.02 18.24 0 2016
17.77 17.02 0 2015
16.07 17.77 0 2014
12.24 16.07 0 2013
10.78 12.24 0 2012
11.32 10.78 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Prudential Series Fund
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jennison 20/20 Focus Portfolio -- Class II Shares $32.13 $41.08 0 2020
25.52 32.13 0 2019
27.61 25.52 0 2018
21.70 27.61 0 2017
21.86 21.70 0 2016
21.06 21.86 0 2015
20.13 21.06 0 2014
15.87 20.13 0 2013
14.64 15.87 0 2012
15.63 14.64 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-48
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jennison Portfolio -- Class II Shares $35.33 $53.89 0 2020
27.13 35.33 0 2019
28.00 27.13 0 2018
20.98 28.00 0 2017
21.67 20.98 0 2016
19.91 21.67 0 2015
18.53 19.91 0 2014
13.78 18.53 521 2013
12.15 13.78 4,127 2012
12.40 12.15 5,528 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Natural Resources Portfolio -- Class II Shares $11.65 $12.77 2,159 2020
10.78 11.65 4,471 2019
13.47 10.78 3,538 2018
13.82 13.47 3,197 2017
11.29 13.82 2,108 2016
16.18 11.29 1,128 2015
20.58 16.18 1,103 2014
19.12 20.58 881 2013
20.09 19.12 1,384 2012
25.40 20.09 1,073 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo Variable Trust
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund -- Class 2 $32.80 $46.04 0 2020
24.41 32.80 0 2019
24.83 24.41 0 2018
18.81 24.83 0 2017
19.08 18.81 0 2016
19.21 19.08 0 2015
18.86 19.21 0 2014
13.75 18.86 0 2013
11.65 13.75 0 2012
12.58 11.65 0 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-49
Lifetime Income Plus (for Joint Annuitant contracts) Elected
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio -- Class B $13.81 $14.76 828 2020
11.95 13.81 1,041 2019
13.06 11.95 1,264 2018
11.55 13.06 759 2017
11.30 11.55 966 2016
11.41 11.30 1,147 2015
10.89 11.41 1,374 2014
9.58 10.89 1,585 2013
8.64 9.58 1,806 2012
9.11 8.64 2,084 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Global Thematic Growth Portfolio -- Class B $15.82 $21.52 0 2020
12.46 15.82 0 2019
14.16 12.46 0 2018
10.62 14.16 0 2017
10.96 10.62 0 2016
10.91 10.96 0 2015
10.65 10.91 0 2014
8.86 10.65 0 2013
8.00 8.86 0 2012
10.68 8.00 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Growth and Income Portfolio -- Class B $19.81 $19.85 0 2020
16.39 19.81 0 2019
17.80 16.39 0 2018
15.34 17.80 0 2017
14.12 15.34 0 2016
14.24 14.12 0 2015
13.32 14.24 0 2014
10.12 13.32 0 2013
8.83 10.12 0 2012
8.51 8.83 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB International Value Portfolio -- Class B $ 6.97 $ 6.97 7,232 2020
6.10 6.97 14,623 2019
8.10 6.10 17,229 2018
6.62 8.10 16,578 2017
6.83 6.62 61,053 2016
6.81 6.83 45,821 2015
7.45 6.81 45,501 2014
6.21 7.45 37,969 2013
5.56 6.21 87,693 2012
7.05 5.56 73,123 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Large Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B $27.35 $36.16 0 2020
20.82 27.35 0 2019
20.80 20.82 0 2018
16.15 20.80 0 2017
16.14 16.15 0 2016
14.88 16.14 0 2015
13.37 14.88 0 2014
9.98 13.37 0 2013
8.74 9.98 0 2012
9.29 8.74 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-50
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Small Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B $26.90 $40.42 1,243 2020
20.22 26.90 0 2019
20.91 20.22 0 2018
15.98 20.91 0 2017
15.38 15.98 0 2016
15.97 15.38 0 2015
16.68 15.97 9,991 2014
11.73 16.68 0 2013
10.46 11.73 0 2012
10.26 10.46 0 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund -- Series II Shares $20.17 $26.87 0 2020
15.18 20.17 0 2019
16.51 15.18 0 2018
13.34 16.51 0 2017
13.98 13.34 0 2016
13.84 13.98 0 2015
12.29 13.84 0 2014
9.71 12.29 0 2013
8.73 9.71 0 2012
9.05 8.73 0 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II Shares $11.25 $12.61 28,541 2020
9.81 11.25 11,344 2019
10.62 9.81 13,984 2018
9.97 10.62 14,555 2017
9.71 9.97 40,784 2016
9.87 9.71 32,537 2015
9.35 9.87 35,499 2014
8.47 9.35 48,384 2013
7.73 8.47 62,649 2012
7.87 7.73 69,690 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund -- $19.80 $27.16 0 2020
Series II Shares 14.56 19.80 0 2019
15.89 14.56 0 2018
12.65 15.89 0 2017
12.67 12.65 0 2016
12.18 12.67 0 2015
11.81 12.18 0 2014
8.90 11.81 0 2013
7.83 8.90 0 2012
7.94 7.83 0 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund -- Series II Shares $18.60 $23.17 11,699 2020
14.47 18.60 4,580 2019
17.09 14.47 5,982 2018
12.82 17.09 10,409 2017
13.12 12.82 13,450 2016
12.94 13.12 19,081 2015
12.97 12.94 24,064 2014
10.44 12.97 21,833 2013
8.83 10.44 30,774 2012
9.87 8.83 34,755 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-51
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Fund(R) -- Series II Shares $20.71 $23.03 0 2020
16.08 20.71 21,357 2019
17.89 16.08 28,080 2018
15.68 17.89 24,690 2017
14.41 15.68 36,849 2016
14.29 14.41 26,000 2015
13.23 14.29 33,029 2014
10.29 13.23 42,723 2013
9.03 10.29 62,103 2012
9.26 9.03 137,162 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund(R) -- $19.61 $22.94 2,185 2020
Series II Shares 15.89 19.61 3,471 2019
18.17 15.89 4,349 2018
16.31 18.17 7,306 2017
14.17 16.31 10,656 2016
15.43 14.17 17,549 2015
14.13 15.43 20,670 2014
10.27 14.13 40,071 2013
8.93 10.27 63,124 2012
9.35 8.93 69,059 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund -- Series I shares $22.16 $30.86 0 2020
16.57 22.16 0 2019
17.58 16.57 0 2018
14.12 17.58 0 2017
14.11 14.12 0 2016
13.74 14.11 0 2015
12.96 13.74 0 2014
9.45 12.96 0 2013
10.00 9.45 0 2012
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund -- Series II shares $24.02 $33.36 0 2020
18.00 24.02 0 2019
19.16 18.00 0 2018
15.42 19.16 0 2017
15.45 15.42 0 2016
15.08 15.45 0 2015
14.26 15.08 0 2014
10.43 14.26 0 2013
9.40 10.43 0 2012
10.27 9.40 0 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund -- Series II shares $18.52 $17.91 0 2020
15.15 18.52 0 2019
17.68 15.15 0 2018
15.38 17.68 0 2017
13.44 15.38 22,409 2016
14.65 13.44 0 2015
13.73 14.65 0 2014
10.35 13.73 0 2013
8.90 10.35 0 2012
9.29 8.90 0 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-52
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund -- Series I shares $18.69 $20.81 0 2020
14.81 18.69 23,669 2019
16.72 14.81 30,477 2018
15.11 16.72 26,616 2017
14.01 15.11 34,243 2016
15.20 14.01 0 2015
14.37 15.20 0 2014
11.37 14.37 0 2013
10.21 11.37 0 2012
10.44 10.21 0 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund -- Series II shares $15.95 $17.11 1,859 2020
13.59 15.95 14,645 2019
15.40 13.59 14,803 2018
14.21 15.40 15,059 2017
12.65 14.21 15,410 2016
13.28 12.65 17,190 2015
12.49 13.28 12,916 2014
10.22 12.49 13,913 2013
9.30 10.22 3,847 2012
9.63 9.30 4,202 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund -- Series II shares $13.97 $15.54 0 2020
11.14 13.97 9,725 2019
13.44 11.14 12,738 2018
11.19 13.44 13,318 2017
11.53 11.19 10,413 2016
12.10 11.53 27,066 2015
12.36 12.10 19,465 2014
10.65 12.36 22,910 2013
9.45 10.65 30,139 2012
10.38 9.45 21,670 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund -- Series II shares $12.74 $13.13 0 2020
10.01 12.74 0 2019
12.69 10.01 0 2018
11.07 12.69 0 2017
9.60 11.07 0 2016
10.99 9.60 0 2015
10.56 10.99 0 2014
8.10 10.56 0 2013
7.04 8.10 0 2012
7.45 7.04 0 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
American Century Variable Portfolios II, Inc.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VP Inflation Protection Fund -- Class II $12.01 $12.87 3,875 2020
11.28 12.01 14,039 2019
11.87 11.28 15,835 2018
11.70 11.87 15,003 2017
11.46 11.70 19,874 2016
12.02 11.46 5,450 2015
11.89 12.02 32,559 2014
13.29 11.89 38,299 2013
12.65 13.29 39,699 2012
11.58 12.65 40,191 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-53
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Advantage U.S. Total Market V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $18.75 $21.95 0 2020
14.90 18.75 0 2019
16.33 14.90 0 2018
14.67 16.33 0 2017
12.15 14.67 0 2016
13.33 12.15 0 2015
12.97 13.33 0 2014
9.33 12.97 0 2013
8.43 9.33 0 2012
8.85 8.43 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Basic Value V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $17.74 $17.89 0 2020
14.68 17.74 5,770 2019
16.34 14.68 7,110 2018
15.47 16.34 8,153 2017
13.44 15.47 18,497 2016
14.64 13.44 0 2015
13.65 14.64 0 2014
10.14 13.65 0 2013
9.11 10.14 0 2012
9.58 9.11 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $15.29 $18.05 88,926 2020
13.28 15.29 108,907 2019
14.69 13.28 126,195 2018
13.21 14.69 157,112 2017
13.01 13.21 194,972 2016
13.44 13.01 214,349 2015
13.48 13.44 243,892 2014
12.05 13.48 271,202 2013
11.20 12.05 336,514 2012
11.89 11.20 388,307 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Large Cap Focus Growth V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $24.29 $34.07 0 2020
18.77 24.29 0 2019
18.68 18.77 0 2018
14.78 18.68 0 2017
14.05 14.78 0 2016
14.01 14.05 0 2015
12.57 14.01 0 2014
9.62 12.57 0 2013
8.57 9.62 0 2012
8.56 8.57 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CTIVP/SM/ -- Loomis Sayles Growth Fund -- Class 1 $16.64 $21.47 16,348 2020
12.91 16.64 6,131 2019
13.53 12.91 8,104 2018
10.40 13.53 16,330 2017
10.00 10.40 0 2016
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Columbia Variable Portfolio -- Overseas Core Fund -- Class 2 $11.97 $12.73 0 2020
9.78 11.97 0 2019
12.02 9.78 0 2018
9.66 12.02 0 2017
10.00 9.66 0 2016
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-54
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eaton Vance Variable Trust
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VT Floating -- Rate Income Fund $12.23 $12.20 4,078 2020
11.67 12.23 11,066 2019
11.95 11.67 15,128 2018
11.81 11.95 7,412 2017
11.08 11.81 9,819 2016
11.45 11.08 11,266 2015
11.64 11.45 27,429 2014
11.46 11.64 31,504 2013
10.92 11.46 27,784 2012
10.88 10.92 0 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes Insurance Series
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes High Income Bond Fund II -- Service Shares $18.04 $18.60 0 2020
16.16 18.04 0 2019
17.11 16.16 0 2018
16.42 17.11 0 2017
14.66 16.42 0 2016
15.40 14.66 0 2015
15.38 15.40 0 2014
14.73 15.38 0 2013
13.18 14.73 0 2012
12.84 13.18 0 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes Kaufmann Fund II -- Service Shares $24.75 $31.10 1,580 2020
18.95 24.75 0 2019
18.71 18.95 0 2018
14.95 18.71 0 2017
14.78 14.95 0 2016
14.24 14.78 0 2015
13.30 14.24 0 2014
9.74 13.30 0 2013
8.51 9.74 0 2012
10.06 8.51 36,074 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity(R) Variable Insurance Products Fund
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Balanced Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $19.42 $23.19 63,072 2020
16.00 19.42 75,851 2019
17.12 16.00 89,447 2018
15.07 17.12 92,437 2017
14.40 15.07 102,282 2016
14.68 14.40 110,048 2015
13.64 14.68 124,319 2014
11.69 13.64 188,918 2013
10.41 11.69 162,486 2012
11.07 10.41 205,572 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Contrafund(R) Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $21.72 $27.66 326 2020
16.92 21.72 5,111 2019
18.53 16.92 6,695 2018
15.58 18.53 11,966 2017
14.79 15.58 11,076 2016
15.06 14.79 50,587 2015
13.79 15.06 62,913 2014
10.77 13.79 88,612 2013
9.48 10.77 128,359 2012
9.97 9.48 0 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-55
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $21.83 $28.47 0 2020
17.20 21.83 0 2019
18.54 17.20 0 2018
15.35 18.54 0 2017
15.29 15.35 0 2016
15.48 15.29 0 2015
14.30 15.48 0 2014
10.58 14.30 0 2013
8.85 10.58 0 2012
9.30 8.85 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $17.14 $17.84 19,804 2020
13.79 17.14 5,958 2019
15.41 13.79 7,614 2018
13.99 15.41 8,650 2017
12.15 13.99 0 2016
12.97 12.15 25,806 2015
12.23 12.97 30,394 2014
9.78 12.23 45,978 2013
8.55 9.78 65,083 2012
8.68 8.55 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Growth & Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $20.37 $21.44 0 2020
16.06 20.37 0 2019
18.09 16.06 0 2018
15.86 18.09 0 2017
14.00 15.86 0 2016
14.69 14.00 0 2015
13.63 14.69 0 2014
10.46 13.63 0 2013
9.04 10.46 0 2012
9.12 9.04 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Growth Opportunities Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $31.31 $51.51 5,214 2020
22.78 31.31 438 2019
20.76 22.78 0 2018
15.82 20.76 0 2017
16.17 15.82 0 2016
15.69 16.17 19,308 2015
14.33 15.69 10,074 2014
10.65 14.33 13,147 2013
10.00 10.65 19,967 2012
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Growth Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $26.62 $37.38 0 2020
20.32 26.62 0 2019
20.87 20.32 0 2018
15.83 20.87 0 2017
16.09 15.83 0 2016
15.39 16.09 0 2015
14.18 15.39 0 2014
10.66 14.18 0 2013
9.53 10.66 0 2012
9.74 9.53 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-56
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $12.63 $13.48 18,468 2020
11.80 12.63 26,704 2019
12.16 11.80 30,399 2018
11.96 12.16 50,999 2017
11.70 11.96 68,020 2016
12.07 11.70 64,000 2015
11.68 12.07 45,582 2014
12.20 11.68 62,469 2013
11.81 12.20 78,106 2012
11.28 11.81 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Mid Cap Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $18.80 $21.67 420 2020
15.60 18.80 9,528 2019
18.72 15.60 11,619 2018
15.88 18.72 11,915 2017
14.51 15.88 18,047 2016
15.08 14.51 17,087 2015
14.54 15.08 36,782 2014
10.94 14.54 38,993 2013
9.77 10.94 58,700 2012
11.20 9.77 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Value Strategies Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $18.02 $19.04 0 2020
13.74 18.02 0 2019
17.03 13.74 0 2018
14.62 17.03 0 2017
13.68 14.62 0 2016
14.45 13.68 0 2015
13.87 14.45 0 2014
10.90 13.87 0 2013
8.77 10.90 0 2012
9.86 8.77 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Allocation VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $12.98 $14.18 3,552 2020
11.07 12.98 4,187 2019
12.53 11.07 4,975 2018
11.44 12.53 25,551 2017
10.34 11.44 26,629 2016
11.27 10.34 28,779 2015
11.20 11.27 39,237 2014
9.26 11.20 41,226 2013
8.21 9.26 44,512 2012
8.52 8.21 47,687 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Income VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $16.38 $16.13 212,475 2020
14.43 16.38 252,048 2019
15.42 14.43 304,023 2018
14.37 15.42 378,004 2017
12.89 14.37 441,114 2016
14.18 12.89 558,068 2015
13.86 14.18 665,777 2014
12.44 13.86 741,743 2013
11.29 12.44 900,106 2012
11.27 11.29 1,048,230 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-57
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $15.36 $14.26 0 2020
12.81 15.36 0 2019
14.41 12.81 0 2018
13.59 14.41 0 2017
11.98 13.59 0 2016
12.88 11.98 0 2015
12.30 12.88 0 2014
9.80 12.30 0 2013
8.77 9.80 0 2012
9.06 8.77 35,356 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Templeton Growth VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $11.67 $12.08 0 2020
10.37 11.67 0 2019
12.45 10.37 0 2018
10.74 12.45 0 2017
10.02 10.74 0 2016
10.95 10.02 0 2015
11.52 10.95 0 2014
9.01 11.52 0 2013
7.61 9.01 0 2012
8.36 7.61 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Government Money Market Fund -- Service Shares $ 8.82 $ 8.65 83,918 2020
8.85 8.82 15,913 2019
8.92 8.85 15,737 2018
9.07 8.92 29,031 2017
9.27 9.07 49,207 2016
9.48 9.27 21,350 2015
9.69 9.48 54,571 2014
9.91 9.69 18,779 2013
10.00 9.91 42,830 2012
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio -- Service Shares $22.41 $24.99 35,135 2020
18.74 22.41 43,352 2019
19.08 18.74 49,656 2018
16.51 19.08 60,909 2017
16.18 16.51 58,468 2016
16.48 16.18 61,617 2015
15.57 16.48 55,401 2014
13.29 15.57 64,561 2013
11.98 13.29 61,883 2012
12.09 11.98 65,474 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Henderson Forty Portfolio -- Service Shares $31.18 $42.40 0 2020
23.30 31.18 0 2019
23.42 23.30 0 2018
18.42 23.42 0 2017
18.48 18.42 9,353 2016
16.88 18.48 10,131 2015
15.91 16.88 14,061 2014
12.43 15.91 17,798 2013
10.26 12.43 25,758 2012
11.27 10.26 19,906 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-58
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ClearBridge Variable Aggressive Growth Portfolio -- Class II $21.59 $24.85 0 2020
17.69 21.59 0 2019
19.79 17.69 0 2018
17.44 19.79 0 2017
17.67 17.44 0 2016
18.42 17.67 0 2015
15.69 18.42 0 2014
10.89 15.69 0 2013
9.40 10.89 0 2012
9.40 9.40 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ClearBridge Variable Dividend Strategy Portfolio -- Class II $19.46 $20.46 3,001 2020
15.14 19.46 3,022 2019
16.30 15.14 3,431 2018
14.00 16.30 8,096 2017
12.47 14.00 8,647 2016
13.34 12.47 11,017 2015
12.02 13.34 5,586 2014
9.78 12.02 7,717 2013
8.77 9.78 17,008 2012
8.32 8.77 17,652 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Value Portfolio -- Class I $13.13 $13.52 0 2020
10.42 13.13 0 2019
11.69 10.42 0 2018
10.41 11.69 0 2017
9.42 10.41 0 2016
9.92 9.42 0 2015
10.00 9.92 0 2014
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Investors Trust Series -- Service Class Shares $22.85 $25.39 0 2020
17.80 22.85 0 2019
19.31 17.80 0 2018
16.05 19.31 0 2017
15.15 16.05 0 2016
15.49 15.15 0 2015
14.31 15.49 0 2014
11.11 14.31 0 2013
9.56 11.11 0 2012
10.01 9.56 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Total Return Series -- Service Class Shares $16.51 $17.68 9,713 2020
14.05 16.51 24,111 2019
15.27 14.05 29,747 2018
13.93 15.27 45,546 2017
13.09 13.93 50,466 2016
13.46 13.09 56,557 2015
12.72 13.46 50,203 2014
10.95 12.72 54,870 2013
10.10 10.95 68,667 2012
10.16 10.10 68,638 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-59
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Utilities Series -- Service Class Shares $24.23 $25.03 0 2020
19.85 24.23 0 2019
20.14 19.85 0 2018
17.99 20.14 0 2017
16.53 17.99 0 2016
19.83 16.53 0 2015
18.03 19.83 0 2014
15.33 18.03 0 2013
13.85 15.33 0 2012
13.30 13.85 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust II
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio -- $16.84 $20.13 0 2020
Service Class Shares 12.34 16.84 0 2019
12.54 12.34 0 2018
10.01 12.54 0 2017
9.67 10.01 0 2016
10.00 9.67 0 2015
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Asset Portfolio -- Advisor Class Shares $13.98 $14.76 0 2020
12.79 13.98 0 2019
13.84 12.79 0 2018
12.48 13.84 0 2017
11.30 12.48 0 2016
12.72 11.30 0 2015
12.95 12.72 0 2014
13.23 12.95 0 2013
11.78 13.23 0 2012
11.82 11.78 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High Yield Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $16.96 $17.54 3,347 2020
15.12 16.96 8,496 2019
15.88 15.12 7,548 2018
15.23 15.88 5,577 2017
13.85 15.23 7,644 2016
14.39 13.85 22,648 2015
14.24 14.39 16,489 2014
13.77 14.24 12,894 2013
12.32 13.77 15,425 2012
12.19 12.32 24,988 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $18.78 $21.56 6,911 2020
16.95 18.78 7,088 2019
17.75 16.95 6,417 2018
16.66 17.75 5,003 2017
16.92 16.66 7,014 2016
17.54 16.92 0 2015
14.46 17.54 0 2014
16.99 14.46 0 2013
16.63 16.99 0 2012
13.30 16.63 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-60
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low Duration Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $11.30 $11.38 21,810 2020
11.10 11.30 8,963 2019
11.32 11.10 9,662 2018
11.42 11.32 7,823 2017
11.51 11.42 10,158 2016
11.73 11.51 27,163 2015
11.90 11.73 86,814 2014
12.18 11.90 92,149 2013
11.77 12.18 104,450 2012
11.90 11.77 103,852 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Return Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $14.69 $15.60 13,310 2020
13.86 14.69 23,541 2019
14.25 13.86 29,101 2018
13.88 14.25 43,585 2017
13.83 13.88 58,645 2016
14.07 13.83 67,719 2015
13.80 14.07 44,638 2014
14.39 13.80 59,466 2013
13.43 14.39 66,325 2012
13.25 13.43 76,162 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rydex Variable Trust
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NASDAQ -- 100(R) Fund $36.01 $51.05 0 2020
26.90 36.01 0 2019
28.02 26.90 0 2018
21.85 28.02 0 2017
21.08 21.85 0 2016
19.91 21.08 0 2015
17.33 19.91 0 2014
13.17 17.33 0 2013
11.53 13.17 0 2012
11.54 11.53 0 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $11.90 $12.46 0 2020
11.20 11.90 0 2019
11.62 11.20 0 2018
11.51 11.62 0 2017
11.43 11.51 0 2016
11.73 11.43 0 2015
11.41 11.73 0 2014
11.83 11.41 0 2013
11.44 11.83 0 2012
10.91 11.44 0 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Premier Growth Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $27.38 $35.77 0 2020
20.38 27.38 0 2019
21.41 20.38 0 2018
17.06 21.41 0 2017
17.02 17.06 0 2016
16.85 17.02 0 2015
15.11 16.85 0 2014
11.45 15.11 0 2013
9.69 11.45 0 2012
9.86 9.69 0 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-61
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Real Estate Securities V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $21.44 $19.87 2,539 2020
17.37 21.44 3,200 2019
18.84 17.37 3,948 2018
18.20 18.84 4,703 2017
17.23 18.20 6,472 2016
16.85 17.23 7,400 2015
13.06 16.85 9,396 2014
13.02 13.06 21,069 2013
11.40 13.02 8,296 2012
10.61 11.40 9,236 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P 500(R) Index V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $23.29 $26.86 0 2020
18.17 23.29 0 2019
19.50 18.17 0 2018
16.41 19.50 0 2017
15.03 16.41 0 2016
15.21 15.03 0 2015
13.73 15.21 0 2014
10.64 13.73 0 2013
9.40 10.64 0 2012
9.45 9.40 0 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small-Cap Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $20.24 $22.67 0 2020
16.41 20.24 0 2019
18.58 16.41 0 2018
16.86 18.58 0 2017
13.92 16.86 0 2016
14.85 13.92 0 2015
14.63 14.85 0 2014
10.93 14.63 0 2013
9.75 10.93 0 2012
9.67 9.75 0 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Return V.I.S. Fund -- Class 3 Shares $14.02 $14.56 351,350 2020
12.41 14.02 436,487 2019
13.59 12.41 535,551 2018
12.05 13.59 646,232 2017
11.62 12.05 761,284 2016
12.04 11.62 899,556 2015
11.72 12.04 1,075,172 2014
10.45 11.72 1,223,905 2013
9.52 10.45 1,592,801 2012
10.04 9.52 1,812,067 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $22.43 $26.91 0 2020
17.41 22.43 0 2019
18.43 17.41 0 2018
15.71 18.43 0 2017
14.70 15.71 0 2016
15.38 14.70 0 2015
13.95 15.38 0 2014
10.65 13.95 0 2013
9.40 10.65 0 2012
9.90 9.40 0 2011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-62
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Prudential Series Fund
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jennison 20/20 Focus Portfolio -- Class II Shares $21.84 $27.86 0 2020
17.39 21.84 0 2019
18.86 17.39 0 2018
14.87 18.86 0 2017
15.01 14.87 0 2016
14.50 15.01 0 2015
13.90 14.50 0 2014
10.99 13.90 0 2013
10.15 10.99 0 2012
10.87 10.15 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jennison Portfolio -- Class II Shares $28.19 $42.90 0 2020
21.70 28.19 0 2019
22.46 21.70 0 2018
16.87 22.46 0 2017
17.47 16.87 0 2016
16.09 17.47 0 2015
15.01 16.09 0 2014
11.20 15.01 0 2013
9.89 11.20 0 2012
10.12 9.89 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Natural Resources Portfolio -- Class II Shares $ 6.09 $ 6.66 7,574 2020
5.65 6.09 22,527 2019
7.08 5.65 24,805 2018
7.28 7.08 19,457 2017
5.96 7.28 15,549 2016
8.57 5.96 10,262 2015
10.92 8.57 9,358 2014
10.17 10.92 8,552 2013
10.72 10.17 10,529 2012
13.59 10.72 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo Variable Trust
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund -- Class 2 $32.01 $44.83 0 2020
23.89 32.01 0 2019
24.36 23.89 0 2018
18.50 24.36 0 2017
18.82 18.50 0 2016
18.99 18.82 0 2015
18.69 18.99 0 2014
13.66 18.69 0 2013
11.61 13.66 0 2012
12.56 11.61 0 2011
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-63
Lifetime Income Plus (for Joint Annuitant contracts) Elected -- reset on or
after 07/15/19
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio -- Class B $10.38 $11.03 0 2020
10.00 10.38 0 2019
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Global Thematic Growth Portfolio -- Class B $10.56 $14.29 0 2020
10.00 10.56 0 2019
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Growth and Income Portfolio -- Class B $10.62 $10.59 0 2020
10.00 10.62 0 2019
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB International Value Portfolio -- Class B $10.60 $10.54 453 2020
10.00 10.60 254 2019
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Large Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B $10.83 $14.25 0 2020
10.00 10.83 0 2019
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Small Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B $10.27 $15.35 310 2020
10.00 10.27 0 2019
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund -- Series II Shares $10.88 $14.42 0 2020
10.00 10.88 0 2019
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Conservative Balanced Fund -- Series II Shares $10.31 $11.50 0 2020
10.00 10.31 0 2019
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund -- $10.39 $14.17 0 2020
Series II Shares 10.00 10.39 0 2019
- -----------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund -- Series II Shares $10.63 $13.17 1,825 2020
10.00 10.63 169 2019
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Fund(R) -- Series II Shares $10.59 $11.72 0 2020
10.00 10.59 1,101 2019
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund(R) -- $10.80 $12.57 377 2020
Series II Shares 10.00 10.80 166 2019
- -----------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund -- Series I shares $10.89 $15.09 0 2020
10.00 10.89 0 2019
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund -- Series II shares $10.88 $15.03 0 2020
10.00 10.88 0 2019
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Comstock Fund -- Series II shares $10.71 $10.31 0 2020
10.00 10.71 0 2019
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund -- Series I shares $10.69 $11.84 0 2020
10.00 10.69 1,092 2019
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund -- Series II shares $10.43 $11.12 0 2020
10.00 10.43 0 2019
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund -- Series II shares $10.56 $11.68 0 2020
10.00 10.56 341 2019
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Invesco V.I. Value Opportunities Fund -- Series II shares $10.68 $10.95 0 2020
10.00 10.68 0 2019
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
American Century Variable Portfolios II, Inc.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VP Inflation Protection Fund -- Class II $10.08 $10.74 441 2020
10.00 10.08 434 2019
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-64
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Advantage U.S. Total Market V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $10.59 $12.33 0 2020
10.00 10.59 0 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Basic Value V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $10.59 $10.63 0 2020
10.00 10.59 255 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $10.49 $12.32 4,049 2020
10.00 10.49 0 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock Large Cap Focus Growth V.I. Fund -- Class III Shares $10.28 $14.35 0 2020
10.00 10.28 0 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Columbia Funds Variable Series Trust II
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CTIVP/SM/ -- Loomis Sayles Growth Fund -- Class 1 $10.53 $13.52 2,472 2020
10.00 10.53 256 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Columbia Variable Portfolio -- Overseas Core Fund -- Class 2 $10.77 $11.40 0 2020
10.00 10.77 0 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eaton Vance Variable Trust
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VT Floating -- Rate Income Fund $10.08 $10.00 472 2020
10.00 10.08 349 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes Insurance Series
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes High Income Bond Fund II -- Service Shares $10.23 $10.50 0 2020
10.00 10.23 0 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federated Hermes Kaufmann Fund II -- Service Shares $10.33 $12.91 363 2020
10.00 10.33 0 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity(R) Variable Insurance Products Fund
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Balanced Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $10.63 $12.63 0 2020
10.00 10.63 0 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Contrafund(R) Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $10.62 $13.45 0 2020
10.00 10.62 255 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Dynamic Capital Appreciation Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $10.65 $13.81 0 2020
10.00 10.65 0 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $10.72 $11.11 3,011 2020
10.00 10.72 251 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Growth & Income Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $10.96 $11.48 0 2020
10.00 10.96 0 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Growth Opportunities Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $10.88 $17.80 1,349 2020
10.00 10.88 0 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Growth Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $10.76 $15.03 0 2020
10.00 10.76 0 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $10.14 $10.77 2,197 2020
10.00 10.14 862 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Mid Cap Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $10.35 $11.87 0 2020
10.00 10.35 434 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIP Value Strategies Portfolio -- Service Class 2 $10.81 $11.36 0 2020
10.00 10.81 0 2019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-65
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Allocation VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $10.44 $11.35 0 2020
10.00 10.44 0 2019
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Income VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $10.30 $10.09 2,095 2020
10.00 10.30 488 2019
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $10.57 $ 9.77 0 2020
10.00 10.57 0 2019
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Templeton Growth VIP Fund -- Class 2 Shares $10.63 $10.94 0 2020
10.00 10.63 0 2019
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Government Money Market Fund -- Service Shares $ 9.95 $ 9.70 0 2020
10.00 9.95 0 2019
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio -- Service Shares $10.62 $11.78 0 2020
10.00 10.62 0 2019
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Henderson Forty Portfolio -- Service Shares $10.80 $14.61 0 2020
10.00 10.80 0 2019
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ClearBridge Variable Aggressive Growth Portfolio -- Class II $10.98 $12.58 0 2020
10.00 10.98 0 2019
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ClearBridge Variable Dividend Strategy Portfolio -- Class II $10.69 $11.18 0 2020
10.00 10.69 0 2019
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Value Portfolio -- Class I $10.62 $10.88 0 2020
10.00 10.62 0 2019
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Investors Trust Series -- Service Class Shares $10.61 $11.73 0 2020
10.00 10.61 0 2019
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Total Return Series -- Service Class Shares $10.46 $11.15 2,980 2020
10.00 10.46 0 2019
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Utilities Series -- Service Class Shares $10.51 $10.80 0 2020
10.00 10.51 0 2019
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust II
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio -- $10.95 $13.02 0 2020
Service Class Shares 10.00 10.95 0 2019
- -----------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Asset Portfolio -- Advisor Class Shares $10.20 $10.71 0 2020
10.00 10.20 0 2019
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High Yield Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $10.24 $10.54 449 2020
10.00 10.24 345 2019
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-Term U.S. Government Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $10.16 $11.60 1,220 2020
10.00 10.16 336 2019
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low Duration Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $10.01 $10.03 2,352 2020
10.00 10.01 262 2019
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Return Portfolio -- Administrative Class Shares $10.10 $10.67 1,771 2020
10.00 10.10 863 2019
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-66
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rydex Variable Trust
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NASDAQ -- 100(R) Fund $11.02 $15.54 0 2020
10.00 11.02 0 2019
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $10.09 $10.51 0 2020
10.00 10.09 0 2019
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Premier Growth Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $11.06 $14.38 0 2020
10.00 11.06 0 2019
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Real Estate Securities V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $10.24 $ 9.44 506 2020
10.00 10.24 171 2019
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P 500(R) Index V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $10.80 $12.39 0 2020
10.00 10.80 0 2019
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small-Cap Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $10.61 $11.83 0 2020
10.00 10.61 0 2019
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Return V.I.S. Fund -- Class 3 Shares $10.24 $10.58 16,279 2020
10.00 10.24 10,619 2019
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Equity V.I.S. Fund -- Class 1 Shares $10.78 $12.86 0 2020
10.00 10.78 0 2019
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Prudential Series Fund
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jennison 20/20 Focus Portfolio -- Class II Shares $10.69 $13.56 0 2020
10.00 10.69 0 2019
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jennison Portfolio -- Class II Shares $10.71 $16.21 0 2020
10.00 10.71 0 2019
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Natural Resources Portfolio -- Class II Shares $ 9.72 $10.57 451 2020
10.00 9.72 375 2019
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo Variable Trust
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo VT Omega Growth Fund -- Class 2 $10.43 $14.53 0 2020
10.00 10.43 0 2019
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-67
Lifetime Income Plus 2007 (for Joint Annuitant contracts) Elected
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio -- Class B $13.64 $14.56 37,534 2020
11.81 13.64 38,278 2019
12.92 11.81 38,854 2018
11.44 12.92 39,146 2017
11.21 11.44 39,881 2016
11.32 11.21 33,946 2015
10.82 11.32 15,402 2014
9.53 10.82 16,928 2013
8.60 9.53 26,371 2012
9.08 8.60 29,554 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Global Thematic Growth Portfolio -- Class B $15.22 $20.68 0 2020
12.00 15.22 0 2019
13.65 12.00 0 2018
10.25 13.65 0 2017
10.58 10.25 0 2016
10.55 10.58 0 2015
10.30 10.55 0 2014
8.58 10.30 0 2013
7.76 8.58 0 2012
10.36 7.76 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Growth and Income Portfolio -- Class B $17.75 $17.77 0 2020
14.70 17.75 0 2019
15.98 14.70 0 2018
13.79 15.98 0 2017
12.71 13.79 0 2016
12.82 12.71 0 2015
12.01 12.82 0 2014
9.13 12.01 0 2013
7.97 9.13 0 2012
7.69 7.97 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB International Value Portfolio -- Class B $ 6.24 $ 6.23 12,660 2020
5.47 6.24 19,696 2019
7.26 5.47 21,183 2018
5.94 7.26 21,227 2017
6.13 5.94 66,250 2016
6.13 6.13 51,934 2015
6.71 6.13 46,347 2014
5.59 6.71 43,350 2013
5.01 5.59 74,392 2012
6.37 5.01 73,131 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AB Large Cap Growth Portfolio -- Class B $27.17 $35.87 0 2020
20.70 27.17 0 2019
20.71 20.70 0 2018
16.09 20.71 0 2017
16.09 16.09 0 2016
14.86 16.09 0 2015
13.36 14.86 0 2014
9.98 13.36 0 2013
8.75 9.98 0 2012
9.31 8.75 0 2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-68
Number of
Accumulation Accumulation Accumulation
Unit Values at Unit Values at Units at
Subaccounts Beginning of Period End of Period End of Period Year
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------